UNITED STATES

DEPARTMENT

OF THE INTERIOR

Water and Power Resources

Service

Denver, Colorado
1980

Transmission Line
Design Manual

bY
Holland H. Farr

A guide for the investigation,

development,

and design of power transmission

A Water Resources Technical

lines.

Publication

As the Nations principal conservation agency, the Department of the

Interior has responsibility for most of our nationally owned public lands
and natural resources.
This includes fostering the wisest use of our land and water resources,
protecting our fish and wildlife, preserving the environmental and cultural
values of our national parks and historical places, and providing for the
enjoyment of life through outdoor recreation.
The Department assessesour energy and mineral resources and works
to assure that their development is in the best interests of all our people.
The Department also has a major responsibility for American Indian
reservation communities and for people who live in Island Territories
under U.S. administration.

On November 6, 1979, the Bureau of Reclamation was renamed the

Water and Power Resources Service in the U.S. Department of the
Interior. The new name more closely identifies the agency with its
principal functions - supplying water and power.
The text of this publication was prepared prior to adoption of the new
name; all references to the Bureau of Reclamation or any derivative
thereof are to be considered synonymous with the Water and Power
Resources Service.

SI METRIC

UNITED

STATES

GOVERNMENT
DENVER:

PRINTING

OFFICE

1980

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 20402,
and the Water and Power Resources Service, Engineering and Research Center, Attn D-922,
P 0 Box 25007, Denver Federal Center, Denver CO 80225,
Stock Number 024-003-00135-O

PREFACE
The

purpose

followed

in the

of the
line

Interior.

design,

such

of this

manual

is to outline

design

of power

transmission

Numerous

are included

aspects

protection,

spotting.

of the

National

problems

with

as selection
clearance

structure

design

patterns,
Safety
when

the

sixth

some 16 000 circuit

to properly
distribute

made

other

codes

edition

are made

of NESC

as required.

lightning
charts,

of the

are so noted;

sparce

by

and

Interpretations

Some

and

concerning

guying

construction.

considered

voltages
engineers

of transmission

insulation,

and

to he

Department

is presented

was current,

while

of lines having
power,
Bureau

procedures
U.S.

tensions,

limitation

to wood-pole

the
aspects

Information
sags and

structure

are limited

and

on specific

applications.

of NESC.
of the Bureau,
miles
this

of Reclamation,

been

conductors,
and

for,

Bureau

conductor

examples

most examples
use the 1977 edition
The transmission
line network
encompasses
In addition,

have

of their

Code

requirements

by the

of construction,

design

developed

which

galloping

Structure

various

lines

explanations

of type

Electrical

were

studies,

the

some

up to and including
have also designed

example
however,

standards,

500 kilovolts.
and built
some

300 substations
and switchyards.
This total transmission
system
represents
an installed
transformer
capacity
of approximately
22 million
kilovolt
amperes.
In many areas, a Bureau
line is the only source
of electricity
and, if an outage
occurs,
an area may be completely
without
power.
The vast land area
covered

by

Bureau

lines

offers

almost

every

conceivable

type

large percentage
of lines are in remote
areas-maintenance
Therefore,
the line designs
shown
in this manual
are more
ordinarily
be considered.
The

Bureau

of Reclamation

recognized

the

need

for

this

of climatic

condition,

and

complete
be readily

the manual
available

engineers
designing
new
This manual
contains

manual

and

consequently

initiated

so that the design expertise

gained through
years of practical
to other
organizations
as well as being
a technical
guide

lines and maintaining

the engineering
tools

many years of transmission

line
reference
and guide for Bureau

design by the Bureau.

designers.
In keeping

metric
units have been shown
throughout
the
There are occasional
references
to proprietary
not be construed
in any
processes
of manufacturers
other

facilities.
that have

proven

its

of Energy
in
transmission
to have the
experience
for Bureau

to be successful

over

The manual
is not a textbook,
but a useful
with the Metric
Conversion
Act of 1975, SI

manual
in addition
to U.S. customary
materials
or products
in this publication.

way as an endorsement,
as we cannot
or the services
of commercial
firms

units.
These

must

endorse
proprietary
products
for advertising,
publicity,
sales,

or
or

purposes.

The author,
as an electrical
contributions
Area

the remaining
and concepts

is both
difficult
and time consuming.
conservative
than designs which
might

preparation.
With
the advent
of the Western
Area Power Administration,
Department
October
of 1977, many of the electrical
power
features
of the Bureau,
including
most
lines, were transferred
to the jurisdiction
of Energy.
However,
it was deemed
prudent
Bureau
would

because

Power

Mr. Holland
H. Farr, has more than 30 years of transmission
line design experience
engineer
with
the Bureau
of Reclamation.
He gratefully.acknowledges
the many
to this manual
by the personnel
of both the Bureau
of Reclamation
and the Western
Administration.

Special
recognition
to H. J. Kientz
for

suggestions,
and consultation;
R. D. Mohr
who provided
the technical
Bureau
of Reclamation,
U.S. Department

is given
to F. F. Priest
his computer
treatment

continuity.
This
of the Interior,

Cdlorado.
. ..

111

for his encouragement,

of the concepts;
and

manual
was prepared
and
Engineering
and Research

published
Center,

to

by the
Denver,

ABBREVIATIONS
ACSR

aluminum

conductor,

AIEE
Alcoa

American

Institute

Aluminum

AND SYMBOLS
steel

of Electrical

Company

ANSI

American

National

,4WG

American

Wire

BIL

basic

impulse

Standards

insulation

level

International
extra

IEEE

Institute

conductor

loading

LP

low

(distance

MS1
NBS

maximum
National

Bureau

NESC

National

Electrical

OGW
SAS

overhead
ground
sum of adjacent

UHV
USBR

ultra
high voltage
U.S. Bureau
of Reclamation
gigapascal

GPa
Hz
kcmil

hertz
thousand

kPa
kV*A

kilopascal
kilovolt

kWh
MPa

kilowatt

N/m
N*m

Institute

Gage

EHV

point

Engineers

of America

CIGRE

high

reinforced

Conference

on Large

Electric

Systems

voltage
of Electrical

and

Electronic

Engineers

constant
between

low

sag increase
of Standards
Safety
wire
spans

circular

mils

ampere
hour

megapascal
newtons
per meter
newton
meter

iv

Code

points

in adjacent

spans)

CONTENTS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preface
:\bbrc\

ialions

and

CHAPTER

syn~hols

I. BASIC

Field

data

Safety
Cost

6
7
8
9
10

CHAPTER

.....................................

of type
Single

wood-pole

(b)

H-frame,

(c)
(d)

Single-circuit
Double-circuit

(e)

Structures

(f)

Transpositions

structures

...................

steel structures
steel structures

....................
...................

...................
long-span
construction
.....................
and effective
spans
.............................
Selection
of conductors
................................
Stress-strain
curves
The parabola
and the catenary
........................
Design

instructions

Transmission

data

II. CONDUCTOR

srnnmary

tension

calculations

19
20
21

9
10
14
21

form

23

...................

2s

................................

charts
Preparation

........................................
of sag template

Inclined

spans

using

Coppcrwcld

sag calculating
29
32

..........................

38
SO

....................................
...............................
conductors

Galloping
Broken

conductors

Insulator

effect

III.

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Sag and

Spans

................................

line

12

CHAPTER

6
6

Special
ruling,

ion

18

..................

special
conditions
..............................

informat

16
17

.4

structures

wood-pole

for

.......................
.....................

of construction

(a)

General

1S

....................................

11

13
14

1
2

......................................

estimates

(g)
Normal,

with

iv

DATA

codes

Selection

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

...
III

56

................................
on sag and

concentrated

tension

in short

spans

...........

........................

loads

77
99

INSULATION,
LIGHTNING
PROTECTION,
AND CLEARANCE
PATTERNS

Insulation

coordination

Lightning
Conductor

protection
clearance

.............................
...............................
.........................
patterns

103
106
111

TRANSMISSION

vi

CHAPTER

22

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

IV. STRUCTURE
LIMITATION
GUYING CHARTS

AND

127
127

General

........................................
..............................
Components
of charts
...............................
Preparation
of charts

23
24

CHAPTER
25

V. ADDITIONAL
Stresses
Structure

26

in wood-pole
spotting

266
266

required
....................
...........................

(c)

Determining

...........................

26%

(d)
(e)

Insulator
General

...........................
..........................

268
273

Kight-of-way
Armor
Corona

uplift
sideswing
instructions

and

building

clearance

sag data

(a)

Sag tables

(b)

Sag and

Transmission

274
282
284

......................

.................................

292

.................................

292
292
300

insulator

line

266

.....................

rods and vibration

dampers
........................................

Stringing

Bibliography

213

........................
structures
.................................

Data
and equipment
Process
of spotting

28

31

DATA

(a)
(b)

27
29
30

127

offset

equations

data

for

inclined

spans

........

...........................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

303

APPENDIXES
A.

A method
for computing
transmission
spans adjacent
to a broken
conductor

B.

Useful

C.

Conductor

Index

figures

and
and

tables

overhead

line

sags and
..................

tensions

307

............................
ground

wire

data

tables

in

............

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~....

339
441
479

CONTENTS

Conductor
for

and

USHR

Mathematical

transpositions
calculation

form

(metric)

tension

calculation

form

(U.S.

Stress-strain
furnished

by

tension

parabolic

and

and
and

and
curve

catenary
showing

length

line data
of standard

13
I-I

Typical

sag template

15

Sag and

tension

origin

16

template
Sag and

form

for
(metric)

form

for

on

example

on

construction

calcldation

span
tension

Sag on inclined

span-parameter

of cxampk

% method

problem

on

22

parameter
Conductor

23

Conductor

24

problem
Overhead

25

example
Overhead

26

IIalf-sag

sag

Zmethod
sag and

(U.S. customary)
tension
calculation

galloping
sag and

conductors

24
33

......

34
sag
36
problem

on

sag

..............

38

..............
................

39
44

using
47

span using
..................

form

(metric)

ellipses

on

for

calculation

on

for

,49

example

................

galloping
example

form

52

example
...........
on
galloping
conductors
(U.S. customary)
ground
wire sag and tension
calculation
form
for
..........
problem
on
galloping
conductors
(metric)
ground
wire sag and tension
calculation
form for
problem

tension

form

problem

an inclined
span
........................

21

example

18

36

method
method

parameter
%method
(metric)
Results
of example
problem
on an inclirled

on

18

......................

span-equivalent
span-average

problem

15
16
17

22

inclined
Sag on inclined
Restllts

as

...................

form
tension

..........................

on

I4

problems
............
curves
(U.S. customary)
percentage
relationship
between

summary
sag and

12

used

example
problems
..................

customary)

Sag

of values

.........................
.........................

calculation
form for example
.................................
(metric)
tension
calculation
form
for example
(U.S.

11
....

..................................

Transmission
Explanation

template

..........
customary)

for an ACSR,
26/7
conductor
.................
Association

curves

calculation

........................

equations
equations

catenary

tension

span

illustrating

calculations

calculation

and

parabolic
Catenary

curves

and creep curves

the Almninum

Sag and
Sag and

creep

tension

19
20

tension

and

criteria

..................

sag and

curve
curve

18

design

sag and

Parabolic
Catenary

17

for

ratenary

Standard

7
8

12

wire

.........................

Standard

in sag and

10

ground
lines

solution

Stress-strain

overhead

transmission

vii

conductors
problem

on

for

(U.S.
galloping

customary)
conductors

53
54
....
...

54
55

. ..
VIII

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL
Page

b'igrrw

Profile

28

Sag and
problem

tension
calculation
form for
.................................
(metric)

broken

conductor

29

Sag and

tension

broken

conductor

30
31

of spans

used

for

broken

calculation

form

Curves

for

broken

Sag template

for

33

Conditions
condition

for

problem

problem

conductor

60
61

tension

for equilibrium
before
......................................

(U.S.

to broken

and

after

68

sohltion

of unbalanced

condition

(metric)

Graphical

solution

of unbalanced

condition

(U.S.

36

Nomenclature

37

tension
Sag and

39
40

tension

(U.S.

customary)

calculation

Spans
Graphical

rnethod

43

conductor
Reduction

required
of angle

with

structure

concentrated

height

(metric)

tension

effect

for

insulator
effect

problem

problem

(U.S.
94

........................

determining

additional

100
length

of
..........

for concentrated
load problem
of protection
against
lightning
patterns

according

tension

the

three

types

to

of voltage
112

clearance

pattern

problem

calculation
form
for
.................................

clearance

pattern

problem

form

113

for

side

view

114

of structure

at conductor
121

......................................
structure

49

Clearance

pattern
for a 30s
......................................

tangent

structure

so

conductor
Clearance

pattern

angle

for

101
110

for

pattern
for a 30s tangent
......................................

Clearance
conductor

effect

90

insulator

Clearance
conductor

51

problem

for

47

conductor

problem

85

form

calculation

(U.S. customary)
Assrmled
dimensions

18

effect

.......................................

Sag and

elevation

insulator

..................................

16

76

on sag and
78

insulator

loads

for

Superimposed
clearance
stresses
.............................................
Sag and

for

75
...

81

Tension-temperature
curve
for
customary)
.....................................

42

4.5

form

effect

..........
customary)

.................................

41

44

determining
insulator
..............................
spans

Tension-temperature
curve
for
(metric)
.......................................
Sag and

67

unbalanced

Graphical

38

66
.....

conductor

35

(metric)

.......

customary)

due

34

in short
tension
calculation
.......................................

6.5

.............

(metric)

problem

reduced

for

57

...........................

problem
(U.S. customary)
Curves
for broken
conductor

32

conductor

..........

27

a 30A

with

single
122

with

duplex
123

structure

with

single
124

......................................
pattern
for a 30A angle
.......................................

structure

with

duplex
125

CONTENTS

52

Condnctor

sag and

problem
53

on steel

Condnctor

iX

tension

calcnlation

form

for example

strnctnre

limitation

chart

(metric)

tension

calcnlation

form

for example

structure

limitation

chart

(U.S.

sag and

. . . . . . . . .

13s

. . .

136

54

Center

phase

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
of a steel structure
limitation
chart
(metric)
. . . . . . . . .

137

5s

angle
Example

56

Example

limitation

chart

. .

148

57

Conductor
problem

sag and tension

on wood-structnre

calculation
limitation

form
chart

for example
(metric)
. . . . . . . . .

IS0

58

Conductor

sag and tension

on
wood-structure

calculation
limitation

form
chart

for example
(U.S. customary)

59

Type

HS

Type

HSB

problem

on steel

of a steel

problem
60
61

for

type

structure

wood-pole

3OS steel

structure

(U.S.

no line

customary)

. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

wind force
ground
wire

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sag and tension
calculation
form for

158

example

problem

on

wood-structure

. .

160

Overhead

grourld

wire

example

problem

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sketch
of one pole of a type FIS wood-pole

161

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161

wood-pole
structure
sketch
of wood pole

sag and

limitation

tension

chart

calculation

on wood-structure

chart

65
66

Single-line

67

structure
with
X-brace
Force
triangle
showing

68

Force

69

limitation
chart
(U.S.
Force
triangle
showing

70

Type

3A

71

Type

3AB

72

Type

3TA

73

HalfHalf-

and
and

full-sag
full-sag

ellipses
ellipses

for
for

type
type

HS wood-pole
HSB wood-pole

Half-

and

full-sag

ellipses

for

type

3AC

structure

sketch

limitation

chart

triangle

angle

of top

portion

HS

for
(U.S.

wood-pole

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
angle of bias lines for wood-structure

163

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

168

(metric)

showing

of a type

(metric)

form

limitation

customary)
Single-line

angle

of bias

for

wood-strncture

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
conductor
force due to line

168

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

169
177

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

178

wood-pole

customary)
resnltant

lines

structure

wood-pole

structure

wood-pole

structure

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

wood-pole

. . . . .
. . . .

189

structure

. . . .

191
193

F&sag
ellipses
for type 3TA
4267-mm
(14-ft)
pole spacing

wood-pole
structure,
tangent,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77

Half-sag

wood-pole

4267-mm
Full-sag
angle,

ellipses

for

(14-ft)
ellipses
11 278-mm

type
pole

for

3TA
spacing

type
(37-ft)

3TA
pole

structure,

spacing

structure,

187

tangent,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wood-pole

180

structure
structure

76

78

151
154
1ss

compute
Overhead

strncture

147

157

63

74
75

with

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62

wood-pole

customary)

strnctnre

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
showing
values
needed
to

Type
3AC
Single-line

64

V-string

90

194

line

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

195

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

FigUIV
79

Page
Half-sag

ellipses

angle,
80
81

Full-sag
angle,

ellipses
4267-mm

Full-sag

ellipses

angle,

8230-mm

82

Half-sag

ellipses

angle,

4267-mm

83

Half-sag

ellipses

84

angle,
Full-sag

85
86
87

angle,
Half-sag
angle,

88

for

11 278-mm

type
(37-ft)

for type
(14-ft)
for

type

(27-ft)
for

type

(14-ft)
for

3TA

wood-pole

structure,

spacing

..................

pole
3TA
pole

90 O line
196

wood-pole
structure,
spacing
....................

60

3TA

wood-pole

60

line

pole

spacing

structure,

60

line

....................
structure,

60

line

3TA
pole

line
197

structure,

198

....................

wood-pole
spacing
wood-pole

199

type

3TA

8230-mm
ellipses

(27-ft)
for type

pole
3TA

spacing
....................
wood-pole
structure,

45 o line

angle,
Half-sag

6096-mm
ellipses

(20-ft)
for type

pole
3TA

spacing
....................
wood-pole
structure,

45 o line

angle,

6096-mm

(20-ft)

Full-sag

ellipses

pole

spacing

type

3TA

wood-pole

4572-mm
ellipses

(IS-ft)
for type

pole
3TA

spacing
....................
wood-pole
structure,

4572-mm

(15-ft)

pole

spacing

for

200
201

....................
structure,

202
30 O line
203
30

....................
limitation
chart
......
chart
(metric)
........
chart
(U.S. customary)

89

Instructive
Example

example
of a wood-structure
of a wood-structure
limitation

90

Example

of a wood-structure

91

Additional

92
93

Example
Example

94
95

Standard
guying
arrangement
for type 3TA structure
29-m type HS 230-kV
structure
with class 2 Douglas

96

95-ft

97

(one X-brace)
29-m type HSB

98

poles (one X-brace)

Free body diagram

99

Free

data

chart

required

limitation
for

the

line

wood-structure

customary)

(one

chart
chart

crosstie
body

HS

structures
structures

class

example
of pole

2)

(one X-brace)
....................................
Free body diagram
of pole above

plane

102

Free

customary

customary

example

of pole

2 Douglas

fir

2 Douglas

209

211

poles
fir
219

of inflection

and

to the

example
between

221

planes

101

diagram

.........
fir poleg

..........................
between

with

(U.S.

class

...............................
of pole above
plane

example
2) .....................................
95-ft
type HSB 230-kV
structure

body

.......

217
with

100

crosstie

(metric)
(U.S.

214
with

...................................
230-kV
structure

diagram

207

210

...................................
230-kV
structure

(metric

206
. .

208
wood-pole
wood-pole

.....................................

X-brace)
type

for
for

205

limitation

.........................................
guying
guying

204

of inflection

(metric
223

class

2 Douglas

fir

poles
232

of inflection

and

to the

2)

....................
planes
of inflection

2) ., .............................

234
(U.S.
235

CONTENTS

29-m

type

poles
104
105

HSB

(two

230-kV

3)

107

(two X-braces)
Free body diagram

type

crosstie

HSR

(U.S.

230-kV

fir

243

customary

109

customary
example
Typical
sag template

110

Typical

plan

and

111

superimposed
Typical
plan

and

diagram

profile

114

Average

and

Sag and
insulator

example

3)

between

bundles

poles

(II)

snow

of inflection

(U.S.
2.59

spotting
conductor

sag template

269
showing

use of sag template

271

284

fair

287
weather

with

different

................................

form

..................
voltages
free running
stringing

120

insulator
offset
Profile
of spans

121

sag correction
...................................
Stationing
equation
for common
survey,

assumption

122

Stationing

equation

123

survey,
Station

assumption
designations

calculation

form

sheaves

insulator
operations

offset
and
...............

for

problem
...............

on

problem

on
.........

sag correction

Sag and

example
(metric)

for

and sag correction

for example
problem

example

(U.S. customary)
on insulator
offset

293
297

298
line

common
point
on a transmission
No. 2 ...........................
when station
back is greater
than

line

Station

back

designations

point

...........................

301

for

when

station

.........................................

297

and

on a transmission

No.

...

288
290
293

sag

301
station

ahead .........................................
124

267

......

structures

..........................

119

tension

2S7

....................

with

loss under

for different
when using

and

to the

waves in a conductor
(A) fair weather,
(B) rainfall,

calculation

offset

and

...............

required
for calculating
data during
stringing
tension

of inflection

planes

drawing

of corona

Corona
loss curves
Conductor
tensions
Dimensions
correction

fir

..............................

Schematic
of vibration
Corona
loss curves
for

conductor

1 Douglas

255
plane

...................................
profile
drawing

113

valrles

class

3) ..............................
(plastic)
used for

uplift

hoarfrost,

with

above

of pole

in determining

(C)

247

structure

of pole

Free

body

24.5

..................................

108

118

1 Douglas

.....................................

95-ft

116
117

class

body diagram
of pole above plane of inflection
and to the
crosstie
(metric
example
3) ..........................
Free body diagram
of pole between
planes of inflection
(metric

106

115

with

..............................

Free

example

112

structure

X-braces)

xi

302
ahead is greater

than

stat&n

302

TRANSMISSION

xii

NESC
Functions
P curve

conductor
P curve
conductor
6

curve

conductor
7

11 curve
conductor

..................
loading
constants
(K)
.........................
sag template
of % ...................................

27
37
41

for

computations

for example
problem
................................

(metric)
computations

example
problem
..........................
customary)

(U.S.
computations

for

computations
(U.S.

example
problem
..........................
customary)

No.

l-broken

I he

computations

for example
................................
for

No.

2-unbalanced

example
problem
..........................

No.

2-unbalanced

11

curve
full-load

computations
condition

13

H curve

computations

14

full-load
II curve

condition
computations

no-load

conditiou

15

16

no-load
Insulation

conditiou
selection

17

Insulatiou

selection

18

Insulation
Minimum

curve

(grade

computations

69
No.

2-unbhanced

example
problem
..........................

No.

2-unbalanced

for example
problem
..........................
(metric)

No.

2-unbalanced

problem
No.
....................

2-unbalanced

No.

2-unbalanced

problem
No.
....................

2-unbalanced

customary)

69

problem

for

12

64

problem

10

(U.S.

63

for

condition
(U.S. customary)
P curve
computations
for example
................................
condition
(metric)
condition

63
l-broken

computations

l-broken

No.

computations
(metric)

curve

No.

................................

Line data
condition
data

l-broken

problem

(metric)

example

No.

62

for

I9

MANUAL

conductor

Calculations

LINE DESIGN

for

example

70
70
71

(U.S. customary)
for example
problem
...........................
(metric)
for

example

72
73
74
107

(U.S. customary)
for 34s kV ........................
........................
for 230 kV

108

20

Conductor
clearance
surface-wood-pole

to pole ground
wire or crossarm
.......................
construction

21

Angular

of suspension

22

USBK
Minimurn

23

109

........................
selection
for 115 kV
factors
of safety
for wood-pole
construction
R) .......................................

limitations

wood-pole
structures
factors
of safety
for
......................................
California

Conductor
clearance
surface-wood-pole

insulator

swing

for

129
129
standard
129

..........................
wood-pole

construction

to pole ground
wire or crossarm
..............
construction
in California

in
131
131

. ..

CONTENTS

21-

Stttntttary

of loads

lertgths
2s
26

and

Stttntttary
lengths
Stttnrttary

of loads
and

Sttrntnary
Minimum
NESC

29

Mirtirttttrtt
NESC

irt structure

low-point

of loads

lengths
28

tttetnbers

distartces

and

in slrrtctttre

for
for

242

3) . . . . . . . . . .

254

spatt

light,

clearartce

rttedittrn,

and

to buildings-USBR
heavy

loading

. . .

266

startdard
for
. . . . . . . . . . .

275

cxatttple

horizontal
clearance
to buildings-USBR
and heavy
loading
(rttetric)
light,
tnedittrn,
horizontal

standard

(U.S.

2)

span

various

customary

231

. . .

various

exarttple

tttetnbers
(U.S.

span
2) . . . . . . . . . .

for various
span
cttstorttary
exatnple

(metric.

distartces

various

exarttple

rnerttbers

distartces

low-point

for

(rttctric

of loads iii structure

rttetttbers
artd low-point
distartcrs
(U.S.

lengths
27

itt structure

low-point

x111

crtstorttary)

3)

for
. . . .

275

30

Right-of-way

values-NESC

light

. . . . . . . . . . . ,

276

31
32

Right-of-way
Right-of-way

values-NESC
values-NE%:

light loading
(U.S. crtstotttary)
. . . . ,
rnedittrn
loadirtg
(metric.)
. . . . . . . . .

277
278

33

Right-of-way

values-NESC

ntedirtrtt

. . .

279

34
35

Right-of-way
Right-of-way

values-NESC
values-NE%:

heavy
heavy

(metric)
. . . . . . . . . . .
(U.S. rttstotnary)
. . . .

280

36

Data

frottt

correctiott
37

Data

1% I

problettt

(metric)

front

correction

example
example
(U.S.

loading

(metric)

loading
loadirtg
loading

ott insulator

(U.S.

offset

cuslorttary)

and

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
problettt
crtstornary)

281

sag
299

on insulator
offset
artd sag
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

340
341

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

342

township
showing
sectiort
rtttrttbering
lartd section
showing
corner
and l/l6

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B-2

Typical
Typical

13-3

Azirttitth

H-4

I~eveloprttertt
of forttirtla
for rnaxirnttrrt
rtiorttertt
of resistance
ort wood poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

343

13-s

Grottnd

344

chart

resistivity

in the

Urtited

States

desigrtatiotts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TRANSMISSION

xiv

LINE DESIGN

TABLES

IN

MANUAL

APPENDIXES

Pa&?

Table

B-l

Maximum
ground

B-2

moment
line-USBR

of resistance
standard

for pole circumferences

.........................

at

moment

of resistance

for pole circumferences

..........................

at

Maximum
ground

line-ANSI

standard

B-3
B-4

Pole

circumferences

for

Douglas

fir

Pole

circumferences

for

western

red

B-5

Permanent

set values

for

Alumoweld

B-6

Permanent

set values

for

steel

B-7

Flashover

characteristics

B-9

Flashover
Relative

B-10

Barometric

B-l

B-13
B-14

Pressure

Permanent

c-2

(metric)
Permanent
(U.S.

c-3
c-4
c-5

Conductor
Conductor
Conductor

C-6

Conductor

medium,
medium,

pine

385

...............
strand
....................

strand

of suspension

insulator

351
419
420

strings

and

air
424

Conductor
sag-tension

C-l

southern
yellow
................
cedar

..........................
values
of air gaps
...............
air density
and barometric
pressure
....................
pressure
versus elevation

B-12

Equivalent
Selected

and

423

Mass per unit

species used

B-15

348
...

........................................

gaps..
B-8

345

volume
and relative
mass
..............................
for poles

temperature
computations

area

due

set,
and
and
and
and
and
and

427

to wind

and

for

final

normal
428

velocity

data for standard

electrical
........................
conversions

set, creep,
and initial
.......................................
customary)

of wood

coefficients
of expansion
...........................

on a projected
metric
SI-metric

density

426
426

...........

429
......

conductors

431
moduhts

values
442

creep,
and initial
and
.................................

final

overhead
overhead
overhead

..........
data (metric)
data (U.S. customary)
values
for NESC
light,
....................

heavy

loading

overhead
heavy

ground
ground
ground

loading

wire
wire
wire

(metric)

ground
(U.S.

430

wire

values

customary)

modulus

for

values

NESC
.............

452
462
....

466
470

light,
474

(<Chapter

BASIC DATA
1.

Field

necessary

Data.-Before
to gather

construction,
establishment

design

certain

requirements

preliminary

for

a transmission

information

prior

line

can

be formulated,

to establishing

and the desired

conductor
and overhead
ground
wire
of the voltage
on major
transmission
lines, the number

the

sizes and
and type

it is

voltage,

type

of

types.
Usually,
of lines required

the
in

a given area, and the type of construction

to be used depends
on a comprehensive
system study. This
study would include
the size and location
of generators
and loads, and the possibility
of using existing
transmission
facilities.
After
a system study has established
the required
voltages
and the end points
of the transmission
and

lines,

to prepare
a. Operating
b.
Average

the following

designs:
voltage
and peak

information

is required

of the line.
loads to be transmitted

over

the

to establish

line,

or the

the

peak

details

load

of construction

and

estimated

load

factor.
c.
per

Value
in mills per kilowatt
hour of the
month
or year of capacity
to be served.

d.

A summary
of local climatic
(1)
Maximum
and minimum
(2)
(3)

e.

and

muskeg.

A map

showing

substations.
g. The
The

length

velocities
with
of ice expected

general

route

navigation

from

a., b., and

is used

mainly

specifications

clearance
c., is used

to establish

prepare

h.

Whether

i.

Date delivery
of power
is required.
Delivery
points
for Government-furnished

i
material
required
k.
Key map,
1.

Drill

logs

line

and

of the

To

the

will

and

a summary

designs,

the

sheets,
of footing

and

line,

for,

to determine

the

required

following

the

value

special

river
most

and

lake

economic
and

per

kilowatt

and

drawings.

for

tower

and

agents,

intermediate

crossings.
conductor

size.

The

requirements

is required:

forces:

the

crossing

corrosive

structural

information

or Governrnent

steel

or other

of terminal

additional

materials,

conditions

alkali

mechanical

by contract

and

sand,

locations

requirements

the

be constructed

at each point.
plan and profile

and

and without
ice.
on the conductors.

smoke or fog atmospheres.

that is, the presence
of rock,

of, and

information

other
information
for the line.

the

to be transmitted,

conditions
including:
temperatures.

(4)
Presence
of corrosive
A summary
of soil conditions,

swamps,
f.

Maximmn
wind
Radial
thickness

energy

proportion

lines

or special

of each

steel

item

structures.

of

TRANSMISSION

2
2.

Safety

National

Codes.-The

Standards

NESC

Institute),

supply

and communication

where

it is not

certain

safety

rules

not

provide

The

from

code

specifies

structures,

circuits,

which

the

However,

design
when

also be taken
those

into

Loading
the latest

by

than

Many

states

states

recognize

lines

in California

been

those
and

prescribed

NESC

code

also

be based

line,

may

general

area.

cover

state

the
force

for

of railroads,

weather

the

The

rules

important

to the

public.

supporting

thoroughfares,

geographic

or heavy

loading

and climatic

the use of heavier

that

construct

and

general

areas

in which

more
and

conductors

the

medium,

We

of NESC.

for crossings

local

indicate

of the
those

open

important

lines.

specifies

on light,

of electric

it is very

work

loadings

requirements

conditions

to
line

(American

over

of these

intended

design

The

shall

for

the

have

as the

should

so noted.

in a code
One
climbing

general

special

standard

be designed

area
rules

in which

regarding

for transmission
in accordance

California

Public

It is imperative

have

clearances

areas

loading

in

conditions.

conditions

lines

the

line

electrical

should

conditions

and

is being

than

designed.

construction;

distribution

Utilities

Commission

however,

circuits.

Rules for Overhead Electric

with

3.

used

Cost

by

to make

the

most

Transmission

Line Construction,

[ 11.

line,

construction.

They
costs

making

types

of construction

on past

and

also

are also

system

A final Engineers
the line, is prepared
cost

in brackets

general

Preliminary

of various

when

certain

latest

refer

to items

state

at least

a minimum

allowable

and

that

often

types

to determine
used

one

Ensure

of cost
are
the

to compare

of line

that

to assure

is too

that

code

and

NESC

all applicable
design

overlooked,

all structures

in which

estimates

used

data

in the

and

Bibliography.

made,
the

amount

of funds

of construction

the economy
This

on current

are

to determine

the

construction.

are to be determined.

bid

be taken

applicable

that

cost
For
and

example,
feasibility

is especially

Cost Estimate,
based on the cost
for each construction
specification.
and

of the

should

estimates

types

studies

editions

Care

have

factors

will

be met.

is the

the

safe

proper

climbing

codes.

Estimates.-Two
estimate.

transmission

the

lines.

important
factors
of safety,
for linemen
on structures.

prescribed

engineers

that

of transmission

been

of the most
clearance

Numbers

maintenance

are

ANSI

are constructed

by fencing,

transmission

transmission

that

municipalities

for all designs

based

lines

by

maintenance

of the example
problems
in this manual
were developed
using the Sixth Edition
of NESC
[2];
most of the problems
use the current
1977 Edition
[3]. Problems
using the old Sixth Edition

be used

compare

special

lines

for

General Order No. 95 of the

have

rather
to the

circuits.

as local

NESC

issued
and

conditions
and conductor
and overhead
ground
wire tensions
shall be in accordance
with
edition
of NESC
with
exceptions
as shown
on figure
1 or by specific
heavier
loading

conditions

Some
however,

and

a particular

account

prescribed

Code),

installation

public

and

of construction,

communication

designing

the

transmission

construction

but

grades

of transmission

Safety

for

the general

of safety

requirements,

and

MANUAL

unless the regulations

with NESC
constructed
are more stringent
than

standpoint

clearances,

strength

power

from

specifications,

the

rules

overhead

in the

in accordance
line is being

detailed

requirements

them

be observed

Electrical

safety

Because

to isolate

our transmission
lines
particular
transmission
do

(National

contains
lines.

possible

LINE DESIGN

prices

a preliminary
economic

to be requested
these

comparisons

would

at voltages

as quoted

a final

voltages

and

of 230 kV

of a

budget

routes,

of all items involved

Both the preliminary
of materials

in the

on alternate

of different
true

and
feasibility

to

be used
alternate

and

in the construction
and final estimates
by

for

and

manufacturers.

above.
of
are

CHAPTER

CONDUCTOR

AN0

OGW

FOR SGN

FULL LO.9

Fii

LCunductor

CATENARY

DESIGN

TNAUSYISSION

LINES

CONDUCTOR
NO LOAD

and overhead

From Dwg. 40-D-5169.

I-BASIC

ground

NO LOAD

I
1

wirecatenary

DATA

CRITERIA

OEREl0
FULL LOAD
I

GROUND WIRE
NO LOAD
I
9

design criteria

for USBR transmission

lines. 104-D-1046.

TRANSMISSION

4
4.

Selection

of Type

a transmission

line,

to be used,

desired

or necessary

in the

according

to

structures

in a transmission

and methods

structures.

function:

lines,

special

are given
All

40-D-

original

structures.

to design

conductor
heights
Brief

data

for specific

are on file

are supplied

Since the
structure

Design

These

special

such

transmission
Bureaus

Denver

units

associated

with

on the basic

types

wood-pole

as standard

three

classes
of the

hardware,

drawings

All standard

for general

design

limitation

and are given

104-D-

office,

and

reproducible

various

field

offices.

of structures

of materials

into

structures,

design

on

are to be used for all transmission

designs.

and loading
conditions
for transmission
and types are varied
to maintain
efficient

discussions

availability

80 to 90 percent

as sag templates,
lines

in the

the

type

are divided

Usually,

drawings

structural

drawings,

of conductors

and

Standard

and established
ratings.

to be used

size and

line

(3) tension.
class.

of construction

line,

of construction,

tangent

require

type

of the

in a transmission
and

designed
voltage

conditions

developed

drawings

been

for various

numbers.

are usually

drawings
and

where

(2) angle,

the

voltage

costs
used

are of the

have

lines

the

lengths,

structures

line

of installation

except

span

The

MANUAL

en selecting

to consider

(1) tangent,

use on transmission

tables,

of Construction.-Wh

it is necessary

to be used

LINE DESIGN

charts,
or project
prints

drawings
and

sag

numbers.

of applicable

lines are often different,

span lengths
and economical
use of the standard

are presented

in the following

paragraphs.

(a)
Single Wood-Pole Structures .-The Bureau usually uses single wood-pole
structures
for voltages
from
2.3 through
46 kV. In addition,
where
right-of-way
is severely
restricted,
it is sometimes
necessary
to use single wood-pole
construction
for 69- and 115-kV
1ines. For lines up to and including
69 kV, two
conductors,

types of single-pole
structures
are designated
flattop and

are used

conductors
triangular

are supported
by a single crossarm
and are arranged
in the same horizontal
plane. In the
type,
the middle
conductor
is supported
at the top of the pole and the two outside

conductors
are supported
by a crossarm
below
both
single-pole
and H-frame
construction.
construction
is used; however,
crossarm
are used. For 115-kV
types

of single-pole,

which,
with reference
In the flattop
type

triangular.

the
For

top of the pole. Pin-type

insulators
69-kV
lines,
a type
of single-pole

suspension
insulators
with two
lines, a single wishbone-type

single-circuit

structures

and

tangent,
single crossarm
small line angle, double

to the arrangement
of the
of construction,
the three

their

conductors
structure

nomenclature

suspended
is used. The

are used
triangular
from the
common,

=
=

suspension,
suspension,

SA
SAT

=
=

vertical
conductor
attachment
suspension,
medium
line angle (up to 600),
tension,
large line angle (60 to 90 ), vertical
conductor
attachment

ST
STR

=
=

tension,
medium
line angle (0 to 60 O), vertical
suspension,
transposition
structure

crossarm

H-Frame

tangent
be used
230-kV

structure
which
has a double-plank
crossarm.
Occasionally,
for lower voltages
where
long spans cannot
be avoided;
lines. The use of X-braces
between
the poles is standard

the use of longer

Wood-Pole Structures .-The

conductor

(b)
voltages

69 through

spans

161 kV.

and heavier

The

Bureau
usually
H-frame
designation

conductors,

upper
basic

are:

SS
SD

from

in

and to support

attachment

uses H-frame,
wood-pole
structures
for
originates
from the appearance
of the
this type of construction
must
however,
it is sometimes
used for
on H-frame
structures
to permit

the structures

under

transverse

loading.

The use of wood poles longer

than 27 m (90 ft) is not recommended,
except
for very special
cases,
because
they are not economical
and are difficult
to obtain.
For normal
wood-pole
construction,
it
is preferred
that the majority
of poles on lines with overhead
ground
wires should not exceed 19.8 m

CHAPTER
(65 ft) in length;

and on lines

18.3 m (60 ft).

Although
we normally
arise

(other

than

without

and

to permit

the

substation.
The basic

to obtain

reduced
types

HS
3AC
3A

and

high

(c)
161 kV.

Steel

clearance

for

on conductors

two-pole,

suspension,

three-pole,

suspension,

three-pole,

suspension,

three-pole,

tension,

and

H-frame

are also

many
were

transmission
line
types:
(1) tangent,

years
used:

steel

used

for

structures

an SAL-type

climatic
loading.
In 1975, the
the voltage;

system

steel

designate

the

voltages

under

long spans
loadings.

is used

special

type
to their
system

Medium

D =

Double

Heavy
Transposition

a 2 indicates

230

kV.

of the

number
and

The

Suspension

Heavier

suspension

with

ST

Heavier

suspension

type,

phase dead-ended
Angle
(insulators
in suspension)

Tension

Y
D

=
=

Tension
with large line
Dead end with variable

Transposition

small

to

for

second

is now

specific
digit

such

used

is a design

as crossings
spans

The

first

designator

designers
to immediately
letters
are added to the

letters

designed

as a basic

into

in three
line. For

identifying

structure

loadings.

above

for

light

designation
digit

for

indicates

for a particular

identify
two-digit

the basic
number
to

structure:

with

angle

suspension,

voltages

approach

in which

=
=

Circuit

all

and are designed

function
in the

voltage

spans

are:

for
for

H
TR

a two-digit

approach

conditions

are required,

by a nomenclature

system
permits
the steel structure
for any given line. The following

function

construction

and

For

angle

Tension
Angle

a specific

towers.

angle

line

T =
A =

for

situations

crossarm

Light

was changed,

exceed

angle
line

a single-circuit,

to use steel

nomenclature

was

not

occasional

in the

designed
This
used

their

double-plank

medium

designated

wires

Suspension

for example,

series of towers.
set of structures

were

structure

a set of structures

ground
and

line

0 to 90

lower

it is necessary

should

183 m (600 ft) of a substation;

therefore,
to permit
large line angles, where required,

overhead

small

of poles

up to 161 kV,

structures
are usually
of the self-supporting
(2) an gl e, and (3) dead end, according

Thus,

all lines
where

tangent,

Steel Structures .- Normally,

the majority

construction

over navigable
streams
where
high clearance
and
substations
and switchyards,
and for extra-heavy
Steel
general

wires,

for crossings)

for

structures

DATA

to guy any structure

within
are used in these locations

tensions

Single-Circuit

ground

structures

of structures

3AB

3TA

overhead

use wood-pole

example,
it is our policy
not
self-supporting
steel structures

I-BASIC

line

small

line

no line

angle

(0

angle
angle

to 5 )

(Oto

5O)

capability,

capability

angle (5 to 30 ) capability
line angle capability

capability
outside

phases

in suspension,

center

TRANSMISSION

Thus,

a type

30s structure

The

limitations

in the

conductors

would

of a given
and

LINE DESIGN

be a 345kV

suspension

set of structures

overhead

ground

wires,

MANUAL

structure

will

depend

and

the

with

upon

a design

conductor

loading

area

designation

size,

where

of zero.

maximum

the

structures

may

be used

tension
are to be

used.

Double-Circuit

(d)

Steel Structures

necessary
to place two
cost of two lines along
are arranged
expected,

vertically
the

on one

conductors

loading

are expected,

contact

between

may

(e)

of the

steel

structure.

be located

the conductors.

directly

to offset
Contact

In

areas

above

the center

can be caused

structures

right-of-way,
structures,
where

one another;
conductor

lines

for Special
which

Conditions

and

however,

by galloping

ice loading

are

where

and

the

conductors

snow

possibility

or uneven

.-Sp ecial conditions

frequently
arise in the
use of special
structures.
Special
structures

the

not
ice

of any
snow

and

to use steel

Transpositions

.- To maintain

structures

to obtain

balanced

sufficient

conditions

phases
of a transmission
line, at least one
terminals.
However,
it has been determined

designing
of
are required

a higher voltage
line, (2) a branch
and (4) long spans, such as those

require
higher than normal
structures
to maintain
navigational
conductors.
Where navigational
clearances
over rivers or lakes

necessary

clearances
are required,

height.

of reactance

and

capacitance

on the

line

of uniform

configuration

three

transposition
barrel
should
be placed
between
major
that for less than 161 km (100 mi) between
terminals,

the unbalance
is not sufficient
to affect the operation
of the transmission
line or the protective
barrel, as used by the Bureau of Reclamation,
refers to a section
of a three-phase
The term
transmission

it is

For example,
if the three conductors
are located
directly
above one
one of the lower conductors
may drop its ice and spring
up into the
steel structures
are constructed
in the same general
types as the

necessitate

for a river or lake crossing,

or wider spacings
between

(f)

snow

to minimize

where: (1) a lower voltage

line is carried
on the same structure
below
line takes off from a main line, (3) switches
are required
in a line,

it is usually

where

or if it is desired
to reduce
the
the conductors
for each circuit

structures.

Structures

transmission

side

it is desirable

ice loading
on the conductors.
another
and covered
with ice,
conductor
above.
Double-circuit
single-circuit

.-Double-circuit

transmission
lines on a restricted
the same route.
On double-circuit

that

is divided

length
by two transpositions
arranged
so that
each
one-third
the length
of the section.
Specific
instructions
the design instructions
for each transmission
line.

into

conductor
regarding

three

parts

of approximately

occupies
each
transpositions

relays.
power
equal

phase position
for
should
be given in

The distances
between
conductors
in a transposition
must be studied
to determine
if adequate
minimum
electrical
clearances
will be obtained
in a given case. If possible,
it is helpful
to set up
model
of the transposition.
A model
will give good results
and will also present
the whole
problem
in perspective.
A problem
thorough
analysis.
A model
must

be made

to scale.

area in a transposition
eliminates
the possibility

A large

to hold the dowels in the desired

an inexpensive
way of duplicating
conductors,
between
conductors
Another

method

that

may

sheet

of plywood

may be difficult
to locate
of selecting
the wrong area.
for a base,

dowels

to support

correctly
The model,
the

without
a
of course,

conductors,

locations,
and adequate
string to represent
the conductors
various
questionable
line situations
such as clearances
and structures,
or between
conductors
and guys.
be used

geometry
to the problem.
This method
made and the problem
areas determined.
transposition
problems.

to determine
should
The

be used
formulas

these

clearances

is by

applying

screws
provide
between

descriptive

after an analysis
of the whole system
derived
on figure
2 may be applied

has been
to many

CHAPTER

I-BASIC

DATA

Dv v
-=-

First

v= kS$=kD,

dD*
dk =-2D,*+2k(Dv

D
-=S

Solution

kS

SHkS

derivative

of

D* with
+

respect

to k:

DH2)

of differential

equation:

ti=(S-kS@

=D,(I-k)

DH

D2=DH2-2D,*

(h2)*

D,* + D,*

D= ~kDv)2+[DH(I-k)]2
D*=

+ OH2 -2kD,+k*D,*

Dv2+DH4

D*

D*=

D,*
k2(Dv2+

For structures

at different

,/(Span)'+

(difference

13). where

rough

Special Long-Span
terrain,

it is often

solution

Construction .-To
necessary

5.

Normal,
span lengths

Ruling,
and Effective
obtainable
by using

take

to use spans

consideration.
To obtain
the required
spacing
may be used on single
wood-pole
structures,
structures.
For steel construction,
the structures

the

-2DH4+DH4

+ D,.,

conductors

on crossarm)

is the slope angle.

in elevation)*

Figure S.-Mathematical

(g)

+D,*)

elevations:

spacing) (-Ices
Span

D,= V

D,*)

Remains the same (spacing between

D,= (Vertical

(D

D,*)~

(Dv *+ D,)

D* = D,2 -2kDH2+

D,

(D,*+

OH2 (Dv2+DH2)-2DH4+DH4

D*= k* D,* + (D, - kD,)*

D2=k2Dy2

for transpositions.

advantage
longer

104-D-1047.

of topographic
than

are

normal

conditions
for-

the

in areas
voltage

under

between
conductors
for long spans, longer
crossarms
and greater
pole spacing
may be used on H-frame
can be designed
for any required
conductor
spacing.

Spans.-Th
e normal span is used to determine
and compare
different
structure
heights.
The normal
span may be defined

of

TRANSMISSION

as the maximum
level

span

ground.

seldom
can

The

level,

attainable

with

usefulness

and

the

be calculated

a given

of the

actual

spans

the

following

from

LINE DESIGN
structure

normal
will

span

vary

MANUAL

height

and a given

is limited

because

considerably

from

conductor

the

the

clearance

transmission

normal

above

line

span.

The

profile

normal

is
span

formula:

Normal span in meters (feet) =

where:

P = height of conductor
L = conductor
clearance
C =

ruling

D =

conductor

ruling

The
changes
spans
the

span,

sag for

used

and

preparing

n spans

having

and

lengths

length

template,

ruling

which

level
span

be defined

in temperature

span

for

above

the

ground,

normal

span

is to be calculated,

m (ft)

m (ft)

m (ft)

span may

of varying

support

as that

span

will

most

loading,

between

as a basis
the

C, m (ft)

dead

ends.

nearly

agree

tables.

The

the

with

common

the

in the

average

sags and

ruling

span

dead

tension

definition

the conductor

L 1, L 2, Ls... L, between

of lengths

in which

A more

for calculating
stringing

length

for

ends

tension

is that
tensions,

any

may

conductor,

under

in a series

the

ruling

constructing

section

from

is

the

of transmission

be calculated

of

span

the

sag
line

following

equation:

L,3

Ruling span =
To

use this

is used

as a basis

structures
the

equation,

lengths

the structure
the

line

entire

exceptionally

rough
tensions

due to variations

in sections

In

isolated

the

ruling

a structure.

If the

point

of the

the

conductor.
the other,
support

supports

conductor
In this
the

low
that

spans,
is made
used
for

point
portion

the

case,

with

the

of the
of the

the

middle

span

conductor
conductor

by the

should

usually

and

short

spans

cannot

be avoided

a longer

or shorter

a change

ruling

spans
tensions

of the

end

should

for
of

be used.

because
same

sections

canyons

with

because

occurs

by the

between

each

to the
the

conductor

of a span

and

be closer

between

vary

of

be selected

span

span

do not
result

strength

the

amounts

of different

which

are dead-ended

which

is supported

by

elevation,

the

span.

portion
span

ruling

the

so that

span can be estimated

in ruling

or over

actual

is equal
will

line

span

at each
of the

is limited

span

before

a transmission

the ruling

crossings

to the

length

ruling

be estimated

for

ruling

where

as river

conductor

effective

span

Unbalanced

equal

must

structures

the

One

different

such

span

because

Therefore,
long

point

to designate

is at the

case,

is the

at the

and loading.

long
span

span is the term

low

this

of line

in temperature

end,

then

When

be dead-ended

spans.

Effecthe

will

profile.

must

where

However,

ruling

maximum

are located.

sections

+...L,

be known.
the

The

+ .. . Ln3

+L,

to locate

requirements.

structures

for certain

must

practice

as possible.

the

+L,

sag template,

good

clearance

before

L,

locations

the

It is always

except

conductor

horizontal

than

calculating

and conductor
accuracy

at each

structure

are as uniform

sufficient

ruling

for

are located.

span

The

the

i- L,3 + L,3

are at the

structure

actual

span.

to the lower
structure

will

support

If one

support
and

same

the

one-half

support
and

low

each
point.

is higher
structure
In effect,

of

CHAPTER
considering

the

the

equivalent

low

point

conductor

load

of a level

of the

span

conductor.

To determine

on one
equal

This

the total

spans;

6.

Selection

to consider

voltage

for

minimum
depends

of the

it without

has assumed

no-load

conditions.
the

sag and

initially.

When

values,

ru 1m g s p an, the initial

(8.5 ft),

and

Bureau,

for

strength

(3954
to 3700
The

use of either
point

the
short

that

shorter

structures
by

The

electrical

the conductor

with

conductor

losses

studies

to twice

it is necessary

on the

line,

corona

conductor

cost,

and is determined

of designs

type

or design
amount

of conductor

before

instructions.
of corona

loss;

Corona

loss

surface.

of 13 832

economical
The

The

wind,

and

mm

(9.53

N (3110

lb) a t mimts

enough

and

using

short

spans

or very
the

tension

sag with

small
For

enough

some

small

are required.

structures
can

standard
height.

The

on a line

be supported
structures

Section

may

15 describes

considerations.

conductivity
to a temperature

of the conductor
that

would

must
cause

be high

annealing

enough

to carry

and consequent

no ice and no wind.

structures

to structure

is 17 580

the sag to increase

conductor

that

N/m

the immediate

structures.

of the

are

of 4.3782

and the

size conductor

permissible

in addition

tall
cost

the

ultimate

conditions

lb),

cause

mm

by

of the

loading

18 C with
high

were

be 2594

N (7500

sag of the

increases

to use a larger
maximum

the

they

as determined

will

excessively

will

a constant

ft),

assume

on a 213.4-m

percent

heavy

of 33 362

in the conductor

usually

considerations

NESC

tension

is 2906

without

either

condition,

loading

less than

no wind

is 33-l/3

factor

be high

that

more

load

no wind

spans

limiting

the
initial

it will

conductor

no ice and

loading

for maximum

being

24/7

to

after
under

is unloaded,

tension

conditions

transverse

to a full

must

The

maximum

strength

as specified

the

ice loads

conditions

ultimate

ACSR,

and

urlder

conductor

and

no load.

(4-lb/ft2)

wind,

wind

no-load

of the
the

the

strength

specified

(0 OF) with
lb).

initial,

to carry

kcmil),

loading

the creep

spans.

and

percent

(477

heavy

structures

longer

line,

conductivity,

by the permissible

When

N (4429

or tall

conductor

of power

system

under

18 C

no ice and

sag is so great
spans

galloping

galloping

0.19-kPa

long

from

greater

mm2

40 F)

installation,

it becomes

limited
the

NESC

conductor

for a transmission
electrical

by ice and

sag being

a 242
19 700

use of reasonably

size conductors,

the

a tension

structure

structure.

of the ultimate

stretched.

be

ft) with

of the

is loaded

the conductor

after

(12.14

the

(3) 33-l/3

sag at minus

(0 F) with

years

strength

to permit

sag, and

under
ice,

loading

18 C

Ten

mm

will

radial
After

lb).

strength

40 OC (minus

(l/2-in)
lb/ft).

sag at minus

the

tension
conductor

at minus

13-mm
(0.30

the
this

is equal

be sufficient

(1) 50 p ercent

with

(700-ft)

must

ultimate

if we string

to consider

given

any
of the

for preparation

sea level,

is permanently

example,

it is necessary

below.

the conductor

conductor
tension

For

its final

selected

designers

conductor

of the

the

conductor.

above

exceeding:

and

for

vahte

determined

and

structure

span.
the sum of the adjacent

side

is usually

altitude

of 46 kV

one-half

to one-half

of the conductor,

line

the

effective

supports

is equal

the conductor

is usually

structure

between

the

spans

on either

in the

each

distance

to be transmitted,

used

line

voltage,

(2) 25 percent

conditions,
final

materials

strength

upon

conductor

load
strength

of conductor

voltages

mechanical

conditions,

line,

the

is called

effective
spans

only,

length

selecting

to the transmission

on the
for

be imposed

adjacent
of the

a transmission

diameter

is negligible
The

of the

of the

is assigned

which

of the
points

mechanical

availability

The
The

voltage

interference,

the

the line

sum
low

by any one structure,

supported

of Conductors.-When

the

and radio
and

or the

to twice

supported

The

DATA

structure

span

length

effective

between

in length

conductor

on each side of a structure.

distance

of the

hypothetical

the spans
the

side

I-BASIC

the load
reduction

without
in the

heating
strength

to
on
be

TRANSMISSION

10
of the conductor
voltage

drop

which,
in the line

use of reactors,
transmitted

over
conductor

between

the

line

in greater

be limited

to about

synchronous

Usually,

size than

available

results

and

the line.

value

transmission

must

capacitors,

a larger

various

in turn,

LINE DESIGN
sag and

reduced

of power

to control

to limit

heating

in the

conductor

and

the

will

result.

such

that

types

of conductors

minimum

above

this
the

and voltage

annual

cost

as well

as determining

fixed

(reactive

volt

line is sufficient

drop.

A balance

charges

on

Comparison
the most

the ground.

The

can be controlled

vars

losses in a transmission

is required

of losses

clearances

* however,

10 percent,

condensers

the value

MANUAL

must

to justify

must

the

by the
amperes)

be obtained

investment
be made

economical

in

the

between

the

size of any one type

of conductor.
Since

1945,

has proved
1945,
that

copper

(aluminum

conductor,

economical

than

other

were

that

copper

prices

aluminum

90 percent

ACSR

more

such

conductors

are now

of distribution

It is occasionally

being

steel

several

such

conductor
specified

conductor,
as copper

was more
for nearly

because

of its lower

or Copperweld-copper.

economical
all new

than

ACSR.

transmission

lines,

price,
Prior

Records
and

to

show

for about

lines.

necessary

to consider

the availability

it may be necessary
to complete
the transmission
economical
conductor.
Once the route
and length
of a transmission
conductor
type and size selected
to carry safely
power,

reinforced)

conductors,

mechanical

considerations

line

of the different
in a short

or distribution
and economically

remain

which

may

time

types

of conductors

without

regard

because
to the

most

line have been determined,

and a
the system
voltage,
current,
and

influence

the

choice

of conductor

and

will definitely
influence
the installation
methods.
The designer
must consider
such factors
as structure
and ground
clearances.
Thus,
the
heights
and locations,
span lengths,
conductor
sags and tensions,
designer
must have detailed
knowledge
of conductor
sag and tension
as a function
of span length,
temperature,

and

weight

loading.

Most

of this

information

is supplied

by conductor

manufacturers

in the form of tables and graphs;

however,
the designer
will usually
have to prepare
additional
aids
such as forms,
charts,
diagrams,
and templates,
that are related
to a specific
installation.
Figures
3
and .4 show a standard
form
that USBR
designers
use for conductor
calculations.
This form is a
Pa. [6]. Figure 3 shows metric
variation
of a form designed
by the Copperweld
Steel Co. of Glassport,
calculations
calculations
12, chapter

7.

for the conductor

previously
mentioned,
for the same conductor.
A detailed
description
II.

and figure
4 shows
the U.S. customary
of this calculation
form is given in section

Stress-Strain

calculations

Curves.-Most
of the mechanical
properties
required
are determined
by tensile
testing.
Wires used in the manufacture

conductors
are tested
in full section.
The loads
stresses based on an area of the original
section:

determined

in a tension

for sag and tension

of transmission
line

test

are reported

as unit

Load
Stress = Area
Elongation
elongation

is measured
is then

determined

as the

increase

in length

of a gage-marked

as

(Final Length) - (Original Length)

(Original Length)

length

on a test

specimen.

The

CHAPTER

DCm-578

I-BASIC

11

DATA

(3-78)

:IN:L SAGCALCULATIONS

LOADING

j T5!cp-\ LMST~ESSED LENGTH i

/3InIn
Ice
0. 9/~~kP=Wl~(W)~-/8.0,
Permanent

No Ice.

Set 6 creep

NO Wmd

---.a--InIn
0.d!.#vsakPa
Permanent

(W)

-18
1 -1
15.5
12
__
49

lo.

0.

0.000

15

999

O.RUfl
0,949

(w-y

(W)

mm 1.3
kPa WwJ (W)
Permanent
set 6 creep

- 5 I
110
,6o6!o.uoo
I

096

16

2594

i
!

114

/fJ , OO/
I/. ouu
!

mm ICO
Set S Crew

91)

,a/

O$

O,/Ull

u.u/-?

62:

I
:
I

2.906

/9/j

I
I

/7

590

P.5

I
I 13

833

-,
k&d

I
I

/Q/ I
003
/aY

oofw
,

Qg

n,

/383

&/J/7

34

-7700

/
I
/

/9//

/ 49

SPANLENGTH(S)

I
1
j-18

1
I

1 49

I
I

I
I

I
I

SPANLENGTH(S)

m
I
I

I
I

15.5
32
40
.-

I
L

SPANLENGTH(S)

m
/

,
I
I

I
I

-18
-1

15.5
32 j

I
I

49

I/J

I
I

j
I

700

&&j

/.

115.5
*I

kPa Wind (W)

Set 6 Crew

NO Wind (WY

I!?.? 462

.3 L

999

_
!

NO Ice. NO Wind (W)

NO Ice.

! 5,P45

1
1

-1.9
-1

Permanent

lo.nK7
I

mm,ca
Permanent

0.0971

4693

SPANLENGTWS)H(S)

set 6 Creep

NO Wind

TENSION,N

/Q/

15.5

-18
-t
NO Ice,

m5-

SW,N

99

(W)

kPa Wld

0./7-5210.02,
I

Ice

Permanent

3L

SPANLENGTH(S) 23.

32
49
Nmm

/o/

NO Wmd

999

/o/ ~U.OQU 393

SAG,mm

SIG FLCTOR

-18
-1
NO Ice.

499

ice
,
Wind cw%-/g
Set

?!6

SPANLENGTH(S)213.

Figure 3.4tandard

sag and tension

calculation

fornl (tnetric).

TRANSMISSION

12
DC-576

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

(S-76)

;;L;FL

CONDUCTOR
~77hd
-.. I
Code

Name

Weight
Breakutg

Diameter

Load

&&!6

Tensat

inch

Initial.-&OF

Final,
Computed

&%,&!&?-lb

-1/oF

Loaded,

*F
*OF
by -

No Wind

X //300

lb

Area

% ti

lb

Temp.

18

% &$&lb

(AI

Coeff.

Modulus.

in2
of Linear

(E)

Final
0.000

o/&~

(W)

No Ice.

NO Wind

(WY

per F

SPAN LENGTH(S)

Ice.
Wind(W)
6 creep

InitialAE

FEET

0
30
No

Ice.

No Wind

(W)

60
90

-Inch
Pemlanent

SPAN LENGTH(S)

Ice.
Ib/ft2 Wind(W1
set h creep

FEET

0
30
NO Ice.

No Wind

(W)

60
90
120

Figure 4.-Standard

sag and tension

calculation

FinaljD.
lnltial

Exp.:

(W)

No Wind

set

_25-

Date

Ice.

-Inch
-Ib/ft2
Permanent

Factors:

/7alb

Limltatlons:

Final.

No

LOADING h/ecrv

Rated

No Ice.

.h?dR 24

SAGCALCULATIONS

form (U.S. customary).

AE

/
u

53x
g,epLx
4

106

lb/in2

106

lb/in2

24
:i

CHAPTER

I-BASIC

DATA

13

Stress-strain curves are prepared from the data obtained from these tests. As the test specimen
is slowly loaded, readings of elongation are made so that the initial curve may be plotted. As the
specimen is unloaded, elongation readings are again taken so that the fin& curve may be plotted.
A typical, stress-strain curve for a wire has a straight line segment, which in the deformation
is
proportional
to the applied load. The unit stress (load divided by original area) is proportional
to
the unit strain (deformation
divided by original gage length). The numerical value of this ratio
(stress/strain), usually expressed in gigapascals (pounds per square inch), is the modulus of elasticity.
For an ACSR conductor, there is no straight line segment on the initial curve, so a straight line average
of the portion of the curve under use is used for determination
of the modulus of elasticity. The final
curve is always a straight line and has the same slope regardless of the maximum load applied, provided
the yield strength is not exceeded. The slope of this line is the final modulus of the conductor.
Other characteristics
of the test specimen may be determined from the stress-strain test. The
proportionul limitis the stress value at which the deformation ceases to be proportional to the applied
load. The maximum stress which can be applied without causing permanent deformation upon release
of the load is the elastic limit. The yield strength is the stress at which the deformation ceases to be
proportional
to the applied load by a specified percent of elongation (usually 0.2 percent).
Ultimate tensile strength is the maximum tensile stress which a material is capable of sustaining.
Tensile strength is calculated from the maximum load during a tension test which is carried to rupture
with the original cross-sectional area of the specimen. All metals have lower ultimate strength values
when subjected to a fluctuating
stress. The amount of decrease will depend upon the range of the
fluctuating
stress and the number of repetitions. Alcoa (Aluminum
Co. of America) states [7] that
research and experience in transmission line design indicates that if the limits of variation in tensile
stress are approximately
10 percent, the maximum value of the fluctuating stress necessary to produce
fracture will be approximately
70 percent of the ultimate strength. This stress is referred to as the
working limit.
Creep is the plastic deformation
that occurs in metal at stresses below its yield strength. Metal
that is stressed below the yield point will normally return to its original shape and size when unloaded
because of its elasticity. However, if the metal is held under stress for a long period of time, permanent
deformation
will occur. This deformation is in addition to the expected increase in length resulting
from the stress-strain characteristics
of the metal.
Figure 5 shows a stress-strain curve that illustrates the origin of values used in conductor sag and
tension calculations for transmission lines. An explanation of figure 5 is:
l
ADFG represents the initial loading curve plotted from test data taken during the loading of
a specimen in a stress-strain test.
l
The average slope of curve AF has been extended and labeled Average slope of initial from
zero to full load. The slope of this line is used for the initial modulus in calculations. The value
in this example is 40 GPa (5.8 x lo6 lb/in2).
l
CGis the final loading curve plotted from test data during the unloading on the test specimen.
The slope of this line is the final modulus.
l
The conductor represented by the curves is to have a maximum stress of 69-MPa (10 000 lb/in2)
under full load conditions.
l
BFis drawn parallel to the final curve CG and between the points for full load and zero load.
l
AB is the permanent elongation and is called the permanent set
l
The lo-year creep line is drawn from previously computed values. The creep value DEis read
horizontally
between a point on the initial curve and a point on the creep curve at the same
stress value.

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

14

30 000
200

175

2s 000

150
I

20000
/

N
.-E

125

2 - IS 000

100

/ 68
e:

c
cn

-Full

10000

v;
c
I
v)

75

SO

5 000

A/
i
b

es

-Creep
-

0.4

0.5

0
0.6

-c

c Permanent Set
UNIT
Fii
S.-Stress-strain
104-D-1048.

STRAIN,

and creep curves illustrating

percent
origin

elongation
of values used in sag and tension calculations.

DE represents the creep value over a lo-year period. We assume that the average
tension over a period of 10 years will he at 15.5 C (60 o F) un d er no load conditions.
limits conductor stress to 18 percent of the ultimate strength at these conditions.
values used for our calculations reflect all of these conditions.
Figure 6 shows stress-strain and creep curves for an ACSR, 26/7 (26 aluminum strands
strands) conductor as furnished by the Aluminum
Association.
l

conductor
The USBR
The creep
and 7 steel

8. The Parabola and the Catenary.-Two

curves, the parabola and the catenary, are generally
used in the calculations for conductor sags on transmission lines. The parabola, an approximate curve,
is often used because it simplifies the calculations.
When a wire or cable is assumed to conform to
the curve of the parabola, the mass of the wire or cable is.assumed to he uniformly distributed along
its horizontal projection (the horizontal span length). For the parabolic solution, it is safe to assume
that the sag will vary as the square of the span length for spans that are at least double the length
of the ruling span.

CHAPTER

I-BASIC

DATA

15

35 000
[I

225

30 000

I75
25 000

N
.E

20 000

2
vi
z
(r
E-I

15 000

IO 000

//
H

5 000

25

U.E

UNIT

Figure 6.-Stress-strain
104-D-1049.

0.3

STRAIN,

and creep curves for an ACSR,

0.4

0.45

percent

2617 conductor

as furnished

by the Aluminum

Association.

The second curve to be considered

is the catenary.
Any perfectly
flexible
material
of uniform
mass
will hang in the shape of a catenary
when suspended
between
two supports.
Although
commercially
available
wires and cables are not truly
flexible,
they will, in very short spans, conform
closer to a
catenary
since

than
they

is assumed
The

to any other

will

similar

catenary

and
in long

is easily

understood

parabolic

of an imaginary
Figures

7 and

equations

the

curve

long,
8 show

the

the

arc

the

the

of the
short

or the

be appreciable

that

For

reasonably

catenary
becomes

conductors

curve.

conductor

more

be considered
the

mass

as truly
of the

flexible

conductor

conductor.
span

parabola.

in heavy
even

may
catenary,
with

no unusually

However,
loading

areas

pronounced

in an inclined

the

sag will

between

with-comparatively

if the spans
span

large

difference

is actually

low

are inclined.
a small

This
portion

span.

the

Figures

following

can

realizing

a level,

the

difference

level

spans,

along

for

either

This
by

for each.
for

distributed

using

spans.

In longer
of a catenary

obtained

when

tensions

needed

shape

to be uniformly

sag calculations

be very

curve.

sag in the

parabolic
9 and

example

and

10 show
problems.

catenary
the metric

curves,

respectively,

and

U.S. customary

and also the commonly

sag and tension

used

calculations

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Parabola

Directrix
X2

Y=40
w= Force

per unit

length

L = p + $$ = Length

of cable

H = 2aw = w& = Horizontal

'=

w(3p2+8s2)
6p

of cable and load

= Vertical

tension
tension

T=.z

= Maximum

S,= $

= Sag at

any point

S= g

= Maximum

tension

sag

Figure 7.-Parabolic

curve and equations.

104-D-1050.

CHAPTER

I-BASIC

17

DATA

Catenary

y=

w = Force

) = a cash

(e++e+

per unit length

L = a (e-e)

=2a

v=y(e

x
o -%*)=

of cable and load

sinh + = Length

H = aw= T -SW= Horizontal

of cable

tension

aw sinh + = Vertical

tens ion

T = yw = aw cash $- = H cash $= Maximum

S= y-a = a(cosh
a=

8 -I) = Maximum

tension

sag

= Length of cable whose mass is equal to

horizontal
tension = Parameter of catenary
Figure

8.-Catenary

curve and equations.

104-D-1051.

TRANSMISSION

18

DCm-576

MANUAL

(3-78)

;;;;LL

CONDUCTOR f/D3
Code

LINE DESIGN

mm

k)psn

"%

SAGCALCULATIONS

LOADIHG~
Linear

Name
Rated

SreJklng

Strength

DLsme,er

aB

Tension

L~m,tat,ons

Force

Dead
/3

mm

Factor.

Load

Force

mm Ice

O./m

hPa

N/m

915-7

/5-;

18.

Wand

Resultant
Area

(rV)

(w,)a

(W)

Cc&f.

ad-51

N/m

Total

b/j2

N/m

34.

Modulus.

0.000

of

Linear

NO Wind

O.OOQL/65
0.000~

Final

#d.?ztm

ln~tlal
Final

0 /~perOc

56.

GPa
I/do

GPa

AE34

75-T

-369

AE dL

939

318

(W)

Figure 9.-Sag and tension

DC-576

(El

Exp..

lnttaal

NO Ice.

Set O.OOOJb
Creep

(A)&..&--rnd

Temp.

Permanent

N/m

calculation

form

for example

problems

on parabolic

and catenary

curves (metric).

(3.78)

;;;f'

CONDUCTORI+'
Code Name 2
Rated

kfm

TensIon

Load

/.

500

31

Final.

+ iz~.

AF

%fO

2
OF 50
E

by -

LOADING

WeIghI
Ice

&lb
33f

Z!&.?F

Factors

Dead

lb

Llmltatlons

Loaded,
Fmal.

fl

Inch

In,t,al.-F

Computed

SAGCALCULATIONS
I
LOADING ~-"J/
Welght

Breaking

Dmmeter

26

lb
lb

Area

5.70

lb

Temo.

1 7
% 6

(AI

1.
2,

Ib/ft

opt/s

Iblft

Creep

0.00dL

lb! It

Total

0.000

-0.
(W)

2.

a&?%

Coeff.

o.??o

4-09f7

o.000

UNSTRESSED LENGTH\

Figure lO.-Sag and tension calculation

o/D

form for example problems

(E)

Final/o*76
In,t,al$.

Exp:

per OF

5;

Set 0.0003

SAC FACTOR

on parabolic

? 6

8--

8 f2

Ib/ft
Modulus.

12
of Linear

Permanent

Oo ~-lb
Date

jT\;

Wtnd
Resultant:

c00

(W)

(W)

SAG, ft

and catenary

/Z6

x 106

lb/l9

* 106

lb/ln2

Final

AE

lb

lnltlal

AE

&$tt

lb

SW,lb

1 TENSIONsIb

curves (U.S. customary).

CHAPTER
Example

Z.-Parabolic

Assume:

366-m

DATA

19

(metric)

ruling

span

403-mme,

ACSR,

44 482-N

maximum

NESC
15.5

curve

I-BASIC

heavy

26/7

conductor

tension
(13 -mm

loading

sag at no load

14 556

ice,

0.19-kPa

wind

plus

constant

at minus

mm
sagRS

Sag,

VW2

(Span,

I2

where:
sag in ruling

span,

sagRS

Sag,
RS
Span,

= sag in any other

=

ruling

span

= span

length

mm
given
m

of any

other

Sag,=

(sa&S

1200-ft
795
NESC

(Span1 j2,
104m2

SagI = K Gwn1)2,
mm

100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000

1
4
9
16
25
36
49
64
81
100

1,

(U.S.

1 087
4 346
9780
17 386
27 166
39 119
53 245
69 544
88 017
108 663

customary)

span

ACSR,
maximum

heavy

60 o F sag at no load

= K (Span, I2

ruling

kcmil,

) (Span 1I2

1.0866 x 10w4m-

curve

10 OOO-lb

span,

14 556

span

Assume:

given

L=
= (366)2

K =(Rs)2

Z.-Parabolic

mm

WI2

sagRS

Example

span,

length,

loading
=

47.69

26/7

conductor

tension
(l/2ft

in ice,

4-lb/fts

wind

plus

constant

at 0 OF)

18 C)

TRANSMISSION

20

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

SaRS
-=
(RSY

sa&
(Span,

where:

S%RS

sag in ruling

Sag,

sag in any

ruling

span

span

length

RS
Span

span,

ft

other

given

span,

length,

ft

of any

other

given

47.69

sagRS

K=(RS)Z

105fi2

200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000

Assume:

366-m

44 482-N

maximum

15.5

15.5

o C tension

sag at no load

figure

H =

aw =

a =

H/w

0.4
1.6

1.32
5.30
11.92
21.20
33.12
41.69
64.91
84.78
107.30
132.41
160.29
190.76
223.88
259.65
298.06

2
10.0
14.4
19.6
25.6
32.4
40.0
48.4
57.6
67.6
78.4
90.0

span

ACSR,
heavy

ft

(metric)

403-mm2,
NESC

From

ruling

10-5ft-1

S481= K (Spanl),

(Span1j2 I

ft

curve

ft

=3.3118x

=(1200)2

Spanl,

3.-Catenary

span,

(SagRs1 (Span 1I2

= K (Span, >2
WI2

Sag, =

Example

ft

26/7

conductor

tension
(13- mm

loading
=

at no load

14 556
=

ice,

0.19-kPa

wind

at minus

mm

18 638

8:
T=

SW =

18 638, - (14.556)

18 405/15.9657

1152.7839

(15.9657)
m

18 405

18 C)

CHAPTER
x =p/2

Example

= 1/2span,

50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

0.043 313
0.086146
0.130 120
0.173 493
0.216 866
0.260240
0.303 613
0.346986
0.390 359
0.433133

curve

795

ruling

kcmil,

10 OOO-lb
NESC

ACSR,

heavy

loading
=

at no load

9.

Design

the Regional
by the Denver

may
and

office

4-lb/ft2

4190

curve
curves
.-A

(1.0940)

3782.29

at 0 F)

4137.83

lb

ft

Sag=a(c;hz-

z.- 1
cosha

showing

0.000 349 531

0.001 398 367
0.003 147 243
0.005 597738
0.008 750 491
0.012 608 78 1
0.017 174 947
0.022452
180
0.028 444 171
0.035 155 107
0.042589680
0.050753087
0.059 651 036
0.069 289745
0.079 675 954

the

percentage

useful

proportion
seven

the technical

further

of the
regions.
design

in chapter
work

Design

of each

between

a clearance

design

l),

1.322
5.289
11.904
21.172
33.097
47.690
64.961
84.921
107.584
132.967
161.087
191.963
225.618
262.074
301.358

relationship

in determining

are discussed

of the Bureaus
to cover

wind

lb

- (47.69)

x
a

Instructions

1 084
4 340
9113
17 393
21215
39257
53542
70096
88952
110 144

ft

be particularly

catenary

Directors

in ice,

0.026439
0.052 878
0.079 317
0.105 756
0.132 195
0.158 634
0.185 073
0.211 512
0.237 951
0.264 390
0.290829
0.317 268
0.343707
0.370 146
0.396585

11 is a catenary

Parabolic

0.000940156
0.003 764194
0.008 411558
0.015 087 698
0.023607738
0.034053 971
0.046445 57 1
0.06080607
1
0.077 162 490
0.095 546 05 1

conductor

(l/Z-

47.69

100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500

relationship

- 1),

mm

tension

x = p/2 = l/2 span,

ft

Figure

Sag =a(cosh;

customary)

26/7

H = aw = T- SW = 4190
a = H/w = 4137.83/1.0940

This

21

span

maximum

60 OF sag at no load
60 OF tension

(U.S.

DATA

coshz-

1200-ft

Assume:

4.-Catenary

I-BASIC

at any

point

span

length,

in a span.

II.

on transmission

instructions

transmission

sag and

lines

are issued
line

is delegated

to these

and include

directors

the following:

to

TRANSMISSION

0,

lb

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

30

2'0

40

50

PERCENT
Figure Il.-Catenary

a.

Design

curve showing

percentage

relationship

70

$0

SPAN

80

90

100

LENGTH

between

sag and span length.

104-D-1052.

data.

(1)

Length

of line

(2)

Voltage

of line

(3)

Number

(4)

Type

(5)

Ruling

(6)

Insulators:

(7)

Conductors

and

(8)

Maximum

tension

(9)

Final

of circuits
of structures
span
number,

tension

size,
overhead
under

at 15.5

and

type

ground
loaded

OC (60

wires:

number,

size,

and

type

conditions
for conductors
and
F) with no wind for conductors

overhead
ground
wit -es
and overhead
groul nd

wires
(10)

For

steel

towers,

ground

wires

the

horizontal

and

vertical

spacing

between

conductors

and

overhe,

ad

CHAPTER
(11)

For

(12)

Final

steel

towers,

sag at

overhead

the

15.5

conductor

OC (60

ground

(14)

wires
The annual
isoceraunic
level
This number
is calculated

clearance

at 15.5

the

Design

c.
d.

Minimum
Drawings

loading

e.

Number

49

23

to tower

steel
with

OC (120OF)

F) between

the

conductors

and the probable

number
either per 100 kilometers

for

coefficent

for

the

and

of power outages
or per 100 miles

per-lOO-miles

conductors

vahle

overhead

ground

due to lighting.
of transmission
is 1.6 times

locations

of transpositions.

all pertinent
data concerning
the line
Initial
entries
on the summary
form

charts,

so that
should

a compact,
ready
be made when the

steel

tower

are obtained,
filled
out.

notebook,
records-if

along
they

sheets for other lines, for easy reference.

summary
sheet is simple
in layout,
easy

normally

required,

with summary
are kept. The
has

room

for

any

and by the time

The completed

reference
is available.
design work is assigned.

entries
should be made as data
the form
should
be completely

source.

the

than those given in a.

of structures
to be used.
clearance

A Transmission
Line Data Summary
Transmission
Line
Data
Summary
Form.on figure
12, should be prepared
for each transmission
line designed.
This form should

information

and

conditions.

f. Design data drawings

including
sag templates,
structure
limitation
diagrams,
and conductor
height
tables for wood-pole
structures.
10.
shown

no load

value.

clearances,
other
and characteristics
and

o C (60

mmlerical

per-IOO-kilometers
b.

and

DATA

wires

Midspan

length;

clearances

F)

(13)

line

I-BASIC

additional

data

that

the transmission
form
should

might

form,

as

contain

Additional

line is put into service,

be placed
in a looseleaf

Nothing
is better
than good
to fill out, contains
all data

be useful,

and

is an excellent

24

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

TRANSMISSION LINE

Region:
Project:
Name of Line:
Length:
Elevation,
min.-max.:
NESC loading:
Type of

km

MANUAL

DATA SUMMARY

Specifications
Voltage:
In service:
Data by:
kPa wind,
lb/ft*
wind,
contractor:

mi

zone,

mm ice,
in ice,

construction:

Insulators
Size: -.
Strength:
Number per

mmx

in x

l-Ql(
N (

in)

Conductor
at 15.5

lb)

No.

+K(O.-),
+K(O.-),

and overhead

ground

wire

to ground clearance
"C (60 "F)

mm

ft

Overhead

ground

wire

Name :
size:

Type:
Stranding:
Ultimate
strength:
Tension
limitations
50% us at -"C(
OF) initial
33-l/3%
US at -"C(eoF)
initial
25% US at -"C(OF) final
18% US at 15.5 "Cf 60 "F) final
15% US at 15.5 "C( 60 OF; final
Diameter:
Area :
Temp. coeff.
of linear
expansion:
Modulus of elasticity
Final:
Initial:
NESC Force (weight)
per unit
length
Bare:
Iced:
Wind:
Resultant
(with constant):
Ellipse
resultant:
Ruling
span:
sacs

OC
OF

string:
Conductor

Conductor

at
at

mm* --

kcmil

mm
ml*

mm dia.

in dia.

lb

lb

lb
lb
lb
lb

N
N
N

lb
lb
lb

lb
in

in

in*

-p&C

__

perOF

2
pergc

----Tn*

per"F

GPa
GPa

lb/in*
lb/in2

GPa
GPa

lb/in2
lb/in2

N/m
N/m
N/m
N/m
N/m
m

lblft
lb/ft
lb/ft
lb/ft
lb/ft

lb/ft
lb/ft
lb/ft
lb/ft
lb[ft

ft

N/m
N/m
N/m
N/Ill
N/IO
In

OF) final:
OF) final:

nun
Em
mm
mm
mm

ft
ft
ft
ft
ft

mm
mm
mn
mm
mm

OF) final:
OF) final:

N
N
N
N
N

lb
lb
lb
lb
lb

ft

Full load:
Cold curve:
Ellipse:
15.5 "C (60
49 'C (120
Tensions
Full load:
Cold curve:
Ellipse:
15.5 C (60
49 'C (120

___
-OC

OF)

Key map:
Plan-profile
drawings:
sag template:
Stringing
sag tables
Cond"&r;
Overhead ground wire:

Structure

Figure

12.-Transmission

line data summary

Limitation

form.

Chart:

104-D-1053.

ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
lb
lb
lb
lb
lb

<<Chapter

CONDUCTOR
11.

General

conductor
under
line design.
This

Information.-The

SAGS AND TENSIONS

determination

of sags

and

various
conditions
of temperature
and loading
determination
enables
design elements,
such

to be established
and permits
the use of sag templates,
criteria
are in use as a basis for making
sag and tension
parabolic
curve.
If a uniform,

perfectly

flexible

and

inelastic

stringing
calculations:

length

corresponding

tensions

is of basic importance
as the most economical
tables,
and other
(1) the catenary

of material,

such

for

aids. Two general

curve, and (2) the

as a chain

points
of support.
The tension
at any
horizontal
component
which
is uniform

point
in the
throughout

component
which
varies along
along its length.
The vertical

This means that the total tension

of the tension
at the low point

the

If it is assumed
that
points
of support,

curve of the
and parabola)
increasingly
as the span

the mass of the cable is uniformly

instead
of along the cable itself,

cable is that of the

are almost
identical
greater
length

ratios
greater

as the sag increases.

increases.

the

value

of this

less than 0.05, and should

than
0.20,
the catenary

encountered
introduced
stringing
(100
error

where

in practice

will

in sag and
the conductor.

tension

ft) of span length

for spans greater

a portion

of a curve

distributed
the resultant

parabola.
The results
of the two
when the sag is small; however,

Within
a limited
range of values
method
may be used for calculations.
to spans

cable will consist

of two
the length
of the cable,

Since

of the ratio
Generally,

ratio

longer

or cable,

be the method
may present

0.05.

The

used for
difficulty.

a sag-to-span

computations

have

not

components:
(1) a
and (2) a vertical

along a horizontal
line
mathematical
equation

between
for the

methods
of calculation
(catenary
the difference
in results becomes
larger

sags, the

catenary

of less than
be greater

difference

catenary
method

method

ratios
between
Fortunately,

ratio

should

hangs

the mass
minimum
be at the

in the cable will also vary

of the cable is zero.

of sag to span, either

the
the use of the parabolic

is less than

involve

spans

increases

or the parabolic
should
be limited

can

also

be used

0.05 and 0.20. For

most
transmission
0.20.

than

The
the

error

tolerance

for

ratios
lines

inherent

or

allowed

in

In general,
the error
allowed
in stringing
is 12 mm (0.04 ft) per 30.5 m
for spans up to and inchtding
366 m (1200 ft), and 152 mm (0.5 ft) maximum
than 366 m. The curve assumed
by the cable in a steep inclined
span is actually

for a very

large

level

span,

so calculations

for steep

inclined

spans,

even

though

the spans may be short, should be made using the catenary

method.
Computed
sags should
to 3 mm (if in feet, to two decimal
places)
regardless
of the method
used.
Sag and tension
data can be divided
into three categories
according
to the physical

state

conductor,

of time

with

any

in transmission
span length,

in still air between

two fixed supports,
it will take the form of a catenary.
For the catenary,
of the conductor
is assumed
to be uniformly
distributed
along the arc of the conductor.
The
tension
in the cable will be at the lowest point
of the arc, and the maximum
tension
will

the curve.
component

II

reference

to its past

and

present

degree
25

of stressing,

and

the

length

be accurate
of the
the

TRANSMISSION
conductor

has been

(2) final

loading

(1)
a small
this

under

stress.

condition,

and

The initial
percentage

condition

preparing

These

LINE DESIGN

three

(3) final

categories

loading

MANUAL

are referred

condition

to as: (1) initial

with

loading
condition
applies
to conductors
which
of the stress value selected
as the maximum
are

used

as stringing

sag templates,

which

data

are used

for

unstressed

to determine

have not
operating

condition,

been stressed beyond

stress. Sags based on

conductors,

uplift

to determine
maximum
stress conditions.
applies
to conductors
(2) Th e f ina 11 oa d in g condition

loading

creep.

forces

and

as basic

on structures.

data

for

Tensions

are

used

selected

as the

maximum

for only

a short

time.

sag and

tension,

and

maximum
stress
(3)
The final

operating

stress,

Sags and tensions

stringing

data

for

conditions.
1oa d m g condition

but

based

where

on this

creep

the

have

stressed

has been

to the value

under

this

are used to determine

conductors.

applies

been

conductor

condition

prestressed

with

which

Tensions

to conductors

are used

which

stress

the full-load
to determine

have

been

in place

for several
years. Creep values are generally
based on a lo-year
period,
since about
95 percent
of the creep has been removed
from the conductor
over this length
of time. Sags based on this
loading
condition
are used for preparing
sag templates
that can be used for spotting
structures
on plan-profile
Sag and
conditions,

drawings.

Corresponding

tensions

are used

in broken

conductor

tension
values for a given span length
and conductor
will vary according
that is, the sag for the final loading
condition
with creep will be greater

calculations.
to the loading
than the sag for

the final loading

condition,
and the sag for the final loading
condition
will be greater
than
for the initial
loading
condition.
The difference
in the sag between
final loading
with creep
final
loading
conditions
is obviously
due to creep.
The value of this creep
is dependent
magnitude
of the average
in the sag between
final
permanent
To compute

tension
and the length
of time
and initial
loading
conditions

set is dependent
upon the magnitude
sags and tensions
based on initial

for the conductor

Likewise,
the final

set must

of the
loading

maximum
conditions,

under
study
must be determined
and
modulus
of elasticity
must be determined

tensions
based on either
the
To relate initial
conditions,
permanent

the tension
has been
is due to permanent

final loading
condition
final conditions,
and

be determined.

To

determine

used in formulas
involving
the
and used in order to compute

values,

the

The

loading

permanent
curve

and

approximating
elongation

the
at zero

set may
the

loading

conditions

unloading

initial
stress

Whenever
electrical
subjected
to the effects

be taken
line.

loading
between

as the difference
In the
curve,

the

case where
the

initial

1 Numbers

as the
in brackets

the

permanent

modulus

line

at zero stress

initial
set

and

modulus

modulus

may
the

may

and recommendations

for

conductor

tensions

requirements
California

Rules for Overhead Line Construction

refer to items in the Bibliography.

[l].t

and

be taken

as

loading
curve
between
the
is the slope of the unloading

be taken
unloading

between

the initial

is represented
as the

by a line

difference

are set forth

in

line.

conductors
or overhead
ground
wires
are strung
above
ground,
of wind, temperature,
and ice, all of which
add load to the wires,

rules have been adopted

as the basic standard
code
the Bureau
of Reclamation
serves, except
California.
is published

in elongation

modulus.
sags and

condition
with creep.
creep, values of creep

initial

the slope of a straight

line which
most closely
approximates
the initial
point of maximum
stress and the point of zero stress. The final modulus
line.

applied.
The difference
set. The value of the

stress attained
by the conductor.
the initial
modulus
of elasticity

or the final loading

final conditions
with
these

the sag
and the
on the

in NESC.

by all of the 17 Western

has established
its own

they are
Standard

These

NESC

States that
code, which

CHAPTER
The
the

standard

loading

NESC[S].
length

NESC

loading

districts

of the

According
of the

horizontal

load

conductor

(ice

determined

per

unit

covered

from

conditions
Uniied

to NESC,

components

total

and

Henry, which

on the

general

loading

load

on a conductor

shall

load

per unit

(ice covered

length

due

a horizontal

to

specified),

length
wind

to which

resultant

apply
map

be the resultant
where

in general

in section
loading
specified)

to

25 of
per unit
and

the

pressure

on the

projected

area

of the

has been

added

a constant

that

can

be

1.

Radial thickness of ice,

mm (in)
Horizontal wind pressure,
kPa (lb/ft* )
Temperature, OC (OF)
Constant K to be added
to the resultant of all
conductors, N/m (lb/ft)
State

Medium,

as shown

vertical

Table 1.-NESC

The

are Light,

States

the

27

SAGS AND TENSIONS

of the
where

table

II-CONDUCTOR

of California

specifies

conductor

loading

constants

(K)

Heavy

Loading
Medium

Light

13 (0.5)

6 (0.25)

0 (0)

0.191 52 (4)
- 18 (0)

0.191 52 (4)
- 9.4 (+ 15)

0.430 92 (9)
- 1 (+30)

4.3782 (0.30)

2.9 188 (0.20)

0.7297 (0.05)

heavy

loading

conditions

of 13-mm

(0.5-in)

radial

thickness

of

ice and 0.29 kPa (6 lb/ft2)

of wind
pressure
on the projected
area of cylindrical
surfaces
at
minus 18 C (0 F) for all parts of the State where the elevation
exceeds 914 m (3000 ft) above sea
level. Unlike
the NESC,
the California
code does not require
the addition
of conductor
loading
constants.
California
light loading
conditions
of no ice and 0.38-kPa
(8-lb/ft2)
wind pressure
on the
projected
area of cylindrical
where the elevation
above
snow

are likely

to occur

surfaces
at minus 4 C (25 OF) are specified
sea level is 914 m or less. However,
our experience
at elevations

below

914

m in northern

California;

for

all areas
has shown

therefore,

of the State
that ice and
some

Bureau

lines in this part of the State are designed

for NESC
medium
loading
conditions.
This loading
is more
practical
for the expected
weather
conditions
and exceeds
the requirements
of the California
code.
In Montana
and Wyoming,
NESC
medium
loading
is specified
for most of the area covering
these
States. However,
extremely
low temperatures
so we have revised,
for Bureau
use, these
1 in section
Both the
strung
of the

2.
NESC

and

California

been encountered
areas to NESC

recommend

that

conductors

in these states during

the winter
heavy loading
as shown
on figure
and

overhead

ground

wires

be

at tensions
such that the final unloaded
tension
at 15.5 C (60 F) will not exceed 25 percent
ultimate
strength,
and the initial
unloaded
tension
at 15.5 C will not exceed
35 percent
of

the ultimate
strength.
The NESC
ultimate
strength
under
maximum
percent
For

codes

have
loading

of the ultimate
ACSR
conductors,

permits
tensions
assumed
loading.

strength
under
the Aluminum

maximum
Company

under
The

load that
California

do not exceed 60 percent

of the
code limits
maximum
load to 50

assumed
loading.
of America
recommends

that

the

tension

shall

not exceed 50 percent

unloaded
tension
shall

of the ultimate
strength
under maximum
loading
conditions;
and that the final
not exceed 25 percent
of the ultimate
strength
at minus 18 C (0 OF) in NESC

and

loading

California

heavy

districts,

at minus

9.4

(15

F) in NESC

medium

loading

districts,

2%

TRANSMISSION

and at minus

1 C (30

those recommended
vibration.
Several

years

F) in NESC
by

the

light

codes

ago, we installed

and

steel

LINE DESIGN

loading
result

districts.

with

some

of the

overhead

conductors,

25 percent
of the ultimate
strength
at the following
temperatures:

ground

so we now

of both

These

in considerably

tensions

at a final

breaks
for

high-strength

clamps.

Vibration

in one

problems

unloaded

ground

from

of 25 percent

occurred

final

overhead

less than

conductor

tension

to vibration

a maximum

steel

to the

unloaded

due

suspension

design

are substantially

less damage

wires

of the ultimate
strength
at 15.5 C (60 OF). N umerous
more wires of the seven-wire
strand
at the supporting
occurred

MANUAL

wires

or
also

tension

of

and conductors

Temperature
OC
(OFI

District
NESC heavy loading
NESC medium loading
NESC light loading

-40

(- 40)

-29

(- 20)

-18

(0)

When extra-high-strength
steel is used for overhead
ground
wires, we design for a maximum
final
unloaded
tension
of 20 percent
of the ultimate
strength
at the temperatures
shown
above
for the
different
loading
districts.
Bureau
design criteria
for conductors
and overhead
ground
wires should
be in accordance
with
the

data shown
on figure
1; note that there are four limiting
conditions
shown.
Although
the ice and wind loadings
prescribed
by the codes are generally
applicable
for determining
the loading
conditions
to be used in the design of a transmission
line, specific
climatic
and weather

conditions

should

be studied

for each

transmission

and South Dakota

transmission
lines,
38 mm (1.5 in) of ice on the conductors,
was considered
as it did not seem
simultaneously.
Certain
limitations
regarding
in various
local
safety
codes.
applicable
authorities.
of spans,
References

are given

inclined

level

to various

to some

be exceeded,
except
a general
discussion
for which
sag and

methods

(symmetrical)

(asymmetrical)

or group

of lines.

For

example,

on our

North

allowable
sags, tensions,
and span lengths
are set forth in NESC
These
codes or regulations
should
be reviewed
to determine

limitations
which
should
not
In the following
paragraphs,
and special
span combinations,

in such spans.
A perfectly

line

the crossarms
were designed
to support
a vertical
load due to
but no extra wind load for the excess ice above 13 mm (0.5 in)
probable
that
heavy
icing
and high
winds
would
occur

span
degree.

simple treatment
by either the parabolic
for computing
sags and tensions
in level

which

by written
permission
from the proper
is given concerning
the various
types
tension
data are likely
to be required.

are in general

is infrequently
However,

found

the level

and
the

use for

computing

in practice

span problem

since
lends

sags and
almost

itself

tensions

all spans

are

to comparatively

or catenary
relations.
Numerous
methods
have been derived
spans, the majority
of which
are-based
on catenary
relations

in the form of dimensionless

ratios.
Four of these methods
Reference
[6] offers the greatest
facility
in most problems

are described
in references
[4, 5, 6, 71.
and is discussed
further
in the following

section.

be made

the

Before

method,

using
and

then

any
care

method,
should

a careful

study

be given

to the

should
application

of the

to determine
method

As might
be expected,
the computation
of sags and tensions
for inclined
their asymmetry.
Most inclined
spans are supported
by suspension
or pin-type

the
within

limitations
these

of

limits.

spans is complicated
insulators
at both

by
ends,

CHAPTER
or by suspension
A few

or pin-type

inclined

spans

can be designed
purposes,

without

correction.

catenary
solving
can

curves
each

insulators

may
the
For

be used

span

extremely

to theoretical

sag condition
for

at both

or correcting

ruling

the data

determination
work
from

requirements

the

spans,

hillside

of support

proper

at the

level

over

railroad,

special

clearances

to ground

treatment.
discussed

waterway,

such

and

line,

be used

applies

conductor
condition

and

the

and

sag curves

to obstructions.
which
14.

to a broken
under
this

communication

structure

may

support

to provide

A method
in section

end.
span

as extending

as the upper

be made

For

usually

calculations,

other

of inclined

spans.

spans

elevation

should

at the

type

for symmetrical

tensions
in spans adjacent
of assuring
compliance

highway,

insulators
suspended

on symmetrical
same

span,

conductor

the

computed

steep

points

of sags and
standpoint

Usually,

based

spans dead-ended
at both ends also require
special
is given as reference
[S]. Inclined
spans are further
The
design

by dead-end-type

ends.

sag template

as an individual

determining

SAGS AND TENSIONS

at one end and

be dead-ended

by modifying

spotting

II-CONDUCTOR

then
which

Inclined
to this

case

is important
in
with
clearance

powerline

crossings;

and

from the standpoint

of determining
the unbalanced
loads on the structures.
The computation
of sags
and tensions
under
this condition
is quite involved,
due mainly
to the many
variables
introduced.
A method
which applies directly
to this problem
is given as reference
[8]. In addition
to this published
solution,

an unpublished

that offers
as appendix

a margin
A, and

method

of facility
an example

was devised

by

Mr.

over other
methods.
problem
using this

G. R. Wiszneauckas,

former

Bureau

This method
has been included
method
is shown
in section
16.

engineer,

in this

manual

In a series of suspension
spans, where
relatively
short spans occur
adjacent
to a relatively
long
span, it is desirable
to determine
the changes in sags and tensions
which would result from temperature
and loading
changes
and
produce
dangerous
loads
values.
The
consequently,

nature
most

this problem
with
in section
16.
Problems
substation

from unbalanced
on the structures;

of this problem
of the methods
slight

relating

for

to spans

with

An

example

concentrated

approach

In some cases, such changes

clearances
may be reduced

is very similar
handling
the

modification.

or switchyard

loadings.
in others,

spans

to that
of the
broken
conductor
problem

loads

broken
conductor
problem;
problem
can be applied
to

on unbalanced

are relatively

or unbalances
will
below the required

few

conditions
and

is presented

are confined

mainly

to

taps or tie-down arrangements

in which

problems
are complicated
by the elastic effects
No published
method
is known
which adequately

are used. Such

of the tie-down
in addition
to the dead load applied.
treats this problem;
however,
a method
was devised

by

facility,

the

Bureau

Another
dead-ended
in references
handled
12.

that

by one

of the

Sag and

Calculating
Engineers
published

handles

this

problem

with

methods

Tension

Tables [4] were

Society
in book

given

Calculations
first made

of Western
form by the

in reference

18.

[12].

Using
Copperweld
public
by Mr. James

Pennsylvania
Copperweld

in November
Steel Co. That

then, have been in constant

use by engineers
designing
sags and tensions
by Martins
Tables
consist
of filling
interpolating,
tables.

see section

problem
similar
to spans with concentrated
loads appears
in the use of extremely
short
spans with long insulator
strings.
This problem
may be handled
by use of the methods
[S, 10, 111. Problems
where
the concentrated
load consists
of dead load only can be

and

computing

values.

There

Sag Calculating
Charts.-Martin
S. Martin
in a paper he presented
1922.
In 1931,
first edition,
and

the tables
were first
several
editions
since

overhead
transmission
lines.
out a calculation
form by

is a trial-and-error

method

required

s Sag
to the

Calculations
of
reading
tables,

in the

use of these

30

TRANSMISSION
The

Graphic

a series

Method

of correlated

conductor.

Graphical

superimposing
The

for

Sag-Tension

graphs

to

methods

graph

Copperweld

upon

are very
graph,

and

for overhead

Tables.

The

as with

Martins

lines.

general

procedure

Tables.

charts
for

required
occasion,

sag and
but

values
were

[6]

are based
charts

various

developed

provide

and factors
of
which eliminates

using

is applied

the charts

and

to a wire,

as is done

stretches.
If the tension
of load on a suspended

tables

should

in the wire increases,

wire, the elongation

a conductor

problems

the length
(stretch)

in preparing

the calculation

using

a graphical

that

time

of the catenary

curves,

these

all wire

is the

between

to some
two

same

unstressed
force

of construction
solution.

is elastic
between

in Martins

charts

times the vertical

and the trial-and-error

most types
part of the

is strung

of sags and

as given

relationship

SF/ T (span length

the interpolating

be aware

when

employing

of an overhead

conditions.

to simplify

tension

is a system

characteristics

considerable

on the functions

sag and

the

require
for

by Alcoa,

tension

when using the tables.

The range of the charts
covers
it may be necessary
to revert
to Martins
Tables
for

Designers
tension

reading

solving

However,

length
factors,
elongation
factors,
conductor
divided
by the tension)

the

satisfactory

Charts

The

developed

Calculations,

determine

Sag Calculating

tensions

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

of the
methods
but,

extent.

supports,

on

When
the

wire

of the wire increases.

With different
amounts
and the tension
in the wire will change.

A temperature
change
in the wire also changes
its length.
If the temperature
changes
while the
wire is unstressed
(at zero tension)
and the wire is free to change
its length,
the length
changes
but
there is no change
in tension.
When
the wire is suspended
in tension
and the temperature
changes,
the change
in length
the wire. All changes
sags and tensions
The conductor
changeover
the metric

is affected
by both the temperature
change
and the elastic
due to ice, wind, and temperature
are taken into consideration

in conductors
by
sag and tension

this method
calculation

period,
we have both a metric
form to which
we have added

and
item

Item

(1)
(2)

(3)
(4)
(9
(6)

(7)
(8)

(9)

Conductor size
Conductor code name
Rated breaking strength
Diameter, mm (in)
Radial thickness of ice, mm (in)
Wind, kPa (Ib/ft2 )
Loading
W, N/m (lb/ft)
W, N/m (lb/ft)

(10)

Wind, N/m (lb/ft)

(11)

(12)

Area A, mm2 (in2 >

Temperature coefficient
of linear expansion

(13)

, N/m (lb/ft)l

of charts
and tables.
form
is shown
on figure
a U.S. customary
numbers
to help

13.

characteristics
when computing
During

form for our use.

explain
the form:

Figure

the

of

metric
13 shows

Explanation
Determined from economic studies

From NESC or State codes

From NESC or State codes
From NESC or State codes
Vertical force (weight) of conductor
Vertical force (weight) of conductor with ice
(if applicable)
Force of wind on conductor and ice (if
applicable)
Resultant force, including applicable constant
if NESC loading
Cross sectional area of conductor
Change in length of conductor due to temperature change

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

Item
(14)

Final modulus E, GPa (lb/in2 )

(15)

Initial modulus E, GPa (lb/in2 )

(16)

Final AE, N (lb)

(17)

Initial AE, N (lb)

(18)

Span length, m (ft)

(19)
(20)
(21)

Thickness of ice, mm (in); and

force of wind, kPa (lb/ft2 )
Temperature, OC (OF)
Tension, N (lb), initial

(22)

SW, N (lb) (two decimal places)

(23)
(24)

SW/T (four decimal places)

SW/AE (seven decimal places)

(25)

Unstressed length (six decimal

places)
Permanent set and creep (six
decimal places)
Unstressed length at -18 OC
(0 OF) (six decimal places)

(26)

(27)

(28) - (3 1)

Unstressed length (six decimal

places)

SAGS AND TENSIONS

31

Explanation
Slope of final (unloading) curve of stress-strain
diagram
Slope of initial loading curve of stress-strain
diagram (average slope between maximum
loading and point where entire conductor
starts to assume loading)
Product of conductor area (12) and final
modulus ( 14)
Product of conductor area (12) and initial
modulus (15)
Length of span for which computations are
to be made
For full-load condition
For full-load condition
Expected or desired tension at full-load conditions (Must not exceed 50 percent of
ultimate strength of conductor. May be
limited by 33-l /3 percent of ultimate
strength of conductor for no-load initial
conditions, or 25 percent of conductor
ultimate strength for no-load final conditions.
At temperatures indicated on fig. 1).
Span length (18) times resultant force per
unit length of conductor (11)
SW (22) divided by full-load tension (21)
SW (22) divided by initial AE (17)
From Copperweld charts [ 61 at intersection of
SW/T (23) and SW/AE (24) values

If value of unstressed length is for initial condition, then only a change for temperature,
number of degrees change times temperature
coefficient of linear expansion (13), need be
made. However, if the value for unstressed
length is to be for the final-condition, then
it will also be necessary to add the permanent
set and creep to the value of unstressed length
(25)
Change in value is equal to the degrees of temperature change times temperature coefficient of linear expansion (13)

TRANSMISSION

32

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Item
(32)
(33)
(34) - (38)

Explanation

SW, N (lb) (two decimal

places)
SW/AE (seven decimal places)
SW/T (four decimal places)

(39) - (44)

Sag factors (interpolate to

five decimal places)

(45) - (50)

Sags, mm (ft) (two decimal

places , if in feet)
Tensions, N (lb)

(51) - (55)

Available from manufacturers

Span length (18) times unloaded conductor

force per unit length of conductor (8)
SW (32) divided by final AE (16)
From Copperweld charts [ 61 at intersections
of unstressed length values (27) - (3 1) and
SWlAE(33)
From table at back of Copperweld charts book
[ 61, sag factor for each value of SW/T (23)
and (34) - (38)
Span length (18) times sag factors (39) - (44)
SW (22) and (32) divided by SW/T (23) and
(34) - (38), respectively

catalogs or data in appendixes.

Figure
13 can be used for any combination
of ice, wind, and temperature
conditions
to find the
resulting
sags and tensions
in a conductor.
The procedure
is the same for all cases, but one must be
sure of the basic data and to keep in mind whether
initial
or final conditions
are being computed.

for

13.
Preparation
a specified
loading

lengths,
profile
survey
locating
sag and
conditions

catenary

356used

span

and

longer

of structures
on plan-profile
drawings.
The data required
to prepare
a sag template
tension
values of the conductor
at the ruling
span length
for the temperature
and
desired.
These basic sag values
can be computed
and extended
to corresponding
longer
in this

span lengths
by
chapter.
Whatever

The tension
values
catenary
parameters,
relations.

by 0.635-mm
for plotting

and also a curve

span

The
the

template

is made

temperature

final sag values.

loading
conditions.

to the sag values of the ruling

be known
in order to expand
on

a transparent

(lo- by 14- by 0.025- in ) size.

plan-profile
sheets, represents

at an assumed

minimum

curve

is plotted

or

are the
loading
values

either
the parabolic
or catenary
relations,
or by any of the
method
used should be governed
by the limitations
of that

corresponding
which
must

at 49 OC (120 F) or 54 C (130 F),

maximum
sags. The minimum
temperature
1 C (30 F) and minus
51 C (-60
minimum

ruling
and

and the resulting

sag values
plotted
against
the corresponding
span lengths-a
conductor
curve results.
When this curve is plotted
to the same scale as a transmission
line plan-profile
drawing,
it is commonly
called
a sag template and can be used to facilitate
the spotting

for shorter
and
methods
shown
method.
compute

If sag values for a conductor

at a specified
of Sag Template.are expanded
to give corresponding
values of sag at shorter

sheet

The template,
the conductor

from

initial

Figure
14 showsa
sag template
Changing
any of these specified

of plastic

approximately

temperature
template,

curve,
if desired,

be drawn
for any temperature
on locality
and climatic

sag values,
prepared
conditions

and
for

254-

by

made to the same scales that were

profile
curve at 15.5 O C (60 O F),

temperature.
A maximum
may also be drawn
on the
curve may
OF), depending

span are required

only to
the basic sag values by the

the other

curves

usually
taken
for checking

between
conditions.
are plotted

minus
The
from

a specific
conductor
under
specific
would
change the shape of the curves,

CHAPTER
DCm-578

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

(3-73)

!yT:ALL SAG CALCULATIONS

(1)

CONDUCTOR
Rated Breaking
Tension

Lmear Force Factor:

(3)

Strength

Dfalmlero

L~m~tat~one.

_cs,

mm ice (W)

(6)

kPa Wmd

Imtial.~,-?&%--N

Resulranr

Oc

25

h -N

Loaded.v.A%
Flnal.15.5

o.oal

Permanent Set 0.00

Creep 0.00

N/IT

Total 0.00

1TEMP../
oc UNSTRESSED
LENGTH

Modulus. (E) FInal (14)

(13)

lmtlal

Exp.:
Final AE

PdC

18)

(24)

49
mm Ice
kPa Wind (W)

(25)

SAG, mm

SW,N

(45)

(22)

TENSION, N

(51)

(29)

(36)

(30)
31

(37)

(521

33
SPANLENGTH(S)

50

(53)
(54)
55)

32

m
I

-13
-1
15.5
32
49

SPAN LENGTH(S)

mm Ice

No Ice. No Wind (W)

No Ice. No Wind (W)

SPAN LENGTH(S)

mm Ice
kPa Wind (W)
Permanent Set IL Creep

No Ice. No Wind (W)

(21)

(33)

h Creep

No Ice. No Wind (w)

GPa
N

m
(39,

(23)

AE

Gpa

(15)
(16)
(17)

(26)

15.5
32

SAG FACTOR (

SPAN LENGTH(S)

-1i
No Ice. No Wind (W)

ifi

(26)

N/m

lnllial

Ice

Set

(II)

(W)

N/m
N/m

Date -

kPa Wind (W) j(20)

Permanent Set 6 Creep
1
1-13

Permanent

(IO)

Temp. Coeff. of Linear

.-%-

LOADING
(19) -mm

(9)

Area (A)(12)m&

-N

Computed by

(8)

Dead Load Force (W)

mm

Final.

(7)

LOADING

(2)

Code Name

I
I
1
I

-13
-1
15.5
32
49

Figure

13.-Explanation

of standard

sag and tension

calculation

form.

I
-

---

TRANSMISSION

34

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

SAG TEMPLATE
242mm2(477kcmil)
ACSR 24/ 7
Ruling Span =213.4m (mft)
Maximum Tension 532 472N (7300 lb)=42% ultimote strength
NESC Heavy Loading=13-mm($-in)ice,O.lS-kPa(4-lb/ft*)
wind + K ot-I8
Scales:
Horlzontal
25.4mm -61m (I in = 200 ft)
Vertical
25.4mm = 12.2m( I in =40 ft)

12.2m 1
(4011)

305

244

(1000)

(800)

le.3
(600)

they would
the minimum

122
(400)

Figure

and
and

0 meters

14.-Typical

61

122
.._-

construction.

requirements

this specific
job. The 15.5
no-load
curve are plotted

104-D-1054.

C (60 OF) final

no-load
curve
in the center of the template,
and
The
15.5

C
final
no-load
curve
the plastic
material
between
these two curves
should be cut away.
is used for plotting
the conductor
location
on plan and profile
drawings
because this is the temperature
which
are identical
to the 15.5 C curve,
used as a basis for NESC
clearances.
Clearance
curves,
are drawn
below the 15.5 C final no-load
curve.
The amount
of clearance
is determined
from the
following

no longer
be good for
temperature
initial

sag template

OC(O OF)

of NESC:

Assume line voltage

Plus 5 percent overvoltage

115

kV

5.75

120.75 kV
Maximum line voltage
120.75
69.7 kV
Line to ground =
n
Assume 2 13.4-m (700-ft) ruling span.
Clearance from NESC, 1977 edition, Rule 232:

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

232.A. Basic clearance

Table 232-l) Basic clearance for 50-kV, 53.3-m
span, in heavy loading area where equipment
ating height is less than 4.3 m (14 ft) . . . .
232.B. Additional clearances
232.B. 1. Voltages exceeding 50 kV
232.B.l .a. Plus 10.2 mm (0.4 in) for each kilovolt
10.2 (69.7 - 50) = 201 mm
%

(69.7

- 50)

(175-ft)
oper. . . . . .

Clearance
6706 mm
(22.0

ft)

above 50 kV

ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

= 0.66

35

201 mm

(0.66

ft)

18mm

(0.06

ft)

232.B.l .b. Additional clearance calculated in 232.B. 1.a.

shall be increased 3 percent for each 304.8 m
(1000 ft) over 1005.8-m (3300-ft) elevation. Assume
an elevation of 1920.2 m (6300 ft):
1920;ii
ioo5a8
(0.03)
(201)
= 18 mm
630;o;;300

(0.03)

(0.66)

= 0.06

ft . . . . . . . . . . . . .

232.B.2. Sag increase

232.B.2.c. Span is longer than 53.3 m (175 ft). Assume
line operates below 49 OC (120 OF). Calculate clearances
in 232.B.2.c.( 1) and (3), use smaller clearance of the two.
232.B.2.c.( 1) Clearance specified in table 232-l shall be
increased 0.03 m (0.1 ft) for each 3.05 m (10 ft) over
53.3 m (175 ft).
213j4i553e3

(0.03)

= 1.57

7o01; 175 (0.1) = 5.25 ft

232.B.2.c.(3) Limits
Assume difference in final sag at 15.5 OC (60
and49 OC(120OF),nowind=
1.2m(4ft)
Total clearance required by NESC . . . . . .
6706+201+18+1219=8144mm
22 + 0.66 + 0.06 + 4 = 26.72
ft
Plus, for width of profile line on drawing and
in plotting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ground clearance on sag template . . .

For lines in California,

a 54 C (130 F) final
and for locating
the structures
instead
of the 15.5
be in accordance
The sag template
calculation
sheets,

with

reference

1219 mm
8144 mm

(4.0 ft)
(26.72 ft)

small errors
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .

8754

610 mm
mm

(2.0 ft)
(28.72 ft)

no-load
C (60

curve should
be used for the sag template
F) final no-load
curve.
Clearances
should

[l].

shown
on figure
14 was made
figures
15 and 16:

15.5 C (60 F), final,

Minus
40 C (-40 OF)

OF), no wind,
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .

no-load
initial,

sag for 213.4-m

no-load
sag for

from

the

(700-ft)
213.4-m

data

ruling
ruling

indicated

on the

span
span

=
=

4874
2243

sag and

mm
mm

tension

(15.99
(7.36

ft)
ft)

36

TRANSMISSION

DCm-576

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

(3-73)

;llNT;;'

SAGCALCULATIONS

LOADlUG
Linear

Force
Dead

13

Factor

Load

Force

8.

(W)

a=kPa

W,da.

Area

(A,~ammi!

Temp.

Coeff.

0.000

No Wind

Set 0.004

,:

27 I 3450

Nlm
MOduIus.

01 Linear

(E)

Final

Exp.:

p.

d03

GPa

In,tml_5-j,mGPa

0 ~J.&$.fLyl/wrQC

Final

AE

/?

gm

lnttlal

AE

15

2.31

N
252

15.-Sag

and tension

calculation

form for example

problem

on sag template

(metric).

(3-78)

krm;/

CONDUCTOR g,??
Code

Permanent

(W)

Figure

DC-570

N/m

Rdd

Resultant (W)

NO Ice.

f6ff?

mm Ice (N)

$-/!fL

v7

hdb?

LOADING -kJ+--

F/!&k

Name
Rated
Diameter

Weight
Load =;7

Breakmg
/7.

Tenston

280

lb

Final.

Final.
Computed

Ice
lb

AL
d

673.4

-zT

% e$!&?&

lb

Area

OF

50

% 9Lofl

lb

Temp.

-f&L+

18

% &.2&m

lb

LOADING

0.000

Date
! ot

lmd

UNSTRESSED LENGTH

(Al

0 /o

B-

No Wand

Inch

D.
(W)

87L

.I,

Ltnear

o.oo~r/48-~

)b/ft

Total

O.OOC&?&2.-

Modulus.

(E)

Final/O,53
lnrtral

Exp.:

per OF

Set O.OOCX-&2creep

lb/0

in2
of

Permanent

Ib/ft

SAG FACTOR

SAG,R

Final

AE

lnltial

AE

x 10s

8./7,?/
1/

SW,Ib

16.-Sag and tension

calculation

:E

TENSION, lb

%+-FEET

SPAN LENGTI

form for example

problem

on sag template

lb/ln2

106 )b/in2

1/

&

(W)

Ice.

Figure

lblft

p-f.7

1.

a.

Cc&f.

SPAti LENGTk

NO Ice.

(W) .e

(W)

Resultant:

lb

zz&?F

by ___

Weight

+ JIk,,.

Llmttatmns.

In,lial,-&F

Factors

Dead

Inch

Loaded.

SAGCAL,CULATIONS

(U.S. customary).

CHAPTER
Using

the

relationship

from

II-CONDUCTOR

section

SAGS AND TENSIONS

37

8,

sag,

sagRS
-=
UW2

C$an,

j2

where,
SagRs = sag in ruling span, mm (in)

Sag, = sag in any other given span, mm (in)

= ruling span length, m (ft)
span i = span length of any other given span, m (ft)

RS

4.874 m

sagRS

For 15.5 OC final: (RS)Z =

sagRS
60 OF final: (RS)~
=

For - 40

= 1 0707 x 10S4m-

15.99 ft
= 3.2633 x 10-5ft-
(700 ft)2

sagRS

-40 OF initial:

(RS)~

Assume
values for span lengths
sags as shown
in table 2.

7.36 ft
= 1.502x
(700 ft)2
(x),

square

these

Span length

(Span length) 2

horizontally,

ft

m2

60.96
121.92
243.84
365.76
487.68
609.60

200
400
800
1200
1600
2000

3 716.12
14 864.49
59 457.95
133 780.38
237 831.78
371612.16

same
and

scales
25.4

as those
mm

multiply

by the

15.5 C (60 OF) Sag

0.4 x
1.6 x
6.4 x
14.4 x
:i:::::i5

used

105
lo5
lo5
10:

on the

m or

mm

0.398
1.592
6.366
14.324
25.464
39.788

398
1592
6 366
14 324
25 464
39788

plan-profile

1 in =

template
for the span lengths
shown
in table
sag template
to permit
its use on an entire
extremely
steep span where a special
catenary

Kvalues

to obtain

the

-40 OC (-40 OF) Sag

K,X2
ft2

12.2

and

=K,

for sag template

x2

10-5ft-1

(x2),

Table 2.-Calculations

the

=K,

2.243 m
= (213.36 m)2 = 4.9272 x 10-5m-1 =K,

VW2

Using

=K 1

sas,S

initial:

OC

(213.36 m)2

K22
m

mm

ft

0.183
0.732
2.930
6.592
11.718
18.310

183
732
2 930
6 592
11 718
18310

0.60
2.40
9.61
21.63
38.45
60.08

ft
1.31
5.22
20.89
46.99
83.54
130.53

sheets

40 ft vertically),

(25.4

mm
plot

=
the

61 m or 1 in =
sag values

on

2. The curves
should
be expanded
far enough
transmission
line, with
the possible
exception
curve
should
be used.

200
the

ft
sag

on the
of an

38

TRANSMISSION
Draw

must
the
but

a vertical

be kept

line

at the center

perfectly

vertical

of the

when

the

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

template

(zero

template

span

is being

Clearance
(conductor
to earth)
curves
should
be located
15.5 OC (60 o F) final sag curve.
The clearance
curves
will

be offset

vertically

,411 curves should

maximum
conductor
be noted

on the

14.
inclined
inclined

spans
spans

it by

the

values

at the
will

of clearance

for a reference

for

laying

specified

Spans.-In
to some
may
may

practice,

degree.

get rather
be classified

end; and (2) inclined

spans
falling
in the first category

require
located

This

distances

to the

final

line
line.

below

sag curve

required.

The conductor
horizontal
and

size and type,

vertical
scales

the ruling
span,
used should
also

nearly

every

span

of

a transmission

layout
be used

to ahnost

is inclined

supported
by
at the other

purposes

sags and
span. Some

vertical,

inclined
computed

spans
for

or spotting
purposes,
the ruling
span sag template
based on
without
correction.
Inclined
spans dead-ended
at both ends

layout
or spotting
A series of spans

for stringing

The method
used for calculating
somewhat
on the steepness
of the
level

spans
insulators

which
are dead-ended
at both ends. Problems
concerning
usually
can be handled
by modifying
or correcting
data

special treatment,
even for
on extremely
steep inclines.

insulator
offset calculations
(sec. 30(b),
ch. V).

line

As might
be suspected,
the computations
for sags and tensions
for
complex,
depending
upon the degree of their asymmetry.
In general,
into two categories
for design purposes:
(1) inclined
spans supported

spans. For structure

spans usually
may

spans, from
extremes.

line.

a transmission

NESC

be identical

by suspension
or pin-type
insulators
at both
ends of the span, and inclined
suspension
or pin-type
insulators
at one end of the span and by dead-end
type

symmetrical
symmetrical

out

template.

Inclined

(asymmetrical)

from

be identified
on the sag template.
tension,
NESC
loading,
and the

length)

used

while

purposes,
if they are fairly
long spans and are
located
on extremely
steep inclines
may require

in order
tensions

to get each
for

successive

a dead-ended,

span

properly

inclined

span

sagged
depends

methods
of calculation
are good for all dead-ended
other
methods
apply
to particular
areas between
these

For a dead-ended
span of normal
length
and a relatively
span with the same horizontal
distance
between
supports
on figure
17, the sag D(for
this case) is measured
vertically

small incline,
the calculations
for a level
may be used. Using
the notation
shown
and is the vertical
distance
between
the

straight

is tangent

line

joining

the

supports

Figure

and

a parallel

17.-Sag on inclined

line

which

span-equivalent

to the

span method.

conductors

curvature.

CHAPTER
If the

span

is long,

or if there

II-CONDUCTOR

is a relatively

SAGS AND TENSIONS

large

difference

in elevation

39

of the

end

supports,

some

correction
should be made in the calculations.
Calculations
based on the catenary
are preferred
over
those based on the parabola
because
the conductor
conforms
to a catenary
curve
when suspended
between

supports-the

of a cateriary
as the

The

by using
equivalent

level

span.
is then

spans
Another

sag value.

Thus,

span,

of the

an qrrirulfw/
span
the

calculated

as can

the

greater

horizontal

level

span.

span

in the usual

This

be used

as the slope

equivalent

span

equals

manner.

shown

difference

between
error

between

method,

alt bough

plus

field
the

and
=

may

an average

2SI-S.

between
The

where w is the conductor linear force factor per unit length.

Figure

Tl + T2 2T, - wH
2
=
2

18.~Sag on inclined

span-average

tension

this

method.

gives

can

be

results

limitations.
the slope

sag

span

and

the

D for the equivalent

less than

in the span

18:

portion

11 to be the same

However,

field

be used with
tension

comparable

an approximation,

wilhin

T, - T, = wH

Tav=

the

in assuming
supports.

difference

(SLS)

method

IIWS

on figure

is some

distance
in the

S +
This

up to 20 percent.
gives good results,

11ie notation

the

the sag, there

same

ordinarily

is taken

with an incline
method,
which
Using

the

In computing

span

are as accurate

span
for

a parabola.

sag for a level

minimized
which

steeper

and

and

I percent

error

has a corrected

TRANSMISSION

40

T,,.

Use
;2lcoa,

and

or other

A method

Zare

and

included

sags

calculation.

Since

for

calculated

various
sag by

sags and tensions

was developed

staff.
For
[S]. A b rte f version

a sample

tensions

the

for calculating

of any incline,

as table

and

Correct

of Reclamation

see reference

procedure,

methods.

intended

to spans

Bureau

formulas,

L t to calculate

acceptable

originally

is applicable
of the

length

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

by Mr.

a full

discussion

of this
the

method

method

conditions
the

in steeply

using

Copperweld,

relationship

SL ,/L.

D =

inclined

spans,

but

which

D. 0. Ehrenburg

while

he was a member

of his method,

including

derivations

follows
is based

showing

nonmenclature,

on a parameter

2, the

of

formulas,
functions

of

3.

Nomenclature and units

Metric

U.S.

customary

T, =
Te =
w =
h =
V =
w =
S =
S, =
a =
b =
c =
a =
b =
A =
E =
a =
d =
2 =

tension at upper support

effective (average) tension of conductor
linear force factor of conductor per unit length
wind load per unit length of conductor
ice load per unit length of conductor
(w + v)~ + h2 = resultant force per unit length of conductor
actual length of conductor
unstressed length of conductor
horizontal spacing of supports
vertical spacing of supports
straight line distance between supports
spacing of supports in plane of w, at right angles to vector w
spacing of supports in plane of w, in direction of vector w
area of conductor cross section
modulus of elasticity of conductor
coefficient of linear expansion
sag of conductor
parameter

Necessary
given data:
Loading
conditions
(ice,
Size, type,
and stranding
Linear
Linear

force
force

factor
factor

per
per

wind,
and temperature)
of conductor
unit
unit

length
length

of bare
of iced

conductor
conductor

Force on conductor
due to wind
Resultant
force on conductor
Cross-sectional
area
Modulus
of elasticity
Temperature
Maximum
Horizontal
Vertical

of conductor
of conductor

coefficient
of linear
tension
in conductor
spacing
spacing

of supports
of supports

expansion

for

conductor

N
N
N/m
N/m
N/m
N/m

(lb)
(lb)
Wft)
Wft)
Wft)

m
m
m
m
m
m
m
mm2
GPa

w>
(ft)
(ft)
(ft)
(ft)
WI
(ft)

mm

WI

(lb/W

(in2 )
(lb/in2 )

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Table 3.-Functions
Z

f0

0.010
,020
.030
.040
.oso

0.000 016
,000 066
.ooo 150
.OOO266
.OOO416

67
6
0
7
7

.060
.070
.080

.OOO600 1
,000 8169
.OOl 067
.OOl 351
,001 668

.llO
.120
.130
.140
.150

.002
,002
,002
.003
.003

.160
.170
,180
.190
.200

41

of Z

coth Z

l/Z

23

100.003
50.007
33.343
25.013
20.017

100.000
50 .ooo
33.333 3
25.000 0
20.000 0

0.000 001
,000 008
.OOO027
,000 064
.OOO125

0.000 000
.OOO000
.OOO000
.OOO002
.OOO006

01
16
81
56
25

24

16.687
14.309
12.527
11.141
10.0333

16.666
14.285
12.500
11.111
10.000

7
7
0
1
0

,000 216
.ooo 343
.OOO512
.ooo 729
.OOl 000

.OOO012
.OOO024
.OOO040
.OOO065
.ooo 100

96
01
96
61
0

018
402
819
270
754

9.1275
8.3733
7.7356
7.1895
6.7166

9.090
8.333
7.692
7.142
6.666

9
3
3
9
7

.OOl 331
.OOl 728
,002 197
.002 744
.003 375

.OOO146
.OOO207
,000 285
.OOO 384
,000 506

4
4
6
2
3

.004
.004
.005
,006
.006

272
824
409
028
680

6.3032
5.9389
5.6154
5.3263
5.0665

6.250
5.882
5.555
5.263
5 .ooo

0
4
6
2
0

.004
.004
.005
.006
.008

096
913
832
859
000

,000 655 4
.OOO835 2
,001 050
,001 303
.OOl 600

.205
.210
.215
,220
.225

,007
.007
.007
.008
.008

019
366
722
086
459

4.9462
4.8317
4.7226
4.6186
4.5192

4.878
4.761
4.651
4.545
4.444

05
90
16
45
44

,008
.009
.009
,010
.Oll

615
261
938
648
39

.OOl 766
.OOl 945
,002 137
.002 343
.002 563

.230
.235
.240
,245

.008
.009
.009
.OlO
.OlO

840
230
628
034
449

4.4242
4.3334
4.2464
4.1630
4.0830

4.347
4.255
4.166
4.081
4.000

83
32
67
63
00

,012
,012
.013
,014
.015

17
98
82
71
63

.002
.003
ilO3
.003
.003

798
050
318
603
906

.255

.OlO
.Oll
,011
.012
.012

873
305
745
194
652

4.0062
3.9324
3.8615
3.7933
3.7276

3.921
3.846
3.773
3.703
3.636

57
15
58
70
36

.016
,017
,018
.019
.020

58
58
61
68
80

.004
,004
.004
,005
,005

228
570
932
314
719

.280
.285
,290
.295

.013
.013
.014
.014
.015

118
592
076
567
068

3.6643
3.6033
3.5444
3.4876
3.4327

3.571
3.508
3.448
3.389
3.333

43
77
28
83
33

.021
.023
.024
.025
.027

95
15
39
67
00

.006
.006
.007
.007
.008

147
598
073
573
100

.305
.310
,315
.320
.325

,015
.016
.016
.017
.017

576
094
620
154
697

3.3797
3.3285
3.2789
3.2309
3.1845

3.278
3.225
3.174
3.125
3.076

69
81
60
00
92

.028
.029
.031
.032
.034

37
79
26
77
33

.008
.009
,009
.OlO
.Oll

654
235
846
49
16

.018
.018
.019
.019
.020

249
809
378
956
542

3.1395
3.0959
3.0536
3.0126
2.9729

3.030
2.985
2.941
2.898
2.857

30
07
18
55
14

.035
.037
,039
,041
.042

94
60
30
06
88

.Oll
.012
.013
.014
.015

86
59
36
17
01

.265
,270
.275

TRANSMISSION

42

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table 3 .-Functions
z

All

plan-profile

coth Z

l/Z

23

24

0.355
.360
.365
,370
.375

0.021
.021
,022
,022
.023

137
740
352
973
602

2.9343
2.8968
2.8603
2.8249
2.7905

2.816
2.777
2.739
2.702
2.666

90
78
73
70
67

0.043
.046
,048
,050
,052

74
66
63
65
73

0.015
.016
.017
.018
.019

88
80
75
74
78

,380
,385
,390
.395
.400

,024
.024
.025
.026
.026

240
887
543
207
880

2.7570
2.7245
2.6928
2.6620
2.6319

2.631
2.597
2.564
2.531
2.500

58
40
10
65
00

.054
.057
,059
.061
.064

87
07
32
63
00

.020
.021
.023
.024
.025

85
97
13
34
60

.405
.410
.415
.420
.425

.027
.028
,028
.029
.030

562
252
95 1
659
376

2.6027
2.5742
2.5464
2.5193
2.4929

2.469
2.439
2.409
2.380
2.352

14
02
64
95
94

.066
,068
.071
.074
.076

43
92
47
09
77

.026
.028
.029
.031
,032

90
26
66
12
63

.430
,435
.440
,445
.450

.031
,031
.032
.033
.034

102
856
579
331
092

2.4672
2.4421
2.4175
2.3936
2.3702

2.325
2.298
2.272
2.247
2.222

58
85
73
19
22

.079
.082
.085
.088
.091

51
32
18
12
13

.034 19
.035 81
.037 48
.039 21
.04101

,455
,460
,465
.470
,475

.034
.035
.036
.037
.038

861
640
427
223
028

2.3474
2.3251
2.3033
2.2821
2.2613

2.197
2.173
2.150
2.127
2.105

80
91
54
66
26

.094
.097
,100
.103
.107

20
34
5
8
2

.042
.044
.046
,048
,050

86
77
75
80
91

.480
,485
,490
.495
.500

.038
.039
.040
.041
.042

842
665
497
338
188

2.2409
2.2210
2.2016
2.1826
2.1640

2.083
2.061
2.040
2.020
2.000

33
86
82
20
00

.llO
,114
.117
.121
.125

6
1
6
3
0

,053
.055
.057
.060
.062

08
33
65
04
50

The loading
conditions,
other
conductor
data

manufacturers

f(z)

of Z-Continued

catalogs.

conductor
required
The

horizontal

size, and maximum

may be obtained
and

drawings.

Procedure steps:
1. Determine c from c2 = a2 + b2
2. Determine b from 21= b(w + v)/W
3. Determine a from a = dn

vertical

tension
are determined
by previous
studies.
from
tables
shown
in appendix
C or from

spacing

of supports

can be determined

from

the

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

4. Determine coth Z from

coth Z =
1 +O.l67t$y

(-$)

where :
A = T,(max) - 0.5 wb
0.5 wc
For short spans,

0.5 wc

zJ=
A

T,(max) - 0.5 wb

5. From table 3, determine Z from coth Z found in step 4

6. Determine S, from S, = (S-c) + c where

s-c=$f(Z)+Z

24

Find f(Z) from table 3 or from f(Z) = 0.1 67(Z2 + Z4 /20)

7. Determine values for No-load Chart
a. Assume values for Z (usually two values smaller and three or four values larger
than the basic Z value found in step 5)
b. Find S-c (from step 6) for each value of Z assumed in step 7.a.
c. Determine So (from step 6) for each assumed value of Z
d. Determine values for T, and T, by using the assumed values of Z in the formulas:
T, = 0.5 w S, coth Z + 0.5 wb, and T, = 0.5 w S,, i
0

+ 0.5 w s,

e. Determine values for d from

d = 0.25 cZ + ;,;

Z3 for assumed values of Z

f. Find the slope of the temperature lines from slope equals AE/S,
8. Determine values for Full-load Chart
a. Find S-c for each value of Z assumed in step 7.a., where
smc = (9

f(z)

+ Cd2

@I2

z4

72c3
b. Determine S,, for each assumed value of Z, where S, = (S-c) + c
c. Determine horizontal spacing of the temperature lines from
(Sol) (5.9, for increments of 5..5 OC from minus 7 to 48 OC, or
(Sol) (lo), for increments of 10 OF from 20 to 120 OF.

43

TRANSMISSION

44

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

9. Prepare graph:
a. Plot the tensions for the assumed values of 2 against the slack S-c. This will give four
curves: T, and T, for full load, and T, and T, for no load
b. Plot sag d against slack S-c on the same graph
c. Find the maximum average tension at full-load conditions by drawing a vertical line
from the point of maximum tension on the full-load curve T, down to the full-load curve
T,
d. Starting at the maximum average tension point found in step 9.c., draw temperature
lines down to the no-load T, curve. The slope of these lines was determined in step 7.e., and
their horizontal spacing was found in step 8.b.
e. Determine the sag at every 5.5 OC from minus 7 to 48 OC or at every 10 OF from 20 to
120 OF by drawing vertical lines from the points where the temperature lines intersect the
no-load T, curve down to the sag curve
f. Label all parts of graph
Figure

19 shows

the

inclined

span

used

for

the

following

example

calculations:

support

a=

ft)
ft)
c = 583.69 m (1915 ft)
545.59

(1790

b= 207.26 m (680

WI

w+v

INSULATOR
STRING.
SWING DUE TO
WIND FORCE

Figure

19.-Sag

on inclined

span-parameter

Zmethod.

104-D-10.55.

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Example

Metric

Loading = 6-mm ice, 0.38-kPa wind, at minus 9.4 OC

Conductor = 1092 mm , ACSR 84/l 9 Bluebird
diameter = 45 mm
area = 1181 mm*
E = 5 1.46 GPa (initial)
a = 0.000 020 7 per OC
w = 36.6453 N/m
h = (45 + 12) (0.38) = 2 1.66 N/m
v=9.1314N/m
w z&36.6453
+ 9.1314)2 + (21.66)2 = 50.64 N/m
a = 545.59 m
b = 207.26 m
c = 583.69 m
= 18736m

= 207.26
a = dc2_02

= d(583.69)2

- (1 87.36)2 = 552.80 m

A= T,(max) - 0.5 wb = 88 964 - 0.5 (50.64) (187.36) = 5 699

0.5 wc

0.5(50.64) (583.69)

A2 = 32.479

coth 2 = 1 + O.l,,;$r

($)=

1 + 0.167 (5G)2(3+9)
5.699

= 5h729

Z= 0.17822
f(Z) = 0.005 305
(0.005 305) +

(545.59j2 (207.2612 (o 178 2214

.
72(583 69)3

= 2.7054 + 0.0009 = 2.7063

S, = (S-c) + c = 2.7063 + 583.69 = 586.40

For No-Load Table

a = 545.59

0.5 w = 18.3226

c/4 = 145.92

b = 207.26
c = 583.69
w = 36.6453

0.5 wb = 3797.55
a2 lc = 509.98

3a2 - 2b2 = 9 6023

*
144c

a2b2 172c3 = 0.8931

b2 /3c2 = 0.0420

45

46

TRANSMISSION

2
s-c

0.16
2.179
585.87
10 735
71462
67 166
23.39

SO

0.5 ws,
T,
Ti?
d

0.17
2.461
586.15
10 740
67 581
63 254
24.85

LINE DESIGN

0.1782
2.706
586.40
10 744
64 747
60 402
26.06

MANUAL

0.18
2.759
586.45
10 74.5
64 135
59 776
26.32

0.19
3.075
586.77
10 751
61061
56 670
27.79

0.20
3.408
587.10
10 757
58 298
53 875
29.26

0.21
3.758
587.45
10 764
55 806
51 352
30.73

AE/S, = 103 640

Full-Load Table

For

a = 552.80
b = 187.36

0.5 w = 25.32
0.5 wb = 4743.96
(u)~ /c = 523.54
(a)? (b)* /72c3 = 0.7492

c = 583.69
w = 50.64
Z
s-c

SO

0.5 ws,
T,
Te

0.16
2.237
585.93
14 836
98 258
92 806

0.17
2.526
586.22
14 843
92 895
87 399

AS = &x(5.5) = 586.47(0.000
Results
of these
from nlinus
9.5
U.S.

0.1782
2.778
586.47
14 849
88 981
83 459

0.18
2.833
586.52
14 851
88 138
82 598

metric
calculations
to 48 o C.

are shown

on figure

20 along

Loading = l/4-in ice, 8-lb/ft2 wind, at 15 OF

Conductor = 2 156 kcmil, ACSR 84/ 19 Bluebird
diameter = 1.762 in
area = 1.83 10 in2
E = 7 463 320 lb/in2 (initial)
a = 0.000 011 5 per OF
w = 2.511 lb/ft
h = 1.762 + 0.5
(8) (1) = 1.5080 lb/ft
12
v = 0.6257 lb/ft
w = x/(2.51 1 + 0.6257)2 + (1 .5080)2 = 3.480 lb/ft
u= 179oft
b = 680 ft
c= 1915 ft

a =,/m

3(~)~ - Zb12 = 1o o7
144c
(b)2 /3c2 = 0.0343
0.19
3.157
586.85
14 859
83 887
78 303

0.203.498
587.19
14 868
80 073
14 442

0.21
3.858
587.55
14 877
76 62.5
70 950

020 7)(5.5) = 0.066 77

Grstoniarv

b=b(y)

c/4 = 145.92

=680($$)=612.918ft
=&19;5)2

- (612.918)2 = 1814.265 ft

with

initial

sags for temperatures

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Temp. Sag
(Cl
(m)
-9.5
24.8
-7.0

25.0

90 000

In
{

80 000

Ec
zi
5
z

70 000

60 000

SLACK (S-c),
Figure 20.-Results
104-D-1056.

of example

problem

on

an inclined

meters
span using parameter Zmethod

(metric).

48

TRANSMISSION

A=

T, (max) - 0.5 wb

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

= 20 000 - 0.5(3.480) (612.918) = 5.682

0.5(3.480) (1915)

0.5 wc

A2 = 32.286

coth 2 = 1 +0.167 A3
O(
Z= 0.178 75
f(Z) = 0.005 336

i2

>

1 +0.167

(8;;;2565)2
5.682

(0.005 336) +

(179o)2

(j&)

= 56558

(680)2

72(1915)3

(0.178

7514

= 8.9280 + 0.002 99 = 8.93 10

so = (S-c) + c = 8.9310 + 1915 = 1923.93
For No-Load Table

Z
s-c

a= 1790

0.5 w = 1.2555

c/4 = 478.75

b = 680
c = 1915

0.5 wb = 853.74
a2/c= 1673.16

3~ - 2b2 = 31 5.
144c
.

w = 2.511

a2 b2 /72c3 = 2.93

b2 /3c2 = 0.04203

so
0.5 w&J
Tl

Te
d

0.16
7.15
1 922.15
2 413.26
16 135
15 099
16.73

0.17
8.10
1923.10
2 414.45
15 193
14 220
81.54

0.1788
8.93
1923.93
2 415.49
14511
14 093
85.781

0.18
9.05
1 924.05
2 415.64
14 419
13 439
86.36

0.19
10.09
1 925.09
2 416.95
13 727
12 740
91.18

0.20
11.18
1926.18
2 418.32
13 106
12 112
96.00

0.21
12.33
1 927.33
2 419.76
12 545
11544
100.83

AE/S, = 7 100
For Full-Load Table
a = 1814.26
b = 612.92
c= 1915
w = 3.480
Z
S-C
so
0.5 ws0
7.1
Te

AS= &(lO)

0.16
7.34
1 922.34
3 344.87
22 150
20 924

0.5 w = 1.740
0.5 wb = 1066.48
(a)2/c = 1718.82
(u)~ (b>2 /72c3 = 2.45
0.17
8.29
1 923.29
3 346.52
20 941
19 705

0.1788
9.17
1 924.17
3 348.06
20 003
18 758

1
3
19
18

= 1924.17(0.000 011 5) (10) = 0.2213

0.18
9.30
924.30
348.28
868
622

c/4 = 478.75
3(a>2

2(b12

33

o8

144c
(b)3 /3c2 = 0.034 15
0.19
10.36
1 925.36
3 350.13
18 910
17 654

0.20
11.48
1 926.48
3 352.08
18 050
16 783

0.21
12.66
1 927.66
3 354.13
17 273
15 996

CHAPTER
Kes~~lts
15 to

120

of these

calculations

II-CONDUCTOR

are shown

on figure

SAGS AND TENSIONS

21 along

with

initial

49

sags for temperatures

from

OF.

22

20

000
I

\\
!

TL
\
000
I

10 000

Temp.
(OF)

Sag
(ft)

70
80
90
loo
110
120

81.2
81.75
82.75
83.7
84.6
85.5
86.4
87.3
88.25
89.2
90. I
91.0

t--

16 000
I--

::
El
0
0.

\Tr
!!E

14 000

000

000

000
8

SLACK
Figure 21.-Results

of example problem

on an inclined

IO

(s-c).

II

._

IZ

.-

I3

feet

span using parameter

Zmethod

(U.S. customary).

104-D-1057.

50

TRANSMISSION
15.

Galloping

Conductors.-

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

A galloping

conductor

is a phenomenon

usually

caused

blowing
on an iced conductor.
relatively
light wind of about
48 to 56 km/h
(30 to 35 mi/h)
may be in the form of either rime or glaze. A few cases of galloping
conductors
without
the
of ice have

been

In 1930,

Mr.

noted,

but

A. E. Davison

the
In

by the

reaction

lifting
force.
1932,
Mr.

instructor

at Harvard

temperature
will melt

are extremely

of the Hydroelectric

of wind

J. P. Den

formation
which,
of aerodynamic

cases

and

Hartog,

Power

Commission

School,

conductor,
An airfoil

of about
0 C (32
a portion
of the radial

and a periodic

noted

Engineering

with the
stability.

glaze,

OF)
ice,

research
presented

sun
will

a theory
cross
may

has published
is the

result

several
of the

with

Westinghouse

that

sag of the conductor

galloping

increase)

than

the

articles

conductor

on the

which
Electric

lift
controls
and

CO.

was the result

of a glaze

and a light
and around

wind is blowing.
the conductor,

type

The sun
and then

shade at the bottom

of the conductor
where
takes shape and the possibility
of galloping

at 0 OC (32 OF), with

resultant

presented

aerodynamic

13 mm (l/2

conductors,
This method

in) of ices and a wind

of 48.3 km/h
(30 mi/h)
or a wind pressure
of 0.096 kPa (2 lb/ft2).
This approximates
condition
under
which
most cases of galloping
have occurred.
The path of conductor
approximates
a loop of elliptical
shape. The major
axis of the ellipse is slightly
larger
uses a 6 percent

presence

capable
of causing
a certain
be formed
at a freezing-thawing

conductors
becomes
very real.
Based on numerous
observations
and on several motion
pictures
of galloping
developed
an empirical
method
for determining
the conductor
oscillation
path.
on the stabilized

Canada

of the conductor

section
easily

is shining
run down

the water will be blown

back by the light wind into the
it will again freeze. As this process
continues,
the airfoil

of Ontario,

twisting

engineer

has an airfoil
cross section
when the
the water

a
ice

rare.

and
work
on galloping
conductors,
Mr. Davison
suggested
that galloping

the results
of his pioneer
subject
since that time.
produced

these

by
The

sag under

the

loading

Davison
is based
velocity

the loading
oscillation
(the Bureau

condition

described

above, and is inclined

from the vertical
in a direction
by an angle equal to the angle of sideswing.
In level
a small distance
above the normal
level of the points

opposite
the direction
of the conductor
sideswing
spans, the highest
point of the full ellipse is only
of attachment
of the conductor
to the insulator

string.

overhead

not

As long

overlap,

as the

ellipses

galloping

will

in which

the

for all conductors

not

and

ground

wires

of a transmission

the conductors
to come in contact
with each other
overhead
ground
wires.
Contact
would
result in outages
and possible
damage
to the
Observations
of lines with long spans and heavy conductors
indicate
that the conductors

in two

loops

cause

magnitude

of oscillation,

or size of ellipse,

is approximately

line

do

or with the
conductors.
may dance
half

size; that

is, the major

axis of the ellipse
is approximately
one-half
of the total
conductor
sag in the span.
Application
of this method
to several existing
lines, in regions
subject
to sleet conditions,
has shown
that those lines with sufficient
ground
wires to prevent
overlap

spacing
of the

between
ellipses,

conductors
and between
had no outages
under the

conductors
and
sleet conditions.

overhead
The lines

that showed
an overlap
of the ellipses had a record
of many outages
under
sleet conditions.
There
have also been observations
where iced conductors
have galloped
in a manner
similar
to a skip rope
being turned,
with the midpoint
rising as far above the points of support
as it hangs below those points
when at rest. This
a designer
cannot
There
ellipses.

* For

NFX:

sort of galloping
is rare, fortunately,
economically
be expected
to meet.

is no definite
However,
our

heavy

loading

because

clearance

limits

are indicated

which

length
of span where
galloping
will change
from full-sag
ellipses
to half-sag
experience
indicates
that for our line locations
and conditions,
we should
use

area.

CHAPTER
full-sag

ellipses

to gallop

in spans

in two

be used.

and

ground

overhead
Experience

the ends

a weak

To

spot
and

determine

the

wires

to prevent

ground
conductors
structure

and
with

that

spacing

required

ground

wires,
and

1. For loading
conditions
a temperature
of minus
1 C
for the given span length.
a.
Figures
22 and
conductor,
and figures
steel, 7-wire
overhead

the

wear
of time.

all hardware

conductors

a particular

hardware,

24 and
ground

25 show
wire.

b.
From
the calculations
on
conditions
conducive
to galloping,

the

and

between

For

a 289.5-m

(950-ft)

s p an, based

on the

wires,

proceed

span

ordinarily
in relatively
and

length

overhead
with

span

for

given
a given

as follows:
(2-lb/ft2)
wind pressure,
and overhead
ground
wire

based on a 213.4-m
for a 242 mm2 (477
for a lo-mm

a 213.4-m

(700-ft)
kcmil)
(3/8-in)

(700-ft)

ruling

and
sags

ruling
ACSR

span.
24/7

high-strength
span,

and

for

sag
WI

5255
4386

213.4-m

conductors

check

If galloping

failure

permissible

for

carefully

vibrations,

cause

maximum

mm
Conductor
Overhead ground wire

can

the

sag calculations

these figures,
the sags are:

very

and

span

of

conductors

occurred.

wind

and

of 13 mm (l/2
in) of ice,3 0.096-kPa
(30 OF), d e t ermine
the conductor

Assume a 289.5-m
(950-ft)
23 show the sag calculations

and

condition

or to determine

are likely

to 53 percent

between

to have

spot

loading
ground

conductors
equal

of contact

is known

in the

period

the
axis

reduced.

galloping
weakened

overhead

spans,
major

the probability

on the
between

for

longer

to examine

or excessive

contact,

In
with

is greatly

where

in a short

conductors

overlap,

practice

of a line

concentrate

possibly

in length.

of galloping,

in a conductor

overhead
given

do not

51

SAGS AND TENSIONS

size ellipses,

it is good
part

a failure,

weather

ellipses

as a result

in any

ft)

so one-half

If these
wires,

clamps

in producing

moderate

loops,

has shown

of the

has created
slow

up to 183 m (600

or more

the sag, should

II-CONDUCTOR

(17.24)
(14.39)

ruling

span,

the

sags are:

sag
Conductor
Overhead ground wire
2. Determine
loading
conditions

0, the
given

angle
in l.,

a. Conductor B = tan-l

of sideswing,
and

using

heavy loading

area.

the
force

(ft>

9675
8075

(31.75)
(26.50)

conductors
triangles

4.4898 N/m
21.186 N/m Or

b. Overhead ground wire 13= tan- l

3 For NEST

for
the

mm

3.3079 N/m
11.777 N/m Or

and
shown

overhead
on figures

= 1 lo 58,

ground

wires

for

the

22, 23, 24,

and

25.

52

TRANSMISSION

DCm-576

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

(S-78)

Ltnear

Force
Dead

Area
Temp.
0.000

NO Ice.

No Wind

Figure

Factory

Load

Fwce

(W)
Creep

0.000

Jag

Total

O.CO,!

003

(A).arn&
C&f.

01 Llnear

Exp.:

0 /9peperOC

(W)

22.-Conductor

sag and tension

calculation

form

for example

problem

on galloping

conductors

(metric).

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

;;;tL

SAGS AND TENSIONS

53

SAGCALCULATIONS

LOADING

.d-

Vv

Weight Factors:
Dead Weight (W)
+ hn.
5i

ICY (w)
lb Wind
Resultant:

0. L 14%

lb/f1

D, L/53

tb,tt
lb/l1

e/.
(W)

LOADING

UNSTRESSED
LENGTH

Inch Ice.

Creep o.ooa*-Total O.ooa

I.lb/ft
Modulus. (E) Final/D,fl
Initial&@/-x
FinaIM
{ ~~~
Initial%
3 &q

Area (A) &&.%k

in2
Temp. Coolf. of Linear Exp.:
0.004 o/k

Permanent set 0.00

per OF
SACFlCTOR 1

i!
6
I
SPANLENGTH(S) AFEET

SAG,H

1 SW,lb

x 106 lb/in2
106 lb/i&?
-lb
/I/
lb

1 TENSION,lb

NO Ice. No Wind (W)

Llb/ft2

SPANLENGTH(S)

-FEET

calculation

for example

Wind(W

No Ice. No Wind (W)

Figure 23.-Conductor
customary).

3.

Construct

at an angle
The major
to one-half
method,

sag and tension

half-sag

of 28 from

ellipses
the

plane

as shown

form

on figure

of the conductor

26.

when

The
the

problem

major
0.096-kPa

axis of the ellipse is equal to one-half

the sag plus 6 percent,
of the major
axis. The easiest way to construct
the ellipses
which

is explained

in numerous

drafting

or related

texts.

on galloping

conductors

axis

ellipse

is inclined

wind

is blowing.

of the

(24b/fta)

(U.S.

and the minor axis is equal

is by the use of the trammel

TRANSMISSION

54
DCm-578

LINE DESIGN
-

(3-78)

;;;pL'

llkili

CONDUCTOR,f&mm
Code

MANUAL

,/d!c %ei:

?-W/b

SAG CALCULATIONS

LOADIME &a+----

Name

Linear

Rated

Breaking

Strength

olamerer~22&!5L
Tension

18

&o

mm

kPa

l~tl~l.-~%,-&-%~N

.-a%

%a!.2

0/o

50
-%2o-zoN

F,nal.~%.

/g

Oo g

by

Dare

AL/?

Temp.

Co&f.

o.cm

6.

L/L

N/C?7

17, 88 L5

Ice.

NO Wmd

ground

FIMI

GPa

Inttlalfig*5

0 //pePc

Fanal

SAG FACTOR

wire sag and tension

AE

GPa

Lf? 924

AE k

SAG,mm

77

SW,N

TENSION, N

calculation

form for example

problem

on galloping

conductors

(3-78)

!;,fL

/t

CONDUCTOR3 f
Code

00

O.C%.&

(W)

Figure 24.-Overhead
(metric).
DC-576

(E)

Exp..

SPAN LENGTH(S) 2 1.3. 36

NO

0.00

N/m

lnltial
LENGTH1

o.ooo*

Total

Modulus.
of Linear

SW
E

ser
creep

/TEMP.
; oc UftSTRESSEO

LOADING

(A)Amm2

Permanent

N/m

(W)

Area

N/m

(W)//.

W Ind

Resultant
25

(WI m,&?8j

ForC2

mm Ice

od$&i?

Fmal.&C.

Computed

Factor.

Load

Llmltatlons

Loaded

Force
Dead

i/i!?

.?tee(.

7--w/ re

LOADlNG -LM
Welghl

Name
Rated

SAGCALCULATIONS

Breaking

Diameter

Load

Factors:

Dead

/nib
Inch

Wetght

+ L.

Ice
lb

(W) m,73

Resultant:
Area

(A)

o.ooo
[TEMP..
oF /UNSTRESSED LENGTH

LOADING

No

Ice.

NO Wind

Gc7fl,iis

-lb/@
Permanent

Inch

/)

5.D79

226

ou

creep

0.006--

Ib/ft

Total

O.OO+

Ib/ft

In2

of Linear

Permanen~OO~

Ib/ft

Modulus.

per ?=

SAG FACTOR

(E)

Exp.:

Final~x

106

lb/in2

lnttlaf~ox

106

lb/in2

Final

AE d!

fb

lntttal

AE

tb

SAG.11

1 TENSION, lb

SW,lb

(W)
120

//3

(W)

Coeff.

453

0.

Wind

TemD.

Iblft

5.967

(W)

lo.999

764 b.am

Qq? 51 0. J/L?

lo&z.

967

~9-7

In.o/L

WindWi3o

Figure 25.-Overhead
(U.S. customary).

51

97

/ 2 ,229 I 14f. I I

/437

1.3 1

f/.24

JqQS

V.

/+f.JP

/4/.

~6

SPANLENGTH(S).-FEET

Ice.

Set & creep

l,g,dnn

o.

994

373

IO, 000

llp7

51

0.

/630

ground

wire sag and tension

calculation

form

for example

problem

5%

on galloping

conductors

FAal

CHAPTER II-CONDUCTOR
Type HS Structure
289.5-m (950ft) Span
Based on 213.4-m (70%ft)
ruling span
3658-mm (12-ft) Pole spacing
NESCHeavy Loading
Conductor ful I- load tension
= 33 362 N (7500

Conductor:

242

mm*

Sag
Half sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

lb)

OGWful I- load tension

=2l 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

SAGS AND TENSIONS

OGW:

8= ll58
IO-mm
(i-in)

2 9f sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

(477
mm
9675
4835
290
5128
2564

55

kcmil\fPjCSR.

24/7

(3.35)
(15.88)
( 0.95)
(16.83)
( 8.42)

H.S. Steel
Cf_t)
mm
8075
4038
242
4250
2125

(26.50)
(13.25)
( 0.79)
(14.04)
( 7.02)

8 = 15 42
4023
(13.2

Figure 26.-Half-sag

ellipses for example

problem

on galloping

mm
ft)

conductors.

104-D-1058.

TRANSMISSION

56
16.

Broken

conductor

Conductors.-The

is important

condition

with

crossings;

structures.

The

the

of the

nature
Using

given

this

work

requirements

and

also

computation

over

from

of sags and

from

the

the
railroad,

waterway,

of determining

tensions

under

in spans

of assuring

highway,

standpoint

of sags and

tensions

standpoint

this

to a broken
under

communication

the

condition

adjacent

compliance
unbalanced

is somewhat

this

line,
loads

and

on the

complex

due

to

variables.

a technique
in

determination

in design

clearance

powerline

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

by G. R. Wiszneauckas

section

for

a 345-kV

shown

in appendix

transmission

line

span

A, a broken
over

conductor

Interstate

Highway

problem

is

No.

25

(Sta. 789 + 95 and 790 + 83) and the Colorado

and Southern
Railroad
crossing
(Sta. 795 + 48), both
located
in Colorado.
Figure
27 shows the profile
portion
of the plan and profile
drawing
for this
example

problem.

Please

note

that

this

figure

is predominately

in U.S.

customary

references
to this figure,
such as stationing,
are also in those units. The conductor
as 644 mm2 (1272 kcmil),
ACSR,
45/7 stranding,
with a full-load
(NESC
heavy)
(13 800 lb). Assuming
a broken
conductor
in the span on the
at Sta. 797+30,
the ruling
span for the three remaining
spans
to be 320.95
m (1053 ft). At 49 OC (120 F) fma 1 conditions,

AE
d
HO
HI
LJ
Ll

P
s
s

basic

nomenclature

used

of cross-sectional

Product

Horizontal
displacement
of insulator
string
Initial
horizontal
tension
in conductor
Horizontal
tension
in conductor
after a change

=
=

Length
Initial

=
=

Final span
Horizontal

=
=

of insulator
span length
length
force

caused

Force
Force

(weight)
(weight)

W
8
4

=
=

Total
Angle

vertical
load,
of deflection

Change

The

resulting

values

indicated

2.110

problem

are

and

modulus

of elasticity

of the

of 4 in span

conductor

length

by

Wwhen

the

insulator

string

is deflected

by an angle

string
acting

W = w l/2
of insulator

on insulator

string

+ w2
string

length

by the curves show the suspension

insulator
string on the structure
string on the structure
at Sta. 787 +00
2 110 mm (83 in), and the insulator
(37.5 in). This will result in a new span length
of 312.789
m (1026.21
ft)
6.92
+
3.13
=
1026.21
ft].
The
24
310-N
0.955
= 312.789
m, or 1030 -

at Sta. 797 + 30 will deflect

will deflect
about
955 mm
[313.944

example

sag in conductor
span length
of conductor

of insulator
of conductor

in span

in this
A.

string

w2

area

has been assumed

tension
of 61 385 N

is:

=
=
=

=
=

Wl

section

General
symbol
for
General
symbol
for
Unit force (weight)

in this

therefore,

northwest
side of the steel structure
to a dead-end
structure
is calculated
the tension
for this ruling
span is

24 310 N (5465 lb), with a corresponding

sag of 11 211 mm (36.78
ft).
The calculations,
tables, nomenclature,
and broken
conductor
curves
all in accordance
with the broken
conductor
thesis shown
in appendix
The

units;

CHAPTER
(5465~lb)
the

expanded
been
the

tension

conductor

to make

shown

figs.

28 and

in the

the

as a dashed

adjacent

29) is used

adjacent

sag curve
curve

for

span.
plotting

on figure

to compute

The

I.-Broken

Highway

the

calculated

on the

corresponding

sag is 15 736

plan-profile.

27 to indicate

the

The

expected

centerline

(Sta.

789 +95

and

result

790+83)

795 + 48)

Ruling span =

where

S =

span

length.

Metric

s, m

S3, m3

304.373
341.376
3 13.944

28 198 004
39 783 130
30 942 582

959.693 m

98 923 716 m3

Rulingspan=dz=321.

058m

U.S. Customary

s, ft

s3 ) ft3

998.6
1120
1030

995 805 877

1404928 000
1092727000

3 148.6 ft

3 493 460 877 ft3

Ruling span =dw=

sag in this
mm

sag in the

Conductor Calculations

centerline
(Sta.
Span Calculations:

59

SAGS AND TENSIONS

span.

Example

Railroad
Ruling

(from
broken

II-CONDUCTOR

1053.34 ft

(51.64

ft)

crossing

of a conductor

span
which
span
break

with
is
has
in

TRANSMISSION
DCm-576

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

(3-78)

f;;LL

SAGCALCULATIONS

LOADMG
Linear

VY

Force

maa
-Lz
oa

Factor,

Load

Face

kPa

//.

Wtnd

(W)

(A).zm&

Temp.

Co&f.

TEMP..1
oc
UNSTRESSED LENGTH

LOADING
Lmm

O./q/q2
Permanent

Wind

Set

(W)

h Creep

set

Permanent

creep

N/m

T?P9

43

of Ltnear

N/m

Total

Modulus.

(I3

Fmal
lnltlal

01~perOC

SAG FACTOR

Final

AE

lnltial

AE

SAG,mm

44
3)

1 SW,N

Ice.

No Wind

-mm

:/

800

7,/L,

/ 0

0,

nno

No

Ice.

(W)

5.5
32

I/.
j

49

454

002

JR/

Ice.

kPa
Permanenf

No

Ice.

/L5

0. ah87

D.03.3

q/E

GPa
f

?zGPa

c//9

009

924

827

1 TENSI0N.N

//

7 17

g97

SPAN LENGTH(S) 350.59

15.5
19

(W)

Ice
kPa Wind (W)
Set 6 Creep

No Win4

&!dtk
46,

SPAN LENGTH(S)-m

i-/p
j

/
/

I
1

300

!o.

000
o&j

j/,

no/

I/,

-18
No

O.OO/

0.1506

1z
-mm
0,/q/53
Permanent

~0.000

mm Ice

No Wind

csf/

Ice

/3

46 4

0.000

SPAN LENGTH(S)-m
l-/g

I
No

0.004

N/II7

Exp.:

K = r/.37$2

f/ESC

N/m

I/of?0

ii

Ice
kPa

92.77
L75z,

cw.,ao*

37.

ResulIanl

#. /977

X~=#524/

mm Ice (W)

Area

o.ow

018

SPANLENGTH(S)-..&!o,?5
o,oD~
1/J) ;21 0 239-q
i
15,

1
I
!

1
eon

/gin

21

(W)

Wind

(W)

Set 6 Creep

No Wind

(W)

I
i

I-18
-1

I
I

I
I

I-

15.5

73L

!6 SN#LI

problem

(metric).

32

0.3933

49

Figure 28.-Sag

and tension calculation

form for broken

31

conductor

/5

/L

&Jo

CHAPTER

DC-573

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

(3-78)

;;;tL
CONDUCTOR &&22
Code

kr.&gR
-r-A

Name
Rated

Breakrng

Load

Diameter/*-qf/i
Tenston

Final

Computed

No

-Inch
__
Permanent

100

lb

lb

Area

lb

Temo.

% ___

lb
0.000

Date
UNSTRESSED LENGTH

(A)

*&=a,31

fi
lb/l1

SB/L

A:

78/T

.1,

00

(W)

Wind
(W)

/,
of Linear

o//

NESC

/977

Permanent

:,:::

73

Set 0.000

o.ooo~ZLJ-

Total

O.Oo/

Modulus.

(E)

Final

?,.-?s

SAG FACTOR

z;

SAG, f!

SW, lb

FEET

/ 05;i!

(W)

SPAN LENGTH(S)

Figure

FEET

I
I

29.4ag

and

tension

calculation

I
I

form

x 106

lb/In2

Exp.:

per OF

SPAN LENGTH(S)

Ice.

dA+s

creep

(W)

Ib/ft2 Wlnd(W
Set 6 Creeo

/( = a.30

Ib/ft

1n2

Coeff.

i!

Ice.

No Wind

Vu
J
(W*)~/..

Resultanr:

yo ____

Topj

No Wind

lb

&

___

Weight
Ice

lb

OF 50

&OF

ha

Factors:

Dead
+&on.

*OF..XI-4c

by

Inch

Ice.

.?1/

F&4

LOADING

Ice.

Weight

Llmlratlons:

Inltval.-

No

LOADING

Y$$

Inch

Loaded,
Final,

SAG CALCULATIONS

for

broken

conductor

problem

(U.S.

customary).

TENSION,

lb

TRANSMISSION

62
Horizontal

Tension

Calculate

the

Then
Ho =
and w is the

linear

T-

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Calculations:
49 C (120

o F) sag and

SW , where
Ho is the
force factor.

tension

horizontal

on sag calculation

T is

tension,

Metric

and

Tabulate
component

full

line

(figs.

28 and

tension,

s is the

29).
sag,

U.S. Customary
H,, = 5465 - (36.78) (1.434)
= 5412 lb

HO = 24 310 - (11.211) (20.9277)

= 24 075 N
H

the

forms

Curves:
the

data

of tension

for

Hand P

the

acting

in the

curves

(tables

conductor.

The

p=-

4, 5, 6, and

Pforce

7). The

force

is the

4 W,d
i cos 0

and is the horizontal

force which
resists the movement
of an insulator
string
of length
vertical
to any angle 8 while
a vertical
load
?VTis acting.
Plot the Hand Pcurves
(figs. 30 and 31) from the data in tables 4, 5, 6, and 7.

Table 4.-P curve computations for example

problem No. 1 -broken conductor (metric)

i= 2286 mm

$.=7095N
d,
mm

d/i =

500
1000
1250
1500
1650
1800
1950
2050
2150

0.2187
.4314
.5468
.6562
.7218
.I874
.8530
.8968
.9405

cos e

d/i
cos 0

p,
N

0.9758
.8992
.8313
.I546
.6921
.6164
.5219
.4425
.3398

0.2241
.4864
.6531
.8696
1.0429
1.2174
1.6344
2.0267
2.7678

1 589.99
3 451.01
4633.74
6 169.81
7 399.38
9 063.15
11 596.07
14 379.44
19 637.54

Sill6

WT = vertical force at attachment point, which is one-half the

insulator force plus force of conductor.

4 WT has been used in this section

for clarity;

horizontal

is

it is shown as Win appendix

A.

i from

the

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

63

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Table 5.-P curve computations for example

problem No. l-broken conductor (U.S.
customary)

WT=15951b

d,
in

d/i =
sin e

20
40
50
60
65
70
75
80
85

0.2222
.4444
.5555
.6667
.7222
.7778
.8333
.8889
.9444

i=7.5ft=90in
cos

dli
cos e

0.9750
.8958
.8315
.7453
.6917
.6285
.5528
.4581
.3288

p,
lb

0.2279
.4961
.6681
.8945
1.0441
1.2375
1.5074
1.9404
2.8723

363.50
791.28
1065.62
1426.73
1665.34
1973.81
2404.30
3094.94
4581.32

1 W, = vertical weight at attachment point, which is one-half

the insulator weight plus weight of conductor.

Table 6.-H curve computations for example problem No. I -broken

H,, = 24 075 N
1

3
WLO

HosinhK

N
12
13
14
16
18
20
22
24

000
000
000
000
000
000
000
075

L,, = 321 m

3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431
3369.803 431

'

-- HO-H,

(2) (3)

AE

0.999
.999
.999
.999
.999
.999
.999
1.000

w = 20.9277 N/m

728
751
773
818
863
908
953
000

3368.886 844
3368.964 350
3369.038 486
3369.190 127
3369.341 768
3369.493 409
3369.645 050
3369.803 431

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

(4)
sinh-(5)

H,
0.280
.259
.240
.210
.187
.168
.153
.139

741
151
646
574
186
475
166
971

0.277
.256
.238
.209
.186
.167
.152
.139

178
335
382
048
110
688
573
518

conductor (metric)

AE = 44 419 008 N
7

IHl
w

(6) (7)

L oI (8) 1
m

1146.8054
1242.3725
1337.9397
1529.0739
1720.2081
1911.3424
2102.4766
2300.7784

317.869 227
318.463 555
318.940 742
319.649 841
320.147 930
320.509 184
320.781 162
321 .OOO001

3.130
2.536
2.059
1.350
0.852
.490
.218
.ooo

77
45
26
16
07
82
84
00

TRANSMISSION

64

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

7.-H curve computations for example problem No. l-broken

Table

H,, =54121b
1

Lo =1053

HL
lb

Ho sinh wA

2700
2900
3200
3500
4000
4500
5000
5412

757.452311
151.452311
757.452311
757.452311
757.452311
757.452311
757.452311
757.452311

ft

conductor (U.S. Customary)

w = 1.4340 Ib/ft
5

AE = 9 985 800
I

10
G9=

HO-HI
1- 7

(2) (3)

gf

0.999 728
.999148
.999178
.999 809
.999 859
.999909
.999959
1 .ooo 000

751.246284
751.261433
151.284 157
757.307 638
751.345 510
757.383383
151.421256
151.452311

0.280462
.261125
.236651
.216 314
,189 336
.168 307
.151484
.139958

ZH1

sinh-1 (5)

0.276910
.258245
.234496
.214120
.188223
,167 522
A50911
.139 505

(6)(7)

=fO

3765.5904
4044.6304
4463.0404
4881.4505
5578.8006
6276.1506
6973.5007
7548.1172

1042.1573
1044.5056
1046.5651
1048.1451
1050.0586
1051.3933
1052.3780
1053.0001

Loft

(81,

o=
Lo in

(81,

122.88
101.88
77.16
58.20
35.28
19.32
1.44
0.00

10.24
8.49
6.43
4.85
2.94
1.61
0.62
0.00

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

Read

the

insulator

deflections

from

2110

mm

955 mm
Then,

the

313.944
Read

the

(Sta. 797+30).
corresponding

new

span

length

for

m (1030

ft) - 2.110

horizontal

tension

line

tension,

T =

SIC =

16640

crossing

ft)

30 and

over obstructions
in sag and tension

30 and

31:

span

is equal

0.955

31)

to:

m (3.13

in the

ft)

312.789

m (1026.21

ft).

conductor
at the first
suspension
point
and
figures
28
and
29
to
compute
the
lb),
of tension

in the

conductor

may

now

if desired:

(1.5.736)(20.9277)

difference
in sag due to this
in a slightly
larger sag than

clearances
corrections

on figures

Use this value of tension,

16 640 N (3740
49 C (120 F) sag. Th e h orizontal
component
to the

The
results

curves

(83 in) at Sta. 797+30

(37.5 in) at Sta. 787+00

m (6.92
(figs.

be corrected
H +

the

completed

16969

N, or 3740

(51.64)(1.434)

3814 lh.

correction
is small, and the use of the corrected
horizontal
would
actually
exist; therefore,
by ignoring
the correction,

will be slightly
greater
are seldom
made.

than

those

computed.

For

these

tension
actual

reasons,

the

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

65

Sag curve for broken conductor:

Metric
K = Sag/Span2

15 736
= L
= 1.6062 x 10-4m-
(3 13)=

(Span),

span,
m

m2 x lo4

48
96
144
192
240
288
366

0.2304
0.9216
2.0736
3.6864
5.7600
8.2944
11.2896

Sag = (K) (Spanj2,

m
0.370
1.480
3.331
5.921
9.252
13.322
18.133

3000

2500

z 2
aa
emaa
.-EE.- .= 2000
.=
EE

5000

10000

HORIZONTAL
Figure 30.-Curves

for broken

conductor

15000

FORCE,
problem

20000

newtons
(metric).

104-D-1060.

25000

TRANSMISSION

66
U.S.

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Custontnry

K = Sag/Span

51.64
= 4.9056 x lo- 5ft-
(1026)=
Span,
ft

(Span)=,
ft= x lo5

200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000

0.4
1.6
3.6
6.4
10.0
14.4
19.6
25.6
32.4
40.0

d=83 in

sag = (K) (Span)=,

ft
1.96
1.85
17.66
31.40
49.06
70.64
96.15
125.58
158.94
196.22

d,

ti Curve

60'

1000

2000

HORIZONTAL
Figure 31.-Curves

for broken

conductor

3000

4000

sooo

FORCE, pounds
problem

(U.S. customary).

104-D-1061.

6000

CHAPTER
The

sag template

figure

for

the

II-CONDUCTOR

Span

with

reduced

67

SAGS AND TENSIONS

tension

due

to the

broken

conductor

is shown

on

32.

SAG TEMPLATE FOR EXAMPLE PROBLEM NO. I

U.S. Highway No. 25 Sta. 789+ 95 and 790+83
Sta. 795 +48
Rai I road
Ruling Span = 313 m (1026 ft)
Reduced tension at 49 C (120 OF), no ice, no wind= I6 640 N (3740 lb)
24.0

14.4

E
c

9.6

t47

4.6
0

168

144

120

96

72

46

24

24

SPAN,

600

200

400

The

broken

conductor

to the highway
of 9754
clearance
to the railroad
requirements.

Example
Any

2.-Unbalanced

number

template

curve

plotted

tension

on figure

96

120

144

168

200

400

600

ft
due to broken

27 indicates

conductor.

there

would

104-D-1062.

be conductor

clearances

mm (32 ft) at Sta. 789+95

and 7925 mm (26 ft) at Sta. 790+83.
would
be 14 326 mm (47 ft). These clearances
all meet NESC
and

The
State

Condition

of real or imaginary

shown
in appendix
involved
solution

for reduced

72

SPAN,
Figure 32.-Sag

48

problems

may

be studied

by use of the broken

A. A hypothetical
situation
has been assumed
using the basic broken
conductor
concept:

to illustrate

conductor
the

thesis

use of a more

68

TRANSMISSION
A transmission
and

a series

situation.

All

excepted

span

(4-lb/ft2)

line
spans,

except

plus

before

a bundle

(1150-ft)

is loaded

wind,

equilibrium

with

of 350.5-m

have

NESC

constant

and

after

of two

18 OC

kcmil),

for this

no wind

loading

unbalanced

(1272

assumed

no ice and
heavy

at minus
the

MANUAL

644 mm2

sp ans has been

one,

under

LINE DESIGN

load

conditions
(0 F).

45/7

conductors,

of an unbalanced

at minus

18 C

of 13-mm

Figure

condition

ACSR,
study

(0 OF).

(l/2-in)

33 shows

load
The

ice, 0.19-kPa

the

conditions

for

exists.

INITIAL
CONDITIONS
(Before unbalance due to ice)
L

L
--c

d,
~

L,

L2

d,
Lo

Conditions

d2
LO

for

L4

L3
d3

Lo

L5

d4
Lo

_-~-

L6

LO

Lo

d,
Lo

equilibrium:

H, = H,+ P,;

H, =H2+P2;

H,=H,+P,;

H3=H4+P4;

H,=

0, =d,-d,;
L, = Lo-O,;
L, = Lo-2d,

02=d2-d3;
L,=L,-0,;

%=d3-d,-,
L,=L,-0,;

0,=d,-d,;
L,=L,-0,;

0,=d,-d,;
L,=L,-0,;

H,+P,;

H,-

H,+P,

; etc.

0,=d,-d,;
L,=L,-0,;

etc.
etc.

FINAL
CONDITIONS
(After
unbolonce due to ice)
Figure 33.-Conditions

and

for equilibrium

before and after

unbalanced

Conductor
data and data for plotting
the Pand
Hcurves
the graphical
solution
is shown
on figures
34 and 35.
The
1.

procedure
Lay out

for the graphical

the graph
axes

in span length
$ and insulator
horizontal
force. Allow
room
and
2.

fourth
Plot

3.

Plot

quadrants.
the PL 1 curve

PL 2

curve

4. Plot the PL1

simplify
calculations,

+L2

computed.

the

this

solution
is:
using millimeters

(inches)

condition.

are shown

for

the

deflection
a! Use newtons
(pounds)
on the graph
for the development

by

plotting

d versus

PI
P2

by plotting
d versus
curve by plotting
dversus
is taken

as the

average

104-D-1063.

in tables

ordinate

values

table

using

table 10 or 11.
+ P2)/2 using table
force

15,

of change

for the abscissa

of curves
in both

using

(PI
P

8 through

values of
the first

10 or 11.

in the

series

10 or 11. To
of spans

being

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

69

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Table 8. -Line data computations for example problem No. 2unbalanced condition (metric)
Two 644 mm, ACSR, 4517 (duplex conductors)
Maximum conductor tension = 61 385 N, initial
Twenty 177 928-N insulator units per suspension string
-18 C, no load
Insulator string vertical force (w,)

1 156.5 N

0.5 WI

578.3N

Conductor vertical force, 350.5-m

span (w,)
w,=o.5

20.9277 N/m (no load) x 2 cond.

43.889 N/m (full load) x 2 cond.

wr +w2

Insulator string length (i)

Tension (7) final

1 156.5 N
578.3 N

14 670.3 N
30 766.2 N
15 248.6 N

31 344.5 N

3 734 mm

3734mm

30 514 N

Conductor vertical force (w)

-18 OC, 13-mm ice,

0.19-kPa wind

20.927 7 N/m

57 403 N
43.889 N/m

Sag (s), 350.5-m span

10 621 mm

11 865 mm

Horizontal

30 292 N

56 882 N

44 419 008 N

44 419 008 N

tension (Ho = T - SW)

Area times final modulus (4E)

Table 9.-Line data computations for example problem No. 2unbalanced condition (U. S. customary)
Two 1272 kcmil, ACSR, 4517 (duplex conductors)
Maximum conductor tension = 13 800 lb, initial
Twenty 40 000-lb insulator units per suspension string
0 OF, no load

0 OF, l/2-in ice,

4-lb/ft2 wind

Insulator string weight (wr)

260 lb

260 lb

0.5 w1

130 lb

130 lb

Conductor

weight, 1150-ft span

b3)
wT=o.5wr+w2
Insulator string length (i)
Tension (7) final
Conductor

weight (w)

Sag (s), 1150-ft span

Horizontal

tension (Ho = T - SW)

Area times final modulus (.4E)

1.4340 lb/ft (no load) x 2 cond.

3.0073 lb/ft (full load) x 2 cond.

3 298.2 lb

6 916.6 lb

3 428.2 lb

7 046.8 lb

147 in

147 in

6 860 lb

12 904 lb

1.434 lb/ft
34.85 ft

3.007 3 lb/ft
38.93 ft

6 810 lb

12 787 lb

9 985 800 lb

9 985 800 lb

70

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table 1O.-P curve computations for example problem No. 2unbalanced condition (metric)
p=- WTd
i case
WT = 15 248.6 N (no load), 31 344.5 N (full load)
d,
mm

d/i =
sin 6

500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3250
3375
3500
3600
3650
3700
3734

0.133 90
.26181
,401 71
.535 62
.66952
.80343
.870 38
.903 86
.937 33
.964 11
.97750
,990 89
1 .ooo 00

cos e
0.990 99
.96341
.915 17
.84446
.I4279
.59540
.492 38
.427 83
.34844
.265 50
.21094
.134 61
.ooo 00

i = 3734 mm

d/i
cos e

No load

Full load

PI

P2

0.135 12
.217 96
.43866
.634 28
.90136
1.349 40
1.767 70
2.112 66
2.690 08
3.631 30
4.63402
7.357 91

2 060.39
4 238.50
6 688.95
9 671.88
13 744.48
20 576.46
26 954.95
32 215.11
41 019.95
55 372.24
70 662.32
112 197.83

4 235.21
8 712.52
13 749.58
19 881.19
28 252.68
42 296.27
55 407.67
66 220.27
84 319.21
113 821.28
145 251.04
230630.01

3 147.84
6415.52
10 219.29
14 716.51
20 998.62
31436.43
41 181.40
49 217.79
62699.72
84 596.94
107956.91
171414.29

p,

+p2

Table 11 .-P curve computations for example problem No. 2unbalanced condition (U. S. customary)
p= -WTd

i cos 0

WT = 3428.2 lb (no load), 7046.8 lb (full load)

d, in

20
40
60
80
100
120
130
135
140
142
144
146
147

d/i =
sin e

cos e

0.136 05
.272 11
.40816
.54422
.68027
.81633
.88435
.91837
.952 38
.965 99
.97959
.99320
1 .ooo 00

0.990 70
.96227
.91291
.83894
.73296
.57759
.46682
.39572
.30491
.25858
.20101
.116 42
.ooo 00

i= 147 in

dli
cos 8

No load
PI

Full load

0.137 33
.28278
.447 10
.64870
.928 11
1.413 34
1.894 41
2.32076
3.123 48
3.735 75
4.873 34
8.531 18

470.79
969.43
1 532.75
2 223.87
3 181.75
4 845.21
6494.42
7 956.03
10 707.91
12 806.90
16 706.78
29 246.59

967.74
1 992.69
3 150.62
4 571.26
6540.21
9 959.52
13 349.53
16 353.93
22010.54
26 325.08
34 341.45
60 117.52

p2

PI

+p2

2
719.27
1481.06
2 341.69
3 397.57
4 860.98
7 402.37
9921.97
12 154.98
16359.23
19565.99
25 524.12
44 682.06

Table 12.-H curve computation for example problem No. 2-unbalanced full-load condition (metric)

H,=56882N
1

Hl,
N

L,=350.5

Ho sinh 2

HO

I--

4
-H,

AE

WO

AE = 44 419 008 N

w = 43.889 N/m
5

(4)

(2) (3)

H,

sinh-

7
(5)

2Hl
W

(6) (7)

G=
Lo - (8,
m

13500
15 750
18 000
22500
27000

7715.007
734
7 715.007 734
7715.007734
7 715.007'734
7715.007734

0.999 023
.999074
,999 125
.999226
.999 327

7701.470171
7707.863 637
1708.257 102
7 709.036 318
7 709.815 534

0.570 924
.489 388
.428231
.342624
.285 549

0.543 733
.471700
.416123
.336252
.281804

615.1883
717.7197
820.2511
1025.3139
1230.3766

334.50
338.55
341.33
344.76
346.73

16.00
11.95
9.17
5.74
3.77

31500
36000
40500
45 000
50000

7 715.007734
7715.007 734
7 715.001734
7 715.007 734
7715.007 734

.999 429
.999530
.999 631
.999733
.999845

7710.602465
7711.381680
7 712.160 896
7 712.947 827
7 713.811 908

.244781
.214 205
.190424
.171399
.154276

.242400
.212600
.189 292
.170 571
.153 670

1435.4394
1640.5022
1845.5649
2050.6277
2278.4752

347.95
348.77
349.35
349.78
350.13

2.55
1.73
1.15
0.72
0.37

56882
60000
65 000
70000
75 000

7715.007734
7 715.007734
7715.007734
7715.007 734
7715.007734

1 .ooo 000
1 .ooo 070
1 .OOO183
1.000 295
1.000 408

7715.007734
7715.547 785
7 716.419 580
7717.283661
7 718.155457

.135
.128
.118
.110
.102

632
592
714
247
909

.135 220
.128 240
.118 431
.110025
.I02728

2592.0846
2734.1703
2962.0178
3189.8653
3417.7129

350.5017
350.63
350.81
350.96
351.09

0.0085
-0.13
-0.31
-0.46
-0.59

80000
85 000
90 000
95 000
100 000

7 715.007 734
7715.007 734
7715.007734
7115.007734
7715.007 734

1 .OOO5 20
1.000 633
1 .OOO746
1.000 858
1.000 971

7 719.019 538
7 719.891 334
7720.763130
7721.627 211
7 722.499007

.096488
.090822
.085 786
.081280
.077 225

.096 339
.090 698
.085 681
,081 191
.077148

3645.5604
3873.4079
4101.2554
4329.1030
4556.9505

351.21
351.31
351.40
351.48
351.56

-0.71
-0.81
-0.90
-0.98
-1.06

105 000
110 000
113764
115 000
120000

7715.007734
7 715.001734
7715.007734
7715.001734
7715.001734

1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001

1723.363087
7724.234883
7724.890659
7 725.098964
7 725.970760

.073556
.070220
.067902
.067 175
.064 383

.073490
.070162
.067850
.067 125
.064 339

4784.7980
5012.6455
5184.1692
5240.4931
5468.3406

351.63
351.70
351.75
351.77
351.83

-1.13
-1.20
-1.25
-1.27
-1.33

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

083
196
281
308
421

;
2
I
z
i?
:
2
n
g
c,
v,
$
0
-I
1
2
5

Table 13.-H curve computations for example problem No. 2-unbalanced

H,, = 12 787 lb
1

Hl,
lL.

3
WLO

H,sinh-

HO

l-WO

AE

(4)

-H1

sinh-

(2) (3)

(5)

1
1
1
1
1

734.472
734.472
734.472
734.472
734.472

747
747
747
747
747

0.999
.999
.999
.999
.999

020
070
120
220
320

1 732.772
1732.859
1 732.946
1733.119
1733.293

964
687
411
858
306

0.577
.495
.433
.346
.288

591
103
237
624
882

7 000
8 000
9 000
10 000
11000

1
1
1
1
1

734.472
734.472
734.472
734.472
734.472

747
747
747
747
747

.999
.999
.999
.999
,999

420
521
621
721
821

1733.466
1733.641
1733.815
1 733.988
1734.162

753
935
382
829
276

,247
.216
.192
.173
.157

638
705
646
399
651

.245 174
.215 044
.191474
.172 542
.157 005

12
12
14
15
16

000
787
000
000
000

1 734.472
1 734.472
1734.472
1 734.472
1 734.472

747
747
747
747
747

.999
1 .ooo
1.000
1 .ooo
1.000

921
000
121
222
322

1734.335 724
1 734.472 747
1734.682 618
1734.857 800
1735.031 247

.144
.135
.123
,115
.108

528
643
906
657
439

.144
,135
.123
.115
JO8

17 000
18 000
19 000
20 000
21000

1 734.472
1 734.472
1 734.472
1 734.472
1734.472

747
747
747
747
747

1.000 422
1 .OOO522
1 .OOO622
1.000 722
1 .OOO822

1 735.204
1735.378
1735.551
1735.725
1735.898

694
142
589
036
480

.102
.096
.091
.086
.082

071
410
345
786
662

22
23
24
25
25

1 734.472
1734.472
1 734.472
1 734.472
1 734.472

747
747
747
747
747

1.000
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001

1 736.073
1 736.247
1736.420
1 736.594
1 736.694

665
113
560
007
607

.078
.075
.072
,069
.067

912
489
351
464
909

923
023
123
223
281

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

2Hl
y

(6) (7)

0.549
.476
.420
.340
.285

5 15
828
715
033
008

10

9=
Lo ft

H1

3 000
3 500
4 000
5 000
6 000

000
000
000
000
574

AE=9985 800 lb

w = 3.0073 Ib/ft

Lo= 115oft

full-load condition f US. customary)

@h

o=
Lo- W,
in

1995.145 2
2 327.669 3
2 660.193 5
3 325.241 9
3 990.290 3

1096.36
1109.90
1119.18
1130.69
1137.26

53.64
40.10
30.82
19.31
12.74

643.68
481.20
369.84
231.72
152.88

4
5
5
6
7

8.63
5.88
3.94
2.51
1.42

103.56
70.56
47.28
30.12
17.04

655.338
320.387
985.435
650.483
315.532

7
1
4
8
2

1141.37
1144.12
1146.06
1147.49
1148.58

030
230
591
401
228

7 980.580
8 503.973
9 310.677
9 975.725
10 640.774

6
7
4
7
1

1149.44
1149.9924
1150.72
1151.21
1151.63

0.56
0.01
-0.72
-1.21
-1.63

6.72
0.09
-8.64
-14.52
-19.56

.lOl
.096
.091
.086
.082

895
261
218
677
568

11 305.822
11970.870
12 635.919
13 300.967
13 966.016

5
9
3
6
0

1152.01
1152.33
1152.62
1152.89
1153.15

-2.01
-2.33
-2.62
-2.89
-3.15

-24.12
-27.96
-31.44
-34.68
-37.80

.078
.075
.072
,069
.067

830
417
288
408
857

14
15
15
16
17

4
8
2
6
3

1153.37
1153.59
1153.80
1153.99
1154.11

-3.37
-3.59
-3.80
-3.99
-4.11

-40.44
-43.08
-45.60
-47.88
-49.32

631.064
296.112
961.161
626.209
007.947

-----

Table 14.-H curve computations for example problem No. 2-unbalanced

$=LoHo=30292N
1

Hl,
N

2H1
W

sinh -1

L, = 350.5 m

3
WLO

HO

Ho sinh 2~

l-0

13 500
15 750
18 000
21 000
25 000

3 616.546418
3 616.546478
3616.546418
3 676.546478
3676.546478.

0.999 622

30292
31500
36000
40500
45 000

AE = 44 419 008 N

w = 20.9211 N/m

(2) (3)

-(4)

-H1

AE

no-load condition (metric)

sinh-

Hl

0.268 979
.231287
.202803
.174 155
.146 519

(6) (7)

Lo m

@=

-2Hl

(5)

.999881

3 675.156143
3 615.344 241
3 675.528 015
3675.778080
3 676.108 969

0.272 234
.233 355
.204 196
.175037
.147044

3 676.546478
3676.546478
3676.546418
3676.546478
3 676.546478

1 .ooo 000
1 .OOO027
1.000 129
1.000 230
1.000 331

3616.546418
3676.645 745
3671.020752
3671.392084
3677.763415

.121370
.116 719
.102 139
.090 800
.081728

.I21 074
.116 456
.101962
.090 676
.081 637

2 894.919
3 010.364
3 440.416
3 870.468
4 300.520

2
3
3
3
4

49500
54000
58500
60584
63000

3676.546478
3 616.546478
3676.546478
3 616.546418
3 676.546 418

1.000.432
1.000 534
1.000 635
1 .OOO682
1.000 736

3 678.134 746
3678.509754
3 678.881085
3679.053883
3679.252416

.074 306
.068 121
.062887
.060 726
.058 401

.074
,068
,062
.060
.058

238
068
846
689
368

4
5
5
5
6

730.572
160.624
590.616
789.838
020.728

4
4
5
3
5

351.19
351.27
351.35
351.38
351.42

67 500
12 000
76 500
81000
85 500

3 616.546
3 676.546
3 676.546
3 676.546
3 676.546

478
478
478
478
478

1.000
1.000
1.001
1.001
1.001

838
939
040
142
243

3 619.621424
3 619.998 755
3 680.310 086
3 680.745 094
3 681.116 425

.054
.051
.048
.045
.043

513
111
109
441
054

.054 486
.05 1 089
.048 090
.045 425
.043 041

6
6
7
7
8

450.780
880.832
310.884
740.936
170.988

5
6
6
7
7

351.48
351.53
351.58
351.63
351.69

-1.03
-1.08
-1.13
-1.19

90 000

3 676.546
3 676.546
3 676.546
3 676.546
3 616.546
3 616.546

478
478
418
478
478
418

1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001

344
446
547
648
749
851

3
3
3
3
3
3

.040
.038
.037
.035
.034
.032

905
962
194
581
102
741

.040
.038
.037
.035
.034
.032

8 601.040
9 031.092
9 461.144
9 891.196
10 321.248
10 751.300

7
8
8
8
9
9

351.73
351.78
351.81
351.86
351.90
35 1.94

-1.23
-1.28
-1.31
-1.36
-1.40
-1.44

94
99
103
108
112

500
000
500
000
500

.999673
.999123

.999 791

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

681.487
681.862
682.234
682.605
682.976
683.351

756
764
095
427
758
766

894
952
185
573
095
735

1290.156 1
1505.182 1
1720.208 1
2 006.909 5
2 389.178 0

341.02
348.13
348.86
349.51
350.06

350.4994

(0

3.48
2.37
1.64

0.99
0.44

0.00

350.57

-0.07

350.79
350.96

-0.29

351.08

-0.46
-0.58

-0.69
-0.71
-0.85
-0.88

-0.92
-0.98

Table 1S.-H curve computations for example problem No. 2-unbalanced

Hl,
lb

3
WLO

HO

Hosinh-c

l-0

-ff,

AE

(2) (3)

AE = 9 985 800 lb

w = 1.434 Ib/ft

Lo = 1150 ft

H,, = 6810 lb

no-load condition (U.S. customary)

5
(4)

sinh-

(5)

826.248 383
826.303762
826.331866
826.414522
826.491178

0.275 416
.236087
.206583
.165 283
.137750

0.272048
.233947
.205 141
.164540
.137 318

4184.1004
4881.4505
5 578.8005
6973.5007
8368.2008

6 810
I 000
8000
9000
10 000

826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130

1 .ooo
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000

826.564130
826.579835
826.662491
826.145 148
826.821804

.121315
.118083
.103333
.091 861
.082683

A21079
.117 810
.103150
.091732
.082589

11000
12000
13000
13620
14000

826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130

1.000 420
1.000 520
1 .OOO620
1.000 682
1 .OOO720

826.911287
826.993943
827.076600
827.121847
827.159256

.075 174
.068916
.063621
.060729
.059083

15 000
16000
17000
18000
19000

826.564130
826.564130
826.564 130
826.564130
826.564130

1.000 820
1 .OOO920
1.001 020
1.001 121
1.001 221

827.241913
827.324569
827.401225
827.490708
827.573 365

20000
21000
22000
23000
24000

826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564130

1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001
1.001

827.656021
827.738618
827.821334
827.903990
827.986647

321
421
521
621
721

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

G=
Lo - (3h
ft

0.999 618
.999 685
.999 719
.999819
.999919
000
019
119
219
319

(6) (7)

H,

826.564130
826.564130
826.564130
826.564 130
826.564130

3000
3500
4000
5 000
6000

10

f#J=
Lo - GO,
in

1138.28
1142.00
1144.44
1147.42
1149.10

11.72
8.00
5.56
2.58
0.90

140.64
96.00
66.72
30.96
10.80

9497.9080
9762.9010
11 157.601 1
12 552.301 3
13947.0014

1149.9972
1150.17
1150.91
1151.45
1151.87

0.00
-0.17
-0.91
-1.45
-1.87

0.00
-2.04
-10.92
-17.40
-22.44

.075 103
.068 862
.063578
.060692
.059049

15 341.7015
16736.4017
18 131.1018
18995.8159
19525.8020

1152.21
1152.50
1152.74
1152.89
1152.98

-2.21
-2.50
-2.74
-2.89
-2.98

-26.52
-30.00
-32.88
-34.68
-35.76

,055 149
.051708
.048671
.045 972
.043556

.055 121
.051685
.048 652
.045 956
.043542

20920.5021
22 315.2022
23709.9024
25 104.602 5
26499.3027

1153.16
1153.36
1153.53
1153.71
1153.83

-3.16
-3.36
-3.53
-3.71
-3.83

-37.92
-40.32
-42.36
-44.52
-45.96

.041383
.039416
.037 628
.035 996
.034499

.041 371
.039406
.037619
.035 988
.034492

27894.002
29288.7029
30683.403
32078.1032
33472.8033

1154.00
1154.15
1154.28
1154.43
1154.54

-4.00
-4.15
-4.28
-4.43
-4.54

-48.00
-49.80
-51.36
-53.16
-54.48

8
1

CHAPTER

UJUJ(P) NOl133133(3

NVdS NI 39NWH3

SAGS AND TENSIONS

ONV UW(@) H19N31

II-CONDUCTOR

~OlVltlSNI

75

-6(

6000

Figure 35.-Graphical

IOOcm

solution

12000

14 000

16 000

HORIZONTAL

FORCE, pounds

of unbalanced

condition

18 ooo

(U.S. customary).

20 000

104-D-1065.

22000

24000

26000

28000

CHAPTER
5.

Plot

unloaded
6.
curve

2d versus

the

end of the
is necessary

II-CONDUCTOR
P curve

using

SAGS AND TENSIONS

table

10 or 11. Since

span with iced conductors,

swing
to read the change
in horizontal

77

the

insulator

a like amount
toward
tension
at the insulator

strings

each other,
between

at each

this curve
loaded
and

spans.
Plot

H, 1 ( no load)

the

is not needed

7.

Plot

the

curve

also

is not

for this

HLz (full

curve

load)

needed

usiug

solution,
for

but

curve

this

table

14 or 15 and

normally
using

solution,

is plotted

table
but

HI

plotting

in the first

12 or 13 and
normally

in the

$ . This

for reference.

HI

plotting

is plotted

versus

quadrant

versus

first

4 . This

quadrant

for

reference.
8.

Plot

fourth
9.

2 HI ,1 curve

the

(for

duplex

10.

Plot

the

point

by point,
2 HL 2 curve.

Ht
the

conductors).

2HL2 - PL1 +

abscissa

Plot

quadrant,
2 HL, =
duplex
conductors).

quadrants.
In the fourth
Plot the 2 HL2 curve
(for

values

of the

L2 curve.
PL 1 +

Plot
This

12.
values
13.

of the H2 curve
Plot the Ha =

from

the

ordinate

values

d2 + PL1 + L2 curve.

15.

P10ttheHq.=dg+PLt+L2

is done

L2 curve

of the basic
Add graphically,

curve.

Add

graphically,

17. Plot the Hs = dh + f~~ + Lo, d5 = ~HL*

d6 =2HL1
- H6 curves in a similar manner.
d curves

converge

accuracy
for this problem;
may continue
until
two

quite

rapidly,

so that

the

in the

first

the

Draw
a reflection
intersection
of the

deflection

at that

Insulator
spans

Effect

for

of the H 1 = 2 HL 2 - pL 1 +
reflected
curve
with the d6 curve

The horizontal
adjacent
no-load

to switchyards

is about

Sag

and

and

by

from

quadrant.

subtracting

the

graphically,

abscissa

values

point
by point,
the abscissa
basic 2 HL 1 = d curve.
point by point,
the ordinate
2 HL1 curve.
point by point,

point

gives

the abscissa
the

by point,

ordinate

the abscissa

the ordinate

- Hg, H6 = d5 +

d6 curve

of the

values

f~~ +

a satisfactory

Lo, and

degree

as indicated
on
a final value.

figure

16 of the

of

L 2 curve
in the fourth
is taken
as an acceptable

broken

quadrant.
answer

tension
in the conductor
at the structure
between
the full-load
span is indicated
as about
74 800 N (16 800 lb). The insulator

structure

on

first

if more accuracy
is desired,
the plotting
of Hand d curves
d curves
are essentially
the same curve.
If desired,
an

however,
successive

approximation
of the d, curve
may be computed
conductor
thesis in appendix
A, and then plotted

as approach

in both

Of the pL t + L 2 curve to the abscissa

values of the d3 curve.
Plot d4= 2HL
- Ha curve.
Subtract
graphically,
point by point,
Ha curve from :he ordinate
values of the basic 2 HL 1 curve.

va1ues
16.
of the

17.

curve

of the P L t + ~2 curve to the abscissa

values of the dz curve.
Subtract
graphically,
point
by point,
Plot the d3 = 2HL,- H3 curve.
of the H3 curve from the ordinate
values of the basic 2 HL, curve.

values
14.
values

problem.
and the

only

Plot the Hz = d+
PL1 + ~~ curve. Add graphically,
of the PL 1 + L2 curve
to the abscissa
vahtes of the
Subtract
graphically,
Plot the d2 = 2HL1 -Hz curve.

11.
values

The

this

d .

1090

Tension

and substations,

on the sag and tension

in the conductors.
This
reduced
tensions.
Based on the same maximum
in accordance
with applicable
electrical
safety

mm

in

(42.8

Short
the

The
to the
span
string

in).

Spans

insulator

.-In
strings

short,
may

dead-ended
have

spans,

considerable

such
effect

is especially
true when the conductors
are strung
at
tension
at full-load
conditions
(ice and wind loading
codes), the tension
at no-load
conditions
(no ice and

TRANSMISSION
no wind)

may

the insulators.
without

The

taking

A method
point

actually

be as much

total

the

into

of calculating

is outside

the span,

as twice

sag of conductors

insulators
the

that
and

calculated

insulators

will

effect

in reference

equations

for transmission
The

insulators.

For

shows

the

two

lines.

catenaries

equilibrium,

nomenclature

the
used

Nomenclature

The

conductor

are

tangent

horizontal

also be different
inclined

spans,

method

has been

is satisfactory
the insulator

assumes
tensions
the

for determining

one catenary,

point

where

in the

procedure

insulator

two

effect

this

conductor

2M

=
=
=

sag at center
of insulator
catenary,
below end of insulator
sag at center
of insulator
catenary,
below support
point,
conductor
sag, below end of insulator
string,
mm (ft)

inclined

length

04

=
=
=

total sag, insulators

plus conductor,
mm (ft)
SV = arc length
of one-half
the conductor
span,
unstressed
arc length
of L, m (ft)

SP

=
=

length
of insulator
string,
arc length
from insulator

cross-sectional

modulus

=
=
=

temperature
parameter
parameter

area

of elasticity

of span,

are not inclined

on the catenary

be equal.

m (ft)

m (ft)
catenary

of conductor,
of conductor,

coefficient
of conductor
of the catenary
described
of the catenary
described

center
mm2
GPa

to end

mm

(ft)

m (ft)

of insulator

(in2)
(lb/ft2)

by the
by the

conductor
insulator

string

in short spans.

string,
mm (ft)

string

string,

low

to determine

is attached

must

on sag and tension

a2

conductor

method.

Dr
02
0s

a1

the

developed

and the insulator

the

catenaries

for

where

description:
=

considering

the sag calculated

for spans which

effect
is based

L
Lu
RS

without
than

Another

at the

in describing

Figure 36.-Nomenclature
104-D-1066.

methods

in steeply
[5].

the insulator
effect for approximately
level spans and
by more than 20 percent.
This method
of calculating
catenary.

by normal

account.

insulator

is given

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

m (ft)

another
to

the

Figure

36

CHAPTER
H

tension

linear

force

factor

(weight

Wt

linear

force

factor

of conductor,

M -

Xs

projected

Steps

horizontal

in the

component

II-CONDUCTOR

in conductor,

Xs

one-half

length

procedure

the

in conductor,

N (lb)

N (lb)

the

per

unit

length)

N/m

length

of insulator

of insulator

of conductor
string,

string,

N/m

(lb/ft)

(lb/ft)
span,

m (ft)

m (ft)

are:

Step I.-Calculate
using

of tension

79

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Lu,

following

the

unstressed

arc

length

of

L,

for the

required

loading

condition

by

equations:

a, = H/W, , for conductor catenary

(1)

a, = H/W, for insulator catenary

(2)

a2
x,

=7>

for this equation assume X = (M - KS) (1 .OOOS)

Assumption
of an appropriate
a more accurate
value of X. The
calculations
repeated
to obtain
calculations

increase

the

accuracy

value for X at this point

greatly
simplifies
the calculation
of
calculated
value of Xcould
be substituted
in equation
(3) and
a still more accurate
value;
however,
subsequent
repetitive
very

little.

SP = a, sinh 3

(4)

a2

RSP=RS+SP

(5)

X2 = a, sinh- y

(6)

x, =x2 - x,

(7)

X=M- x,

(8)

L = a, sinh x
a1

(9)

(10)
>

80

TRANSMISSION
Step Z.-With
LA,

a range

determine

the

of tensions

temperatures

LINE DESIGN

(assume

which

the

for

MANUAL

5) and

corresponding

conductor

would

unstressed

have

these

arc

arc

lengths

lengths:

Let:
to
Lu 0

=
=

temperature
unstressed

t1,

temperatures

unstressed

tz,

t,

LlC,, I,112, . . . Lu,

at known
comluctor
at new
conductor

conditions
arc length

at known

conditions

conditions
arc

lengths

at new

conditions

Lu, = Lu, + Lu,e (tl - t,)

(11)

Lu, =Luo +Lu,e(t,-

to)

(11)

Lu, = Lu, + Lu,e (tn- to)

(11)

Step 3.-Plot
tension
against
temperature
corresponding
to each unstressed
arc length
loading
condition.
From this plot, determine
the tension
at the desired
temperatures.
(1) through
(8).
tension,
calculate
values for X, X I, and X 2 using equations
Step

&The

total

sag of the

D, =a, (cash:

D, =a, (co+

line,

insulators

plus

conductor,

is then

for each
For each

determined:

- I>

(12)

l)

(13)

(14)

Dc, =D,

+D,

-D,

mm2

(951. kcmil),

(15)

Example
Assume:

483

(4000 Ih) under NE:SC

plus constant
atminus
tension

insulator

strings.

ACSR,

G/7

conductor

with

heavy loading
of 13-1~111~ (I/2-in)
18 C (0 F). U. SC a 45.72-m

maximum

tension

of

ice, 0.19-kIa
(I-lh/ft*)
(1 SO-ft)
span with

17 793
wind,
1 S-unit

CHAPTER
Insulator

II-CONDUCTOR

string data

SAGS AND TENSIONS

Length

15 insulator units
Anchor shackle
Ball-eye fitting
Compression dead end

81

Mass

(in)

kg

2.1908
0.0813
.0711
.5842
___

86.25
3.2
2.8
23.0
~

74.84
0.45
.68
10.07

165
1.0
1.5
22.2

2.9274 m

115.25 in

86.04 kg

189.7 lb

(lb)

w = 86.04
= 29.3912 kg/m = 288.2292 N/m
2.9274

w = (189*7) (12) = 19 75 lb/ft

115.25

Metric
Figure

DCm-579

37 shows

the

metric

sag and

tension

calculations.

(3-78)

;;c

SAGCALCULATIONS

LOAOIMG

k/e2 vu

Lmear

Factor,

Force
Dead

_L3_

Load

Force

mm Ice

(W)

O@!,&?.kPa

1-5
-qfl

Lgf

N/m

BD2

N/m

Creep

0.00oloo.

N/m

Total

O.OOn

Wind/d:

Resultant
Area

(A)&m&

Temp.

Cc&f.

0.000

(W)

(W)~Jd,

Permanent

N/m
Modulus.

of

Linear

+mm
?

Permanent

kPa
Set

! TYJ..I

Ice
Wtnd (W)
6 Creep

UHSTRESSED LwCTH

Final

Ice.

NO Wmd

(W)

AE

23

GPa

.-7/f

*/7?

SW,N

543.

TENSION, N

/5!16B8.@/?

773

15.5

I
1

49

and tension

calculation

form for insulator

effect

T - W, (sag) = 17 793 - 36.93 1 (0.5432) = 17 772.94 N

a1 = E = l7 772*94 = 481 . 2472 m

w1
36.931

N
N

32

GPa

AE je

SAG, mm

1
1 -11

Figure 37.Sag

H=

klj.rllL

0.0949~~.0~/

-1
No

SAC FACTOR

SPAN LENGTH(S)e&$=3.
L/g

FInal

Irntialr/5.c?0

OGkk.pePC

(E)

Exp:

lnitlal

LOADING

Set O.OOOA

problem

(mtric).

ln~t:

TRANSMISSION

82

H
17 772.94=61
a2 =i? = 288.2292

x, =

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

6625 m
*

- RS) (1.0005) = 61.6625(22.86

a,04

a1

SP = a, sinhX1

= 61.6625

- 2.9274)(1.0005)=2
481.2472

5553 m

= 2.5560 m

sinh ii56f:#5

a2

RSP -RS+SP=2.9274+2.5560=
X2 =a,

X,

=X2

X=M-

sinh-1

RSP=
a2

- X,

=5.4762-

6 1.6625 sinh- 1 ~~~~,5

X, =22.86-

L =a1 sinhX

5.4834 m

2.5553

=2.9209

2.9209=

19.9391

= 48 1.2472 sinh 4fi9i4!f32

= 5.4762 m

= 19.9448

4
W, (a, j2
.2/&y

Luo=L-

xa, + sinh % cash f

36.93 1 (48 1.2472)

= 19 9448 _
= 19.9342

Temperature

2(33

318 479)

= - 18 OC = t,

T = 13 345 N

Assume

H
13 345
a, = - = -=850.6502
15.688
WI
H
a2 =w

13 345
=288.2292

= 46.3000

>
19.9391
+ sinh 481.2472

19.9391

'Osh 481.2472 >

CHAPTER

x1 =

a, (M - RS) (l.0005)
a1

SP= a, sinh$

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

= 46.3000 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1.0005) = 1 0855 m

850.6502

= 46.3000 sinh 41$~~~o = 1.0856 m

RSP = RS + SP = 2.9274 + 1.0856 = 4.0130 m

4.0130
X2 = a, sinh- -RSP = 46.3000 sinh- 1 46.3000 = 4.0080 m
a2

x, =x2 - x,
X=M- x,

= 4.0080 - 1.0855 = 2.9225 m

= 22.86 - 2.9225 = 19.9375 m

L =a, sinhE=

Lu,=L-

850.6502 sinh 8Fi9QJ;b52= 19.9393 m

w12AE
(l I2

_X + sinh _Xco& -x
a1

= 19.9393 -

a1

15.688 (850.6502)2
2(33318479)

a1

19.9375
19.9375
850.6502 Osh 850.6502

= 19.9313 m

t, =

Lu,Lu,e
- Lu, +t,

19.9342
19.9313-(0.000
19.9342
020 7) +(18)=-25030c
=

Assume T= 12 010 Nm H(no load)

H
12 010
a, = - = = 765.5533 m
Wl
15.688

H
12 010
= 41.6682 m
a2 = i? = 288.2292
x1 =

a2 (M - RS) (1.0005) = 41.6682 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1 .OOOS) = 1 0855 m

765.5533
a1

83

84

TRANSMISSION

SP = a, sinh?=

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

41.6682 sinh b;T:852 = 1.0856 m

RSP = RS + SP = 2.9274 + 1.0856 = 4.0130 m

RSP
4.0130
X, =a, sinh- ~
= 41.6682 sinh- 41 .6682 = 4.0068 m
a2

X, = X2 - Xl = 4.0068 - 1.0855 = 2.9213 m

X = M - X, = 22.86 - 2.9213 = 19.9387 m

X
L =a, sinh - = 765.5533 sinh 7F59535y3= 19.9410 m
a1

W,
Lu2

=L

(a,

2*E

x + sinh x cash _x
a1
a1 >

al

15.688 (765.5533)
2 (33 318 479)

= 19.9410-

19.9387 +sinh 19.9387 cash 19.9387

765.5533
765.5533
765.5533 >

= 19.9338 m

t, =

Lu, - Lu,
+t,

Lu,e

Similar

19-9338 - 19*9342 + (- 18) = _ 18.97 OC

19.9342 (0.000 020 7)

calculations

temperatures

were

made

for

five

additional

assumed

Assumed T = H (no load), N

The

resulting
determine
line.

and

the

resulting

Temperature, OC

10 675
9 341
8 007
6 672
6 227

figure,
of the

tensions,

were:

temperatures
the

tensions

t,
t,
t,
t,
t,

are plotted
for the

against

desired

the

= - 11.94
= -2.23
= 11.58
= 33.13
= 43.31

assumed

temperatures

and

tensions
proceed

on figure
in finding

38. Using
the

total

this
sag

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

0
rn
z
W
I-

-23

-13

-5

+5

T EM PERATURE,
Figure 38.-Tension-temperature

At-18OC.T=
H

curve for insulator

11 800N
11 800

a, = - =-z752.1673
15.688
wt

H
11 800
a, =~=~~~,~~9~=40.9396

+I5

+25

+35

c
effect

problem

(metric).

104-D-1067.

+45

TRANSMISSION

86

x
1

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

= a, (M - RS) (1.0005) = 40.9396 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1.0005) = 1 0855 m

752.1673
a1

Xl

SP = a, sinh a, = 40.9396 sinh 40;0983~6= 1.0856 m

RSP = RS + SP = 2.9274 + 1.0856 = 4.013 m

RSP

X, = a, sinh- -

4.013
= 40.9396 sinh- 1 40.9396 = 4.0066 m

a2

X, = X2 - X, = 4.0066 - 1.0855 = 2.9211 m

X = M - X, = 22.86 - 2.9211 = 19.9389 m

D, =a2 (.osh:-

1) =40.9396(cosh4s6-

1) =O.O144m=

14mm

D, =a, (coshz-

1) =40.9396(cosh~~~f~6-

1) =O.l962m=

196mm

D, =o,(coshc-

l) =752.1673(cosh7!~~q368~~3-

l) =0.2643m=264mm

D, = D, + D, - D, = 264 + 196 - 14 = 446 mm

At-

1 OC, T=9220N

9220

a, = - = = 587.7104 m
w,
15.688

H
a2 = k=

9220
= 31.9884m
288.2292

x1 = a, (M - RS) (1.0005) = 3 1.9884 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1.0005) = 1 0855 m

a1
587.7104

SP = a, sinh 2

= 3 1.9884 bnh 31{yii4

= 1.0857 m

CHAPTER

RSP=RS+SP=2.9274+
RSP

X, = a2 sinh- -

a2

II-CONDUCTOR

87

SAGS AND TENSIONS

1.0857=4.0131rn

= 3 1.9884 sinh- 34.y1814 = 4.0026 m

X, = X, - X, = 4.0026 - 1.0855 = 2.9176 m

X = M - X, = 22.86 - 2.9176 = 19.9424 m

D, =a,(cosh:-

1) =31.9884

D, =a2 (coshz-

1) = 31.9884(cosh~~~~~4-

D, =a1 (cash:-

D, =D,

+D,

(cosh31~~~~~4- 1) =O.O184m=

1) =0.2507m=251

l) =587.7104(cosh:89;~7412~4-1)

-D,

=338+251

- 18=571

18mm

mm

=0.3384m=338mm

mm

At 15.5 OC, T = 7740 N

H = ~7740 = 493.3707 m

a = w,

15.688

7740
= 26.8536 m
a2 = w = 288.2292
=

x
1

a2

(M - RS) (1.0005) = 26.8536 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1 .OOOS)= 1 0855 m

493.3707
al

Xl

SP=a? sinh -

a2

= 26.8536 sinh :ey5y6

= 1.0858 m

RSP=RS+SP= 2.9274+ 1.0858=4.0132m

RSP

X, = a, sinh- -

a2

= 26.8536 sinh- l 2:08:3;?6 = 3.9984 m

88

TRANSMISSION
X,

=X2

X=M

- Xl

= 3.9984

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

- 1.0855 = 2.9129 m

- X, = 22.86 - 2.9129 = 19.9471 m

D,=a,(cosh$-

1) =26.8536(~osh:6p88;;5~-

1) =O.O219m=22mm

D, =a,(cosh$-

l) =26.8536(co~h~~~~~~~-

l) =0.2982m=298mm

D, =a, (,osh~-

1) =493.3707(cosh499;83477d7-

D, =D, +D, -D,

At32

l) =0.4033m=403mm

= 403 + 298 - 22 = 679 mm

OC. T=6760N

6760
= ~
= 430.9026 m
a1 = w, 15.688

H
a =w=

x1 =

a2

6760
= 23.4536 m
288.2292
(M - RS) (1.0005) = 23.4536 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1 .OOOS)= 1 0855 m

430.9026

a1

SP = a, sinh 2 = 23.4536 sinh

1.0855
= 1.0859 m
23.4536

RSP = RS + SP = 2.9274 + 1.0859 = 4.0133 m

X2 =a, sinh- !?!f

= 23.4536 sinh- ~~~,j3~6 = 3.9940 m

a2

X, = X2 - Xl = 3.9940 - 1.0855 = 2.9085 m

X=M-

X, =22.86-

2.9085 = 19.9515 m

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

D, =a, (yxh$--

l) = 23.4536 (cash $jp)&T;6 - $ = 0.0251 m = 25 mm

D, =a2 (c~sh$-

1) = 23.4536 (cash :;:23p6

1) =0.3409m =341 mm

D, =a, (cosha$-

1) =430.9026(cosh~~!~~256-

l) =0.4620m=462mm

D, =D,

+D,

- D, =462+341-

25=778mm

At43 OC, T=6260N

H
a1 =w 1

6260
= -=
15.688

399.0311 m

6260
= 21.7188 m
az = ii = 288.2292

x, =

a,@f - RS) (1.0005) = 21.7188 (22.86 - 2.9274) (1.0005) = 1 0855 m

399.03 11
a1

SP=a, sinh;

Xl

1.0855
= 21.7188 sinh 21.7188 = 1.0860 m

RSP=RS+SP=2.9274+

1.0860=4.0134m

X, = a, sinh- RSP = 2 1.7 188 sinh- l ~~~~~8 = 3.9909 m

a2

X, = X2 - X, = 3.9909 - 1.0855 = 2.9054 m

X =M - X, = 22.86 - 2.9054 = 19.9546 m

D, =a, bosh:-

1) =21.7188

(cosh211f!!f~8-

1) =0.0271 m=27mm

90

TRANSMISSION

D, =a, (&$

1) =21.7188

LINE DESIGN

(cosh;;y;;;8-

MANUAL

1) =0.3677rn=368rnm

D3=al(cosh~-I) =399.0311
(coih;g-f,.,~l
-I) =0.4990m=499rnm
D,

=D,

+D,

=499+368-27=840mm

-D,

U. S. Customary
Figure

DC-576

39 shows

the

U.S.

customary

sag and

tension

computations.

(6-76)

&,tL

SAG CALCULATIONS

LOADINGWeight Factws:
Dead Welpht

(W)

1, n 750
St.1

0.
Initial.- &mFd.2d
Fenal. -&?.e.?FX
Loaded. OF
Final. &OF

-5e
-

Computed by -

3/7q

lb

SC,&!?&% @&!-lb

Resultant:

lb

0.000 o//

Ib/ft2 Wind(W)/

90
.*n

Figure 39.-Sag

H = T - W,

a2 =r=H

60

and tension

T>/

Permanent Set 0.009

IbItt

Creep
Total

Ib/ft

2.330

calculation

form

Modulus. (E) Final-x

initial/,.56x

1 SAGFACTOR
1 SAG,ft
FEET

I 0.09d9

lLuf&LLn//

3gg5*53g3 = 202 *3058

19.75

f-t

ft

78

I
/
I
I
I

effect

(sag) = 4000 - 2.5306 (1.78) = 3995.5393 lb

3gg5-53g3 = 1578 8901
2.5306
*

106 lb/i,?
106 lb/in2

Final AE .m
lnttial AE s

150

for insulator

151

o.oo--O.ooa

Ib/ft

per F

SPAE;LENGTH(S)

tnch Ice.

(W)

Ib/ft

Area (A) ti
in2
Temp. Coeff. of Linear Exp.:

oF * UNSTRESSED
1TEMP.
LENGTH

No Ice. No Wind (W)

a,=-=

lb

Date

LOADING
.km

Kfe

Ad.2

o/n

problem

tb
lb

1 SW,Ib

1 TENSION,Ib

I.? 7959

I
I

(U.S. customary).

JImlo

n;d

CHAPTER

x
1

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

= a, (M - RS) (1.0005) = 202.3013 (75 - 9.6) (1 .OOOS)= 8 3838 ft

1578.8901
4

Xl= 202.3058
SP=a2
sinhz

8.3838
sinh 202.3058 = 8.3862 ft

RSP = RS + SP = 9.6 + 8.3862 = 17.9862 ft

X2 = a, sinh- E

= 202.3058 sinh- :a;~~5!8

= 17.9626 ft

a2

X, =X2 - Xl = 17.9626 - 8.3838 = 9.5788 ft

= 75 - 9.5788 = 65.4212 ft

X=M-X,

X
sinh -=

L=a,

1578.8901 sinh l;;;p;;;1

= 65.4399 ft

Lu,=L-

w,

b,

2AE

= 65.4399 -

I2

--X+sinh&c&
a1
i 4

a1 )

2.5306 ( 1578.8901)2
2 (7 490 285)

65.4212
65.4212
65.4212
1578.8901 + sinh 1578.8901 Osh 1578.8901

= 65.4050 ft
Temperature = 0 OF = t,
Assume T = 3000 lb w H (no load)
H = ==
1 1.075
al=w
H
3000
= -=
a, = w
19.75
x
1

2790.6977 ft

151.8987 ft

a, (M - RSI (1 .OOOS) _ 15 1.8987 (75 - 9.60) (1 .OOOS)

SP=a2 sinh:=

Ql

2790.6977
151.8987 sinh 1;.l5;;;7
.

= 3.5618 ft

= 3.5615 ft

91

12

TRANSMISSION

RSP=RStSP=9.6+3.5618=

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

13.1618ft

x2

RSP
= a, sinh- = 151.8987 sinh-

x,

=x2

~~~~91g87= 13.1454 ft

a2

- x,

= 13.1454 - 3.5615 = 9.5839 ft

X =M - X, = 75 - 9.5839 = 65.4161 ft

L = a, sinh:

65.4161
= 2790.6977 sinh 2790.6977 = 65.4221 ft

wl(al)2
LU, =L - 2AE

= 65.4221

x
( c+sinh-f

cosht

1.075 (2790.6977)2
2 (7 490 285)

65.4161
65.4161
65.4161
2790.6977 + sinh 2790.6977 Osh 2790.6977

= 65.3959 ft

Lu, = Lu, + Lu,e(t,

t, =

- to)

Lu, - Lu,
65.3959 - 65.4050 + o = _ 12.10 OF
Lu, e + to = 65.4050 (0.000 011 5)

Assume T = 2700 lb = H (no load)

H
2700
a, = - = 1075=2511.6279ft
WI
*
H
2700
a, = p = 19.75 = 136.7089 ft
x
1

=a,@4 - RS) (1.0005) _ 136.7089 (75 - 9.6) (1.0005)

= 3.5615 ft
2511.6279
a1

SP = a, sinh:

RSP=RS+SP=

= 136.7089 sinh

3.5615
= 3.5619 ft
136.7089

9.6 + 3.5619 = 13.1619 ft

CHAPTER
X2 =a,

sinh-

@E=

II-CONDUCTOR

93

SAGS AND TENSIONS

136.7089 sinh- l 1:; y;899 =

13.1417

ft

a2

X,

=X2

- X,

= 13.1417

- 3.5615

= 9.5802

ft

X = M - X, = 75 - 9.5802 = 65.4198 ft

a,

sinh

Lu, =L-

= 25 11.6279

sinh

65.4198

25 11.6279

F!&&?

= 65.4273 ft

cash -x
a1

1.075 (25 11 .6279)2

2 (7 490 285)

= 65.4273 -

65.4198
65.4198
65.4198
2511.6279 + sinh 25 11.6279 Osh 25 11.6279

= 65.4037 ft

t, =

Lu, - Lu,
Lu,e

Similar
temperatures

+t,

65.4037 - 65.4050
65.4050 (0.000 011 5) = -1*73 OF

calculations
were:

Assumed

were

made

T-- H (no load), lb

2400
2100
1800
1500
1400

At

The
figure,

resulting
determine

of the

line.

0 OF,

temperatures
the tensions

w,

1.075

five

additional

assumed

tensions,

=
=
=
=
=

the

resulting

11.30
28.72
53.58
92.53
110.88

are plotted
against
the assumed
tensions
for the desired temperatures
and proceed

1 ft

and

Temperature, OF
t,
t,
t,
t,
t,

T = 2645 lb

H
2645
= 2460.465
a, = - = -

for

on figure 40. Using

in finding
the total

this
sag

94

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

2600

2400.

2200

;
0v)
z
E

2000

1800.

1600

-20

+20

l 40

T EM PERATURE,
Figure 40.-Tension-temperature

curve for insulator

+80 -

+60

effect

+I00

OF
problem

(U.S. customary).

104-D-1068.

+I20

CHAPTER
a2

=-=

H
w

2645
-=
19.75

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

133.9241 ft

- RS) (1.0005)
133.9241 (75 =
9.60) (1.0005) = 3.5615 ft
a1
2460.465 1

=a,(M
1

SP=a2 sinh$

= 133.9241 sinh 3.5615 = 3.5619 ft

133.9241

RSP=RS+SP=9.6+3.5619=

X2 = a, sinh- 1 Q

13.1619ft

= 133.9241 sinh- 1 l:; kyll

= 13.1408 ft

a2

X, =X2 - X, = 13.1408 - 3.5615 = 9.5793 ft

X = M - X, = 75 - 9.5793 = 65.4207 ft

D,=a,(cosh:-

D, =D,

l) =133.9241(khll~~~~~)481-

+D,

1)=0.6452ft

- D, = 0.8698 + 0.6452 - 0.0474 = 1.4676 ft

At 30 OF, T = 2075 lb
H
2075
a, = - = = 1930.2326 ft
w, 1.075
H _ 2075
a2 = w- = 105.0633 ft
19.75
x

=a,(M-

RS)
Ql

(1.0005) = 105.0433 (75 - 9.60) (1.0005) = 3 5615 ft

1930.2326

95

TRANSMISSION

SP = a, sinh 2 = 105.0633 sinh

RSP=RS+SP=9.60+3.5622
RSP

X, = a, sinh- -

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

3.5615
= 3.5622 ft
105.0633

= 13.1622 ft

= 105.0633 sinh

1~~~6~3 = 13.1280 ft

a2

X, =X2 - Xl = 13.1280 - 3.5615 = 9.5665 ft

X=M-

X, =75- 9.5665 =65.4335 ft

D, =a,(cosh$

1) =105.0633(cosh1;;;;;3-

l)=O.O604ft

D, =a, (ah:

- 1) = 105.0633 (cash ll;;;;;;3

- 1) = 0.8213 ft

D, =a1 (co&:

- 1) = 1930.2326(cash

D, =D,

1;;;;;;6-

1) = 1.1092 ft

+D, - D, = 1.1092 + 0.8213 - 0.0604 = 1.8701 ft

At 60 OF, T = 1733 lb
--

H 1733
a, = - =x=
Wl
.

1612.0930 ft

a, = /f=F5=87.7468
x 1- _ a,

ft

04 - RS) (1 .OOOS) 87.7468

=
(75 9.60) (1 .OOOS) = 3.5615 ft
a1
1612.0930

SP = a, sinh:

= 87.7468 sinh

RSP=RS+SP=9.60+3.5625

3.5615
= 3.5625 ft
87.7468

= 13.1625 ft

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

13.1625
X, = a, sinh- RSP = 87.7468 sinh- 87.7468
= 13.1136 ft
a2

X, =X2 - X, = 13.1136 - 3.5615 = 9.5521 ft

X = M - X, = 75 - 9.5521 = 65.4479 ft

D, =a,

(cosh$-

l) =87.7468(cosh$~~~~8

D, =a2(ysh2-

$ =87.7468(cosh~~:~~~~-

D, =aI(cosht-

- l) =O.O723ft

I) =0.9817ft

l) =1612.0930(xsh1~~~~~~O-

$ =1.3287ft

D, = D, +D, -- D, = 1.3287 + 0.9817 - 0.0723 = 2.2381 ft

At90F,T=15131b

a, = - = g$
WI
*

= 1407.4419 ft

1513
= = 76.6076 ft
a2 =w
19.75
x

Q-2

(M - RS) (l-0005)
a1

= 76.6076 (75 - 9.60) (1 .OOOS) = 3 56 15 ft

1407.4419

SP = a, sinh x, = 76.6076 sinh 7iyo1756 = 3.5628 ft

a2

RSP=RS+SP=9.60+3.5628
RSP

X2 =a2 sinh- -

= 13.1628ft

= 76.6076 sinh- l :ii$i

a2

X, =X2 - X, = 13.0989 - 3.5615= 9.5374 ft

= 13.0989 ft

98

TRANSMISSION

X=M-

X, =75-

9.5374=65.4626

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

ft

D, =a, kosh$

1) =76.6076(cosh;;~;;6-

1) =O.O828ft

D, =a+sh$-

1) =76.6076(cosh;~:~;;~-

l)

D, =a1 (cosh$

D, =D,

1) = 1407.4419 kosh lg4;;;g

+D,-

= 1.1306ft

- 1) =1.5227 ft

D, = 1.5227 + 1.1306 - 0.0828 = 2.5705 ft

At 110 OF:, T = 1405 lb

H
a, = - = E
Wl
.
H
a2 = w

= 1306.9767 ft

1405
== 71.1392 ft
19.75

=a2(M-

= 71.1392 (75 - 9.60) (1.0005) = 3 5615 ft

Ra(1.0005)

1306.9767

a1

SP =a2 sinhs

= 71.1392 sinh ;i5fi12

= 3.5630 ft

a2

RSP=RS+SP=9.60+3.5630=
X2 =a, sinh- l g

13.163Oft

= 71.1392 sinh-

~~:~~~ = 13.0890 ft

a2

X, =X2 - Xl = 13.0890 - 3.5615 = 9.5275 ft

X=M-

X, =75-

D, =a,(cosh~-

9.5275 =65.4725 ft

1) = 71i1392 (cash ~~~1631~2

- 1) = 0.0892 ft

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

99

D, =a,(cosh$ 1) =71.1392(cosh;;~;~;;-1)
= 1.2075ft
65.4725

1306.9767

D,

18.

=D,

- D 1 = 1.6403

+D,

Spans

With

Concentrated

infrequent

and

arrangements
in addition
figure 3.1 .

are used.
to the dead

are confined
Such
force

to the

span

1.
2.
string

Assume

a desired

Calculate
that will

relating
or switchyard

problems
applied.

are complicated
A method
which

ft

ft

to spans
spans

with concentrated
in which

loads

taps

are

or tie-down

by the elastic effects

of the tap or tie-down
adequately
treats
this problem
is shown
on

to this problem
than the method
shown on figure 41 would
be to sag
normal
sag for a given temperature
and then add a calculated
length
for

the

force

may be determined
F. F. Priest:
spring

tension

of the

by the

at some

tie-down,

following

given

see figure

procedure

42. The

which

required

was developed

temperature.

the angle that will be formed

by a vertical
result
from the horizontal
tension
in the

to the tie-down
after installation
3. By multiplying
the length
reflected
length
of the insulator
The difference
in the originally

= 1.6403

= 2.7586

to substation

to compensate

additional
length
of conductor
by a former
Bureau
engineer,

- 0.0892

Loads.-Problems

mainly

Probably
a better
approach
the conductors
to the calculated
of conductor

+ 1.2075

(0 = tan-
H/P).
of the insulator
string
string
is obtained
(i,

line and the position

of the insulator
conductor
and the vertical
force due
by the sine of this
= isin 0).

angle,

the horizontal

between
the length
of the insulator
string as it will lay in the near horizontal
sagged span and its calculated
horizontal
reflected
length
after the tie-down

indicates
the additional
amount
of conductor
same characteristics
as the originally
sagged

required
to give the final
span without
the tie-down.

tied-down

span

position
is made,
about

the

Example
Conductor:
Span length
Force
Spring
Length

Calculate
might
short
the

242 mm2 (477 kcmil),

= 45.7 m (150 ft)

of hardware
on tie-down
tension
at 15.5 C (60
of insulator

sags and

string

tensions

be applicable
during
span, such as in the
insulator

effect

ASCR

24/7

= 444.8 N (100 lb)

OF) = 889.6 N (200
1829

for the

mm

conductor,

lb)

(6 ft)

without

tie-down,

for a range

of temperatures

that

installation.
If the insulator
force will be appreciable
in a comparatively
example
used here, the original
sags should
be determined
by considering

(see sec.

16).

LOO

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

LeveI' Span

Inclined

Span

s = 2PL + wL2

8H
CONCENTRATED LOAD AT

CENTER OF SPAN

H
H-TeH

Level Span

Inclined
S=

Span

L, L, (2P + WL)
2LH

LOAD AT ANY POINT ON

SPAN

=Horizontal
span length between conductor support points, m (ft)
= Horizontal tension in conductor, N (lb)
= Sag, from line of supports at concentrated
load, m (ft)
=Concentrated
load, N (lb)
= Linear force factor
(weight) of conductor, N/m (Ib/ft)
;,L*= Horizontal distance from concentrated
load to points of support, m (ft)

L
H
S
P

Figure 41.Spans

with

concentrated

loads. 104-D-1069.

CHAPTER

II-CONDUCTOR

SAGS AND TENSIONS

i = Length of insulator
string, mm (ft)
length of insulator string,
in - Horizontal reflected
ni = i-iH,
mm (ft)
H - Horizontal
tension in conductor, N (lb)
P - Vertical
force added by tie-down
(hardware
tension) , N (lb)
Figure 42.-Graphical
method for determining
concentrated
load problem. 104-D-1070.

Assume the following

length

(OF)

-18
-1
15.5

(0)
(30)
(60)

mm
625
780
917
1039
1149

For 15.5 OC:

mm

required

by previous

for

calculations:

Tension,

SW,
w

(2.05)
(2.56)
(3.01)
(3.41)
(3.77)

3750
3015
2571
2268
2050

(lb)

(843)
(678)

(578)

(510)
(461)

For 60 OF:
2571/1334.4

e = tan-

578/300

= tan- l 1.926 70

= tan- 1.926 70

= 62.57O

= 62.57O

ih = 1829

(ft)

+ spring

of conductor

sag and tension values have been obtained

Temperature,

e = tan-

additional

101

Sin

8 = 1829 (0.887 57)

= 1623.37 mm
Ai = 1829 - 1623.37 = 205.63 mm

ih = 6 sin 8 = 6 (0.887 57)

= 5.33 ft

Ai = 6 - 5.33 = 0.67 ft = 8 in

TRANSMISSION

102
The

Ai vahle

is the additional

Considering
8 constant
can be made:

for setting

Temperature,
OC
(OFI
-18
-1
15.5
32
49

(0)
(30)

(60)
(90)

(120)

amount

of conductor

the spring

Horizontal
N
3750
3015
2571
2269
2050

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

tension

to be added
at other

to the span after

temperatures,

the

the initial
following

tension,
(lb)

Hardware force,
N
(lb)

Spring tension,
N
(lb)

(843)
(678)
(578)

444.8
444.8
444.8
444.8
444.8

1501
1120
890
733
620

(510)
(461)

(100)
(100)
(100)
(100)
(100)

(337.5)
(251.9)
(200)
(164.7)
(139.3)

sagging.
tabulation

<<Chapter

INSULATION,
19. Insulation
which

will

Coordination.-Insulation

withstand

are three

LIGHTNING
PROTECTION,
CLEARANCEPATTERNS

the

different

voltage

voltage

requirements
(1)

for the
Lightning

(2)
(3)

Switching

coordination

stresses

stresses

to which

to consider

design of high-voltage
voltages,
voltages,

60~HZ voltages,

and
called power

the

AND

is the selection

system

when
transmission

of an insulation

or equipment

determining

III

insulation

structure

will

be subjected.

and

electrical

There
clearance

lines:

frequency

operating

voltages.

The probability
of flashover
must be controlled
so that any system
disturbance
is minor.
Lightning
impulse
voltages
generally
have the highest
values and the highest
rates of voltage
rise.
The time range for these voltages
to crest is about
0.5 to 6 microseconds.
Although
it is impractical
to provide

a sufficiently

high

impulse

conductor
is struck
by an average
This is done by locating
overhead
current
structures

to earth
through
for this purpose.

insulation

strength
ground

Ievel

the steel towers

or through
This diversion
of the current

string
and air gap insulation
values,
and by obtaining
In a region of average
storm intensity
of 30 storm
on the average
of 100 direct
must be used on transmission
The

lightning

current

the tower footing

ground
wire will

l
l

Isoceraunic
Stroke-current

level

clearances

Number

Span length
Midspan
clearance
Number
of insulator

If the
tower,

height
footing

(number
magnitude

the

of tower

Tower
Tower

to follow

a path

and

along

conductor

permissible
strokes

and

voltage

developed
may
divert

wires
provided
by coordinating
low footing
a transmission

when

be controlled.
the lightning
on

wood
pole
the insulator

resistance.
line will

be struck

mi) of line per year. Overhead

ground
wires
lightning
strokes
and shield the conductors.
the shield

wire,

down

the tower,

and through

top of the tower

and the connected
overhead
of the current
resistance
in the tower footing.
and

lightning
protection
design is based primarily
the lightning
performance
of a transmission

a sufficiently
days per year,

strokes
per 161 km (100
lines to take these direct

is expected

the

lightning
flashovers
direct
strokes
and

the ground
is accomplished

resistance
to the ground.
The entire
attain
a high voltage,
mainly
because

An evaluation
acceptable
affecting

to withstand

lightning
stroke,
wires to intercept

overhead

ground

on theory
line are:

of lightning
storm
and wave shape

days

wire

configurations

and experience.

to be expected

each

The

for an

major

factors

year)

resistance
location

of overhead

ground

between
units

conductors

current

to midspan

stroke
to midspan

may

cause

tower

wires
and

(shield

overhead

is more

than

flashovers.
103

angles
ground

twice

the

to conductors)
wires
permissible

stroke

current

to

TRANSMISSION
For

transmission

flashover

rate.

or by

the

lines

lightning
considerations

lightning

must

not

and

will

impulse
could

levels,

an increase

in insulation

strength.

by the

insulation

is determined

may

be dictated

345

kV,

control

primarily

by either

switching

the

probability

insulation

strength
length

impulses,

tower

does
surge

surfaces

so switching

not

any

result

design;

that

have

however,

made

considerations

will

against

is a function

The number
of
surges very low.
on simulated

towers

(extra-high

voltage)

increase

in switching

surge

does

result

field

effect This

dictate

in

of insulators

is due to the electric

proximity

the

factor

protection
surge

At EHV

number

lightning

considerations
prime

expected.
switching

been

shape.

in the

This

is called

the

due to a switching

tower

the

surge

become

in a proportional

increase

strength.

and

surge

on tests

almost

a lo-percent

in switching

of the

is based

by

switching

surges

of flashover

to duplicate

example,

increase

to lightning

The

be made

For

proximity

Above

probably

insulation

adjustments

in a lo-percent

line

characteristics
and the magnitude
of the surges
be selected
to keep the probability
of flashover
from

where
withstand

kV,

rate.

be overlooked.

of the line insulation

insulators
used may
surge

to 345

the line insulation

flashover

flashover

Switching

up

At 345 kV,

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

distortion

effect

the insulation

not

caused

does

values

not

apply

at the

EHV

levels.
Wave

shapes

grouped

for

for

lightning

testing

and

impulses

to provide

and
basic

switching
data

surges

for

are infinite

use in insulation.

in number,

Wave

shape

but

have

been

is defined

by

two

impulse

and

the

parameters:
(1)

The

time

instant

that

the

(2)

The

time

the

impulse

crest

to crest
BIL

have

have
Two

a time

resulted

tail

the

beginning

of the

value.
as the

of the

time

impulse,

interval

at which

trapped

charge

The

between
the

system

Restriking

at the
occurs

builds

Resistors
overvoltages
insulation.

when

up at a faster

in momentary
voltages

time

reestablishment

on the
are
for

of a typical
with

50 to 2000

UHV

transmission

impulse

testing

the

voltage

beginning

is one-half

have

BIL.

surge

of
of the

of line

and

in transmission
the

other

there

towers

switching
line

is high-speed
but

opening.

Transformers

connected

to ground

high-speed
voltage

reclosing
varies

with

period,
breaker

and

the

may

will

reclosing

characteristics,

tests

voltages.

coordination.

reclosing

there

BIL

an increasing
These

surge

insulation

to energization,

The

surges,

between

has been

and equipment.

is similar

surge

shape.

of switching

lies somewhere

developed,

insulation

wave

of 0.5 to 6 microseconds,

Coordination

of transmission

voltage;

SO-microsecond

microseconds,

are of concern

no initial

the

by

lightning

operation

in the

switching

on a 1.2-

coordination

with

switching
the previous

energy

for

is based

from

and

operations

of a line

from

energization.

data

flashovers.

coordinated

ranging
surge

affecting

the range

is usually

switching

latter

level)

is within

As EHV

of switching

The
line

insulation

stress

in better

types
energizing

breaker

between

is defined

parameter

to crest

to crest

of outdoor

tripout.

of the

which
on the

principal

withstand.

is the
on the

interval

its peak

value,

instant,

impulse
time

impulse

60-Hz

amount

the

is the

reaches

to half

is the

(basic

so lightning
and

voltage

and

1.2-microsecond
which

which

value.

Time
The

to crest,

One

following
be energy

normally
becomes

line length,

a line
trapped

dissipate
the

the

same

as

and the state

of switching.
lines
rate

are being
than
of the

deenergized

the dielectric
arc

across

and
strength

the

interrupting

the

recovery

voltage

of the interrupting
contacts

across
medium.

and

can

the

circuit

This

results

produce

extreme

system.
incorporated
EHV
lines

in the closing
stroke
of a breaker
to help reduce
switching
which,
in turn,
helps reduce
the switching
surge requirements

for

surge
line

CHAPTER
Some

causes

III-INSULATION,

of switching

Normal

High-speed

line

Switching

capacitor

Load

Out-of-phase

Reinsertion

Circuit

Current

Power
in the

line

surge

energizing

PROTECTION,

overvoltages

and

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

105

are:

deenergizing

reclosing
banks,

shunt

reactors,

and

cable

circuits

rejection
switching
of series
breaker

capacitors

restriking

chopping

frequency

system

overvoltages

alters

Voltages

Load
Open

LIGHTNING

are caused

or removes

on the

the

unfaulted

rejection
end of a long

Ferroresonance
Although
the clearance

by

condition,
phases

energized

an abnormal
such

during

line

condition

which

exists

until

a change

as:

a phase-to-ground

(Ferranti

fault

effect)

necessary

for power

frequency

voltage

is much

less than

for switching

or lightning,
the clearance
envelope
is very sensitive
to the insulator
swing angle created
Data on extreme
winds during
storms
and their frequency
of occurrence
are necessary
power
frequency
electrical
insulation
clearances.
and
and

surges

by the wind.
to determine

In transmission
line design,
there are two basic insulations
to be considered,
the insulator
string
air. The insulator
swing angle depends
on the diameter-to-force
(weight)
ratio of the conductor,
the ratio
Consideration

(2) switching

of wind
must
surge,

span to low-point
be given to each

and (3) p ower

span.
of the

frequency.

three

of flashover
following
a circuit
breaker
operation.
of tripouts
per 161 km (100 mi) of line per year.
of the mean recurrence
interval.
Bureau
insulators

types

Switching

wood-pole
designs
are based on
with the minimum
air gap between

by a 0.19-kPa

wind

pressure

at 15.5

coordination
the conductor

wires

separation
ground

and

at midspan
wires.

Insulation
included

the

conductors
must

See section
withstand

will

be greater
20 for

must

not

than

minimum

be coordinated

impulse,

on the probability

value
of the
a wind pressure

the impulse
insulation
angle of the suspension

and the air-gap

insulator
strings

sufficient

occur

before

at the structure
midspan
across

so that
flashover
because

flashover
occurs

angle of 30)
the overhead

between

the

at the

structure.

of the impedance

overhead
The

of the overhead

clearances.
the

insulator

string

and

the

air

gap.

Factors

Crest

Maximum

Strength
of air to switching
surges in relation
to the impulse
strength
of the insulators,
the ratio of critical
impulse
to switching
surge withstand
Percent
allowance
made between
withstand
voltage
and critical
flashover
of air, or ratio
withstand

of an insulator

string

withstand

or for a sideswing
at midspan
between

in an evaluation
Maximum
system
factor

of the insulation
operating
voltage

(1) lightning

is based

of the impulse
insulation
and the structure
with

o C on the conductors,
the clearance

whichever
is greater.
For complete
coordination,
ground
wires and the conductor
must be made
ground

stress:

performance

Lightning
performance
is measured
by the number
Power frequency
performance
is measured
in terms

of 0.19 kPa (4 lb/ft*)

at 15.5 C (60 F). On steel structures,
clearance
to the structure
are coordinated
for the sideswing
caused

of voltage

surge

are:

of wave
switching

to critical

surge

overvoltage

flashover

or
of

TRANSMISSION

106
l

Contaminated

Nonstandard

Maximum

this

The

values
the

on unfaulted

phases

factor

switching

that

voltage

can

vary,

of the

wave

is fi

surge

varies

of switching.
is, taking

with

hut
breaker

variation

in the

the surge

magnitude

values

line
surges

length,

for all switching

or two

switching

situations

produce

highest

values.

and

that

barometric
pressure.
The Bureau
surges. Some designers
like

switching

two

extra

units

are

and, on 345-kV
steel
unit and for hot-line

because in addition
transmission
lines
not only frustrating,
original

be included

in the

If a transmission

one

for

construction,
maintenance.

examples
elevation

these

satisfactory

to use

insulation

strengths
test data
surfaces,

as the ratio of the impulse

strength
for
value as a ratio between
withstand
upon
value.

gap length,
wave shape, and
A factor
of 1.1 is used for

examining

the

air

is dependent

fault

voltage

insulation

upon

the

on unfaulted

strength

for

power

one extra insulator

unit is added
to allow
two extra units are added:
for 230-kV
steel

a possible

defective

unit

and

one

for

hot-line

one extra unit is added as a combination

safety unit
These extra units have proven
to be very valuable

calculations

to reduce

shown

initial

in section

Lightning
wrote

in the

basically

costs

as insulation
coordination
is not economical
when

further

of insulation
selection
limit
is governed
by

for three different

the switching
surge

voltages.
impulse

limits
shown
in the tables should
be used for design
discussed
for hot-line
maintenance
and possible
defective

line is to operate

designers,

Westinghouse,

and weighting

design.

The lower of the two elevation

extra insulator
units previously

discussed

of the

by statistical

to the hot-line
maintenance
safety they afford,
they have helped to restrict
Bureau
to minimal
unexplained
flashovers
and outages.
Such flashovers
and outages
are
but they are costly to an electrical
entity
and must be taken into consideration

Tables
16, 17, and 18 show
tables show that the permissible

factors
such
Such design

1.175

factor
for nonstandard
sea level.
1.2 for the maximum

atmosphere,
are used when

added,

The

for

to use a 3-sigma

wood-pole
transmission
line construction,
defective
unit. For 115-kV
steel structures,

construction,
maintenance;
for a defective

uses

surge

the state

distributions
determined
from
upon the proximity
of grounded

flashover,
but since sigma is a variable
depending
we have set 17.5 percent
as a coordination

A factor
of 1.5 for contaminated
phases,
and a safety
factor
of 1.25
frequency
overvoltages.
For 115-kV
for a possible

the

and air gaps are described

by strength
These distributions
will vary depending

and

situations
it is probably

strings
tower.

accepted

can he described

conservative,

contaminated
atmosphere.
An added
altitude
elevation
of the given transmission
line above

20.

switching

To be more

the critical
configuration,

Some

characteristics,

The

is generally

of occurrence.

humidity,
air to the

not

overvoltage

frequency

one

in the

a S-percent

by their

of insulator
on a full-scale

and
gap

crest

at the time

distribution;

etc.)

(altitude)

voltage

operating

The

maximum

system

MANUAL

of safety

maximum

limit.

(chemicals,

density

fault

Factor

The

atmosphere
air

LINE DESIGN

purposes.
The
units, should

tables.

problem

of lines

These
values.

free,

or because

then
of lack

insulation
of facts,

coordination
have

is a necessity.

chosen

to ignore

some

which
results
in lines that have many
unexplained
outages.
considered
over a period
of time._Insulation
coordination
is

21.

Protectioma series

In 1930, C. L. Fortescue,
a consulting
transmission
line engineer
with
of articles
on lightning
investigations
that were published
in Electrical

Joumm!

He advanced

the theory

strokes

of lightning.

Previous

that

high-voltage

to that

time,

transmission
transmission

lines
lines

should
were

be protected
designed

on

from
the

direct
basis

of

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

LIGHTNING

PROTECTION,

Table 16.-Insulation

selection

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

107

for 345 kV
Switching surge
impulse,
positive critical

Power
frequency,
60-Hz wet

a. Overvoltage

1.05

1.05

b. Crest factor

1.414

c. Switching surge

2.5

d. Ratio of critical impulse to switching surge

1.175

e. Ratio of withstand

1.175

1.175

1.1

1.5

1.15

1.25

f. Contaminated

to critical flashover voltage

atmosphere

g. Factor of safety
h. Rise due to line faults
Total withstand

1.2

multiplying

factor (at sea level). Product of (a) through

Normal line to neutral, 345/G

Total withstand multiplying
neutral voltage

(h)

2.78

1291 kV

554 kV

1585 kV

690 kV

= 199.2 kV
factor (at sea level) times normal line to

Flashover of 18 insulator units, 146 by 267 mm (5-3/4 by 10-l/2 in), from

table B-7 in appendix B
Factor for nonstandard

6.48

1585/1291

air density (altitude)

namely,

that

6901554 = 1.25

2154 m (7068 ft)

From table B-10 in appendix B, permissible elevation limit

induced-stroke assumption;

= 1.23

a charge

cloud

in the vicinity

2362 m (7750 ft)

of the transmission

line,

with

its accompanying
gradient
of voltage
to ground,
would
bind a charge
on the line. The discharge
of
the cloud to any object
other than a transmission
line, would
release this bound
charge,
which
was
then free to travel
along the line seeking
a path
to ground.
However,
induced
voltage
gradients
appearing
on transmission
lines during
account
for the damage
to the lines.
high-voltage
lines. Complete
protection

nearby
lightning
discharges
have proved
to be too low to
The direct-stroke
theory
is now generally
accepted
for
against
direct
strokes
requires
a shield to prevent
lightning

from
striking
the electrical
conductors,
together
with
adequate
adequate
drainage
facilities
so that
the discharge
can drain
conductors.
The shielding
method
does not allow the formation
to ground.
An alternative
nonshielding
method
tubes or ground
fault neutralizers,
does allow
conductors
four basic

but provides
requirements

of protection
an arc to form

a means for quenching

for the design of a line

Adequate
the full

clearance
effectiveness

level

used

in the

must

line

design.

such as protector
structure
and the

the
theory

be locatd

from the line conductor

to the tower or ground
of the insulating
structure
can be obtained.

(3)
Adequate
clearances
from overhead
especially
at midspan,
to prevent
flashover
voltage

strength

of the structures
and
without
affecting
the
from the line conductor

by auxiliary
devices,
between
the ground

the arc without

interrupting
based on the direct-stroke

(1)
Ground
wires with sufficient
mechanical
the line conductors
from direct
strokes.
(2)
so that

insulation
to ground
of an arc

ground
wires to conductors
to the conductors
for voltages

line
are:

circuit.

to adequately
must

The
shield

be maintained

must be maintained,
up to the protective

TRANSMISSION

108

LINE DESIGN

Table 17.-Insulation

MANUAL

selection for 230 kV

Switching surge
impulse,
positive critical

Power
frequency,
60-Hz wet

a. Overvoltage

1.05

1.05

b. Crest factor

1.414

c. Switching surge

2.5

d. Ratio of critical impulse to switching surge

1.175

e. Ratio of withstand to critical flashover voltage

1.175

1.175

f. Contaminated

1.1

1.5

1.2

1.25

atmosphere

g. Factor of safety
h. Rise due to line faults
Total withstand

1.2

multiplying

factor (at sea level). Product of (a) through (h)

Normal line to neutral, 230/a

Total withstand multiplying
neutral voltage

6.76

= 132.8 kV
factor (at sea level) times normal line to

Flashover of 12 insulator units, 146 by 254 mm (S-3/4 by 10 in), from table

B-7 in appendix B
Factor for nonstandard

air density (altitude)

898 kV

369 kV

1105 kV

490 kV

1105/898

From table B-10 in appendix B, permissible elevation limit

overhead
ground
wires are not normally
used
ground
wires are used for a distance
of 0.8 km
the entire
length
of line. On lines of 115 kV
for the entire length of the line. On transmission
(3/8-in),

7-wire,

above

are used.

high-strength

lines,

13-mm

On lines

or for extra
so that the

long
extra

saline fogs occur,

corrosion
resistant
overhead
extended
a straight

where
spans,
heavy

galvanized

(l/2-in),
very

7 -wire,
heavy

line

ice loading,

through

the

overhead

maximum
angle of 30 o with the vertical.
to give a maximum
angle of proteetion
the

angle

steel

strand
radial

is used

for overhead

galvanized

steel

ice thickness

of protection

should

adequately,

ground

strand

of 25 mm

On 230
ground

(1 in) or more,

the

poles

the overhead
the terrain
to maintain

kV

wires
occurs
wires
where

it is desirable
to use a more
wires. In order to locate the
in wood-pole

of protection
at tangent
structures.
ground
wire and the outside
conductor

At steel towers,
of 20 O. Where
be decreased
in order

wires.

overhead

steel for the overhead

ground
sag. In areas near a sea coast,

and in other areas having

a contaminated
atmosphere,
material
such as Alumoweld
for the overhead
ground

drawn

must be obtained.
are used on all lines using
For standard
construction,

and higher,
overhead
ground
wires normally
are used
lines for voltages
up to and including
161 kV, lo-mm

high-strength

the conductors
a 30
cone

3139 m (10 299 ft)

on lines of 46 kV or less. On 69.kV

lines, overhead
(0.5 mi) in each direction
from the substations
or for

it is desirable
to use extra-high-strength
loads may be carried
without
excessive

ground
wires to shield
high enough
to provide

4901369 = 1.32

= 1.23

2154 m (7068 ft)

(4)
Tower
footing
impedances
as low as economically
justified
To meet the first of these requirements,
two overhead
ground
wires
H-frame
wood-pole
construction
and generally
on all steel tower
lines.

and

2.78

ground

wires

lines

should

be

This means that

should
make a
should

be located

slopes across a transmission

line,
an angle of less than
30
for

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

LIGHTNING

PROTECTION,

Table 18.~Insulation

CLEARANCE

109

PATTERNS

selection for I I5 kV
Switching surge
impulse,
positive critical

Power
frequency,
60-Hz wet

a. Overvoltage

1.05

1.05

b. Crest factor

1.414

c. Switching surge

2.8

d. Ratio of critical impulse to switching surge

1.175

e. Ratio of withstand

1.175

1.175

1.1

1.5

1.2

1.25

f. Contaminated

to critical flashover voltage

atmosphere

g. Factor of safety
h. Rise due to line faults
Total withstand

1.2

multiplying

factor (at sea level). Product of (a) through

Normal line to neutral, 115/fi=

Total withstand multiplying
neutral voltage

(h)

2.78

503 kV

185 kV

610 kV

255 kV

66.4 kV

factor (at sea level) times normal line to

Flashover of 6 insulator units, 146 by 254 mm (5-3/4 by 10 in), from

table B-7 in appendix B
Factor for nonstandard

7.57

610/503

air density (altitude)

From table B-10 in appendix B, permissible elevation limit

= 1.21

255/185

1946 m (6386 ft)

= 1.38

3864 m (12 676 ft)

A switching surge value of 2.8 is a more realistic value for 115-kV lines than the 2.5 value used for 230- and 345-kV lines.

wood-pole
the

lines,

overhead

and

ground

less than
wire

earth.
If steel towers
exceed
indicated
on figure 43.
To

maintain

between
voltages
lightning

adequate

20 o for steel

and

the

38.1

m (125

clearance

ft)

in height,
the

These
and
the

angles

a line
angle

structure

would

be between

perpendicular
or protection

and

the

a line

to the
should

conductors,

the

through

surface

of the

be reduced
air-gap

as

distance

any conductor
and the structure
should
be sufficient
to coordinate
the impulse
flashover
of the air gap and the insulation
used on the structures,
under
the conditions
at which
is likely to occur.
Almost
all electrical
storms
occur at temperatures
between
minus
1 and

designs are based

air gap between
15.5 OC (60
is measured

a sideswing

lines.

conductor,

between

32 OC (30 and 90 OF), and are not

insulation
suspension

tower

outside

on coordination
the conductor

likely

to occur

OF). 0 n wood-pole structures

between
the conductor
and

and the
insulator

air-gap
clearance
strings
caused

of 30 O, whichever

between

the overhead

between

the ground

ground
wires

and

simultaneously

of the impulse
insulation
and the structure
with

high

winds.

Therefore,

Bureau

of the insulators
with the minimum
pressure
of 0.19 kPa (4 lb/fta)
at

having
ground
wires running
the pole ground
wire.
On

down the pole,

steel structures,

the clearance
the impulse

to the structure
are coordinated
for the sideswing
angle
by a 0.14kPa
wind pressure
on the conductors
at 15.5 C

is greater.
wires

with

value
a wind

and

For

complete

the conductors

the conductors

will

not

coordination,
must

occur

be made
before

the
great

flashover

clearance

enough
occurs

of the
or for

at midspan

so that

flashover

at the

structure.

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

(50)
15.2

(70)
21.3

(90)
27.4

(130)
39.6

(110)
33.5

(150)
45.7

TOWER HEIGHT, meters

Figure 43.-Reduction

Because
than

of the

at the

length
and

of angle of protection

impedance

structure.

of span,
an outage

shows

the

span

lengths.

and

of the
The

the

structure

probability

minimum

overhead

amount

ground

of separation
footing

clearances

between

voltages

have

very

little

tabulation

is satisfactory

tabulation,

the sag in the overhead

for voltages

80 percent

of the

sag of the

to the

conductor

115

at this

separation

depends

desired

structure

per year,

ground

height.

at midspan

on the

a 15-ohm
of line

wires

and

the

104-D-1071.

must

be greater

protection
footing

level,
resistance

following

tabulation

conductors

for

various

(15)

4.6
6.1
7.3
9.7
11.3
11.9
13.7
15.5
17.4

(800)

wire

to structure

Midspan spacing,
m
w

(1000)
(1150)
(1200)
(1400)
(1600)
(1800)

from
ground

mi)

overhead

(700)

relationship

the

Assuming

(600)

183
213
244
305
350
366
427
488
549

according

wires,

161 km (100

Span length,
m
et)

Line

lightning

(feet)

required

resistance.

of 1 or less per

midspan

against

(feet)
( meters 1

(190)
57.9

(170)
5 I.8

(20)
(24)
(32)
(37)
(3%
(45)
(51)
(57)

required

to 500 kV.
at 15.5

midspan
For

C (60

temperature.

spans

clearances,
longer

F) no load,

than
should

so the
those

preceding

shown

be equal

in the
to about

CHAPTER
Lightning
60-Hz

performance

value

slightly

III-INSULATION,

usually

less than

the

60-Hz

less. For

based

best

on the

All

structures

because
path

pole.

under
The

structures,

between

through

to each

desert

is fastened

protection

centerline

of the

tower
I5

the

PATTERNS
footing,

ohms,

of resistance,

wires

the

resistance

wires

should

111

rather

the

surge

surge

to the

pole

surge

than

the

resistance

resistance
should

is

measures

be estimated,

structures,
to reinforcing

(such

as in rocky,

one on each
305

mm

and

(12

a ground
down

turns

grounding
bars

the

brought

into

each

to 18 in) below

ground

the

of the
S-pole
surface

accomplished
or in sandy,

when

a high

level

of

7.6 m (25 ft) from

structure

earth

the reinforcing

terrain

at least

butt

all 2- and

welding

is used

of No.

of the pole,

the

At

mountainous

are placed

wire

is usually

and

at the top

the face

around

staples.

counterpoise

wires

side,

to 457

carried

impedance

together

(18 to 24 in) below

angles

counterpoise

structures,

spiral

grounded

on a low

be tied

of Copperweld

continuous

be adequately

depends

should

wires,

complete

On steel

stub

resistivity

line,

ground

457 to 610 mm

or a double

are buried

they

On wood-pole

by means

on each pole.

two

protection

wires,

five

placed

The

transmission

ground

wrapped

of high

ground

for lightning

to ground.

by welding

is desired.

overhead

wires

and

counterpoise

wires

values

to the overhead

pole,

footings
In areas

counterpoise

of the

up to about

15 ohms,

overhead

connection

the ground

lightning
The

is connected

wire

a radial

having

ground

are two

of the

other.

areas)

lines

butt

the concrete

higher
above

the impedance

an underground

is made
bars

there

wire

for

CLEARANCE

data.

to reduce

ground

but

of these

Where

the

resistance

surge

resistances

resistances

in transmission

Copperweld

passed

on the
footing

value,

available

of each structure
AWG

For

footing

the effectiveness

to ground.

PROTECTION,

is dependent

measured.

considerably

LIGHTNING

and

surface.

the

attached.
Figure

B-5

in appendix
An AIEE

B shows ground
resistivity
values
in ohm-meters
for the United
States.
Committee
Report
published
in 1950 [ 131 was updated
and expanded
by Clayton
and
in 1964 [14]. Th e method
presented
in these reports
consists of groups of curves that are based

Young

on typical
span

horizontal

lengths,

insulator

to 700 kV.

discussed.
For studying

quantities,

that

21.

Conductor

anticipated

Type

Loading
area where
Minimum
conductor
Angle
of protection

l
l

of towers

required

Maximum
line deflection
Ruling
span length

Insulation

1 Numbers

vertical,
at each

sum
spans

in brackets

(single

the line
spacing
(against

Maximum
adjacent

outages

Patterns.-Before

Longitudinal,
ground
wires

these

The

curves

footing
curves,

on

wire

configurations,

cover

a voltage

resistances
use surge

transmission

for

range

a desired

resistance

lines

a range

I I5

performance

values

of 345 kV

from

of

as previously

and

above,

it is

a designer

can design

steel

towers

must

afford

for a transmission

be known:

using

and

ground

be used.

must

When

overhead

resistances.

quantities

lightning

[15]

Clearance
data

and

and footing

the curves.

reference

following

conductor

of insulator

from
the

suggested

the

vertical

Combinations

can be determined

line,

and

or double

circuit)

is to be constructed
lightning)

that

and transverse
loading
attachment
point

of adjacent

the

ground

under

wires

full-load

conditions

the
for

conductors

conductors

and

angle
spans,

and

coordination
refer to items in the Bibliography.

the

maximum

distance

between

low

points

of the

TRANSMISSION

112
It is the
the
20;

responsibility

required
data
and insulation

discussed
To

in section
any

insulation
and

line

designer

clearance

conductor

and

the

considering

power

frequency)

required

for the

indicted

on figure

to provide

The angle
construction

all of the

of protection
of conductor

above

data.

Most

of

is discussed
in section
clearance
patterns,
is

19.

adequate

structure

transmission

can be calculated
or approximated.
coordination,
the basis for the

maintain

between
surge,

of the

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

three

between
structure

each

the

stresses

structure

should

of the three

under

voltage

the

condition
are,

and

be sufficient
types

the

to coordinate

of voltage

at which

in general,

conductors,

each

described

stress
is likely
by the

air-gap

the

(lightning

gap

and

the

impulse,

switching

The

clearances

to govern.
three

air

distance

superimposed

patterns

44.

///////////

/l////

Figure 44Auperimposed
clearance
voltage stresses. 104-D-1072.

patterns

Insulator

for the three types of

Bureau
designs for wood-pole
structures
are based on coordination
of the impulse
insulation
value
of the insulators
with the minimum
air gap between
the conductor
and structure,
and a wind pressure
of 0.19 kPa (4 lb/ft2)
at 15.5 C (60 F). On steel structures,
the impulse
insulation
of the insulator
string

and

the

air-gap

clearance

to the

structure

are

coordinated

suspension
insulator
strings
caused by a 0.19-kPa
wind pressure
for a sideswing
angle of 30 O, whichever
is greater.
In the normal
string,
10 percent
is added to the impulse
value of the insulator
used

for clearance

to the

structure.

For

the

power

frequency

for

the

sideswing

clearance,

the

maximum

0.43 to 0.48 kPa (9 to 10 lb/ft2),

in the area where the line is to be located,
swing of the insulator
string.
An air gap equivalent
to the wet 60-Hz flashover
string
is used for the clearance
envelope.
An

example

Example
Assume
644

mm2

problem

on constructing

the

clearance

patterns

angle

wind,

(1272

transmission,
kcmil),

ACSR,

line
45/7

follows.

with:
d u pl ex conductor.

The

following

data

usually

is used to define
the
value of the insulator

Problem
a 345-kV

of the

at 15.5 C on the conductors

or
or vertical
position
of the insulator
string
and an equivalent
air gap is

is also

assumed:

CHAPTER
Maximum
Ruling

initial

III-INSULATION,
tension

per

LIGHTNING

PROTECTION,

conductor

span

18 insulator
units per string
146 by 267 mm (5-3/4
by
Length

per

(single

10-l/2

53 378

350.5

N (12 000

3099

mm

(122

in)

3277

mm

(129

in)

1500.8

m (1150

PATTERNS

113

lb)

ft)

in)

string

conductor)

(duplex

conductor)

Vertical

CLEARANCE

force

(weight)

per string

N (337.4

lb)

Wind
Everyday

maximum

0.19

kPa

(4 lb/ft2)

Maximum
Design
for

design
a minimum

0.43

kPa

(9 lb/ft2)

Calculations
Sag and tension

to be made
calculations

low-point

distance

at 15.5 C
are shown

L,ear

I TEMP..,
/ oC
UNSTRESSED LENGTH1

LOADING
/3mm

NO Ice.

-mm
0,kPa

sr
AE

to one-third
45 and

Force

the

sum

of adjacent

46.

SAG,mm

SAG FACTOR

350.5

SW.N

(W)

Ice
Wind (W)

Figure 45.-Sag

and tension

calculation

spans.

Factor

SPANLENGTHW

Ice

No W\nd

equal

(60 F).
on figures

form for clearance

pattern

problem

(metric).

TENSION, N

TRANSMISSION

114

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

;;;FL

SAGCALCULATIONS
L43qpJ

CONDUCTOR /'972
Code

Name
Rated

Breaking

Dmmeter

Load

,!..&&

Tension

+/Am.

Final.

-//DF
AcF

Fml.

6oF

Computed

by ~

/.I/

366

SC R

lb

Area

50

% 17

lb

TemD.

% -lb

TEdp-I

/.

Wind

(A)

(W)

J!&&!-

Coeff.

0.000

tIllSTRESSED

LEI(CTH(

O//

,323

Creep

O.OOQ&2---

/7:

7817

lb/f:

Tolal

0.0009,17

2,

977-3

lblft
Modulus,

(E)

Exp.:

z?

Final

9.35

lnltial

per F

Set 0.000

lb/f1

in2
of Linear

Permanent

Ib/ft

5816

Final

1 SAC FACTOR

SAG.ft

wx

AE

InltialAE

SPAH LENGTH(S) //5D

_ lee__

No Wind

(w)

(w.)

Resultant:

_25_

Inch

Ice.

lb

lb

Date

LOADING

weight
Ice

jL
2&

Facrors.

Dead

Llmltarlons:

Loaded.

No

lb

180

L$k.y

LOADING h
Weight

,?d
Inch

l8,~4,+F

%
___

ACSR 5

km//
1 ern

4
;

48

x 106

lb/~+?

103

lb/&?

J?Ofl

??/L

SW ih

:,

TENSION. lb

FEET

(W)

Figure 46.-Sag

and tension

calculation

form

for clearance

pattern

problem

(U.S. customary).

Metric

A 0.191 52-kPa wind per meter of conductor =

A 0.430 92-kPa wind per meter of conductor =

(0.430 92) (1000) = 14.722 N/m

U. S. Customary

A 4-lb/ft

wind per foot of conductor =

A 9-lb/ft2 wind per foot of conductor =

The

vertical

plus

one-half

load
the

due to conductor

low-point

insulator

per

weight

distance

equal

to one-third

the sum of adjacent

spans

conductor:

Metric

For duplex conductor line: (350*5)

3 (2) (20 .928) + -1500*8 = 4890.2 + 375.2 = 5265.4 N
4

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

LIGHTNING

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

For single conductor line: (350.5) (2) (20 928) + -1500.8 = 4890.2 + 750.4 = 5640.6 N
3
*
2
U. S. Customary

For duplex conductor line: (1150)

3 (2) (1 .434) + -337.4 = 1099.4 + 84.3 = 1183.7 lb
4
For single conductor line: (1150)(2)
3
Compute

8 (angle

Metric

(0.191

of insulator
52-kPa

swing)

wind,

line

for

(1 .434)+337.4=
2
the

following

1099.4 + 168.7 = 1268.1 lb

conditions:

angle)

Wind = 350.5 (6.542) = 2293 N

fj = tan- 1 - 2293 = tan- 0.435 48 = 23O32, for one conductor of duplex
5265.4
/J

tan-

- 2293
= tan- 0.406 52 = 22OO7, for single conductor
5640.6

U.S. Customary (4-lb/ft2

wind,

Wind = 1150(0.4483)

tan-l

line

angle)

= 515.55 lb

515.55
= tan- * 0.435 54 = 23O32, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7

515.55
0 = tan- -1268.1 = tan- 0.406 55 = 22OO7, for single conductor

Metric (0.430

92-kPa

wind,

line

angle)

Wind = 350.5 (14.722) = 5 160.06 N

~9= tan-

5 160.06
5265.4 = tan- 0.979 99 = 4425,

for one conductor of duplex

0 = tan- l 5516$)boi = tan- 0.9 14 8 1 = 42O27, for single conductor

115

TRANSMISSION

116

U.S. Customary (9-lb/ft2

wind,

Wind = 1150(1.0088)
(j = tan l 1116~~lf

0 = tan-

Metric

wind,

line

angle)

= 1160.12 lb

= tan- 1 0.980 08 = 44O25, for one conductor of duplex

l 11~~~ 112 = tan-

(No

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

line

l 0.914 85 = 42O27, for single conductor

angle)

2T sin 2S = 2 (23 916) (0.043 62) = 2086.43

2086.43
5265 4 = tan -l 0.396 25 =2137,

0 = tan-

(j = tan l 2~~&4~

U.S. Customary (No

for one conductor of duplex

= tan- l 0.369 90 = 20 18, for single conductor

wind,

5 O line

angle)

2T sin 2.5 = 2 (5377) (0.043 62) = 469.09

tan-

46909

1183.7 = tan
8 = tan-

Metric

l s

(0.191

= tan-

52-kPa

wind,

- 0.396 29 = 21037, for one conductor of duplex

l 0.369 91 = 20 18, for single conductor

line

angle)

2T sin 2.5 = 2 (24 985) (0.043 62) = 2179.69

e = tan- l

2179.69 + 2293 = tanl 0.849 45 = 40020, for one conductor of duplex

5265.4

e = tan- l

2179.69 + 2293 =,tanl 0.792 95 = 38O24, for single conductor

5640.6

CHAPTER

Customary

U.S.

III-INSULATION,
(4-lb/ft2

wind,

LIGHTNING
5 O line

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

angle)

2T sin 2.5O = 2 (5617) (0.043 62) = 490.03

6 = tan- l

490.03 + 515.55
= tan- 1 0.849 52 = 40020, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7

e = tan-,

490.03 + 515.55
= tan- 1 0.792 98 = 3824, for single conductor
1268.1

Metric

(0.430

92-kPa

wind,

line

angle)

2T sin 2.5O = 2 (28 883) (0.043 62) = 2519.75

e = tan-l

2519.75 + 5160.06
= tan- * 1.4585 = 55O34, for one conductor of duplex
5265.4

8 = tan- l

2519.75 + 5160.06
= tan- 1 1.36 15 = 53O42, for single conductor
5640.6

Customary

U.S.

(9-lb/f@

wind,

5 O line

angle)

2T sin 2.5O = 2 (6494) (0.043 62) = 566.54

e = tan-I 566.54+ 1160.12

= tan- 1 1.4587 = 55034, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7
e = tan- 1 566.54 + 1160.12
= tan-
1268.1

Metric

(No

wind,

15 line

1.3616 = 53O42, for single conductor

angle)

2T sin 7.5O = 2 (23 916) (0.130 53) = 6243.51

tmwl

6243.51

5265.4 = tan
e = b-

- l 1.1858 = 49O5 1 , for one conductor of duplex

i 6243.51
= tan- 1 1.1069 = 47O 54, for single conductor
5640.6

117

TRANSMISSION

118

Customary

U.S.

(No

wind,

15 O line

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

angle)

2T sin 7.S = 2 (5377) (0.130 53) = 1403.72

1403.72 = tan- 1 1.1858 = 4905 1, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7

8 =tan-

e = TV- 1 1403.72
= tan- 1.1069 = 47O 54, for single conductor
1268.1

Metric

(0.191

52-kPa

2T sin 79
e = tan-l

wind,

15

line

angle)

= 2 (24 985) (0.130 53) = 6522.58

6522.58 + 2293 = tan-
5265.4

1.6742 = 59OO9, for one conductor of duplex

e = tan- l 6522.58 + 2293 = tan- 1 1.5629 = 57O23, for single conductor

5640.6

U.S.

Customary

(4-lb/ft2

wind,

15

line

angle)

2T sin 7.5 = 2 (5617) (0.130 53) = 1466.37

e =tan-

1466.37 + 515.55
= tan 1 1.6743 = 59OO9, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7

8 = tan-

1466.37 + 515.55 = tan-l

1268.1

Metric

(0.430

92-kPa

wind,

15

line

1.5629 = $7O23, for single conductor

angle)

2T sin 7.5O = 2 (28 883) (0.130 53) = 7540.20

I:=Qn

7540.20 + 5 160.06
= tan-
5265.4

e = TV- 1 7540.20 + 5160.06

= tan-
5640.6

2.4119 = 67O29, for one conductor of duplex

2.25 16 = 66OO3, for single conductor

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

Customary (9-lb/ft2

U.S.

wind,

LIGHTNING
15O

line

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

angle)

2T sin 7.5O = 2 (6494) (0.130 53) = 1695.32

1695.32 + 1160.12
= tan- 1 2.4 123 = 67O29, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7

0 = tan-

1695.32 + 1160.12 = tanl 2.2517 = 66OO3, for single conductor

1268.1

8 = tan-

Metric

(-0.191

8 = tan-

5%kPa

f 2179..69

wind,

- 2293

5265.4
8 = tan-,

U.S.

Customary

line

angle)

-0.021 52 = -lo 14, for one conductor of duplex

= tan

2179.69 - 2293
= tan- 1 - 0.020 09 = -109, for single conductor
5640.6

(-4-lb/ft2

wind,

line

angle)

e = tan- 1

490.03 - 515.55 = tm
1183.7

-0.021 56 = -lo 14, for one conductor of duplex

8 = tan

490.03 - 515.55
ztm-1
1268.1

-0.020 12 = -109, for single conductor

Metric

(-0.430

B = tan-l

9%kPa
2519.75

wind,

5 O line

- 5160.06

5265.4
8 = tan-l

U.S.

Custmmy

B = tm-l

angle)

= tan-l -0.501 44 = -2638,

2519.75 - 5160.06
=tm-
5640.6

(-9-lb/ft2

wind,

5 O line

566.54- 1160.12= tm-l

1183.7

for one conductor of duplex

-0.468 09 = -25OO5 , for single conductor

angle)

-o . 501 46 = -26O38, for one conductor of duplex

0 = tan- 1 56654 - 60*1 2 = tan- l k 0.468 09 = -25OOS , for single conductor

1268.1

119

120

TRANSMISSION

Metric

(-0.191

52-kPa

wind,

15

MANUAL

line angle)

e = tan- 1 6522.58 - 2293

= tan-
5265.4
13= tan-

LINE DESIGN

0.803 28 = 38O46, for one conductor of duplex

6522.58 - 2293
= tan- l 0.749 84 = 36O5 l, for single conductor
5640.6

U.S. Customary (-4-lb/ft2

wind,

15 O line angle)

e =tan-

- 5 15.55
1466.371183.7
= tan- 1 0.803 26 = 38O46, for one conductor of duplex

8 =tan-

1466.37 - 515.55
= tan
1268.1

Metric

(-0.430

92-kPa

wind,

0.749 80 = 36O51, for single conductor

15 o line angle)

8 = tan-

7540.20 - 5 160.06
= tan- 0.452 03 = 24O 19, for one conductor of duplex
5265.4

e = tan- 1

7540.20 - 5 160.06
= tan- 1 0.421 97 = 22O52, for single conductor
5640.6

U.S. Customary (-9-lb/fts

8 =twl

e=ta-l

wind,

15 O line angle)

1695.32 - 1160.12 = tan 0.452 14 = 24O 19, for one conductor of duplex
1183.7
1695.32 1160.12 = tan- 1 0.422 05 = 22O52, for single conductor
1268.1

Determine the critical positive impulse flashover value and the 60-Hz wet flashover value of the
insulator string to be used. Determine the lengths of air gaps that are electrically equivalent to the
critical positive impulse flashover, equivalent to the impulse flashover plus 10 percent, and equivalent
to the 60-Hz wet flashover. These values may be obtained from catalog data or from the tables in
appendix B.
For example:
1. For 18 insulator units, the critical positive impulse flashover is 1585 kV (table B-7,
app. B).
2. 1585 kV plus 10 percent equals 1744 kV.
3. The SO-Hz wet flashover for 18 units is 690 kV (table B-7, app. B).
4. The equivalent air gaps for l., 2., and 3. are 2642,2921, and 2083 mm (104,115, and
82 in), respectively (table B-8, app. B).

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

LIGHTNING

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

-Bottom

of crossarm

PATTERNS

121

1524 mm (i-6)

Conductor elevation
center of tower

Conductor elevation at
edge of tower, high
side of 1:5 ground

at

Conductor elevation at
edge of tower, level span
Conductor elevation at edge
of tower, low side of
1:5 ground slope

NOTES:
Conductor = 644 mm2 (1272 kcmil), ACSR, 45/ 7.
Sag at 15.5 C (60 OF)=I3 628 mm (44.71 ft) for a 350.5-m (1150-ft) span.
Conductor elevation
at edge of, cage:
bktriC:
1.219/350.5=0.35%
of span = 1.5% of sag =204 mm.
U.S. Customary: 4/1150 = 0.35 % of span = 1.5% of sog = 0.67 ft= 8.1 in.
Assume ground slope of I in 5 equivalent to 244 mm (0.8 ft=9.6
in) additional
sag at edge of tower.
On low side of tower, total drop of conductor at edge of tower=448 mm (17.7 in).
On high side of tower, assume conductor sag cancels effect of ground slope.
Fire

47.-Assumed

dimensions

for side view of structure

at conductor

elevation.

104-D-1073.

Figure 47 shows the assumed dimensions of the sideview of the tower at the conductor elevation.
Clearance patterns for two structure types, a tangent structure and an angle structure capable of
taking line angles between 5 O and 15 O, have been constructed for two cases: (1) for duplex conductor,
and (2) a single conductor. These clearance patterns are shown on figures 48, 49, 50, and 51.
The clearance pattern shown on figure 48 has been noted to illustrate the following discussion on
construction
of the clearance pattern. After selecting a scale, begin constructing
the pattern by
striking a 180 arc with a radius equal to the length of the insulator string as it hangs normally;
the center of the arc represents the attachment point of the insulator string at the tower. By looking
at a side view of the tower (fig. 47), it can be seen that the electrical clearance between the conductor
and steel will be most critical at the edge of the tower because of the sag in the conductor. To account
for this, draw a second arc parallel to the first, but with the radius increased by the amount of the
conductor sag at the edge of the tower. These arcs represent the possible locations of the conductor
(short radius at the centerline of the tower, and long radius at the edge of the tower) at the end of
the insulator string, or the centerline between conductors if duplex conductors are used. Draw radii
representing the insulator string as it hangs normally and at its positions with the different wind

TRANSMISSION

122
pressures
edge

and

of the

strike

line

tower

arcs to form

air gaps

previously

equal

to the

drawn

from

angles,
(fig.

as applicable.

47)

for

an envelope

the

the 0.19-kPa

From

the

4331

8662

mm (28: 5)

0.19152-kPa
0.43092-kPa
-0.19152-kPa
-0.43092-kPa
pattern

value

1I
I

is the

radii

4331

locations
conductor

for these

of the
plus

conductor

adjusted
conductor,

the
The

arc

has a radius

radius

of the

of the insulator

mm (Id-2;)

,/Insulator

at the
locations,

arcs are the equivalent

10 percent.

air gap equivalent

structure

wind,
wind,
wind,
wind,
wind,

string

0 line
0 -line
O line
0 line
0 line

with single conductor.

angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
104-D-1074.

arc

impulse

Additional clearance for

sloping span due to sloping
ground = 244 mm (9.6 in)

no
(d-lb / ft2)
(g-lb/ ft2)
64-lb /ft2)
(-g-lb/ ft2)

for a 30s tangent

the

these

The

position

impulse

tower =204 mm (8.1 in )

Figure BI.-Clearance

points.

position

(Clearance for upslope

a 00
b 1 2207.
C = 4227,
b=-2207,
C =-4227,

showing
From

?wind

mm (I 41-2;)

MANUAL

points

no-wind

insulator

the

conditions.

the conductor

of the

(4-lb/f@)

Locate

applicable

around

determined.

air gap equivalent

LINE DESIGN

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

LIGHTNING

flashover
value, and the arc radius
of the 60-Hz
wet flashover
value

from the 0.43-kPa

of the insulator

corresponding

values,

No

part

wind

of a steel

and line
structure

angle

is allowed

are shown
to encroach

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

PATTERNS

(9-lb/ft2)
wind position
is the air gap equivalent
string.
The angles of insulator
swing, with their
on figures
upon

48,49,50,

a clearance

and

51 for ready

pattern

envelope.

9398 mm (30~101)
4699 mm (I 5: 5)

\457
cl

4699 mm ( I 5: 5)

mm (18 in) Spacing of duplex conductor

b 12332:
O.i9152-kPa (4-lb/ft*)
c = 4425. 0.43092-kPa (g-lb /ft*)
b=-2332,-0.19152
-kPa (-4-lb/ft*)
C =-4425,-0.43092-kPa
(-Wb/ft*)
Figure 49Alearance

pattern

for a 30s tangent

123

structure

no wind,
wind,
wind,
wind,
wind,
with duplex

0
0
0
0
0

line
line
line
line
line

conductor.

angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
104-D-1075.

reference.

124

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

8992 mm (291-6)

l-2

3099 mm (122 in)

-0.4x92-kPa
a =-2505,
b =-oIO o9,-O.I9152-kPa
C = 20 I8,
d = 22 52, -0.43092--kPa
e = 3651, -0.19152 -kPa
f = 3824,
0.19152-kPa
g = 4754,
h = 5342,
o.43092-kPa
i = 57O 23, 0.19152-kPa
j=
66OO3, 0.43092-kPa
Fire

SO.-Clearance

pattern

(-g-lb /ft2) wind, 5 line

(-4-lb / ft2) wind, 5 line
no wind, 5 line
(-g-lb / ft2) wind, 15 line
(-4-lb /ft2) wind, 15 line
(4-lb /ft2) wind, 5 line
no wind,-l5O line
(g-lb / ft2) wind, 5 line
(4-lb / ft2) wind, 15 line
(g-lb / ft2) wind, 15 line

for a 30A angle structure

with single conductor.

angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle

104-D-1076.

CHAPTER

III-INSULATION,

9652

*
c

LIGHTNING

3874

mm (12:8;)

1168

PROTECTION,

CLEARANCE

mm ( 31L8)

C!

5778

mm (18Lll~)

mm (46 in)+

L74fR
3277

mm (129 in)

a =-2638,-0.43092-kPa
(-g-lb / ft*)
b =-01 ~4,-0.~9~52 -kPa (-&lb/ ft*)
c =

d=
e=
f =
9=
h=
i=
j =

wind,
wind,
no wind,
21 36.
24 I&-0.43092-kPa
(-9-lb/ft*)
wind,
38 46, -0.19152 -kPa (-+lb/ft*)
wind,
40020,
0.19152-kPa (+lb/ft*)
wind,
49O5l,
no wind,
55O34, 0.43092-kPa (g-lb / f t*) wind,
5gW, 0.19152-kPa (+lb/ft*)
wind,
6729.
0.43092-kPa (g-lb/ft*)
wind,

Figure Sl.-Clearance

pattern

for a 30A angle structure

125

PATTERNS

with duplex

line
5O line
5 line
15 line
15 line
5 line
15 line
5 line
15 line
15 line
5

conductor.

angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle
angle

104-D-1077.

<Chapter

STRUCTURE
22.

General.-For

constructed

for

construction
wood-pole
is also

main

transmission

loading

line

conditions,

AND GUYING
under

consideration,

specific

size and

CHARTS
a structure

type

limitation

of conductor,

to be used. The chart

is used to determine
the type of structure
construction
that is required
at any given location
in the transmission

constructed

23.

each

the

LIMITATION

to determine

Components

the

nutnber

of Charts.-The

of guys

structure

to be used

limitation

and

IV

with

the

guying

and

is

type

of

for either
steel or
line. A guying
chart

wood-pole

chart

chart
the

structures.

consists

of the following

items:
l

A suspension-type

structure

limitation

chart

that

determines

required
for a given location.
The chart
also determines
points)
which must be provided
by the conductor
to limit
for a particular
location
are outside
the limits
of any
necessary

to use a dead-end-type

is dependent
on the magnitude
between
conductor
low points
at the structure.
l

A guy chart
magnitude

that
determines
of the line angle

self-supporting
steel structures
references
to guys are omitted.
l

A summary
of guying
A table summarizing

Notes

covering

the

structure.

The

type

of suspension

the number
of angle
and the lengths
of
are to be used

for

materials,

and

of structure

required

guys required
the adjacent

a transmission

the

structure

the amount
of mass (between
low
insulator
sideswing.
If the conditions
suspension-type
structure,
it will be

of the line angle, lengths

of the adjacent
in the adjacent
spans, and the required

data for tension

structures.
the structure
types,
their span
construction

the type

limits,
conditions

and

at any

location

actual spans, distance

conductor
clearances
(dependent
upon
the
actual
spans).
When

line,

the

their

allowable

on which

guy

the

chart

and

line
chart

all

angles.
is based.

24.
Preparation
of Charts.-A
structure
limitation
chart
for steel towers
and a structure
limitation
and guying
chart for H-frame,
wood-pole
transmission
lines are developed
in this section.
The following
numbered
paragraphs
(1 through
7) describe
the procedures
for preparing
these charts.
Paragraph
In order
established:

1.
to establish

a basis

for

preparing

For steel structures,

the permissible
a.
structure
is determined
from
the clearance
clearance

pattern

depends

on the

these

sideswing
pattern

size and type

charts,

following

standards

have

been

of each insulator
string
on a suspension-type
established
for the design of the towers.
The

of conductor
127

the

and

loading

conditions

for

which

the

128

TRANSMISSION

transmission
shall

The
and

line

for determining

and

the

following

the strength

minimum

strings

(suspension)

2.5

strings

(tension)

3.0

spans,

the maximum

angle

are established

these

structure

distance

limits

factors

Insulator

to fit

in California,
for important

MANUAL

Insulator

deflection

are designed

b.
Except
voltages
and

Calculations

conditions

sum of adjacent

maximum

towers

designed.

on full-load

maximum

the

steel

line is being

be based

LINE DESIGN

between

as required

for

of insulator

strings

of safety:

low points
the

of adjacent

transmission

line

spans,
and

the

requirements.

the design
of all wood-pole
lines of lower voltages
shall

transmission
be in accordance

lines for 69-kV

and higher
with grade B construction

as shown in the latest edition

of NESC.
Loading
conditions
and conductor
and overhead
ground
wire
tensions
shall also be in accordance
with the latest edition
of the code, except
as modified
by figure
1 or by specific
heavier
loading
conditions
than those prescribed
for the general
area for which
a
line

is being

designed.

The recommended
conductor
ultimate
used on transmission

maximum
design tensions
(full-load
tensions
based on 33-l/3
percent
of the

C
(0

F)
under
initial
conditions)
for
typical
conductors
strength
at minus
18
lines with H-frame,
wood-pole
structures
are shown in the following
tabulation:

ACSR, 2417 conductors

mm2
RCW

242
282
306
322
403

Maximum

full-load

conductor

Maximum
N

(477)
E)

33362
35 585
31810
40034
44482

(636)
(795)

tension

allowble

on standard

exceed
44 482 N (10 000 lb).
Strength
calculations
for determining
permissible
guying,
and requirements
for double
insulator
strings

USBR

tensions
(lb)

(7 500)
(8000)
(8 500)
(9 000)
(10 000)

H-frame,

wood-pole

structures

should

not

in paragraph

2 and

the

minimum

Selection
of the proper
type
condition
of 0.19-kPa
(4-lb/ft2)

factors

of safety

of suspension
wind pressure

zones. The three axes of the structure

limitation
of this loading
condition.
Table
20 shows the

span lengths,
distance
between
low
shall be based on the full-load
conditions
shown

in table

19.

structure
for any location
shall be based on a loading
on the bare conductor
at 15.5 o C (60 o F) in all loading
chart shall be calibrated
minimum
clearance
from

to correspond
the conductor

ground wire or to the surface of the crossarm; these clearances shall be maintained
condition above.
If a pole ground
wire is not
be maintained
to the centerline
types of structures
are shown
different

types

of wood

points,
shown

to the values
to the pole

under the loading

used, the clearances

specified
to the pole ground
wire in table 20 shall
of the. poles. The limits for permissible
insulator
swing on the different
for, the various
voltage
classes in table 21. Drawings
of some of the

structures

are shown

later

in this

section.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

Table lg.-Minimum

factors of safety for wood-pole

construction (grade B)
At full load

Wood poles
Crossarms
Guys (line)
Guys (transverse)
Insulator strings (suspension)
Insulator strings (tension)
Insulator pins (bending)
Conductor

At 15.5 OC (60 OF), no wind

35.5
35.5

z
22:o
2.61
2.5
i-8
2:o

4.0

r Factors of safety are based on ultimate strengths of the different materials to

whith they are applicable.
USBR standard.
3 Based on 8.96-MPa (1300-lb/in*) fiber stress for fii, or 6.89-MPa (lOOO-lb/in*)
fiber stress for western red cedar.

Table 20.-Conductor

clearance to pole ground

wire or crossarm surface-wood-pole
construction
Conductor

Type of construction,
kV

Pole ground wire

mm
(in)
660
1092
1245
1524
1803

69
115
138
161
230

(26)
(43)
(49)

(60)
(71)

clearance
Crossarm surface
mm
(in)
508
889
991
1245
1473

(20)
(35)
(39)
(49)

(58)

t USBR standard.

Table 21 .-Angukzr limitations of suspension insulator

swing for standard USBR wood-pole structures
Structure
type
HS
HSB
3A
El
3AD

69 kV
*54 max.
*54 max.
30 min.
-30
12 min.
to +70
-30 to +70

115 kV
36 max.
36 max.
36 min.
-16
24 min.
to +70
-16 to +70

AnguIar limitation,
138 kV
40 max.
40 max.
39 min.
-28
27 min.
to
+70
-28 to +70

degrees
161 kV
38 max.
38 max.
45 min.
35 min.
-16 to +63
-16 to +63

230 kV
42 max.
42 max.
41 mill.
38 min.
-17 to +60
-17 to +60

Structure types 3AC and 3AD should not be used where either a type 3A or 3AB wiIl satisfy the
req$rements of the proposed structure:location.
Extreme care should be exercised inchecking for uplift.

129

TRANSMISSION

130
The

following

conductor

minimum

positions

clearance

on wood-pole

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

between

conductor

and

guy

wire

shall

be maintained

at all

construction:

Typeofconsmction
kV

C1&?llWlCe
mm
w

69
115
138
161
230

965
1397
1524
1676
1956

(38)
(55)

(60)
(66)
(77)

1 USBR standard.

In

areas

where

conductors

and

length
of a single
span
conductors
and overhead
(600 ft), full-sag
ellipses

should
ground
should

one-half-sag

be used.

ellipses

may

overhead

ground

wires

be limited
to prevent
wires due to galloping
be- used to determine

are subject

to ice loading,

contact
between
conductors
conductors.
For span lengths
the required
clearances.
For

the

maximum

or between
up to183
m
longer
spans,

c.
In California,
the design of wood-pole
transmission
lines shall be in accordance
with grade B
construction
as shown
in General
Order
No. 95 of the California
Public
Utilities
Commission
[l],
except
that grade A construction
is required
for crossings
over railroads
and major
communication
lines.
Loading
conditions
with General
Order

and conductor
No. 95, except

The recommended
conductor
ultimate

maximum
design tensions
(full-load
tensions
based on 33-l/3
percent
of the
strength
at minus
18 o C (0 F) under initial
conditions)
for typical
conductors
lines in California
with H-frame,
wood-pole
structures
are shown in the following

used on transmission
tabulation:

and overhead
ground
as modified
by figure

ACSR, 2417 conductors

Maximum

full-load

mm2

W-1

242
282
306
322
403

(4771
(556.5)

conductor

Maximum
N
33
35
37
40
44

(605)
(636)
(795)

tension

on standard

should
not exceed 44 482 N (10 000 lb).
Strength
calculations
for determining
permissible
guying,
and requirements
for double
insulator
strings
in paragraph

Numbers

2 and

in brackets

the

minimum

factors

of safety

refer to items in the Bibliography.

wire
1.

tensions

allowble

362
585
810
034
482

USBR

shall

also be in accordance

tensions
(lb)

(7
(8
(8
(9
(10

500)
000)
500)
000)
000)

H-frame-type

structures

in California

span lengths,
distance
between
low
shall be based on the full-load
conditions
shown

in table

22.

points,
shown

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

131

Table 22.-Minimum

factors of safety for

wood-pole construction in California
Grade A

Wood poles
Crossarms
Guys, except in light loading
rural areas
Guys in light loading rural areas
Insulator strings (suspension)
Insulator strings (tension)
Insulator pins (bending)
Conductor

Grade B

2t::

24.0
3.0

2.0
2.0

2.0
1.5
22.5
23.0
23.0
2.0

23:o
Ei
2.0

Factors of safety are based on ultimate strengths of the different

to Thich they are applicable.
USBR standard.
Selection
at 15.5 C

of the proper
(60 OF) with

type of suspension
a 0.19-kPa
(4-lb/ft2)

crossarm;

these

for any

location

shall

he based

on conditions

wind pressure
in all loading
areas. The three axes of
shall be calibrated
to correspond
to the values at the above conditions.
clearance
from the conductor
to the pole ground
wire or to the surface

the structure
limitation
chart
Table 23 shows the minimum
of the

structure

materials

clearances

shall

be maintained

under

the

above

loading

condition.

Table 23.-Conductor

clearance to pole ground

wire or crossarm surface-wood-pole
construction in cizlifornia
Conductor
Pole ground wire
mm
(in)

Type of construction,
kV
69
115
138
161
230

(26)

660
1092
1245
1524
1803

(43)
(49)
(60)
(71)

clearance
Crossarm surfacer
mm
(in)

(20)

508
889
991
1245
1473

(35)
(39)
(49)

(58)

r USBR standard.
If a pole

ground

be maintained
The limits
The
conductor

wire

is not

used,

the clearances

specified

to the centerline
of the poles.
for permissible
insulator
swing in California

following

minimum

clearance

between

conductor

to the pole
are the
and

same

guy

positions:
T&e of construction
kV

Clearance
mm
(in)

69

965

(38)

115
138
161
230

1524
1397
1676
1956

035)

s USBR standard.

si;
(77)

wire

ground

wire

as shown
shall

in table
in table

be maintained

23 shall
21.

at

all

TRANSMISSION

132
In areas

of California

maximum

length

conductors
(600

ft),

where

of a single

and

overhead

full-sag

ellipses

one-half-sag

ellipses

Paragraph

may

span

conductors
should

LINE DESIGN
and

overhead

be limited

ground

wires

due

should

be used

ground

to prevent

to galloping
to determine

MANUAL
wires

contact

are subject
between

conductors.
the

For

required

to ice loading,

conductors

span

lengths

clearance.

For

the

or between
up to
longer

183 m
spans,

be used.

2.

Full-load

conditions

are as follows:

National Electrical Safety

Code or California General
Order No. 95

Loading for calculations

of strength of structures
and their components

Light loading districts :

0.43-kPa (9-lb/ft2) wind
pressure, no ice, plus
constant, at -1 OC (30 OF)

0.57~kPa (1 2-lb/ft2 ) wind

pressure, no ice

Medium loading districts :

0.19-kPa (4-lb/ft2 ) wind
pressure, 6-mm (l/4+1)
ice, plus constant, at
-9.5 OC (15 OF)

0.38-kPa (8-lb/ft2 ) wind

pressure, 6-mm ( l/4&)
ice

Heavy loading districts :

0.19-kPa (4lb/ft2 ) wind
pressure, 13-mm ( l/2+)
ice, plus constant, at
- 18 OC (0 OF)

0.38~kPa (S-lb/ft2 ) wind

pressure, 13-mm (l/2+1)
ice

California light loading:

0.3 8-kPa ( 8-lb/ft2 ) wind
pressure, no ice, at
-4 OC (25 OF)

0.38~kPa (8-lb/ft2 ) wind

pressure, no ice

California heavy
0.29-kPa (6-lb/ft2
pressure, 13-mm
ice, at - 18 OC (0

0.29-kPa (6-lb/ft2 ) wind

pressure, 13-mm ( l/2&)
ice

loading:
) wind
( l/2-in)
OF)

Extreme wind loading as shown on NESC figure 250-2 in reference [ 31 should be u;ed if resultant loading is greater.
Pa ragrap

h 3.

The data
transmission
patterns.

The

required
for construction
of a structure
line are discussed
at the beginning
clearance

patterns

themselves

limitation
of section

are important

chart for the design of a steel structure

21, which
covers
conductor
clearance
because

they

indicate

the maximum

design

CHAPTER
swing

of the suspension

limitation

lines

on the

previously

discussed

maximum

sum

that

shows
Example
Assume
conductor.

insulator

strings

low-point

portion

are basically

of adjacent

the

procedure

Problem

for
(steel

a 345-kV
Assume

obtaining

conditions.
The extreme
data are also assumed:
initial
heavy)

made

30s

tangent,

30X

tangent

30A
30T
30D

=
=
=

angle,
tangent
tangent

for

each

chart.

steel

structure

for

with

a 644-mm2

swing

The

angles

balance

low-point
An

become

of the

distance

example

and

problem

limitation

force

wind

pressure

data
the

follows

chart.

=
per

extreme

per unit length

N/m
(1.8867
here

for

45/7
wind

duplex
pressure.

for the conductor

lb/ft)
for NESC

example

purposes.

The

(weight)

of steel

transmission
V-string

63 165 N (14 200 lb)

350.5 m (1150 ft)

3556

mm

1628

N (366

=
=

0.19
0.48

string
by
per

10-l/2

in)

string

design

suspension,

ACSR,

(16~lb/ftz)

was assumed

maximum

types

(1272-kcmil),

a 0.77-kPa

because the resultant

force
which
is less than 27.5345

Design
for a minimum
sum of adjacent
spans.

are usually

the

maximum

on the

data

is in an area with

267 mm (5-3/4
per string

Maximum

of the different

the

these

chart.

full-load
tension

per conductor
Ruling
span
20 insulator
units

Drawings

although
are drawn

line

location

not be a factor
(1.285
lb/ft),

Vertical
Wind
Everyday

data,

of structures;
limitation

133

CHARTS

construction)

the line

146 by
Length

structure

the

AND GUYING

types

of the

limitations

transmission

Maximum
(NESC

LIMITATION

on the various

tabled

spans

This wind pressure

will
would
be 18.746
N/m
full-load
following

IV-STRUCTURE

low-point

distance

structures
line.

Steel

on center

to 5 O line angle, suspension

line angle, suspension
5 to 15
to 5 line angle, tension
to 30
line angle, dead end

equal

are not shown

tower
phase

kPa
kPa

(140

in)
lb)

(4 lb/ft2)
(10 lh/fts)

to one-third

the

in this manual

designations

and

types

because
are:

new

designs

TRANSMISSION

134
Tabular

steel

tower

data

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

follows:

Metric
Tower type
Line angle capability
Ruling span (m)
Maximum single span (m)
Minimum line angle
Maximum line angle
Maximum sum of adjacent spans (m)
Minimum line angle
Maximum line angle
Maximum low point distance (m)
Conductor, minimum line angle
Conductor, maximum line angle
OGW, minimum line angle
OCW, maximum line angle
Maximum uplift (N)
Conductor, minimum line angle
Conductor, maximum line angle
OGW, minimum line angle
OGW, maximum line angle
Body heights (m)

Leg extension range (m), at 0.762-m

intervals

30s

30x

30A

30T

30D

O0
350.5

00-50
350.5

so-150
350.5

00-50
350.5

00-300
350.5

396
396

487.5
396

487.5
396

548.5
487.5

640

792.5
792.5

975.5
792.5

975.5
792.5

1097
975.5

1280

731.5
731.5
853.5
853.5

975.5
792.5
1036.5
853.5

975.5
792.5
1036.5
853.5

19.8
and
25.9
1.524

19.8
and
25.9
1.524

19.8
and
25.9
1.524

10x

lo:607

10x

1280
1280
1524
1524
305
213.5
396
254
16.8
and
22.9
1.524
lo::7

1371.5
1463

305
396
16.8
and
22.9
1.524
lo::7

U. S. Customary
Tower type
Line angle capability
Ruling span (ft)
Maximum single span (ft)
Minimum line angle
Maximum line angle
Maximum sum of adjacent spans (ft)
Minimum line angle
Maximum line angle
Maximum low point distance (ft)
Conductor, minimum line angle
Conductor, maximum line anae
OCW, minimum line angle
OCW, maximum line angle
Maximum uplift (lb)
Conductor, minimum line angle
Conductor, maximum line angle
OGW, minimum line angle
OGW, maximum line angle
Body heights 0%

Leg extension range (ft), at 2.5-ft

intervals

30A

30T

30s

30x

00
1150

00-50
1150

so-150
1150

00-50
1150

00-300
1150

1300
1300

1600
1300

1600
1300

1800
1600

2100

2600
2600

3200
2600

3200
2600

3600
3200

4200

2400
2400
2800
2800

3200
2600
3400
2800

3200
2600
3400
2800

4200
4200
5000
5000

65
and
85
5

65
and
85
5

65
and
85
5

:5

ii

;:

1000
700
1300
833
55
and
75
5
:z

30D

4500
4800

1000
1300
55
and
75
5
ii

CHAPTER
Calculations

IV-STRUCTURE

for the strength

LIMITATION

requirements

AND GUYING

of insulator

strings

CHARTS

for the various

135

types

of steel

towers

are as follows:
Type

30.5,

0 o Ihe

Maximum
Maximum
Conductor

force

0.38-kPa

(8-lb/ft2)

The

bcm-570

with

conductor

a 0.38-kPa

angle

low-point
distance
= 731.5 m (2400 ft)
sum of adjacent
spans = 792.5 m (2600
13 mm

wind
force

wind

values

are simply

(l/2

on iced

in)

are shown

twice

of radial

conductor

the

ft)

ice =

37.676

22.816

N/m

on figures

values

shown

N/m

(2.5816

(1.5634

lb/ft)

52 and

53. The

on these

figures

force
for

lb/ft)

values

shown

a 0.19-kPa

above

for

wind.

(9-78)

Dead Load Force (W)

/3

mm Ica (W)&

OakPa
Initial *-%,33%-.-Final .oc

Loadad,~~.50%
Final I- 15.5~ ,COIIIPUW~ by

No Ica. *Wind

N
25

K -N

(We)

I/.

408

,.,,m

j.3.

ff9

N/m

o.ooo osw?

Oats -

*I977

Total O.O0/4Jo
Modulus. (I3 Final k&&6-

Area (AlC84md
Temp. Coaff. of Linear

-N
K-

Resultant.

creep o.oooGG2LL

Nh

Wind

Exp.:

initial
Fit?alAE

per%

NEtSC K:r/.374?2

Initial

/1/

&
4//P

GPa
2/

:!

GPa

&,/-I

AE 3/

(W)

No Ice. Lk Wind (W)

Fire
52.-Conductor
(metric).

sag and tension

calculation

form

for example

problem

on steel structure

limitation

chart

TRANSMISSION

136

DC-K70

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

(S-78)

CONOUCTOR
l&U km;/

ACSR

454

33ifem

Code Name

Rated Breaking Load

Diameter
Tension

/U.&I

Dead Weight

-lb
inch

+ hi.

L~m~tauonr:

Initial.Final,

computed

OF%
OFA%-

by -

/. 4340
758
6

lb/f1

AL Lb Wind ..,,:,

F33fK

LOrded .FiMl. *OF

(W)

ICI (W)
Resultant:

-lb
Y -

lb
lb

Area (A) /.
TemD.Cooff.

(W) 3.6073

O.WO On

per ?=

Set 0.00

Creap

o.oon~-

lb/f1

Totai

0.001

O./O

lb/f1

in2
of Linear Exp.: s,g77

$4 -lb
Date

Permanent

lb/f1

X=0,30

NEsc

Modulus. (E) Final 9 35

Initial~x
Final AE .a
Initial AE
,7 159

x 1OS lb/it-$
106 lb/id
lb
276
lb

No Ice. No Wind (W)

Inch Ice

No Ice. Mm Wind (w)

Figure 53.-Conductor
customary).

sag and tension calculation

form for example problem

on steel structure

limitation

chart (U.S.

Metric

Maximum
Maximum
Resultant

vertical load = (731.52) (37.676) = 27 560.75 newtons per conductor

wind load = (792.48/2) (22.816) = 9040.61 newtons per conductor
load = [(27 560.75)2 + (9040.61)2]1/2 = 29 005.65 newtons per conductor
= 58 011.30 newtons per phase
= 145 028.25 newtons per phase with a safety factor of 2.5
Use 177 928-N insulator units for suspension strings.
A sketch of a center phase V-string

attachment

for the 30s tower is shown on figure 54.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

137

For center phase V-string,

b

-=-a
sin A

145 028 _
b
sin 80
sin SO0

50

~(800)

SillB

b = 145

028
(0.766 04) = 112 810.85 N
0.984 8 1

Use 133 446-N insulator units.

Figure S4.-Center
phase V-string
structure with no line angle.

for type 30s steel

U.S. Customary
Maximum

vertical

Maximum
Resultant

wind load = (2600/2)

load I = [(6195.84)2
+

load

=
=
Use

40 OOO-lb

(2400)

13 041.34
32 603.34

insulator

(2.5816)

pounds
pounds

units

for

6195.84

(1.5634)
=
(2032.42)2]r/2
per
per

phase
phase

suspension

pounds

per

conductor

2032.42
pounds
per conductor
= 6520.67
pounds
per conductor
with

a safety

factor

strings.

For center phase V-string (fig. 54),

-=- a
sinA
32=

sin 80

b
sinB
b

sin SO0

b = 32 603 (o-766 04) = 25 360 57 I,,

0.984 81
Use 30 OOO-lb insulator units.
Type 30X, 0 O line angle
Maximum
Maximum

low-point
distance
= 975.5 m (3200 ft)
sum of adjacent
spans = 975.5 m (3200

ft)

of 2.5

TRANSMISSION

138

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Metric
Maximum

vertical

Maximum

wind

Resultant

load

Use

222

load
load

(975.5)

(975.5/2)

[(36

76 800

192 000

410-N

752)a

36 752

newtons

per

conductor

11 128

newtons

per

conductor

(11

newtons

insulator

(37.676)
(22.816)
128)a]1/2
per

newtons

38 400

newtons

per

conductor

phase

per

phase

with

a safety

factor

of 2.5

units.

U. S. Customary
Maximum

vertical

Maximum

wind

Resultant

load

Use

50 OOO-lb

load
load
=
=
=

(3200)

(3200/2)

[(8261.12)2
17 263.06
43 157.65

insulator

(2.5816)

= 8261.12

(1.5634)
(2501.44)

= 2501.44
pounds
per conductor
2 ] l/2 = 8631.53
pounds
per conductor

+
pounds
pounds

per
per

phase
phase

with

pounds

a safety

per

factor

conductor

of 2.5

units.

Type 30X, 5 o line angle

Maximum

low-point

Maximum

sum

distance

of adjacent

=
spans

792.5
=

m (2600
792.5

ft)

m (2600

ft)

Metric
Maximum

vertical

load

Maximum
wind load
Angle
load = 2 T(sin
Resultant

Use

177

load

928-N

=
=
=

(792.5)

(37.676)

= 29 858

(792.5/2)
(22.816)
= 9040
a/2)
= 2(63 165) (0.043
62)

[(29 858)a
+ (9040
+ 5510)2]1/2
66 428 newtons
per phase
166 070 newtons
per phase with

insulator

newtons

newtons
= 5510
=

per

33 214

a safety

conductor

per conductor
newtons
per conductor
newtons

factor

per

conductor

of 2.5

units.

U.S. Customary
Maximum
Maximum

vertical
load = (2600)
(2.5816)
=
wind load = (2600/2)
(1.5634)
=
= 2(14 200) (0.043
Angle load = 2 T ( sin a/2)
Resultant
load = [(6712.16)2
+ (2032.42
+
= 14 933.72
pounds
per phase
= 37 334.3 pounds
per phase
Use

40 OOO-lb

insulator

6712.16
2032.42
62) =

1238.81)2]1/2
with

a safety

units.

Type 3OA, 5 line angle

Maximum

low-point

Maximum

sum

distance

of adjacent

=
spans

975.5
=

m (3200
975.5

pounds
pounds
1238.81

ft)

m (3200

ft)

per conductor
per conductor
pounds
per
=

7466.86

factor

of 2.5

conductor

pounds

per

conductor

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

139

Metric
Maximum

vertical

Maximum
Angle

wind
load

Resultant

Use

load

222

load

2 T(sin

load

(37.676)

(975.5/2)
a/2)

[(36

80 684

201

410-N

(975.5)
=

752)2

(22.816)
2(63

(11

newtons

710

insulator

newtons

36 752

newtons

11 128

newtons

165)

(0.043

128

per

62)

5510)2]r/2

5510
=

per

conductor

per

conductor

newtons

40 342

per

conductor

newtons

per

conductor

phase

per

phase

with

a safety

factor

of 2.5

units.

U. S. Customary
Maximum

vertical

load

(3200)

(2.5816)

8261.12

Maximum
wind load = (3200/2)
(1.5634)
= 2501.44
Angle
load = 2 T (sin a/2)
= 2(14 200) (0.043
62) =
Resultant

load

Use 50 OOO-lb

=
=
=

[(8261.12)2
I8 136.76
45 341.9

insulator

pounds

per

pounds
1238.81

per conductor
pounds
per

+ (2501.44
+ 1238.81)2]1/2
pounds
per phase
pounds
per phase with a safety

conductor

9068.38

factor

conductor

pounds

per

conductor

of 2.5

units.

Type 3OA, 15 line angle

Maximum
Maximum

low-point
distance
= 792.5 m (2600 ft)
sum of adjacent
spans = 792.5 m (2600

ft)

Metric
Maximum
vertical
load = (792.5)
(37.676)
= 29 858 newtons
per conductor
Maximum
wind load = (792.5/2)
(22.816)
= 9040 newtons
per conductor
Angle
load = 2 T (sin a/2)
= 2(63 165) (0.130
53) = 16 489 newtons
per conductor
Resultant

Use 222

load

=
=
=

410-N

[(29 858)2 + (9040

+ 16 489)2]1/2
= 39 284 newtons
78 568 newtons
per, phase
196 420 newtons
per phase with a safety factor
of 2.5

insulator

per

conductor

units.

U. S. Customary
Maximum

vertical

load

(2600)

(2.5816)

6712.16

pounds

per

conductor

Maximum
wind load = (2600/2)
(1.5634)
= 2032.42
pounds
per conductor
Angle load = 2 T (sin a/2)
= 2(14 200) (0.130 53) = 3707.05
pounds
per conductor
3707.05)
2
]
112
=
8831.46
pounds
per conductor
Resultant
load = [(6712.16)2
+ (2032.42
+
=
Use 50 OOO-lb

17 662.92

pounds

= 44 157.3 pounds
insulator
units.

per
per

phase
phase

with

a safety

factor

of 2.5

TRANSMISSION

140
Type

30T

and

300

tension

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

structures

Metric
Maximum

tension=

63 165
=
=

Use double

strings

newtons

126 330
378 990

per

newtons
newtons

of 222 ,410-N

conductor

per
per

insulator

phase
phase

with

a safety

factor

of 3.0

units.

U.S. Clrstor?larv
Maximum

tension

Use double

strings

Make
the
construction
a.

I4 200

pounds

per

conductor

=
=

28 400
85 200

pounds
pourlds

per
per

phase
phase

of SO OOO-lb

following
calculations
of the steel structure

Calculate

tabulation.
as follows:

The

the

conductor

calculations

insulator

(paragraphs
3.a.
limitation
chart:

tensions
are

with

shown

a safety

factor

of 3.0

through

3.g.)

to obtain

units.

to be used

for the

on figures

52 and

loading
53.

conditions
From

data

shown

these

figures,

use in the

in the
the

following

tensions

are

Tension

Loading condition
N

(lb)

63 165

(14 200)

No ice, 0.19-kPa wind, 15.5 OC (60 OF)

29 289

(6 583)

No ice, 0.48-kPa ( IO-lb/ft2 ) wind, 15.5 OC

34 791

(7 821)

No ice, no wind, 15.5 OC

28 083

(6 314)

13-mm (l/2+)

b.
the

for

ice, 0.19-kPa (4-lb/ft2)

wind, - 18 OC (0 OF)

Assume
a scale to be used for the distance
between
point
of origin),
and compute
the scale factor:

Metric

Let 1 mm = 7.2 m of bare conductor vertical force.

Vertical force of conductor = 20.928 N/m
Then, 1 mm = (7.2) (20.928,) = 150.68 N, and
1 N = l/150.68 = 0.006 636 58 mm (scale factor).

conductor

low

points

(vertical

scale

below

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

141

I/. S. Customary

Let 1 in = 600 ft of bare conductor weight,

Weight of conductor = 1.4340 lb/ft
Then, 1 in = (600) (1.434) = 860.4 lb, and
1 lb = l/860.4 = 0.001 162 25 in (scale factor).
Compute the vertical force of the insulator

C.

phase
factor:

or one-fourth

the insulator

force

string

per conductor

and

convert

to millimeters

one-half
(inches)

the

insulator

using

force

the low-point

per
scale

Metric
Insulator

string

force

1628

1628/4
= 407 newtons
(407) (0.006
636 58) =

per conductor
2.70 mm

U.S. Customary
Insulator
366/4
(91.5)

string
weight
= 366 lb
= 91.5 pounds
per conductor
(0.001
162 25)=
0.106 in

line deflection
angle scale
d. Compute
calibration
equal to the resultant
tension

at 15.5

pressure

angle:

in one

conductor

due

to the

line

(horizontal

axis to the
o C (60

right

F) final

of the origin)
with

with

0.48-kPa

the degree

(lo-lb/ft2)

wind

I;, = 2T(sin
a/2)
T = 34 791 N (7821 lb)
2 T = 69 582 N (15 642 lb)
Assume
be the

line

same

angles

as that

and

compute

computed

resultant

in paragraph

tensions

e. Assume
the

point

scale

of origin):

their

scale

2T(sinU/2)
N
(lb)

sina/2

40
50
60

and

values.

The

scale

must

scale

above

SC&
mm

on)

(682)

0.043 62
.087 16

3 035
6 065

(1363)

2)

(0.79)
(1.59)

.173 53
.130
65
.216 44
.300 71
.258
82

129 083
15 060
18 009
20
924

(2042)
(2716)
(3385)
(4704)
(4048)

ii:
100
139
120

:z;
(3:95)
- (4.72)

.342 02
.422 62
.500 00

23 798
29 407
34 791

(5350)
(6610)
(7821)

158
195
231

to be used for the sum.of

factor

3.b.

adjacent

spans

portion

of the chart

E,
(7:7 1)
(9.12)

(vertical

TRANSMISSION

142

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Metric
Let
1 mm
Note:

6 m of wind

This

scale

sum of adjacent

will
spans

span

= one-half

be doubled
may

the

in marking

be read

directly

sum
the

of adjacent

chart;

instead

that

spans.
is, 1 mm

of reading

will

one-half

equal

12 m so that

the sum

of adjacent

the

spans.

0.48-kPa wind on conductor = 16.357 N/m (from force triangle, fig. 52)
Then, 1 mm = (6) (16.357) = 98.142 N, and
1 N = l/98.142 = 0.010 189 318 mm (scale factor).
U.S. Customary
Let
1 in

500

ft of wind

span

= one-half

Note:
This scale will be doubled
the sum of adjacent
spans may
spans.

the

sum

in marking
the
be read directly

of adjacent

spans.

chart;
that is, 1 inch will equal 1000
instead
of reading
one-half
the sum

feet so that
of adjacent

IO-lb/ft2 wind on the conductor = 1.12 1 lb/ft (from force triangle, fig. 53)
Then, 1 in = (500) (1.121) = 560.5 lb, and
1 lb = l/560.5 = 0.001 784 12 in (scale factor).
f.

Calculate

angle

of bias lines

to be drawn

right

bias lines are used to automatically

add or subtract
due to a line deflection
angle. Because
the scale
the

same

as that

used

for

the

low-point

tan 8=

scale,

and left of the deflection

angle

the wind pressure

to or from
factor
used for the deflection

the

slope

of the

bias

lines

may

calibrations.

These

the resultant
angle scale

tension
must be

be determined

by

sum of adjacent spans scale factor

low-point scale factor

where
8 is the angle formed
by the
vary depending
upon the choice

e = tan-l

= tan-
g.

Calculate

wind

with

angle

for

0.010 189 318

= tan-l
0.006 636 58
0.001 784 12
= tan-
0.001 162 25
the

maximum
each

bias lines with

of scale factors

type

maximum

insulator

permitted

line

of suspension

angle,
tower:

the horizontal
previously

axis. The slope of the

determined
in paragraphs

bias lines will

3.b. and 3.e.

1.5353 = 56O55 (metric)

1.5351 = 56O55 (U.S. customary)
swing

angles

and

maximum

in each
negative

direction
wind

by using
with

maximum

minimum

permitted

positive
line

CHAPTER
Vertical
plus

load

one-fourth

IV-STRUCTURE

due to conductor
the

insulator

For one conductor,

LIMITATION

low-point
force

per

distance

equal

to one-third

CHARTS
the

sum of adjacent

conductor:

(20.928)

(350:)(2)

AND GUYING

+ y

= 5297.2

N, or

( 50)(2) (1 434) + 366 = 1190 9 lb

3
4
*
Calculate

swing

angles

for

suspension

insulator

strings:

Metric
For

0.48-kPa

wind,

line

angle

(30s

tower

with

positive

wind)

Wind = 350.5 (16.357) = 5733.13 N

e = tm-

For

-0.48-kPa

8 =tan-

For

0.48-kPa

5733.13
= tan- l 1.0823 = 47O 15
5297.2
wind,

line

angle

-5733.13 = tan-
5297.2
wind,

line

(30s

and

30X

towers

with

negative

_ 1.0823 = -47015

angle

(30X

tower

with

positive

wind)

2T(sin a/2) = 2 (34 791) (0.043 62) = 3035.17 N

8 = tan-1 303517 + 573313 = tan-1 1 6553 = 58051
5297.2
For

-0.48-kPa

8 = tanl
For

0.48-kPa

wind,

5O line

angle

(30A

3035.17 5733.13 = tm-

5297.2
wind,

15 O line

angle

(30A

tower

with

negative

-0.509 32 = - 261059
tower

with

positive

2T(sin a/2) = 2 (34 791) (0.130 53) = 9082.28 N

8 =tan-

wind)

9082.28 + 5733.13
= tan- l 2.7968 = 7019
5297.2

wind)

wind)

143
spans

TRANSMISSION

144

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

U.S. Customary
For

IO-lb/ftz

wind,

line

angle

(30s

tower

with

positive

wind)

Wind = 1150 (1.121) = 1289.15 lb

1289.15
8

For

=tan-'

-lo-lb/ft2

8 = tan-
For

llgog

lo-lb/ft2

wind,

= tan-
0

line

1.0825 = 47016
angle

(30s

and

30X

towers

with

negative

wind)

- 1289.15
llgo.g
= tan- - 1.0825 = -47O16
wind,

line

angle

(30X

tower

with

positive

wind)

2T(sin a/2) = 2(7821) (0.043 62) = 682.30 lb

(j = tan-

68230

+ 128g15

= tan-l

1 6553 = 58051

1190.9
For

-lO-lb/ft2

8 = tan-

wind,

682.30-

line

angle

1289.15

(30A

= tan-l

tower

-0

509

with

lo-lb/ft2

wind,

15

line

angle

(30A

tower

wind)

= _ 27DoO

32

1190.9
For

negative

with

positive

wind)

2T(sin a/2) = 2 (7821) (0.130 53) = 2041.75 lb

e=tan-'

2041.75+

128g*15=tan-l

27970=7p19'

1190.9

the

The permissible
center
phase.

insulator
swing angle
It is desirable
to keep

the bottom
of the V-string
at all times
would cause wearing
of the metal-to-metal
greater
use in this respect.
With
a 50

for the 30s

approximately
to prevent
contacts
insulator

steel

tower will
890 N (200

be limited
by the V-string
lb) of extra vertical
force

one leg of the V from becoming

slack, which
in the string.
We use a 100 o V-string
to permit
swing:

Metric

tan0 = 1.191 76=

on
on

5733.13 N (0.48-kPa wind on 350.5 m of conductor)

x
(X = low point in newtons)

CHAPTER
Thus,
a vertical
when a 0.48-kPa
required

force of X =
wind is blowing

to provide

4810

- 407

4403

this

(extra
=

means

insulator

252.9

the

percent
of the
line angle,

force

vertical

low

sum

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

4810 N is required
to hold the insulator
on a sum of adjacent
spans equal to

vertical

(one-fourth

890

5293/20.928
This

IV-STRUCTURE

plus

the

force)

force

extra

890

4403

on V-string)

145

string
at a SO0 angle
701 m. The conductor

N is:

N
=

5293

m of conductor
point

for

the

of adjacent

V-string

spans.

must

Therefore,

8 = tan- (350s5) (*I c;;;;;o.g28)

be at least
for

252.9/(2)(350.5)

a V-string

with

a 0.48-kPa

0.36,

or 36

wind

and

+ 407 = tan- l 1.007 87 = 45 13.

U. S. Customary

tan0 = 1.191 76=

Thus,

a vertical

when a lo-lb/ft2
to provide
this
1082

1289.15
x

weight

wind
weight

- 91.5

of

X =

is blowing
plus the

(one-fourth

(1 O-lb/ft2 wind on 1150 ft of conductor)

(X = low point in pounds)
1082

lb is required

on a sum of adjacent
extra 200 lb is:
Insulator

weight)

to hold
spans

990.5

equal

the

to 2300

(extra
vertical
weight
on V-string)
= 830.2 ft of conductor

This
percent

the low point

for the V-string
must be at least
sum of adjacent
spans. Therefore,
for a V-string

line

string

ft. The

at a 50

conductor

angle

required

lb

990.5
+ 200
1190.5/1.434
means
of the

insulator

1190.5

lb

830.2/(2)(1150)
with a lo-lb/ft2

= 0.36, or 36
wind and a 0

angle,

1289.15
8 = tan- l ( 1 150) (2) (o.36) ( 1.434) + g 1.5 = tan- l 1.008 05 = 4S 13.
Paragraph
To

4.

construct

the

structure

limitation

chart

a. Lay out the axes using the same

vertical
scale (see pars. 3.b. and 3.d.).
provided
b.
the
wind

the
Calibrate

degree

deflection

angle

the

horizontal

calibration

equal

pressure

on one

conductor

bias

right

resultant
to the

of the
tension

line

structures,

proceed:

for the horizontal

scale and the lower part
scale may be used for the sum of adjacent

are adjusted

axis to the
due

steel

scale factor
A different

lines

to the

for

of the
spans

accordingly.
origin

in degrees

at 15.5

C (60

deflection

angle

of line
OF)

(par.3.d.).

with

angle

deflection

0.48-kPa

(lo-lb/ft2)

with

TRANSMlSSlON

146
c.

Calibrate

calibrations
on a bare
d.

should
conductor

Calibrate

of the bare
be displaced
(pars.

3.b.

e.
lines

the

axis above

the vertical

and

axis below

due

lay

insulator

swing

g.
angle)

deflection

h.

Add

i.

List

to the

pertinent

notes

Conductor,

Conductor
Conductor

Ruling
Number

Line

in meters

(feet)

pressure
spans

for the

of adjacent

spans.

at 0.48 kPa
(par. 3.e.).

(10 lb/ft2)

distance

the

low

points
should
string

radial

angles

each

type

of insulator
of structure

swing

draw

in heavy

boundary

angle
spans

bias lines at the computed

angle, dependent
upon scale factors
scale and the distance
between
low points
scale (par. 3.f.). These
add or subtract

the wind

(par.

and

for

lines

chart

(sum

showing

on the

size and

span
and

3.g.).

pressure

to or from

the resultant

tension

of adjacent

steel

chart,

tower

spans,

low-point

distance,

and

line

deflection

data.

including:

type
or heavy,

and

maximum

design

wind)

size of insulators

limitation

problem
structure

Problem
a 115-kV

to be located

charts

for

the

example

problem

on steel

structures

follows
that shows the
limitation
and guying

(wood-pole
transmission
in an area

construction)
line with
with

a 0.77-kPa

procedure
charts.

a 242-mm2
(16~lb/fts)

for obtaining

(477-kcmil),
extreme

the

are shown

on figures

required

to prepare

ACSR,
wind

data

24/7

pressure.

not be a factor because

the resultant
force per unit length
of conductor
of 18.746
for this condition
is less than the 27.5345
N/m
(1.8867
lb/ft)
force for the NESC
The following
data is also assumed:
Maximum
Ruling

between

The

5.

An example
the wood-pole
Example
Assume

the origin

loading
(NESC
light,
medium,
maximum
tension
at full load

The structure
55 and 56.

Paragraph

for the sum

limits

limitation
of structure.

a table

(feet)

angle.

Draw in heavy
for each type

out

are used to automatically

to a line

in meters

equal to the vertical

force of the conductor.
The zero point
by a distance
equal to one-half
the vertical
force of the insulator

f.
Lay out the .deflection
used for the sum of adjacent
bias lines

origin

3.c.).

a protractor,

the

the

MANUAL

be at a distance
above the origin equal to the wind
of length
equal to one-half
the sum of adjacent

(no ice) conductor

below the origin

With
for

vertical

LINE DESIGN

initial
span

conductor

tension

(NESC

heavy)

single

conductor.

However,

this

will

N/m
(1.285 lb/ft)
full-load
condition.

33 362

N (7500

213.36

m (700

lb)
ft)

STRL TURE DATA

v
lef I&ion

V
Angle.

90

(dcp~l

eo

Tower
Type
Lme Angle
Maximum
Single Span (m)
Minimum Lme Angle
Mcxrmum
Line Angle
Mox. Sum of Adjacent
Spans (m
Minimum
Line Angle
Maximum
Line Angle
Mox. Low Point Distance
(m)
Conductor
Minimum
Line Angle
Maximum
Line Angle
Overhead
Ground
Wire
Minimum
Line Angle
Maximum
Line Angle
Maximum
Uphft
(N)
Conductor
Minimum
Line Angle
Maximum
Line Angle
Ovcrhcod
Ground
Mmimum
Line
Maximum
Line

30s
7
3%

30x
65

30T
a-3i

487.5
396

467.5
3%

975.5
792.5

975.5

792.5

731.5
731.5

975.5
792.5

975.5
792.5

653.5
653.5

1036.5
653.5

036.5
653.5

3%
792.5

792.5

540.5
407.5

640

1097
975.5

1260

1371.5
1524
1524

1463

305
213.5

305

3%
254

3%

Wire
Angle
Angle

NOTES
This

chart
is based
on
Conductor
size
Conductor
loodmg
Conductor
tensions

the

Ruling
span
Insulators

following:
644 mmf AC%.
4517 (bundle
of two, 457-mm
spacing)
NESC Heavy. maximum
wind at lS.S*C-0.46
kPo
63 165 N maximum
per conductor,
initiol
conditions
34 790 N %r conductor
with
0.46-kPa
wind at IS.S*C
350.5 m
20 Units (146 ty 267 mm)

4
u

I i iAi i. i 1 h
I/

-*0

----

Id I
- -----

-----

I\
I\
$
+taox --I-+-

-10
Insulator

to
S*ingAngle

Figure

tdegZesl

55.-Example

of a steel structure

limitation

chart (metric).

104-D-1078.

I
x

STRUCTURE
Tower Type
he
Anale
Moorimuk Siqle Span ( ft)
Mimmum Line Angle
Moximum Line Anqle
Max Sum of Adjacent Spans (ft)
Minimum Line Angle
hbximum Line AnpIe
Mar. Low point Dirtonce (ft)
conductor
Minimum Line Angle
Morimum Line Angle
Overhead Ground Wire
Minimum Line Angle
lo
Morimum Line Angle
Maximum Uplift (lb)
Conductor
Minimum Line Angle
lo
Moximum Line Angle
Overhead Ground Wire
Minimum Line Angle
Maximum Line Anole
IO

1 3osI 0.

IATA
30X

TT

-lo
lnrulotor

0
. 0
Swing Angle (degrees)

Figure

of a steel structure

limitation

30D
535

lb00
I300

I600

I300

I600
1600

2100

2600
2606

3200
2600

3200
2600

3600
3200

4200

2400
2400

3200
2600

3200
2600

4200
4200

4500

2600
2600

3400
2600

3400
20

woo
SW0

4600

1000
700

IO00

1300
633

l3DO

NOTES

This chart is based on the following:

Conductor size
1272 hcmil. ACSR. 4517 (bundle of two. 16% spocimll
NESC Heavy. maximum wind ot 6VF-IOlblft*
Conductor loading
14 200 lb morimum per conductor, initiol conditions
Conductor tensions
lo
7620 lb. per ConductOr with IO- Iblft wind ot 6O.F
Ruling spon
I IS0 ft.
lnsulotors
20 Units (5) by IO~ in.)

4
5
z
r

56.-Example

301
TF

1300
I300

\
-co

30A
Tiv

chart (U.S. customary).

104-D-1079.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

units per
mm (S-3/4

string
by 10 in)

Seven insulator
146 by 254
Length

per

Vertical

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

string

force

(weight)

per

string

149

CHARTS

1194

mm

400

N (90

(47

in)

lb)

Wind
Everyday
Maximum
Design

for

Wood-pole

maximum

0.19

kPa

(4 lb/ft2)

with

0.38

kPa

(8 lb/ft2)

13-mm

a minimum
structure

(l/2-in)

radial

low-point

distance

designations

and

HS

tangent,

HSB
3AC
3A

=
=
=

tangent,
suspension,
large
small line angle, suspension
large line angle, suspension

3AB

large

3TA =
Paragraphs
charts.
a.

to one-third

the

sum

of adjacent

are:

line

angle,

vertical

and

load

suspension

tensions

calculations

dead end
the procedure
for the

are shown

loading

on figures

for making
conditions
57 and

the

calculations

shown

in the following

Assume
a scale to be used for the distance
between
point
of origin),
and compute
the scale factor:

Metric
Let
6 m of bare

lmm=
Vertical
Then,

conductor

force of conductor
1 mm = (6)(8.968)

1 N =

l/53.808

0.018

=
=

vertical
8.968
53.808

585

mm

force.

N/m.
N, and
(scale

factor).

U. S. Customary
Let
1 in

500

feet

of bare

conductor

Weight
of conductor
= 0.6145
Then,
1 in = (500)(0.6145)
=
1 lb = l/307.25
= 0.003
254

weight.
lb/ft.
307.25
lb,
7 in (scale

for

the

tabulation.

Tension
N
(lb)

13-mm (l/2&)
ice, 0.19~kPa (4-lb/ft2 ) wind, - 18 OC (0 OF)
No ice, 0.19~kPa (4-lb/ft2) wind, 15.5 OC (60 OF)
No ice, no wind, 15.5 OC (60 OF)

the

required

58.

Loading condition

b.

spans.

suspension

the conductor

data

equal

types

tangent
to 90
line angle,
5.a. through
5.~. describe

Calculate

Conductor

ice

and
factor).

conductor

low

33 362

(7500)

11 748
10 872

(2641)
(2444)

points

(vertical

scale

below

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

150

DCm-570

(3.78)

Linear Force Factw

Rated Breaking

Slrength ,?l

Diameter.&*

TO,9

mm

-&

Teneton Lim~lations:

O&L&Z

Resultant:

Final *-!,25K

-N

Ares (A)&?i%mmd

Loaded,%.so%

-N

Temp. bell.
N

%-

by

o.oa

Date -

?*/06
.
7q.zyiJ

kPa Wind

-N

Final.~,

N/m

mm Ice CW-,,2/.//xd

htiat.%.33f%

computed

j/.
9. ?6fD

Doad Load FQC* (W)

8.

(W)

Permanent Set 0.00 02

Nhn

creep 0.000

N/m

Total 0.0002

N/m
Modulus. (E) Final m

x-R=

of Litmar hp.:

490

v.52y/

FiM,

GPa

*,,;itiaia~GP:,

o&L&!-per%

/?77

msc

Initial

n= 4.3782

AE /sr27/

1 TENSION. N

No Ice. No Wind (W)

__

kPa Wind (W)

No Ice#oWind

999

6 gs

0. flno
I

SPA# LEN
/pf

(W)

0-m
D.O?574kPI
wind (WV)1 - /
Permanent set a creep
1

No Ice. No Wind (W*)

Figure 57.-Conductor
(metric).

c.
force

Compute
the
to millimeters

Insulator
One-half
(200.17)

ha&J
I

432

15.5
32
4!4

sag and tension

vertical
(inches)

I 6.000
I

a33/

I 0.

/959

lo , n.74

/
I
I

calculation

s-253

621

I4kw.

I
I

form for example

problem

force (weight)
of the insulator
string
using the low-point
scale factor:

string
force
= 400.34
N (90 lb)
insulator
string
force
= 200.17
N (45 lb)
(0.018
585) = 3.720 mm or, (45) (0.003
254

7) =

on wood-structure

and

0.1465

convert

in

one-half

limitation

the

chart

insulator

CHAPTER

DC-676

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

(W) -r?&/Js

lblft

Permamnt

/.

Wft

151

(6-76)

Rated Breaking

Load

Diameter

8. -946

Tension

Limitatiom:

1.7

doe

+&in.

Initial ,OF331Y-

ICO (w)

Set O/XX&

creep

O.ooP~--

Total

0.00~

lb

Final ,!F_2L~Laded
Fiml. XF

Dead Weight

lb

inch

lb
OF -5e
-

Modulus. (E) Fimlmx

Am (A) fl&$ki?i2
in2
Temo. ~oeff. of Linear EXP.: * &=0.3~

41 -lb
K -lb

Fiml

Initial 3.
AE Ijs

10s lb/i&
//3

x lOS lb/i&?
lb

No ICO. No Wind (W)

SP4N LENGTH(S)--FEET
Wlnd(w
Set L Creep

lb/f?

Pernunant

- 40
1
I n

.na9

ff

6.92

4&O.

/5 \ S43i?

I
I

Inch ~~
ICI.

SPANLENGTH(S)-?a

FEET

No Ice. No Wind (W)

60 I

Figure 58Ahductor
cu6tomary).

sag and tension calculation

ml

d.
Compute
deflection
calibration
equal to the
pressure,
in one conductor

form for example problem

angle scale (horizontal

resultant
tension
at 15.5
due to the line angle:
r;h

on wood-structure

axis to the right

C (60 F) final

2 T(sin
11 748

limitation

of the origin)
with 0.19-kPa

chart (U.S.

with the
(4-lb/f?)

degree
wind

a/2)
N (2641

T =
lb)
2 T = 23 496 N (5282 lb)
Assume
line angles and compute
resultant
be the same as that computed
in paragraph

tensions
5.b.

and

their

scale

values.

The

scale

factor

must

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

152

5
10

0.043
.087
.130
.173
.216
.258
342
.422
.500

ii
25
30
40
50
60

e.
the

Assume
point

62
16
53
65
44
82
02
62
00

(230)

1025
2048
3 067
4 080
5085
6 081
8 036
9 930
11748

(0.75)
:i

(460)

scale to be used for the sum of adjacent

E
(1143)
(1367)

57
76
94
113

:;E;
(2641)

184
149
218

spans

portion

::z;
(2:99)
(3.72)
(4.45)

of the chart

(vertical

scale

above

of origin):

Let
1 mm

1 inch

6 m of wind

span

500 ft of wind

span

one-half
=

the

one-half

sum
the

of adjacent
sum

Note: This scale will be doubled

when marking
the chart,
that
equal 1000 ft, so that the sum of adjacent
spans may be read

will
the

sum

of adjacent

spans,

of adjacent

or

spans.

is, 1 mm will equal 12 m, or 1 inch

directly
instead
of reading
one-half

spans.

Metric
0.19-kPa

wind

on conductor

Then,
1 mm =
1 N = l/24.696

(6)(4.116)
= 0.040

4.116

= 24.696
492 mm

N/m
N, and
(scale factor).

U. S. Customary
4-lb/ft2
wind on conductor
= 0.282 lb/ft
Then,
1 in = (500)(0.282)
= 141 lb, and
1 lb = l/141
= 0.007
092 in (scale factor).
f.

Calculate

angle

of bias lines

to be drawn

right

bias lines are used to automatically

add or subtract
due to a line deflection
angle. Because
the scale
the

same

as that

used

for

the

low-point

scale,

and left

of the deflection

angle

the wind pressure

to or from
factor
used for the deflection

the

slope

of the

bias

lines

may

calibrations.

These

the resultant
angle scale

tension
must be

be determined

by

tane= sum of adjacent spans scale factor _

low-point scale factor

where
8 is the angle formed
by the
will vary depending
upon the choice
5.e.

bias lines with

of scale factors

the horizontal
previously

axis. The slope of the

determined
in paragraphs

bias lines
5.b. and

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

0.040 492
= tan-
0.018 585

= km-

Compute

maximum

low-point

153

CHARTS

2.1787 = 65o20 (metric)

0.007 092
= tan-l
I9 = tan-1 0.003 255
g.

AND GUYING

distance

2.1788 = 6520 (U.S. customary)

for

the

type

HS

structure

shown

on figure

59:

Crossarm: 67 by 241 by 7620 mm (2-S/8 by 9-l/2 in by 25 ft)

fbd
Ultimate load = 6~
where: f = ultimate fiber stress of crossarm
= 5 1 02 1 kPa (7400 lb/in2 ) for Douglas fir
b = width of crossarm = 67 mm (2-S/8 in)
d = depth of crossarm = 241 mm (9-l/2 in)
L = length of crossarm projection = 1829 mm (72 in)
fbd _ (51 021) (67) (24w
6L
(6) (1829) (1000)

= 18 OS1 N or

= (7400) (2.625) (9-5)2 = 4058 lb

(6) (72)

Ultimate load for two crossarms = 36 104 N (8 116 lb)

Ultimate load withsafety factor of 4 = 9026 N (2029 lb)
Force of conductor with 13-mm (1/2-m) radial ice = 2 1.186 N/m (1.45 17 lb/ft)
Allowable low-point distance:
==426m
21.186

2029
-=
1.4517

or

1397 ft

At no load,
force of conductor = 8.968 N/m (0.6145 lb/ft)
factor of safety =

h.
Using

Compute
18 905

maximum
N (4250

8116
= 9.45
36 lo4
=
426 (8.968)
(1397) (0.6145)
low-point

lb),

b ased

distance
on test

for
data,

type
for

HSB
metal

structure
fittings

shown
on knee

on figure
braces

60:

at 45

slope:

TRANSMISSION

154

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

L
-2

..

2-

..

a
:n
k
I

--

NvAngle
\
\
\

or side guy

For two X-braces.,

install bolts 457mm
(I8 in) apart.

II:

For 22.9-m (75-ft) structure

and under, install one X-brace.
For 24.4-m (80 ft) structure
and over, instal t two x-braces.

TYPE

Fiie

59,Type

HS

STRUCTURE

HS wood-pole

structure.

104-D-1080.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

-I

LIMITATION

PLAN

AND GUYING

CHARTS

155

L-

/Angle

or side guy

For two x&braces, install

bolts 457 mm (I8 in) apart.
Structure
ground wires4

OKge*

For 22.9-m (75-f-t) structure

and under, install one x-brace.
For 24.4-m (80-ft) structure
and over, install two x-braces.

TYP E
Metric
L
2

HSB

STRUCTURE

2490 7 620 3658

7 620 3658
2134 8 839 4267

69
II5

2490

138
I61

2439 IO 668 5182

Fiie

60.-Type

HSB wood-pole

structure.

104-D-1081.

TRANSMISSION

156

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Metric

US. Customary

Crossarm load = 18 905 (0.707 1) = 13 367 N

Allowable low-point distance:

4250 (0.7071) = 3005 lb

13 367
= 630.94 m
21.186
i. Compute

maximum

low-point

3005
= 2070 ft
1.4517
distance

for

type

3AC

structure

Metric

(7400) (2.625) (9-5)2 = 4870 lb

6 (60)

1217 lb

Ultimate load with a safety factor of 4 = 5414 N

Allowable low-point distance for double crossarm:

Compute

insulator
to prevent

the

effects

21(;;;;)
.

of various

sizes of hold

string
to increase
the effective
excessive
insulator
side swing.

conductor
The first

downs

Assume
18 288-mm
example
because

different
formula

allowable
sum
on the structure:

be attached

to the

bottom

of the

in adjacent
spans, and also
is the low-point
scale factor.

1 lb = 0.003 254 7 in
50-lb weight = 0.163 in
loo-lb weight = 0.325 in
150-lb weight = 0.488 in

of adjacent

(60-ft),
class 2 western
red
this is the lowest
strength

classes of poles are a function

for computing
the wind force

may

= 1676 ft

U.S. Customary

1 N=O.O18585mm
222.4-N force = 4.13 mm
444.8-N force = 8.27 mm
667.2-N force = 12.40 mm

this

that

low-point
distance
value shown below

Metric

k.
Compute
the maximum
determining
the wind loading

61:

2-518 by 9-l/2 in

(51 021.52) (67) (241)2 = 2l 662 N

(1000) (6) (1524)

j.

on figure

U.S. Customary

Crossarm section = 67 by 241 mm

fld=
Ultimate load = 6~

2(5415L511
21.186

shown

cedar
wood

spans

on a type

poles (western
permitted
by

of the pole circumference,

on a pole may be derived

HS

structure

(fig.

59)

by

red cedar data are used for

USBR
specifications).
The

see table B-3 in appendix

using figure 62:

B. The

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

-Structure
ground wires--=

TYPE

3,

Metric,
69
115

STRUCTURE

mm

A
2
YT
1982 3658 1372 343
1982 4267 1524 610

Figure 61.-Type

3AC wood-pole

U.S. Customary, ft-in

A
6-6
6-6

structure.

2
Y
14-O 4-6
14-O 5-O

104-D-1082.

T
l-l&

2-O

157

TRANSMISSION

158

d2

LINE DESIGN

AX-

d2- diameter of pole at top

dl - diameter of pole a-t b&tom
H - height of pole

t
dl 1 O
Figure 62.~Single-line
compute wind force.

sketch

For pole,

of wood

pole showing

values

needed

to

Y-Y1
x-x,
=x2 - Xl
Y2 - Yl

General form of equation:

Then

MANUAL

y-H
x-4
=o - H d, - d,

x = (Y - Hi
,

d2 1

-H

+d,=(y-

Let the force of wind on dy l X be F in kilopascals

moment
of the wind force on a pole above ground
is:

H)k+d,,wherek=F

(pounds

per

H
c

Fx dy*y,

+ Fx dy*y, + . . .

=F

yb-H)k+d,ldy
/ 0

=F

H
I

WY2 - kHy + dzy)dy

square

foot).

d2

Then,

the

total

CHAPTER

Substituting (d Imeters

(square

dz)/-Hfor

feet)

IV-STRUCTURE

k,

the

LIMITATION

moment

AND GUYING

in newton-meters

CHARTS

(pound-feet)

on an area

is:

- d,)fi

=F

(d, - d, )H2 d, H2
2
+ 2

1
1

- d2)H2 - 3(d, - d2)H2 d2.H2

-6
+ 2

d,H
+2

=F

=F

H= d, +2.d,
-y
3
I(
9

FH 2(d 1 + 2d, )
in lb*ft if diameters are in feet, or
6

= FH2W, + 26,) in Nom if diameters are in millimeters, or

6000
= FH2W, + 24 1.111lb* ft if diameters are in inches.
72

159

in square

TRANSMISSION

160

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Metric

Mp =

FHZ(d, + 26,)

6000

, where

Mp = moment

M =(0.383 04)(1000)(15.850)2

[404.34+2(202.18)]

= 12970N.m

6000

U.S. Customary

Mp =
The

maximum

IO-mm

allowable

(3/8-in)

high

SAS (sum

strength

of 21 418-N
(4815~lb)
on figures
63 and 64.
DCm-I70

FH2(d, +2d,) 8(52)2 [ 15.92+2(7.96)1

72
=
72

initial

steel,

of adjacent

7-strand

condition.

spans)

overhead

Sag and

L can now

ground

tension

wires

calculations

= 9566 lb-ft
be found
with

by statics.

a maximum

for

the

ground

Assume

full-load
wire

are shown

(S-78)

coN0ucTom /o-mm.

.-=hJ

.-/JJ+r
Rotad

Making

Stmngth

Dimeta

.&mm

Tmaim

Limtatiana:

Initial.FINI

d--&--N

9c.33f*
.o,

.-

-N
2s

% -N

LUdDdd.~~.Y)%
Finsl

cawutd

NO I-.

-N

*-,--lS.Sg:

bv

Date

No Wind

(W)

Figure 63Averhead
chart (metric).

ground wire sag and tension calculation

form for example problem

on wood-structure

two

tension

limitation

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

km2

AND GUYING

CHARTS

$A6CKCUUTloM

161

0. #f&f

6=/5'+Q'

LOAOIWGA&;'*
7-wire
Ratad ErakIng Load -lb
Dlamotu &d&L
inch
Tonslat

&b
oFA?L%

Final.

LM
Flml.

,-!A%
aO?F

WW-

LOADING

NO la.

bad Weight (W')-d!d;73

+ kin. ~a fw") .p.ld7

Limitation:

Inithl.~

OFAL%
-

tb

Wol@t Fntm:

(L -lb
Dam

lb

Am

lb

Tamp. coan.

IbItt

(A)

tw)

/*3/c

of Llnu

In2
Exp.:

Q&Q

o.oooonlPu~

[~[LllwnmlLEwlnJ

lb/n

Wind ,A
Resultant:

-lb

Modulw.
*x:

&.q

bt=

&ac
O.bO

0.00

(E) Flrl3j:x
Initlal~.

100 IWid
I l@ lb/Id

Flnl AE ;zInitlaIAE
/a

SMfAcloR 1 SAG,R

Total

Iblft

*:nn

izIE.

Fumsnont sol O.ooJn~

crap 0.00

lb/h

lb
lb

1 SN,Ib

1 TENSJON,lb

No Wind (w)

Fiie
64.-Overhead
ground
chart (U.S. customary).

wire sag and tension calculation

Using
base:

the

(2 OGW)

sketch

(wind

shown

force

cond.)
(wind force
allowable
moment
force

on pole)

Figure 65.~Single-line
sketch of one pole of
a type HS wood-pole
structure.

form for example problem

on figure

on iced

65, and

OGW)

taking

(moment

on iced cond.)
(moment
on pole) (2 poles)/(safety

(2 poles)]

on wood-structure

moments

arm)
arm)

(l/2
factor

(l/2

limitation

about

SAS)

the

SAS) = [(max.
of 2)] - [(wind

(3.

TRANSMISSION

162

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Metric
(2) (13.222) (15.70) (L/2) + (3) (17.96) (13.87) (L/2) = (250 5255 (2)- (2) (12 970)

415.1708 L/2 + 747.208 L/2 = 250 555 - 25 940

L12 = 224 615 = 193.24
1162.379
L = 386.48 m
U. S. Customary

(2) (0.9066) (5 1.5) (L/2) + (3) (1.23 1) (45.5) (L/2) =

(184 8200) (2) _ (2) (9566)

93.380 L/2 + 168.031 L/2 = 184 800 - 19 132

L/2 =

165 668
= 633.74
261.411

L= 1267ft

1.
(fig.

Compute
59)

for

the allowable
various

line

maximum

sum

of adjacent

spans

on a type

HS structure

with

angles:

Metric

FH2(d, +
6000

w2)

= (0.383 04) (1000) (3.51)2 i246.63 + 2(202.1-8)] = 512 Lo1 Nem

6000

U.S. Customary
FH(d,

+ 2d,) = (8) (1 1.5)2 19.71 + 2(7.96)1 = 376 .6 lbeft

72
72

X-brace

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Using

the

LIMITATION

sketch

shown

AND GUYING

on figure

66, and

CHARTS

taking

163

moments

about

the

base:

(2

OGW)(2 Ga,. sin

OGW)
(mbment
(l/2

(moment
arm)

SAS)

factor

a/2)

(moment

arm)
(l/2
+ (3 cond.)
[(max.

of 2)] - [( wind

allowable
force

arm)

SAS)
( wind

(2 OGW)

(wind

force

+ (3 cond.)
(2 T&,x.
sin
force
on cond.)
(moment

moment

on pole)

on

pole)

on

a/2)
arm)

(2 poles)/(safety

(2 poles)]

Figure 66.-Single-line
sketch of top portion
of a type HS woodpole structure with
X-brace.

Metric
(2) (42 836) (sin a/2) (3.35) + (2) (13.222) (3.35) (L/2)
+ (3) (17.96)(1.52)(L/2)
= (56 870) (2)/2 - (2) (512)
287 001
592 063
592 063
6936.88
Assume

A line

L/2 + 305 062 (sin

L/2 = 55 849
L = 55 849
L = 654.35

(sin a/2)

88.587

(sin a/2)
(sin a/2)

+
+

170.700
85.35

(sin a/2)
+
values for L and

solve

for

a/2)

sin a/2

aI2

654.35
300
0

0
0.051 08
0.094 33

0
2055
5O24

these

tabulated

82.113

L/2 = 56 870 - 1021

values

should

he drawn

a
0
5050
10@48

on the

sum

of adjacent

U. S. Customary
(2) (9630) (sin a/2)
(11)
+ (3) (1.231) (5) (L/2)
22 747.2 (sin a/2)

(2) (0.9066)
(11) (L/2)
+ (3) (15
= (41 945) (2)/2 - (2) (376.6)

L = 2144.86

(1.52)

a:

L, m

representing

+ (3) (66 724) (sin a/2)

000)

(sin

a/2)

(5)

spans

chart.

TRANSMISSION

164
Assume

values

for

L and

solve

for

ft

L,

for

a working

western

red cedar:

stress,

at 15.5

42

0
0.050 33
0.094 29

fiber

MANUAL

a:

sin a/2

2144.86
1000
0
Assuming

LINE DESIGN

0
2053
5O24

C (60

o F) with

no wind

load,

$$)

= 5.6 safety factor

ultimate fiber stress = 38.612 MPa

or ($ii
working stress
6.895 MPa
With
(1844
(2

a 15.5

lb) on the

OGW)

(60

(2 Tsin

moment

OF)

overhead
a/2)

on wood

no wind

tension

of 10 872

ground

wire,

the

moment

(moment

arm)

(3 cond.)

(2 poles)/(safety

factor

pole)

0
5O46
1O48

N (2444

lb)

equation

on the

would

(2 Tsin

a/2)

of 6.895

MPa

(1000

conductor,

lb/ins)

and

8205

be:

(moment

arm)

(max.

allowable

of 5.6)

Metric
(2) (16 410) (sin a/2)
(3.35)
+ (3) (21 744) ( sin Q /2)
109 947 (sin U/2)
+ 99 413.57
(sin a/2)
= 20 310.71

(1.524)

(56

870)

(2)/5.6

209 360.57
(sin a/2)
= 20 310.71
sin a/2
= 0.097
01, a/2
= So 34
a = 1108
U.S.

Customary

(2) (3688)
(sin a/2)
(11)
sin a/2
= 0.096
99, a/2
a = 1108
If this

angle

had

been

+
=

less than

be drawn on the sum of adjacent

using the previously
tabulated
m.
Compute
61) for various
the

two

(3) (4888)
534

(sin

the

angle

spans
angles.

largest

conductors

Example

: without

(2 cond.)
shear)

(2T,,,.

shear
sin a/2)

are guyed

(5)

(41

computed

945)

(2)/5.6

previously,

then

chart at 11 o 08 from 0 to the intersection

This means that the original
line would

the allowable
sum of adjacent
line angles. Assume
conductor

outside

a/2)

from

spans due to bolt

on inside of angle
pole

on outside

a vertical

line

would

with the line drawn

be cut off at 11 o 08 :

shear on a type 3AC structure

is guyed to top of middle
pole,

(fig.
and

of angle.

plates
+

(2. cond.)

(wind

force

on iced

cond.)

(l/2

SAS)

(allowable

bolt

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

165

Metric
(2) (2) (33 362) (sin a/2) + (2) (17.959)
(L/2)
133 448 (sin a/2) + 17.959
L = 8123.53
7430.70 (sin a/2) + L = 452.34
Assume
values for L and solve for a:
sin a/2

Lm

452.34
200
0

(10 831.37)

aI2

0
0.033 96
0.060 87

0
lO56
3 O29

(0.75)*

3O52
605 8

U. S. Customary
(2) (2) (7500)
24 378.35 (sin
Assume

Example

values

(sin

a/2)

a/2)
for

+ L = 1507.92
L and solve for a:

(2)

(1.2306)

(L/2)

= (2435) (0.75)*

L, ft

sin a/2

aI2

1507.92
1000
0

0
0.020 83
0.061 85

0
1011
3O32

0
2022
7004

a/2

: with

shear

plates

Metric
633 448
7430.70

(sin a/2)
(sin a/2)

Assume

values

for

17.959

L =

and

L = 26 689.2**
1486.12

solve

for

a:

km

sina/

450
225
0

.0.139 44
.169 72
,199 99

8OOl
9O46
1 lO32

16OO2
19032
23OO4

* and l * Data from National

Design Specifications
for Stress-Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings,
1973 Edition,
National Forest Products Association, Washington
D.C.
l Part VI Bolted
Joints:
Paragraph 600-K-3.-The
tabulated loads (table 12 for double shear) shall be used for a main member which
is twice the thickness of the thinnest side members (2-5/8 in x 2 = 5-l/4 in). Permissiile load = 2435 lb =
10 831.37 N.
Paragraph 600.G-2.-When
joints are to be exposed to weather, .75 percent of the tabulated loads apply.
l

* Part V Timber Connector

Joints:
Paragraph 500-B-2.-An
assembly with two connector units of the same size used in contact faces with the
connectors concentric with the same bolt axis, the total allowable connector load shall be the sum of the allowable
connector loads given for each connector unit used (table 9).

TRANSMISSION

166

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

U.S. Customary
30 000 (sin a/2) +
24 378.35 (sin a/2)
Assume

for

values

for

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.117 96
.158 98
.200 25

To be practical,
assume
type HS structure.
n.

Compute

Full

load

Find

strength

a/2)

2Tsin

A 60

tension
for

angle

a safety

35 585 N (8000
Let
points

a 60

on chart

Then N
Using

same

line

6046
9009
1 l/033

maximum

sum

of single

insulator

33 362

N (7500

of adjacent

(as computed

spans

string

used

(upper

limit)

on angle

type

3AC

as

structures:

under

or

par.

due to the

5.d.)

218 mm

(8.6

in)

1 lb =+j=O.OOl

(20 OOO-lb)
= 21.186
line

angle,

insulator
units
N/m
(1.4517

gives
lb/ft).

and

conductor

be the

a working

Then,

HZ + V2 = (35 585 N)2 or (8000 lb)2

H(N)=&35

for

lb)

218
=-=O.O065446mm
33 362

force

131~32
18O18
23OO6

angle:

factor
of 2.5 on 88 964-N
lb). F orce of iced conductor

H be the horizontal
in adjacent
spans.

aI2

= 2(33 362) (0.5) = 33 362 N,

= 2(7500) (0.5) = 7500 lb

30

line

the

limitation

conductor

2 T(sin

L = 6000**

1.2306

+ L = 4875.67
L and solve for a:

585)2 - Y2 or H(lb) = J(8000)2

- V2

force

maximum
between

of
low

CHAPTER
Solve

for

H by

IV-STRUCTURE

assuming

low-point

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

167

distances:

Metric

Low point,
m

H,

V2

v,
N

4
8
12
16
21

23t.2
414.4
711.4
948.8
186.0

233
231
226
218
205
187

35 585
35 332
34 561
33 237
31289
28 591

200
400
600
800
1000

17 953 864
71815 455
161584 175
287 261821
448846596

U. S. Customary

Low point,
ft
0
500

Since

angle

structures

with

725.85
1451.70
2177.55
2903.40
3629.25
4355.10

1000
1500
2000
2500

suspension

H,
lb

in

8000
7967
7867
7698
7455
7129
6711

9.17
9.14
9.02
8.83
8.55
8.17
7.70

V2

V,
lb

2
4
8
13
18

insulators

526 858
107 433
741 124
429 732
171456
966 896

are limited

preceding
limitation
will not have much bearing.
To show the
66 723-N
(15 OOO-lb) insulator
units are to be considered.
Then,
have a working
tension
of 26 689 N (6000 lb) and,

H(N)

Solve

for

= &26

H by assuming

- V2

689)2

low-point

to a maximum
effect
with

line

of such calculations,
a 2.5 safety factor,

or H(lb) = J(6000)2

- V2

distances:

Metric

Low point,
m
0
200
400
600
800
1000

v,
N

V2

423$2
8 47414
12 711.6
16 948.8
21 186.0

17 953 8640
71815 455
161584 775
287 261821
448 846 596

H,
-

26 689

26
25
23
20
16

350
308
467
617
231

angle

mm
175
172
166
154
135
106

of 60 O, the
assume
we would

TRANSMISSION

168

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

U. S. Customary
Low point,

lb
0

6000

526858
2107433
4141 124
8429732
13171456
18966 896

5956

0
7250.85
1451.70
2171.55
2903.25

500

1000
1500
2000
2500
3000

o.

Determine

limitation

angle

of single

3629.25
4355.10

of bias lines

insulator

strings

to be drawn
under

H,

V2

17

ft

on the

various

6.88
6.83
6.68
6.41
6.02
5.48
4.73

5822

5591
5251
4778
4127

sum of adjacent

combinations

in

spans

chart

for reading

of loadings:

Metric
Sm11 of adjacent
For SAS = 600

spans scale, 1 mm = 6 m (from

par. 5.e.)
m, wind span = l/2 SAS = 300 m, 300/6

Conductor
with
13-mm
ice and 0.38-kPa
The wind load on 300 m of iced conductor
1 N = 50/5387.7
= 0.009
280 4 mm

wind,
=

wind
(300)

force
=
(17.959)

50 mm

on chart

17.959
N/m
= 5387.7
N

From figure 67,

tan
0.008 280 4

6 (From

= 0.006
o*oog2804=141802
544 6

8 = 54O48

paro. fin.)

Figure 67.-Force triangle showing angle

of bias lines for wood-structure
limitation
chart (metric).

U. S. Customa fy
Sum of adjacent
spans scale, 1 in = 500 ft (from
par. 5.e.)
= 1000 ft, 1000/500
For SAS = 2000 ft, wind span = l/2 S&I
Conductor
The wind
1 lb

with
l/2-in
ice and 8-lb wind,
load on 1000 ft of iced conductor

2/1231

0.001

624

wind
=

force
= 1.231
(1000)
(1.231)

2 in on chart

lb/ft
= 1231

lb

7 in

From figure 68,

._ 0.001 624 7 = 1 416 85
km8 -0.001 1467
*
0.001 624 7

(From poro. 5.n.)

8 = 54O48
Figure 68.-Force
triangle
showing
angle of bias tines for wood-structure
limitation
chart (U.S. customary).

the

CHAPTER
p.

Compute

IV-STRUCTURE

conductor

guying

LIMITATION

for H-frame

type

AND GUYING

structures

with

CHARTS

no guys

169

on the overhead

ground

wires:

When

a transmission

line

which
must be considered
side of the angle structure,
by the

two

a/2),

legs of the

see figure

wind

blowing

both

spans

case that
also

on the

could

use more

heavy

and

areas,

instead

NESC
loading

in all design
the resultant

work.
force

guying,

conductor.

happen.

We

assumption

values

loading

of the

values

The

This

for

value
that

usually

pressure,

and

0.57

called

for

in NESC

and medium
loading
Where extreme
wind

the

is highly

areas

areas
loading

kPa

force

a force
wind

blows

add

250.B.:

result

of

perpendicular

to the

safety

NESC

0.19

worst

factor.
for
light

kPa

and 0.43 kPa (9 lb/ft2)

on the line (rule 250.C.)

to

it is the

(8 lb/ft2)

for

is 2 T(sin

is the

but

kPa

(12 lb/ft2)
rule

force

that

improbable,
0.38

created

is the same on each

of the angle formed

of the resultant

consider

will

wind

is a horizontal

If the line tension

will be on the split

assume

line.

This

practical

line.

there

we also must

transmission

medium

heavy
areas.

direction,

transmission

69. For

of the

changes

We

NESC
loading

(4 lb/ft2)

in NESC
is greater

for
light
than

the combined
ice and wind load (or wind load alone) prescribed
in rule 250.B.,
then
the proper
values taken from the wind pressure
map (fig. 250-2 of NESC)
should
be used for all structure
and guy loading
computations.
Figure
69.-Force
triangle
showing
resultant
conductor
force due to line angle.

Example
H =

:
2

T (sin

a/2)

(wind

force)

(L /2)

Metric
H = 2(33 362) (sin a/2) +

(0.383 04) (1000)

L/2

= 66 724 (sin a/2) + 17.961 (L/2)

= 66 724 (sin a/2) + 8.98 L
U. S. Customary
H = 2(7500) (sin a/2) + [(F)

(8;l

L/2

= 15 000 (sin a/2) + 0.6155 L

Using

11-mm

(14 500 lb),

(7/16-in),
a safety

7-wire,
factor

high-strength

of 2.67,

and

steel

guy wire

set at an angle

with
of 45

a breaking
to the

strength
pole:

of 64 500

TRANSMISSION

170

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Metric

64 500
267
(0.707 1) = 17 080 N of horizontal pull per guy wire
U. S. Customary

14 500
267
(0.7071) = 3840 lb of horizontal pull per guy wire
.
Then,

guying

structures

(2

of the horizontal

is determined

0-9

by

farces
the

of the

moment

conductors

and overhead

ground

wires

on H-frame

equation:

%,a,.

sin a/2)
(moment
arm)
(2
(l/2
SAS) + (3 cond.)
(2 T,,,. sin a/2)
(moment
arm) (l/2
SAS) = ( a 11owable

+ (2 OGW)
( wind
(moment
arm) +
horizontal

load

force

on OGW)

(3 cond.)

on guy)

(moment

(wind

force

(moment

arm)

- (wind

poles)
Metric
(2)

(2)
+
=

1 344
+
4 120

- For
(21

one

418)

guy:
(sin

(3) (2) (33 362)

(17 080) (12.040)

a/2)
(15.697)
+ (2) (13.231)
(15.697)
(L/2)
(13.868)
+ (3) (17.961)
(13.868)
( sin a/2)

L/2 + 2 775 985.30

793.38

( sin a/2)

415.48

L/2 =

179

703.69

1162.729

778.68

(sin

a/2)

L/2 =
L = 179

4 120 778.68
(sin a/2)
+ 581.364
7088.12
(sin a/2)
+ L = 309.107
Assume
values for L and solve for
Lm

309.107
150
0
For two guys:
4 120 778.68

(sin

7088.12

(sin

a/2)

Assume

values

for

Lm

662.83
300
0

a/2)
+

(L/2)

- 25 939.51

747.249

179

(sin

a/2)

703.69

703.69

a:

sin a/2

al2

0
0.022 45
.043 61

0
1417
2030

0
2O34
5000

L = (2)

581.364

(17

080)

(12.040)

- 25 939.51

L = 662.832
and

solve

for

a:

sin

a/2

0
0.046 96
.093 51

a/2

0
2Wl
5422

0
5O22
lOO44

385

arm)

on cond.)

346.89

on

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

U.S. Customary-For

(sin

(2) (2) (4815)

one

a/2)

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

guy:

(51.5) + (2) (0.906) (51.5) (L/2)

(45.5) + (3) (1.231) (45.5) (L/2)

(3) (2) (7500)

( sin a/2)
3840 (39.5) - 19 132

+
=

991 890 (sin a/2)

+ 93.318 L/2 + 2 047 500 ( sin a/2) + 168.032 L/2

a/2) + 261.35 L/2 = 132 548
L = 132 548
3 039 390 (sin a/2) + 130.67
23 260.044
(sin a/2) + L = 1014.372
Assume
values for L and solve for a:
3 039

390

For two guys:

3 039 390 (sin
23 260.044
(sin
values

sin a/2

at2

0
0.022 11
.043 61

1 O16

ft

1014.372
500
0

Assume

Compute

conductor

conductor

and

on inside

guyed from the outside

overhead
ground
wires
two

conductors,

0
2032
SO00

230

at2

0
0.050 52
.093 51

0
2O53
522

0
5046
10044

overhead

of angle

ground

is guyed

one

wire

to top

pole. Two conductors

will
will be guyed off together.

guying

of center

be guyed

for
pole,

off

a type
and

together,

arm)
horizontal

(2 cond.)
load

( wind

656.86

656.86
7429.88 (sin

(sin

one conductor

on guy)

(moment

arm)

a/2)

(13.868)

(2)

(17.961)

(13.868)

(L/2)

a/2)
+ 498.166
L/2 = 205 733.62
a/2) + 249.083 L = 205 733.62
a/2) + L = 825.964
(sin

(fig.

and

on cond.)

= (17 080) (13.564) - (2) (12 969.75)

1 850

structure

outside

force

Metric
(2) (2) (33 362) ( sin

3AC

two

conductors
and

guy:

(moment
(2 c0nd.j (2 Tmax. sin a/2)
(l/2
SAS) = (2 guys) ( a 11owable

1 850

548

sin a/2

ft

2175.159
1000
0

For

132

a/2) + 130.67 L = (2) (3840) (39.5) - 19 132

a/2)
+ L = 2175.159
for L and solve for a:

L,

q.

(sin

L,

Assume

171

(moment
- (wind

arm)

on poles)

61).
are
two

TRANSMISSION

172
Assume

values

for

and

solve

for

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

a:

La

sin a/2

ai2

600
300
0

0.030 4 1
.070 79
,111 17

1044
4003
6O23

3 O28
8006
112~46

U.S. Customary
a/2) (45.5) + (2) (1.231)
+ 112.021
L /2 = 170
1 365 000 (sin a/2)
+ 56.01
L = 151 748
24 370.648 (sin a/2) + L = 2709.302
Assume
values for L and solve for Q:
(2) (2) (7500)
1 365

000

(sin

(sin

a/2)

L, ft

two

conductors,

0.029 10
.070 14
.lll 17
two

(L/2)

= (3840) (44.5) - (2) (9566)

880 - 19 132

sina/

2000
1000
0
For

(45.5)

a/2

1040
4001
623

3O20
8002
12O46

guys:

Metric
1 850
Assume

(sin a/2)
+ 249.083
L = (2)
a/2) + L = 1756.068
values for L and solve for a:

656.86

7429.88

(17

080)

(13.564)

- (2)

(12 969.75)

(sin

sin a/2

Lm

0.155 60
.195 97
.236 35

600
300
0

aI2
8O57
1118
13O40

17054
22O36
27 O20

U. S. Customary
1 365

000

(sin

a/2)

56.01

24 370.648

L =

Assume

solve

(sin a/2)
+
values for L and

L = (2) (3840) (44.5) - (2) (9566)

5760.186
for a:

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.154 29
.195 32
.236 36

aI2
8O52
11015
13O40

a
17044
22O30
27 O20

CHAPTER
For

one

conductor

and

IV-STRUCTURE
two

overhead

LIMITATION

ground

wires,

AND GUYING
one

CHARTS

guy:

Metric
(1) (2)

(33

362)

(2)

(2)

(17

080)

6860.892
Assume

(sin

(21

a/2)

418)

(sin

(14.326)

a/2)

(sin
values

(14.326)
a/2)

- (12

(1)

(14.326)

(17.961)
+

(2)

(14.326)

(L /2)

(13.2318)

(14.326)

(L/2)

969.75)

+ L = 728.186
L and solve for a:

for

sin, a 12

aI2

0.018 68
.062 41
.106 14

1004
3O34
6O05

Lm
600
300
0

2OO8
7OO8
12010

U.S. Customary
(1)

(2)

(7500)

(sin

a/2)

(47)

( sin a/2)

+ (2) (4 (4815)

(1)

(47)

(L/2)

(0.906)

(47)

(1.231)

(47)

(2)

(L/2)

= (3840) (47) - 9566

22 517.410
(sin a/2)
+ L = 2390.071
Assume
values
for L and solve for a:

For

one

L, ft

sin a/2

aI2

2000
1000
0

0.017 32
.061 73
.106 14

0S9
3032
6Qo5

lO58
7w4
12010

conductor

and

two

overhead

a/2)
+
+ L =

318.213
1497.131

ground

wires,

two

guys:

Metric
2 183 225.096
6860.882
(sin
Assume

(sin
a/2)

values

for

L and solve

La

for

L = (2) (17 080)

0.130 76
.174 49
.218 21

42

7030
lPO3
12036

U. S. Customary
1 610 220
22 517.410

(sin a/2)
(sin a/2)

L = (2) (3840) (47) - (9566)

L = 4913.914

71.510
+

.- (12 969.75)

a:

sina/

600
300
0

(14.326)

1SOOO
20 06
2Pi 2

173

TRANSMISSION

174
Assume

values

L and solve

for

L,

for

762 mm

guy

attachment

(2.5

ft)

two-conductor
a total

load

for

(three

conductors

two

attachment

between

the

two

guy

attachment

guys

and

attachment

The

ground

required

points

overhead

with

ground

for the other

guy attachment

and two overhead

points.

two

very

little

wires

is separated

two conductors
and
points,
it is satisfactory

wires)

number

14O52
20000
25012

guyed

of guys
load

from

an imaginary

(as calculated)

transferred

the

at each

(2 cond.1 (2 T,,,.
(1 cond.)

attachment

(moment
on poles)

sin a/2) (moment

arm) + (2 cond.)
( wind force on cond.)
arm) + (1 cond.)
(wind force
(2 T,,,. sin a/2) (moment

arm)

(l/2

SAS)

(2) (2) (33 362) (sin a/2)

(2 guys)

sin a/2) (moment

arm) + (2 OGW)
( a 11owable
horizontal
load per guy)

(2)

(33

362)

(sin

(13.868)
a/2)

(2)

(14.326)

(17.961)

4 033 881.960
Assmne

be split
between

(1)

(17.961)

(sin

(sin

a/2)

values

for

Lm
600
300
0

(14.326)
(14.326)

(L/2)
(L/2)

a/2)

+ 567.296 L = 437 451.95

L = 771.118
L and solve for a:
+

sina/2
0.024 06
.060 63
.108 44

aI2
1022

3O28
6% 3

arm) (l/2
(moment

(wind force on OGW)

(moment
arm) - (wind

(L/2)

(13.868)

+ (2) (2) (21 418) (sin a/2) (14.326)

+ (2) (13.2318)
= (2) (17 080) (13.945)
- (3) (12 969.75)

7110.718

pole

(moment
on cond.)

Metric

(1)

halfway

then

point):

arm) (l/2 SAS) + (2 OGW) (2 T,,,.

only

because
the
to consider
point

could

through

by

points.

(one

SAS ) +

conductor

the guy attachment

is located
between
the, two

the

Example
For two

7O26
1000
1236

f rom

load

between
these

one

al2

0.129 41
.173 82
.218 22

1000

MANUAL

a:

sin a/2

ft

2000

As the

LINE DESIGN

2O44
6O56
12O26

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

U. S. Customary

(2) (2) (7500) (sin a/2)

+ (1) (2) (7500) (sin
+ (2) (2) (4815) ( sin
= (2) (3840) (45.75)

(45.5)
a/2)
a/2)
- (3)

+ (2) (1.231) (45.5) (L/2)

(47) + (1) (1.231) (47) (L/2)
(47) + (2) (0.906) (47) (L /2)
(9566)

2 975 220 (sin a/2) + 127.521 L = 322 662

23 331.216 (sin a/2) + L = 2530.266
Assume values for L and solve for a:
L,

ft

2000
1000
0

sin a/2

aI2

0.022 73
.065 59
.108 45

lO18
3045
6013

2036
7030
12O26

For three guys (two at upper guy attachment

and one at lower):

Metric

4 033 881.960 (sin a/2) + 567.296 L = (3) (17 080) (13.945)

7110.718 (sin a/2) + L = 1190.970
Assume values for L and solve for a:

- 38 909.25

L, m

sin a/2

aI2

600
300
0

0.083 11
.125 30
.167 49

4p46
7012
938

932
14O24
19O16

U. S. Customary

2 975 220 (sin a/2) + 127.521 L = (3) (3840)

23 331.216 (sin a/2) + L = 3907.921
Assume values for L and solve for a:
L,

ft

2000
1000

(45.75)

- 28 698

sin a/2

42

0.081 78
.124 64
.167 50

4041
7OO9
938

For four guys (two at each attachment

9O22
14Ol8
19O16

point):

Metric
+
4 033 881.960 (sin a/2)
+ L =
7110.718 (sin a/2)

567.296

1610.822

L.=

(4)

(17 080) (13.945) - 38 909.25

175

TRANSMISSION

176
Assrmle

values

for

and

solve

for

LINE DESIGN

a:

sin a/2

Lm

600
300
0

MANUAL

aI2

0.142 15
.184 34
.226 53

8OlO
10O37
13005

16O20
21O14
26O 10

U.S. C11st0maly
2 975

200

(sin

a/2) +

r.
Compute
For one guy

L = (4) (3840) (45.75) - 28 698

L = 5285.576

127.521

23 331.216
(sin a/2) +
Assume
values for L and

solve

for

a:

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.140 82
.183 68
.226 54

conductor
guying
at each conductor:

for

42

structure

16OlO
21010
26O 10

8OO5
10035
13005
types

3A

(fig.

70) and

3AB

(fig.

71).

Metric
2 T(sin

(2) (33
66 724
66 724

a/2)

362) (sin
(sin a/2)
(sin a/2)

7430.041
Assume

(sin

a/2)

values

for
L

(wind

force)

(L /2) =

17 080

a/2)
+ [(47/1000)
(0.383
04)
+ 17.9607
L /2 = 17 080
L = 17 080
+ 8.9803
and

sin a/2

at2

0.175 23
.215 60
.256 00

lOOO5
1227
14O50

U. S. Customary
(2) (7500)
(sin a/2)
15 000 (sin a/2)
+
15 000 (sin a/2)
+

+ [(1.846/12)
1.231
L/2
0.6155
L =

24 370.43

a/2)

17 080

1901.941
solve for a:

600
300
0

(sin

L =

(lOOO)](L/2)

(8)]

= 3840
3840
L = 6238.83

(L/2)

= 3840

2o 10
24O54
29040

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

177

PLAN
b

Minimum clearance
between conductor
and band or guy-

TYPE

230

Figure 70.-Type

3A

Structure
ground wires

STRUCTURE

130481762011956 110-O 125-016-5

3A wood-pole

structure.

104-D-1083.

178

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

PLAN

/J
c Minimum clearance
between conductor
and band or guy
l-r

TYPE

Voltage,
kV
1

69

Fii

3AB

/J

STRUCTURE

Metric, mm .. fCtus~~mory
AIZIB

AIZIB

130481442Oi 965 hO-Oh4-6

71-Type

3AB wood-pole

structure.

1 3-2 1

104-D-1084.

Assume

values

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

for

solve

L and

for

sin a/2

2000

0.173 93
.214 97
.256 00

0
two

guys

at each

AND GUYING

CHARTS

179

a:

L, ft

1000

For

LIMITATION

aI2

20002
241O48
29O40

1OOOl
12O24
14050

conductor:

Metric

66

724

(sin

7430.041
Assume

a/2)

(sin

a/2)

values

for

8.9803
+

L =

L =

L and

(2)

(17 080)

3803.882

solve

for

Lm

a:
sin a/2

0.431 21
.471 58
Sll 96

600
300
0

aI2

25O32
28OO8
3047

5 I OO4
56O16
6 lO34

aI2

U. S. Customary
15 000 (sin a/2)
+
(sin a/2)
24 370.43
Assume

values

s. Compute

for

0.6155
+

L =

L =

L and

(2)

(3840).

12 477.66

solve

for

a:

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.429 93
.470 97
.512 00

overhead

ground

wire

guying

2S027
281OOS
3 0047
for structure

types

on 2 OGW)

3A,

50054
56010
6 1O34
3AB,

and

3TA

(figs.

72, respectively).

(2

OGV

For one
Metric

(2

G,,,.

sin a/2)

(wind

load

horizontal

force

to he guyed

guy:

(2) (2) (21 418) ( sin

+
85 672 (sin a/2)
+
85 672 (sin a/2)
6474.754
(sin a/2)

a/2)
+
26.4634
13.2317
+

L =

[ (34.544/1000)
L /2 = 17 080
L =
1290:839

17 080
I

(0.383

04)

(lOOO)]

(2) (L/2)

17 080

70, 71, and

180

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

mm (14 ft) Withpost insulator

4877 mm (16 ft) With
post insulator
out

Structure
wires y

ground

TYPE
I

Figure 72.-Type

3TA

STRUCTURE

POLE

3TA wood-pole

SPACING

structure.

104-D-1085.

CHAPTER
Assume

values

for

IV-STRUCTURE

and

solve

for

Lm

AND GUYING

CHARTS

a:

sin a/2

600
300
0
U.S.

LIMITATION

a/2

0.106 70
.153 03
.199 36

6007
8O48
11030

12O14
17O36
23OOO

Customary

(2) (2) (4815)

(sin a/2) +

[(1.36/12)

(8)]

21 244.209

L = 3840
L = 4235.605

Assume

solve

19 260

For two
Metric

(sin

a/2)

(sin a/2)
+
values
for L and

for

(2)

(L/2)

= 3840

a:

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.105 23
,152 30
.199 37

aI2
6OO2
8O45
11030

a
12OO4
17030
23OOO

guys:

85 672 (sin a/2)

6474.754 (sin a/2)
Assume

0.9066

values

13.2317
+

for

L =

(2)(17

080)

L =
and

2581.679
solve for a:

La
600
300
0

sin a/2

a/2

0.306 06
.352 40
.398 73

17O49
2038
23O30

35O38
41O16
47000

a/2

U. S. Customary
19 260

(sin

a/2)

L = (2)(3840)

0.9066

21 244.209
(sin a/2)
+
Assume
values for L and

= 8471.211
solve for a:

L, ft

sin a/2

2000
1000
0

0.304 61
.351 68
.398,75

17044
2035
23O30

35O28
41010
47000

181

TRANSMISSION

182
For

three

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

guys:

Metric
85 672 (sin a/2)
6474.754 (sin a/2)
Assume

values

for

L =

13.2317

L =

and

(3)(17

080)

3872.518

solve

for

a:

sin a/2

Lm

0.505 43
.551 76
.598 10

600
300
0

42

3021
33O29
36O44

6042
66O58
73O28

42

U.S. Customary
19 260 (sin
21 244.209
Assume

a/2)
+
(sin a/2)

vahtes

0.9066
+ L

for

and

L = (3) (3840)
= 12 706.817

solve

for

L, ft

sin a/2

2000

0.503 99
.551 06
.598 13

1000

0
t.

Prepare

Assume

guying

structure

data

for

has 18.3-m

requirements

with

no angle

(OGW)

force

on iced

(wind

(moment
arm)
force on pole)

a:

(l/2

SAS)

structure
(60-ft)

type

30015
33O26
36O44
3TA

western

(fig.

6030
66O52
73O28

72):

red cedar

poles

without

X-braces.

OGW)
(moment
[( max. allowable

arm)

(l/2

SAS)

moment

+ ( cond.)

on wood

(wind

pole)/(safetyLfactor

Metric
(13.232)

(15.697)
+

207.703 L/2
202.383 L =
L =

(L/2)

+ (17.959)
L/2 =

197.064

112 307
554.923
m (maximum

125

(10.973)
277 SAS

(L/2)

= (250 555/Z) -

12 970

without

side

guys)

U.S. Customary
(0.9066) (51.5) (L/2)
46.690 L/2 + 44.316
45.503 L = 82 834
L = 1820.41

Compute

side guy

guys:

(36) (L/2)
=
= 92 400 - 9566

(1.231)

L/2

ft (maximum

SAS

without

(184

800/2)

side

guys)

- 9566

12 970

force

on iced

cond.)

of 2)] - (wind

CHAPTER
With
At

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

183

CHARTS

X-braces:
5.9436

m (19.5

Circumference
Diameter

on pole
(wind

874
mm

mm

SAS)

(34.4

in)

in)

on pole

to wind

on iced

(l/2

of structure:

(10.95

moment
due

force

(moment
arm)
force on pole)

top

=
278

allowable

Moment

from

of pole
of pole

Maximum

(OGW)

ft)

81 603

OGW)
(moment
[( max. allowable

Nom

(60

187 lb*ft)

force:
arm) (l/2
moment

SAS) +
on wood

(cond.)
(wind
pole)/(safety

force
factor

on iced cond.)
of 2)] - (wind

Metric
FfI(d,

(13.232)
76.6291

+2d,)
6000
(5.7912)

= [0.38304(1000)(5.9436)21
[278.13 +(2)(202.18)1
6000
(L/2)

L /2 + 19.1587
47.894
L = 39 262
m
L = 819.7686
U. S. Customary

(17.959)

(1.0668)
(L/2)
801 - 1539

(81

603/2)

= 153g 176 Nem

1539

L /2 = 40
(maximum

SAS

without

side

guys)

FH2 Cd, + 26,) _ K%19.5)21 f10.95 + (2) (7.9611 = 1135 25.,5 lbaft
72
72
(0.9066)
17.2254
10.767

The

(19) (L/2)
+ (1.231) (3.5) (L/2) = (60 187/2)
L /2 + 4.3085 L /2 = 30 093 - 1135
L = 28 958
L = 2689.51
ft (maximum
SAS without
side guys)

National

Electrical

Safety

Code

does

not

require

- 1135

angle

guys

structures;
however,
we use one single guy for each conductor
up to 60 . These angle guys will keep the structure
from leaning
for

the
u.

3TA

overhead

Determine

single

ground

wires

span

were

limits

on structures

The following
paragraphs
describe
how
between
conductors
and overhead
ground
and span
permissible

(30

length
span

with given
for a given

For loading
conditions
OF), determine
the
Conductor:
242 mm2 (477
Ruling
span

conductors
structure

of 13-mm
conductor
kcmil),

computed

in paragraph
due

to galloping

to determine
the spacing
wires to prevent
contact

and overhead
ground
with given conductors

(l/2-in)
ice, O.lO-kPa
and overhead
ground
ACSR,

24,/7,

NESC

if line

guys

at tension

for line angles

requirements

5.~.
conductors:
required
between
conductors
and
for a particular
loading
condition

wires; or to determine
and overhead
ground

(2-lb/ft2)
wind pressure,
wire sags for the given

heavy

are used

on tension
structures
into the angle. Guying

the maximum
wires.

and at minus
span length:

1 C

loading
=

213.36

m (700

ft)

TRANSMISSION

184
Maximrun

tension

under

full-load

ice, 0.19-kPa
(4-lb/ftz)
Sag under a load of 13-mm
at -lC

(30

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

conditions

of

13-mm

(l/2-in)

wind, at -18 o C: (0 o F)
(l/2&1)
ice, O.lO-kPa
(2-lb/ftz)

33 362N

(7500

lb)

5253

(17.23

2 13.36

21 118 N (4815

4353

wind,

F)

mm

ft)

OG w:
lo-mm

(3/8-in)

Ruling

span

Maximum

high-strength

tension

under

steel,
full-load

Sag under a load of 13-mm

at -1 OC (30 F)
Sag and
and

tension

calculation

heavy

loading

conditions

(l/2-in)

forms

NEST

ice, O.lO-kPa

for

this

(0)

for

example

(2-lb/ft2)

were

m (700

ft)
lb)

wind,

shown

previously

mm

(14.28

on figures

57,

ft)

58, 63,

64.
Determine
The

the

angle

couductor

(2-lb/ft2)

wiud

of sideswing

has a force
on the

iced

of 21.186

The

overhead

O.lO-kPa
Therefore,

ground

(2-lb/ft2)

wire

wind

has a force
iced

drawn
at the

ellipses:
locations

structures,
sag valrles

of attachment

the conductors
and
below the attachment

N/m

of 11.773

N/m
ground

or

points

overhead
points.

length
of the suspeusion
hardware
suspension
insulator
string
for the

overhead

with
(0.3077

= tan-

overhead

to scale to give an accurate

configuration.
respective
angles of sideswing
for the

and

lb/ft)

4.4898

or

e = tan- 1 +f!$i$
Construct
First,
the

conductors
(I.4517

equals

on the

the

N/m

conductor

e = tan-

the
the

7-wire,

for

the

(l/2-in)

ice.

Ib/ft).

Therefore,

with

equals

A O.lO-kPa

13-mm

(l/2+1)

ice.

N/m

(0.227

lb/ft).

3.3079

0.280 88 = 1SO42.

conductors

and

the

are then drawn

and overhead

ground
wires
For suspension

are located
structures,

for the overhead

conductors.

ground

A line which
will be the location
of the major
point at an angle of 28 f ram the line representing

13-mm

lb/ft)

wire

Lines
conductors

wires:

0.211 92 = 1 lO58.

(0.807

= tan-

ground

overhead

on these lines
the sag points
wires,

gromld

wires

from the attachment

ground
wires.
For

and

axis of an ellipse is then

the conductor
or overhead

are

points
tension

at their respective
must be extended

extended

the

drawn
through
ground
wire

length

of

each sag
sideswing.

The major
axis of the ellipse is equal to the sag for full-sag
ellipses,
or one-half
the sag for half-sag
ellipses,
plus 6 percent. The minor axis is equal to one-half of the major axis.
The ends and center
of the major
axis are marked
with one end being placed
a distance
below
the

sag point

equal

to 3 percent

of the

applicable

sag or half-sag

value.

The

minor

axis

is marked

perpendicular
to the major axis at its center
point. The ellipses may then be drawn
by any acceptable
method.
There
is no definite
length
of span where
galloping
will change
from
full-sag
ellipses
to
half-sag
ellipses.
However,
our experience
has shown
that, for our line locations
and conditions,
we
should

use full-sag

ellipses

in spans

up to 183 m (600

ft)

in length.

In longer

spans,

the

conductors

CHAPTER
are likely

to gallop

IV-STRUCTURE

in two

or more

percent
of the sag, should be used.
conductors
or between
conductors
reduced

(see sec. 15).

for the longer

must

span

be satisfied

Full-sag

limits

Paragraph
6.
To construct
a.
spans

Lay

the

out

the

scale
provided

in one

the
and

deflection

b. Calibrate
the
the degree calibration
pressure

5.b.

chart

183-m

type

same

scale

A different
bias

horizontal
axis to the
equal to the resultant
due

to the

(600-ft)

of structure

the

for

major

spans

axis

and

wire

of these

ellipses

limitations

limitation

Ellipses

chart

are shown

structures:
the

scale

horizontal

factor

are adjusted

deflection

to 53

between
is greatly

configuration.

scale

may

and

be used

the

for

lower

the

part

sum

of the

of adjacent

accordingly.

right of the origin

in degrees of line angle
tension
at 15.5 o C (60 F) with 0.19-kPa

line

equal

the half-sag

and case. Each

ground

for the structure

wood

factor

lines

with

185

CHARTS

the probability
of contact
as a result
of galloping

and overhead

for

5.d.).

angle

conductor

size ellipses,

do not overlap,
ground
wires

of the conductor

limitation

axes using

the

for each

AND GUYING

and cases to be considered

structure

(see pars.

so one-half

for the maximum

be made

by the dimensions

for the different

structure
types
on figures
73 through
87.

vertical

loops

If these ellipses
and overhead

ellipses

should

LIMITATION

angle

(par.

deflection
(4-lb/ft2)

with
wind

5.d.).

c. Calibrate
the vertical
axis above the origin in meters
(feet) for the sum of adjacent
spans. The
calibrations
should be at a distance
above the origin equal to the wind pressure
at 0.19 kPa (4 lb/ft2)
on a bare
d.

conductor

Calibrate

of length

the vertical

equal

to one-half

axis below

of the bare (no ice) conductor

be displaced
below the origin
(pars. 5.b. and 5.c.).

the origin

Lay

out

the

deflection

angle

bias

g.

Layout

lines

showing

h.

Draw

lines

to show

in meters

are offset
the vertical

adjacent

(feet)

for the distance

spans

(par.

5.e.).

between

low

the

maximum

(pars.
of the

the conductor

at the

computed

vertically
from
force of each

swing,
and draw in heavy
(see table 21, par. l.c.).
angle

and the distance

between
add or subtract
the wind

permissible

(dependent

low

point

sum of adjacent

limits

the, insulator
holddown
by

permissible

upon

low points
scale,
pressure
to or from

spans

5.k., 5.1., and S.m.), and maximum

low
structures
(pars.
5.g., 5.h., and 5.i.).

of holddowns
to the bottom
of the insulator
strings
holddown
is drawn
parallel
to the insulator
string swing
These lines
multiplying

of the

angles of insulator
type of structure

lines

used for the sum of adjacent

spans scale
These bias lines are used to automatically
tension
due to a line deflection
angle.

types of suspension
structures
calculated
from the strength

sum

points

equal to the vertical

force of the conductor.
The zero point
by a distance
equal to one-half
the vertical
force of the insulator

e. With
a protractor,
lay out the radial
lines for the insulator
swing limits
for each
f.

the

by the

for class
point

addition

should
string

boundary

scale

factors

see par. 5.f.).

the resultant

2 poles

distance

for all
lines

of various

as

sizes

(par. 5.j.).
A line for each size of insulator
limit line for the type HS and HSB structures.
string
swing
the low point

limit
line by values
obtained
scale factor
(par. 5.j.).

by

TRANSMISSION

186
i.

Plot

the

single

35 585 N (8000
j.
spans
The

Add

lb)

insulator
for

the bias lines

chart

(par.

structure

string

88 965-N

limit

LINE DESIGN
line

(20 OOO-lb)

for determining

at the
units

resultant

under

the limitation

MANUAL
load

on the

maximum

of single

insulator

loading

insulator

string

conditions

strings

equal

(par.

to

5.n.).

to the sum of adjacent

5.0.).

limitation

charts

for

wood

structures

are shown

on figures

88 through

91.

Paragraph 7.
To

construct

a.

Use

b.

Superimpose

calibration
C.

under

the

the

same

(sum

From

angle

guying

line

deflection

the

guying

of adjacent

conditions

for

angle
chart

horizontal

using

for the number

(pars.

suspension

on the

spans)

the calculations

full-load

chart

5.p.,

wood
axis

deflection

the

structures:

as used
angle

bias

same

scale

used

of angle

guys

required

q., r.,

and

s.), plot

for

lines,

for

lines

the

the

structure

limitation

or repeat
structure

the

vertical

limitation

for the various

separating

chart.

the

types
zones

axis

chart..
of structures
for

different

quantities
of guys. Some of the limitations
calculated
may be unnecessary
because
some of the limit
lines may be very close to each other if they are all plotted.
Some of these limitations
may be combined
with others
to keep the chart
clean, but care must be taken
to eliminate
the right lines so that
all
guying

requirements

are satisfied.

required
by various
guy
guys required
to satisfy
indicated
one angle

Standard

arrangements,
the calculated

guying

drawings

and the required

guy requirements.

quantities
The

be checked
coordinated
coordinated

for the number

with the
quantities

of guys
number
should

of
be

on the structure
guying
chart.
No guying
is required
for a line angle up to lo, but at least
guy per suspension
structure
should
be used for all line deflection
angles greater
than lo.

A vertical
line at the 1 o mark should
be drawn
and
an angle guy is not required.
Guying
charts are shown
arrangement

must

drawing

for

the

type

3TA

structure

labeled
to indicate
the area on the chart
on figures
92 and 93. A typical
standard

has been

included

as figure

94.

where
guying

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type HS Structure
289.5 -m (950-ft) Span
Based on 213.4-m (700-ft)
ruling span
3658-mm (12-ft) l%e spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor full-load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW f ul I - load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmil~B~SR. 2417

9%

Sag
Half sag

290

(31.74)
( 15.87)
( 0.95)

5127
2563

(16.82)
( 8.41)

4837

+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8 = I lo 58
OGW: IO-mm ( i-in)
So
HaBf saa
+6%

~-=

Major axis
Minor axis
8= 1542

H.S. Steel
(tilt)
mm
8016 (26.30)
4008
(I 3.15)
ii0 ( 0.79)
4248
(I 3.94)
2124 ( 6.97)

4023 mm
t=

Fiie

73.~Half-

and full-sag

ellipses for type HS wood-pole

(13.2 ft)

structure

(Sheet 1 of 2). 104-D-1086-1.

187

188

TRANSMISSION

Type HS Structure
183-m (600-ft) Span
Based on 213.4-m (700-ft)
ruling span
3658-mm (12-ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor ful I- load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Full-sag ellipses

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmil) ACSR, 24/7

(if)
m
3852
(12.64)
Sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

231
4083
2042

( 0.76)
(13.40)
( 6.70)

0= IP58

OGW: lo-mm

( i-in)

Sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

H.S. Steel
mm
(tit)
3 I97 (10.49)
192
3389
1695

( 0.63)
(I 1.12)
( 5.56)

8 = 15 42

Figure

73.~Half-

and full-sag

ellipses for type HS wood-pole

structure

(Sheet 2 of 2). 104-D-1086-2.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Based on 213.4-m (700-ft)

ruling span
3658-mm (i2-ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor full-load tension

Half-sag

ellipses

AND GUYING

IO?7
5 359
321
5 680
2 840

Sag

Half-sog
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
9 = I lo 58
OGW: lo-mm
($-in)

Saa
Haif -sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

189

CHARTS

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmil)f;XiR,

Type HSB Structure

305.4-m (iooo-ft) Span

= 33 362 N (7500 lb)

OGW full-load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)

LIMITATION

24/7

(3576)
(17.58)
( 1.05)
( 18.63)
( 9.32)

H.S. Steel
(fi)
mm
8882 (29.14)
4441 ( 14.57)
266 ( 0.87)
4707
(15.44)
2353 ( 7.72)

6= 1542

Fiie

74.~Half-

and full-sag

ellipses for type HSB wood-pole

structure

(Sheet 1 of 2). 104-D-1087-1.

TRANSMISSION

190

Type HS8 Structure

Conductor:

183-m (600-ft)
Span
Based on 213.4-m (7oo-ft)

ruling

span

3658-mm (l2-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading

Conductor full- load tension

= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load
tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Full-sag ellipses

Figure 74.-Half-

and full-sag

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

242 mm* (477 kcmil) ACSR, 2417

CY)
3852 (12.64)
Sag
+6%
231 ( 0.76)
Major axis
4083 ( 13.40)
Minor axis
2042 ( 6.70)
0 = I l58
OGW: IO-mm ($-in) H.S. Steel
mm
wt)
3197 (10.49)
Sag
+6%
192 ( 0.63)
Major axis
3389
(11.12)
Minor axis
1695 ( 5.56)
0 = 1542

ellipses for type HSB wood-pole

structure

(Sheet 2 of 2). 104-D-1087-2.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type 3AC Structure

loo Line Angie
304.8-m (IOOO-ft) Span
Based on 213.4-m (7oo-ft)
ruling span
4267~ITIm (l4-ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor full-load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmi~ft;LCSR. 24/7

IO?7

WI

(35,16)

Half -sag
+6X

Major axis
Minor axis
8 = 1158
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)

sag

Half-sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
0 = 15 42

5 680
2 840

( 18.63)
( 9.32)

H.S. Steel
mm
8882
4441
266
4707
2353

Kt)
(29.14)
(14.57)
( 0.87)
(15.44)
( 1.72)

2(23 586) sin 5+

Fii

75.~Half-

and full-sag ellipses for type 3AC wood-pole

structure

(Sheet 1 of 2). 104-D-1088-1.

191

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

192

Type 3AC Structure

IO0 Line Angle
183-m (600-ft) Span
Based on 213.4-m (7oo-ft)
ruling span
4267-mm (l4-ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor f uI I - load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmil) ACSR, 2417

mm
K?)
3852 (I 2.64)
wl
+6%

8 = ll58
OGW: IO-t?Im (i-in)

+6%

Full-sag ellipses

Fire

75.-Half-

and full-sag

Major axis
Minor axis
8 = 15 42

t-

( 0.76)
(13.40)
( 6.70)

H.S. Steel
Hi)
mm

swl

= 21 418 N (4815 lb)

231
4083
2042

Major axis
Minor axis

3 197
192
3389

( 10.49)
( 0.63)
(I 1.12)

1695 ( 5.56)

4251 mm
(13.95 ft)

ellipses for type 3AC wood-pole

structure

(Sheet 2 of 2). 104-D-1088-2.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type 3TA Structure

Tangent, OGW in tension
213-m (700 -ft)
Span
4267-mm (I4 - f t) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor full-load tension
-33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
-21 418 N (4815 lb)
Full-sag ellipses

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

193

CHARTS

Conductor : 242 mm2 (477 kcmil) ACSR, 24/7

5g
315
5568
2784

Sag
+6 %

Major axis
Minor axis
0- ll58
OGW: ICFmm (&in)

WI
(17.23)
(I .03)
(18.26)
(9.13)

H.S. Steel

Sag
+6 %
Major axis
Minor axis
0= 1542

mm

(B)

4353
261
4614
2307

(14.28)
(0.86)
(15.14)
(7.5 7)

3534
mm
(28 ft)

Figure 76.-Full-sag
104-D-1089.

ellipses for type 3TA

wood-pole

structure,

tangent,

4267-mm

(14.ft)

pole spacing.

TRANSMISSION

194

Conductor : 242 mm* (477 kcmil)ACSR,

Sag

Half sag
+6 %
Major

axis

Minor axis
8= 1158
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)

Sag
Half

sag

+6 %

Major
Minor
0=

F@e.

axis
axis

mm
I2 966
6483
389
6872
3436

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Type 3TA Structure

Tangent, OGW in tension

2417

(fa
(42.54)
(21.27)
(1.27)
(22.54)
(I 1.27)

335-m (IIOO-ft)
Span
4267-mm (l4- ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading

Conductor ful l-load tension

=33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
-21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

H.S. Steel
IO 747
5374

(ti)
(35.26)
(I 7.63)

322
5696
2848

(1.06)
(18.69)
(9.35)

8534 mm
(28 ft)

lS42

77.-Half-sag

ellipses for type 3TA wood-pole

structure,

tangent,

4267-mm

(14.ft)

pole spacing.

104-D-1090.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

195

Type 3TA Structure

90 Line ongle, OGW in tension

Conductor : 242 mm (477 kcmil) ACSR. 2417

Cf?)
Without post insulator for jumper
4526
(14.86)
Sag
198-m (650-ft)
Span
II 278-mm (37-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading

+6%

272
4798
2399

Major axis
Minor axis

Conductor full -load tension

0 = Ilo 58
-33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW: IO-mm ($-in)
OGW full-load tension
121 418 N (4815 lb)
sag
Full-sag ellipses
+6 %
Only one OGW and two conductors
Major axis
are shown
Minor axis
0s

Fiie
78.-Full-sag
ellipses for type 3TA wood-pole
spacing. 104-D-1091.

(0.89)
(15.75)
(7.88)

H.S. Steel

(ti)
3751
225
3976
1988

(12.31)
(0.74)
(13.05)
(6.53)

l5O42

structure,

90

line angle,

11 278~mm

(37.ft)

pole

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

196

15 951 mm
(52.33 ft)

Conductor: 242 mm2( 477 kcmil). ACSR, 24/ 7

mm
(ft)

m
Half-sag
+6%

Major ax/s
Minor axis
0

e= 11058
GW: IO-mm (i-in),

Half-sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

II817
5 909
355
6 264
3 I32

(38.77)
(19.39)
( 1.16)
(20.55)
(10.28)

H.S. Steel
!E3
4897
294
5191
2596

Type 3iA Structure

90 Line Angle
320-m (1050-ftj
Span
II 278-mm (37-ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy Loading
Conductor full- load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW ful I- load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses
O;to;;e
OGW and two conductors

(ft 1
(3Z)
(I 6.07)
( 0.96)
(17.03)
( 8.52)

0 = 1542

Figure 79.-Half-sag
104-D-1092.

ellipses for type 3TA wood-pole

structure,

90

line angle,

11 278-mm

(37-ft)

pole spacing.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type 3TA Structure

60 Line angle, OGWin tension
213-m (700-ft)
Span
4267-mm(l4-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor full-load tension
-33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
=21 418 N (4815 lb)
Full-sag ellipses

LIMITATION

Conductor:

AND GUYING

242mm'

Sag
+6 %
Major axis
Minor axis
8 = I lo 58
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)
%I
+6 %
Major axis
Minor axis
8= 1542

Figure 80.-Full-sag
ellipses for type 3TA wood-pole
spacing. 104-D-1093.

197

CHARTS

(477 kcmil)ACSR. 2417

(ft)
5%
(17.23)
315
(I .03)
5568
(18.26)
2784
(9.13)
H.S. Steel
mm
Ki)
4353
(14.28)
261
(0.86)
4614
(15.14)
2307
(7.57)

7366 mm
(24.17f t)

structure,

60

line angle, 4267-mm

(14-ft)

pole

198

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Type 3TA Structure

Conductor : 242 mm2 (477 kcmi I) ACSR, 2417
60 Line angle, OGWin tension
w
213-m (700- ft) Span
5z3
(17.23)
sag
8230-mm (27-ft)
Pole spacing
+6 %
315
(I .03)
NESC Heavy loading
Major oxis
5568
(18.26)
Conductor full-load tension
Minor axis
2784
(9.13)
=33 362 N (7500 lb)
0 = I lo 58
OGW full-load
tension
OGW : IO-mm (i-in)
H. S. Steel
=2l 418 N (4815 lb)
Cfi)
mm
Full-sag ellipses
4353
(14.28)
Sag
Only one OGW and two conductors
+6 %
261
(0.86)
are shown
Major oxis
4614
(15.14)
Minor axis
2307
(7.5 7)
8=

; _

14 249 mm
(46.75 ft)

_ 7125 mm
(23.38 ft)

Figure 81.-Full-sag
104-D-1094.

15O42

ellipses

7125 mm
(23.38 ft)

for type 3TA

wood-pole

structure,

60

line angle,

8230-mm

(27-ft)

pole spacing.

CHAPTER IV-STRUCTURE LIMITATION AND GUYING CHARTS

Type 3TA Structure
60 Line angje,OGWin tension
335-m (Iloo-ft)
Span
4267-mm(14-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor full-load tension
=33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
-21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

Conductor : 242 mm (477 kcmil) ACSR, 2417

snm
(W
12966 (42.54)
sag
Half -sag
6483 (21.27)
+6 %
389
(1.27)
Major axis
6872 (22.54)
Minor axis
3436 (I I. 27)
8 = I I 58
OGW: IO-mm (&in) H.S. Steel
mm
Sag
Half -sag
+6 %
Major axis
Minor axis
8= 1542

Figure 82.-Half-sag
104-D-1095.

ellipses for type 3TA woo&pole

199

structure,

60 line angle, 4267-mm

(14.ft)

pole spacing.

200

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmi I) ACSR, 24/7

4<
(ft)

Sag
Half -sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
0==1158
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)
Sag

Half-sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

I2%6
6483
389
6872
3436

(4224)
(21.27)
( 1.27)
(22.54)
(I 1.27)

H.S. Steel
mm
IO 747
5374
322
5696
2848

(f_t)
(35.26)
(17.63 )
( 1.06)
(18.69)
( 9.35)

MANUAL

14 249 mm
(46.75 f t)

Type 3TA Structure

60
Line angle, OGW in tension
335-m (IIOO-ft)
Span
8230-mm (27-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor full-load tension
= 33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load
tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)
Half-sag ellipses

0= 1542

Only one OGW and two conductors

are shown

Figure 83.-Half-sag
104-D-1096.

ellipses for type

3TA

wood-pole

structure,

60

line angle,

8230-mm

(27.ft)

pole spacing.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type ETA Structure

LIMITATION

full-

Full-sag

Sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

load tension

= 33 362 N (7500 lb)

OGW full- load tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)

CHARTS

201

Conductor: 242 mm2 (477 kcmil) ACSR. 2417

45 Line angle, OGW in tension

213-m (700-ft)
Span
6096-mm
(20-ft)
Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading

Conductor

AND GUYING

8= Il58
OGW: IO-mm ( i-in)

ellipses

Sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis

5E3
315
5568
2784

(ft)
(17.23)
( 1.03)
( 18.26)
( 9.13)

H.S. Steel
mm
4353
261
4614
2307

CD)
(14.28)
( 0.86)
(15.14)
( 7.57)

8 =1542

II 278 mm

Figure 84.-Full-sag
ellipses for type 3TA
spacing. 104-D-1097.

wood-pole

structure,

45

line angle,

6096&n

(20-ft)

pole

202

TRANSMISSION

Conductor: 242 mm2(477

Sag

Half -sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8= 1158
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)
Sag

Half-sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8 = 1542

Figure (IL-Half-sag
104-D-1098.

MANUAL

kcmil ) ACSR, 24/7

mm
I2 966
6483
389
6872
3436

(ti)
(42.54)
(21.27 )
( 1.27)
(22.54)
(11.27)

~~~

Heavy loading
Conductor full-load tension
NESC

H.S. Steel

= 33 362 N (7500 lb)

OGW full-load
tension
= 21 418 N (4815 lb)

(W
I Om7:7 (35.26)
5374 (17.63)
322 ( 1.06 )
5696 (18.69)
2848 ( 9.35)

ellipses

LINE DESIGN

for type 3TA

E z

ul

Half-sag ellipses
Only one OGW and two
conductors are shown

B d
e J
/
L

wood-pole

structure,

45 line angle,

6096-mm

(20.ft)

pole spacing.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

Type 3TA Structure

30 Line angle. OGW in tension
213-m (700-ft)
Span
4572- mm (l5-ft)
hle spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor full- load tension
=33 362 N (7500 lb)
OGW full-load tension
=2l 418 N (4815 lb)
Full-sag ellipses

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

203

Conductor : 242 mm2 (477 kcmil) ACSR. 24/7

sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8- 1158
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)
Sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8= l5O 42

Figure 86.-Full-sag
ellipses for type 3TA
spacing. 104-D-1099.

CHARTS

wood-pole

structure,

30

mm
5253
315
5568
2784

(-ft)
(17.23)
( 1.03)
(18.26)
(9.13)

H.S. Steel
4%
261
4614
2307

(ftl
(1428)
( 0.86)
(15.14)
( 7.57)

line angle, 4572=mm

(IS-ft)

pole

TRANSMISSION

204

Conductor : 242 mm2 (477 kcmiI)ACSR.

Sag

Half -sag
+6%

Major axis
Minor axis
8 = I I-58
OGW: IO-mm (i-in)
Sag

Half -sag
+ 6 /o

Major
Minor
e=

axis
axis

mm
I2 966
6483
389
6872
3436

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Type 3TA Structure

30 Line angle, OGW in tension
335-m (Iloo- f t) Span
4572-mm (15 - ft) Pole spacing
NESC Heavy loading
Conductor ful l-load tension

24/7

(-ft)
(42.54)
(21.27)
(1.27)
(22.54)
(II ,27)

=33 362 N (7500 lb)

OGW full-load tension
=2l 418 N (4815 lb)

H.S. Steel
IO%7
5374
322
5696
2848

Half -sag ellipses

(ft)
(3F26)
(17.63)
(1.06)
(18.69)
(9.35) I

15 42

Figure 87.-Half-sag
104-D-1100.

ellipses for type 3TA

wood-pole

structure,

30

line angle,

4572-mm

(15.ft)

pole spacing.

(4x1~) suodS

-P\

CHAPTER

+lMD!

IV-STRUCTURE
8

:t

lp
\
\y

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

t
f

205

5i

900

-60

-70

-60

-50

-40

with 88 965-N units

-30

-20

-10

30

40

50

Angleof InsuloGr Swing ~~egrees)

Figure 89.-Example

of a wood-structure

limitation

chart (metric).

104-D-1102.

s
e

/I

I4DG
I \/

3&3AB & 3TA OGW Gu

3 A & 3AB Co\nd. Gu

!c

I /
I/

\.
I
\I .

IY.. \

blY\V

/I
\.

\
\

I
I

I
I
//

\
/
In

-10

Angle of"lnsulotor
Figure 90.-Example

king

k&s)

of a wood-structure

limitation

chart

(U.S. customary).

104-D-1103.

STRUCTURE

NOTES

DATA
Voltage
Looding

-wet
HS
HSB
36

269
305
305

3A8

305

3AC

305
O-213

3TA

13%

2070

213

213-335
0- 213
213-335
0- 213
213-335

o- I96
196-320
lure 94 1
lension. 1 = tension

?i2E&

or (tensm)

OGW

mlmul)

OGW (suspension)
Angle guys
Conductor
OGW

ted
12

610

60

610

Itit

426

S
S

3.6
5.5

5.2

I2

I6
I7
I4
I4
I4
I4
I4

Conductor
Ultimate strength
Maximum design tension 33
670
0
4.3
Overhead
ground wire
426
4.3
60
Ultimate
strength
670
60
4.3
Mokimum design tension -21
426
30
4.6
I5
Guy wire
670
4.6
30
I5
Conductor
cteomnce
426
6.1
45
20
to pole ground wire or
670
45
6.1
20
to centerline of pok
1092 mm(43 in)
426
60
6.2
27
to crossarme69
mm(35 in)
670
60
6.2
27
to guy wire
1397 mm(55 in)
396
90
II.3
37
Lightning
protective angle -30
degrees
90
II.3
- 37
Span length limits
by holf sag elkpse method for suspemion structures
Safety fuctws
with l3-mm (i-in) ice, 0.36-kPo (&lb/ft)
wind
Poles
2.0
Cmssorms
4.0
One line double guy per conductor. Total for structure
Insulators
would be three
line double guys each way (3-LDGEW).
suspension
2.5
T mor.= 33 362 N (75oolb).
I siflgle
guy = 22 800 N (5125lb)
tension
3.0
horizontal
pull.
Conductor
2.0
-.._
^
.
.
.
one line OouMe guy per OGW. TOtal for Structure
would
uverneoo grouno wire
2.0
be two line double guys each way (P-LDGEW).
Guy wire
Offset OGW line guys 30. from COnduCtOr t for e IV line
line guys.o
angles. 22 800 N (5125 lb) times cos 3Ov-19 745 N (4436lb.3
transverse
2.67
Omit OGW line guys for OGW in MpenSiOn (O*-60. line angles).
Omit angle guys for 0*-I* and 60*- 90. line ongles.
The oppropriateDnetric
or U.S. customary) data from
Use 3-150 for conductors on line angles up to 60. to keep the
this figure should be placed on the structure
structure
from leaning into the angle.
limitation
chart to make o complete chart.
For OGW in suspension (r- 60 line angles) or tension ( lV-60v
line angles). mad guying rquimments
on suspemion guying
chart.
1675

-335
O-213

iFi
horl

lMkn
3.6

-0.38

wind

1orrongl
chu-t

213-335
O-213

near4
570
610
610

Design wind on structures

Rles
Ultunote
fiber stress
Crossarms
Ultimate
fiber stress
Insulators

II5 kv
NESC Heavy: l3-mm(+in)
ice. O.l9-kPo (rib/ft)
mum
plus constant ot -l6Y(O*F)
kPa (6 Ib/fte)
Gloss 2 western red cedar
36.612 MPo(5600 lb/in)
Douglas fir
51.023 MR (7400 lb/in)
146 by 254 mm (5{
by IO in). 66 964-N (2oOOo-lb)
stwndord suspension units
242 mm (477 kcmil). ACSR. 2417. Flicker
76 509 N(l7 200 lb)
362 N (7500 lb) under full load conditions
IO-mm (i-m) high strength steel, 7 wire
46 040 ND0 600 lb)
416 N (4615 lb) under full load conditions
II-mm (fin)
high strength steel, 7 wire

Figure 91.-Additional

S or T
S or T
SorT
Sor T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T

data required

4.3
4.3

for the wood-structure

limitation

chart.

104-D-1104.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS

209

NOTES
The required number of guys noted on this chart should be coordinated with
the number of guys required by the standard guying arrangement
drawing for the structure
type used. The coordinated
number
of guys should then be shown an the final guying chart.
The line shown for b. may be omitted because of the small area defined.
The H-frame
(x-braced)
limit and the I-ADG limit far conductors are
about identical,
so only one line is shown at f.
The line shown far g. may be omitted
because it falls outside the
structure
limit ; use structure
limit far guy limit.
Use the same maximum sum of adjacent spans limit for Type 3Ac as
used for the type HS structures.
ASG = Angle single guy
ADG = Angle double guy

7\7

- I.x,i/ I/ i Y,/ I 74 /I
.

IV

I /

I/

i \, i

Figure 92.-Example

guying chart

\/

Line

for wood-pole

DeflectioFAngle

structures

(metric).

r\
I \

(degreesr

104-D-1105.

210

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

NOTES
The required number of guys noted on this chart should be coordinated
with the number of guys required by the standard guymg arrangement
drowmg for the structure
type used. The coordinated
number of
guys should then be shown on the final guying chart.
The line shown for b. may be omitted
because of the small area
defined.
The H-frame
(x-braced) limit and the I-ADG limit for conductors ore about
identical.
so only one line is shown ot f.
The line shown for g.moy be omitted because it falls outside the structure
limit;
use structure
limit for guy hmit.
Use the same maximum sum ofadJacentspanslimlt
forType
3AC as
used for the Type HS structures.
ASG = Angle single guy
ADG '- Angle double guy
3000

\
\

s
r
x
v)

v,
2000

/
/

/
\

\
\

f!i
.z
Q

&

\
\
1000
\

c
0

\
\

\.

OO,

101

I5

20

30

50

Line

Figure 93.-Example

guying

chart

for wood-pole

Deflectmn4c!Angle (degrees)

structures

\
\,

\
\

(U.S. customary).

104-D-1106.

CHAPTER

IV-STRUCTURE

LIMITATION

AND GUYING

CHARTS
211

<<Chapter

ADDITIONAL
25.

Stresses

H-frame

type

in Wood-Pole

structure

will

DATA

Structures.-There

withstand

when

large

is a limit
conductors

to the

and long

amount
spans

of loading

are used.

This

that

the

limitation

becomes
even more pronounced
when strong
winds
and heavy ice loadings
are also present.
Sample
analyses
have been made to determine
the pole strength
in column
loading
for small deflections.
Calculations
of stresses have been made for the following
H-frame
structures:
29-m
29-m
29-m

l
l
l

The

(95-ft)
(95-ft)
(95-ft)

type
type
type

HS 230-kV
structure
HSB 230-kV
structure
HSB 230-kV
structure

calculations

assume:

a The

in a structure

load

Clockwise
,bending
Poles are uniformly

member
moments
tapered

is positive

with class 2 Douglas

fir poles and one X-brace
with class 2 Douglas
fir poles and one X-brace
with class 1 Douglas
fir poles and two X-braces

if it is in tension,

are positive
with minimum

ANSI

and negative

(American

if it is in compression

National

Standards

Institute)

dimensions
a All
The

bolted

effect

joints

of wind

mass was neglected

be made
in tables
and
This

by using
B-l and

B-4.

on the structures

and

Example

L
M

F
U

R
I
I,

was taken

on all structures.

Similar

the methods
shown in the
B-2, and pole circumferences

Development

figure

Let

are rigid

the

of the
above

I.-Stress
= load

formula

tables

for

maximum

(95.ft)

=
=

bending
extreme

=
=
=

axial reaction
in pole
horizontal
reaction
on pole

account
for

only
any

single
double

prime
sign indicates
prime
sign indicates

V,
Vg

=
=

vertical
vertical

H,

horizontal

conductor
overhead
conductor

load
ground,

height

and structure

or voltage

class

may

moment

of resistance

type

HS 230-kV

vertical
load stress
horizontal
load stress
wire

is shown

on figure

B-4.

B.

moment
fiber stress

on the HS structure,

structure

following
examples.
Pole resistance
moments
are shown
for different
classes of poles are shown in tables B-3

are in appendix

analysis
for a 29-m
in member

into

analyses

load

load
213

structure

with

class

2 wood

poles:

TRANSMISSION LINE DESIGN MANUAL

214

Hg

horizontal

P,

pole

LP

SAS =

overhead

resisting

distance
sum

ground

wire

load

moment

between

of adjacent

low

points

in adjacent

spans

spans

Metric
Figure

95 shows

the

structure

outline

and

-G
I

other

data.

i
L

x
1

---

Conductor: 403 mm, ACSR, 45/7

Diameter - 27 mm
0.38- kPo wind on iced (l3-mm radial)
conductor = 20.07 N/m
Vertical force with 13-mm radial ice =
27.26 N/m
OGW: IO mm, H.S. Steel, I-Wire
Diameter = 9 mm
0.38 - kPa wind on iced (l3-mm radial 1
OGW= 13.23 N/m
Vertical force with l3-mm radial ice =
Ii.79 N/m
Position
8 or D

Ground

K or
M or
P or
R or

dim5

Pole
Circumference,
mm
718

L
N
Q
s

Pr ,
N.m

801

59 778
82 996

983
1148
1326

244 634
376 534

I53 411

Douglas Fir
Working Stress = 51.02 MPa

6.706 m
Figure 95.-29-m

Vertical

loads,

type HS 230-kV

structure

with class 2 Douglas

fir poles (one X-brace).

V,

(27.26)(LP)

v-

Hc

(20.07)(SAS/2)

Hg =

3 V, +

2 Vg, are shared

equally

by two

(11.79)(LP)
(13.23)(SAS/2)

poles:

UK= U, = jyMfl= UN= Up= UQ= U, = U, = 1.5v, + vg

104-D-1107.

CHAPTER
For

transverse

H,

loads

and

Hg ,

a plane

Y vhf

V-ADDITIONAL

PQ exists.

of inflection

215

DATA
The

location

of the

plane

is found

by:

Y, =

rR

vertical

force

due

vu =
Assuming

244-m

The
The
The
For

+ 2Hg(hg) + moment due to wind on poles

pole spacing

0.383(16.464)2

[365.2
6

+(2)(202.2)]

037.60N

force
and

in the

overhead

downward

force

and

overhead

force

Pole

3H,(h,)

6.706

uplift

conductor,

is:

(13.416)+2(13.23)

V=
conductor,

to uplift

spans:

3(20.07)

=49

+PrM

= 12.649 - 3.662 = 8.987 m

Yl

The

= (12.649) (153 411) = 3 662 m

376534+ 153411
*

in the

braces
bending

windward
ground

in the

X-brace

ground
is

installed

at 45

moments

are:

pole

is

VU minus

leeward

the

vertical

force

of structure,

pole

is

one-half

the

vertical

force

of structure,

VU plus

wire.

0.5 Vu/sin 0 .
O, 0.5 Vu 0.707 = 0.707 Vu.

At K, MK = (1 SH,) (3.048) + H,(5.944)

MK = 4.572(20.07)(243.84)+
+

one-half

wire.

0.383(6.096)2

+ moment due to wind on pole

5.944(13.23)(243.84)

[254.8 + (2) (202.2)l

6

At M, MIM = (1 SH, + H,)y,

= 43 114 M,m

+ moment due to wind on pole

MM = t(1.5) (20.07) + 13.231 (243.8) (3.662)

+ 0.383(12.802)2

1312.7 + (2) (202.2)1 = 46 291 Nam

6

TRANSMISSION

216

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

At R, MR = (1 .5Hc + H,)y, + moment due to wind on pole

MR = [(1.5) (20.07) + 13.231 (243.8) (8.987)

+ 0.383(25.451)2

Crossarm
For

[421.9 + (2) (202.2)1 = 12g 1 l4 Nmrn

6

strength:
a 79-

by

267-mm

laminated

arm,

the

ultimate

fiber

stress

S =

13.79

MPa:

where :

W, = ultimate vertical load, N

b

= horizontal thickness of arm, mm

d = vertical thickness of arm, mm
L = length of arm to load (lever arm), mm
w = 13.79(79) (267)2
= 3861 N or 7722 N for a double arm
V
6(3352.8)
For

the

given

Allowable

conductor,

distance

the

between

vertical

low

force

points

is 27.26

is 7722/27.26

N/m

(with

13-mm

283.272

m.

radial

ice).

U. S. Customary
Figure

Vertical

96 shows

loads,

the

structure

outline

V,

H,

= (1.3754)(SAS/2)

V, +

and

other

data.

(1.8682)(LP)

V',

are shared

Vg =

(0.8079)(LP)

Hg = (0.9066)(SAS/2)
equally

Standard Specifications
for Structural Glued Laminated
Association), table II, combination
E, shows this ultimate
(79- by 267-mm) laminated crossarm.

by

two

poles:

Douglas Fir (Coast Region) Timber (West Coast Lumbermens

fiber stress is 2000 lb/ in2 (13.79 MPa) for a 3-l/8- by lo-l/2-in

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

Conductor: 795 kcmil. ACSR, 45/7

Diameter = 1.063 in
8-lb/ft
wind on iced (f-in radial)
conductor - I. 3754 Ib/ft
Vertical force with t-in radial
ice = 1.8682 Ib/ft
OGW: B - in H.S. steel, 7-wire
Diameter = 0.360 in
8-Ib/ft*
wind on iced (t-in radial)
OGW = 0.9066 Ib/ft
Vertical force with i-in radial
ice = 0.8079 Ib/ft

Ground

h
Figure 96.-95.ft

22ft

For

transverse

type HS 230.kV

loads

H,and

Hg,

structure

a plane

Pole
Circumference,
in

Posit ion
8 or cl
K or L

28.26
31.52

44 100
6 I 059

M or N
POT0
R or s

38.69

113244

45.20

180421

52.19

277 731

with class 2 Douglas

of inflection

fir poles (one X-brace).

PQexists.

The

location

by:
Y (PM

(41.5) (113 244)

y =PrR +PrM = 277731+113244

yt
The

vertical

force

due

vu =

= 41.5

to the

3H,(h,)

- 12.02

uplift

= 29.48

Pr,
Ibeft

Douglas Fir
Working stress = 7400 lb/in*

ww-

217

= 12 o2 ft

ft

is:

+ 2Hg(hg) + moment due to wind on poles

pole spacing

104-D-1108.

of the

plane

is found

TRANSMISSION

218
Assuming

800-ft

LINE DESIGN

spans:

3(1.3754) (F)(

44.02) +2(0.9066)(?)(53.52)

vu =

The

uplift

and

overhead
The

At

force

in the

braces
bending

windward

pole

is

VU minus

one-half

the

weight

of structure,

conductor,

in the

leeward

pole

is VU plus

one-half

the

weight

of structure,

conductor,

wire.
X-brace

is 0.5 VU/sin

8 .

installed

at 45 O, 0.5 VU/O.707

moments

are:

0.707

V,

K,M, = (1 SH,) (10) + I&( 19.5) + moment due to wind on pole

MK = 15 (1.3752) (800) + 19.5 (0.9066) (800) +
= 31 799

At

+ 2(796)1)

wire.

ground

force
For

in the

ground

downward

Pole

[;38

lb

force

overhead
The

+ 2 ((8)(5402)

22

= 11 026.87

and

MANUAL

8(20)2 [ 10.03 + (2) (7.96)]

72

lb*ft

M,MM = (1 .5HC + H,)y,

+ moment due to wind on pole

MM = [( 1.5) (1.3752) + 0.90661, (800) (12.02) + 8t42)2 [ 12y2+ (2) (7*96)1

= 34 087

lb*ft

At R, MR = (1 .5Hc + H,)y, + moment due to wind on pole

MR = [( 1.5)

(1.3752)

+ 0.90661

(800)

(12.02)

+ 8(835)2

[ ;;

+ (2)

(796)1

= 95 231 lb-ft
Crossarm
For

strength:
a 3-l/8-

by

10-l/2-

in laminated

arm,

the

ultimate

fiber

stress

S =

2000

where :

W,,= ultimate vertical load, lb

b = horizontal thickness of arm, in
d = vertical thickness of arm, in
L = length of arm to load (lever arm), in
w = 2000(3.125) (10.5)2
= 870 lb or 1740 lb for a double arm
V
6(132)

lb/G.

CHAPTER
For

the

Allowable

Example
Metric
Figure

given

conductor,

distance
Z.-Stress

97 shows

the

between
analysis

the

vertical
low

force

points

for a 29-m

structure

V-ADDITIONAL

outline

(95-ft)
and

type
other

X
1
1

is 1.8682

HSB
data.

219

(with

931

230-kV
Using

l/2-in

ice).

ft.

structure
the

radial

with

nomenclature

class 2 wood
from

example

Vertical force with l3-mm

ice - 11.79 N/m
Pole
Position
Circumference,
mm

(Ground

or D
or L
or N
or Q

Or

718
801
983
II48
1326

radial

Pr,
N*m
59
82
I53
244
376

Douglas Fir
Working Stress - 51.02 MPa

tan QI =m
sin
cos

Figure 97.-29-m

6.706 m

= 0.7727

u = 0.6114
a = 0.7913
u = 37O41
type HSB 230-kV

1,

OGW = 13.23 N/m

8
K
M
P

poles:

Conductor: 403 mm, ASCR, 45/7

Diameter = 27 mm
0.38 - kPo wind on iced (l3-mm radial)
E
conductor = 20.07 N/m
Vertical force with l3-mm radial
ice = 27.26 N/m
OGW: IO mm, H.S. Steel, 7-wire
Diameter = 9 mm
0.38 - kPa wind on iced (B-mm radial)

._-

lb/ft

is 1740/1.8682

DATA

structure

with class 2 Douglas

fir poles (one X-brace).

104-D-1109.

778
946
41 I
634
534

220

TRANSMISSION

Load

in adjustable

V,

H,

= (20.07)(SAS/2)

(27.26)(LP)

braces

load

in nonadjustable

braces

EF:

force

in crossarm

L,

For

transverse

FC:
= 0.5Vc/sin a = 0.8181/,

= L,

Band

I- -L,,

C and

= - v,/tan

D and

between

C:

u = - 1.294&

GF:

in crosstie

loads,

1.635V,

=-vc/tana=-1.294vc

- LDE

between
L,,

Vertical

&/ha=

= L,=

CC and

L,,

Load

(11.79)(LP)

Hg = (13.23)(SAS/2)

I-

Compressive

in crossarm:

LAB

Load

MANUAL

v-

AC and

LAG

Compression

LINE DESIGN

V,

loads

= LAG

cos

2 Vg, are shared

and

a - L,,
equally

H, and Hg , a plane

of inflection

cos

a = 0.647 V,

by two

poles:

HJexists.

The

location

by:

x (p,B )
X0 =&
+P,,
Xl

A plane

of inflection

PQalso

3.048W 778)
=82946+59778

= 1 277 m
*

= 3.048 - 1.277 = 1.771 m

=x-x,

exists.

Its

Y (PrM 1

y = PrR + PrM =

location

is found

by:

12.649(153 411)
376534+153411=3*662m

y1 = y - y. = 12.649 - 3.662 = 8.987 m

of this

plane

is found

CHAPTER
When

position

considered

is known,

wind

points

forces

of zero

on conductors

the structure

may

be separated

into

parts

and

each

part

at J caused

reaction

dividing

by the

moment

?J

UJ
Taking

and overhead

ground

wires

are resisted

equally

by each

pole

moment.

R,
Axial

221

DATA

separately.

Horizontal
at the

of zero moment

V-ADDITIONAL

moments

f)

by

arm

-- R; = Rp = Rd=

horizontal

(pole

wind

- ISH,

force

is found

- Hg
by

taking

moments

Hand

about

spacing).

,, _ (3H,) (1.277) + <=Q

6.706

(4.173)

= 0.571H, + 1.244H,

= - ufy

about

in the

pole

above

the

plane

of inflection

(fig.

98),

gives

the

Figure 98.-Free body diagram of pole above plane of inflection

to the crosstie (metric example 2).

force&:

and

c +g
1.277(1.5H,

FG 11--

The

outside

CF, carry

braces,

90 percent.

AC and
Load

L,

,, -0.9FG
--=
cos a

L,

u --L,
-

+H,)+
2.591

EF, carry
on the

inner

2.896H,

10 percent
braces

of

=-0.739H,

FG and FHtr
CFis:

while

- 1.611H,

the

inside

CG and

0.9(-0.739H, - 1.611H,)
= -0.841H,
0.7913

- 1.832H,

braces,

CG and

TRANSMISSION

222
The

load

in the

outer

,, _ -O.l&

The

load

=AG

L,"

= -LA;

in the

crossarm

L,,

LB,
The

load

AG

braces

cos a

-O.l(-0.739H,

BC

portions

= l.l65H,

+ 1.448Hg

=A,

- 1.61 lH,)

= O.O934H, + 0.2036H,

0.7913

cot?, a + 0.5&

in the

EFis:

and

= (-J&-G)

" =-

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

CD is:

and

- (- 0.841H, - 1.832H,) (0.79 13) + OSH,)

=CD

crossarm

AB

portions

= -(LAG

and

DE

is:

cos a + H,) = - (O.O934H, + 0.204H,) (0.79 13) - H,

=- l.O74H, - O.l61H,

LAB = -L&V
The

moment

at

MD

B and D is

given

by:

+Hg)=

=-xo(1.5Hc

- 1.277(1.5H,

+Hg) =- 1.915H, - 1.277Hg Nom

MB 1)-MD"
For

the

portion

MK

of the

pole

=x1(1.5Hc

between

+Hg)=

the

planes

of inflection,

1.771(1.5Hc+Hg)=2.657Hc

the

moment

at K and

is:

+ 1.771H, N*m

ML M-MK"
The

area

of the pole

at K and

, excluding

the

23.8-mm-diameter

hole

for

mounting

the X-brace

is:

??D2
- 23.80 =;(254.84)2
AK ~4
A, =A,

- 23.8(254.84)

= 5 1 006 - 6065 = 44 941 mm2

CHAPTER
The

section

modulus

at K and

V-ADDITIONAL

is:

7TD3 23 Joe2
= $ (254.84)3 - y
32
6

,=

223

DATA

(254.84)2 = 1 624 810 - 257 609

= 1 367 201 mm3

The

horizontal

reaction

in the

poles

P and

at
1) -

RP
The

axial

reaction

in the

poles

3H, + 2Hg
Q =
up

The

force

=-l.SH,

-RQ

Pand

- Hg

Q is:

(12.139) + 0.571H, + 1.244H, = 6.002Hc + 4.864H,

= - UQ

at

6 . 706

at

Q is:

E
i=
b,
L

can

be found

-1.5
IH
-

by

taking

moments

about

point

M (fig.

99):

H, + Hg
F(

E
E
(d

Figure 99.-Free body diagram

(metric example 2).

E
a
8
tii.-

FK

planes of inflection

i;;--Fi
P

=-

I.5 H, + Hg

+Hg)+3.662WHc

=-

FK

of pole between

6.706

FM

+Hg)

=- 2.715H, - 1.813H,

224

TRANSMISSION

The

force

KN

in X-braces

2.715H, + 1.813H,
= -3.84OH, - 2.564H,
sin 45O
>

11 -

- -L,,

L,,

The

net

area

A,

=y

A,

=A,

section

of the

LMis:

and

LKN = -

The

pole

(less the

X-brace

- 23.80 =%(312.80)

modulus

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

at Mand

mounting

hole)

- 23.8(312.80)

at

and

Nis:

= 76 846 - 7445 = 69 401 mm2

N is:

(312.80)3 - y

(312.80)2 = 3 004 693 - 388 114

= 2 616 579 mm3

z, =z,
Taking

about point

moments

M(fig.

99):

= -3.662(1.5H,
Ml44

+ Hg) = -5.493H,

- 3.662H,

MM 11--MN
By superposition,
and horizontal
by its respective
Stress
At

in the
point

the

loading
total
poles

values

of the

forces

and

can he combined

for total

load

factors

and

safety

bending
loading.

tabulated.

is:

L :

sL=--*--

UL

ML

AL

ZL

where :
UL = UJ + 0.707L,,

kd U, = UL+ULn

moments
The

strength

computed
of each

separately
member

for vertical
can he divided

CHAPTER

= 0.571H,+

UL

U,=

V-ADDITIONAL

1.244H, + 0.707(3.84OH,

+ 2.564HJ

1.5v, + vg

U, = U, + UL = 1.5 V, + Vg + 3.286H, + 3.057H,

A, = 44 941 mm2
ML = 2.657H, + 1.771H, N-m
Z, = 1367 201 mm3

s,

+ Vb + 3.286H,

44 941

+ 3.057H,

mm2

At point N:
uN
sN

MN

=A,%

where :
UN
UN
UN

= ue

and

UN

= UN

+ UN

= 1.5vc + v,
= 6.002H, + 4.864H,

UN = UN+ UN = 1.5vc + vg + 6.002H, + 4.864H,

AN = 69 401 mm2
MN

= - 5.493H, - 3.662H, N-m

zN = 2 616 579 mm3

1.5 V, + V8 + 6.002H,
s,

69 401

+ 4.864H,
+

225

DATA

= 3.286H, + 3.057H,

226

TRANSMISSION

Adjustable

braces

AG

and

EF:
L AG = 1.635 Vc

183-m Spans, LP = 366 m

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

LAG" =0.0934Hc+0.2036Hg

L AG=LAG'+L*G"

16 312

343.06+492.92=836

17 148 N

18 987

399.29 + 573.74 = 973

19 960 N

21750

457.38 + 657.22 = 1115

22865 N

I',=9977 N
2 I ;g ;
H; = 2421 N
213-m Spans, LP = 426 m
V,=ll

613N

V = 5 023N
$=
4275N
Hg= 2818N
244-m Spans, LP = 488 m

V,=13303N
$1 ii;;;
H;= 3228N
274-m Spans, LP = 548 m

24424

513.61+

738.05 = 1252

25 676N

27 188

571.70 + 821.53 = 1393

28 581 N

29 862

627.93 + 902.36 = 1530

31 392 N

32625

686.12 + 985.83 = 1672

34297N

35 300

742.34 + 1066.66 = 1809

37 109 N

vc = 14 938 N
v'= 6 461 N
H,=
5 499N

Hg= 3625N
305-m Spans, LP = 610 m
vc = 16 629 N
vg= 7192N
H,=
6121N

Hg= 4035 N
335-m Spans, LP = 670 m
V,=18264N

v-= 7 899N
Hc= 6723N
Hg= 4432N
366-m Spans, LP = 732 m
vc = 19 954 N

vg= 8630N
H,= 7 346N
f&= 4 842N
396-m Spans, LP = 792 m
vc = 21 590 N
vg= 9338N

H,= 7948N
f$.= 5 239N

CHAPTER
Adjustable

braces

AG

and

V-ADDITIONAL

227

DATA

EF-Continued

LaG= 0.0934

L AG= 1.635 Vc
427-m Spans, LP = 854 m

38 063

H, +0.2036 Hg

800.44 + 1150.14 = 1951

L &.=L/&+L*d
40 014 N

v, = 23 280 N
Vg=10069N
ff, = 8 570N
Hg = 5 649 N

Nonadiustable

braces

Spans,
m

LP,
m
-

183
213
244
274
305
335
366
396
427

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
792
854

Crosstie

GC and
L&

FC :
= 0.818 vc,
N

Lee= 0.841

8
9
10
12
13
14
16
17
19

3088.99
3595.27
4118.38
4624.66
5147.76+
5654.04
6177.99+
6684.27
7207.37

161
499
882
219
603
940
322
661
043

H, + 1.832 Hg,
N

+
+
+
+

4 435.27 = 7 524
5 162.58 = 8 758
5 913.70 = 10 032
6 641.00 = 11 266
7392.12=12540
+ 8 119.42 = 13 773
8 870.54 = 15 049
+ 9 597.85 = 16 282
+ 10 348.97 = 17 556

LGC = LGc) + LGc)

N
15
18
20
23
26
28
31
33
36

685
257
914
485
143
713
371
943
599

GF :

AB

Crossarms

and

DE

w,
366
426
488
548
610
670
732
792
854

= 0.647 Vc,

LP,
m

183
213
244
274
305
335
366
396
427

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
792
854

6455
7 514
8 607
9 665
10 759
11 817
12 910
13 969
15 062

(compressive):
L &=

-1.294
N

183
213
244
274
305
335
366
396
427

L&

Spans,
m

-12
-15
-17
-19
-21
-23
-25
-27
-30

910
027
214
330
518
634
820
937
124

vc,

= -1.074
LABN
-3944.80
-4591.35
-5259.38
-5905.93
-6573.95
-7220.50
-7889.60
-8536.15
-9204.18

H, - 0.161 Hg,
N

389.78 =
453.70 =
519.71 =
583.63 =
649.64 =
713.55 =
779.56.=
843.48 =
909.49 =

-4
-5
-5
-6
-7
-7
-8
-9
-10

335
045
779
490
224
934
669
380
114

-17
-20
-22
-25
- -28
-31
-34
-37
-40

245
072
993
820
742
568
489
317
238

TRANSMISSION

228
BC and

Crossarms
spans,
m

Poles

LP,
m

LCD) = -1.294

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
792
854

-12
-15
-17
-19
-21
-23
-25
-27
-30

KN and

X-braces

(at

point

MANUAL

CD (compressive):
L ,,=-l.l65H,-

vc,

183
213
244
274
305
335
366
396
427

LINE DESIGN

1.448Hg,
N

910
027
214
330
518
634
820
937
124

-4279.05
-4980.38
-5705.01-6406.34
-7130.97
-7832.30
-8558.09
-9259.42
-9984.05

- 3505.61 = -7
- 4080.46 = -9
4674.14 = -10
- 5249.00 = -11
- 5842.68 =-12
- 6417.54 = -14
- 7011.22 =-15
- 7586.07 = -16
- 8179.75 = -18

LCD = LCD + L&,

N

785
061
379
655
974
250
569
845
163

-20
-24
-27
-30
-34
-37
-41
-44
-48

695
088
593
985
492
884
389
782
287

LM:
Spans,
m

LP,
m

183
213
244
274
305
335
366
396
421

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
792
854

L&l=

- 3.840 H, - 2.564 Hg,

N

-14 104 - 6207=-20311

-164167 225 = -23 641
-18 735 - 8277r-27012
-211129295=-30407
-23505-10346=-33851
-25 816- 11364=-37180
-28209-12415=-40624
-30520-13433=-43953
-32909-14484=-47383

L ):

1.5 Vc t Vg + 3.286H,

+ 3.057H8
+

s, =

44 941 mm*

183-m spans, 366-m LP

s

=
L

+ 4315 + 3.286(3673)

+ 3.057(2421)

44 941

+ 2.657(3673)

+ 1.771(2421)

1367.201

(1000) = 11 136 kPa

213-m spans, 426-m LP

613) + 5023 + 3.286(4275)+

3.057(2818)

+ 2.657(4275)

44 941

+ 1.771(2818)

1367.201

(1000) = 12 962 kPa

244-m spans, 488-m LP

s

303) + 5754 + 3.286(4897)

44 941

+ 3.057(3228)

+ 2.657(4897)

+ 1.771(3228)
1367.201

(1000) = 14 848 kPa

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

229

274-m spans, 548-m LP

SL =

1.5 (14 938) + 6461+ 3.286(5499)

44 941

+ 3.057(3625)

+ 2.657(5499) + 1.771(3625)
1367.201

+ 3.057(4035)

+ 2.657(6121) + 1.771(4035)
1367.201

+ 3.057(4432)

+ 2.657(6723) + 1.771(4432)
1367.201

+ 3.057(4842)

+ 2.657(7346) + 1.771(4842)
1367.201

+ 3.057(5239)

+ 2.657(7948) + 1.771(5239)
1367.201

(1000) = 16 673 kPa

305-m spans, 610-m LP

629) + 7192 + 3.286(6121)
44 941

s, =

(1000) = 18 559 kPa

335-m spans, 670-m LP

264) + 7899 + 3.286(6723)
44 941

(1000) = 20 385 kPa

366-m spans, 732-m LP

s

(19 954) + 8630 + 3.286(7346)

44 941

(1000) = 22 273 kPa

396-m spans, 792-m LP

590) + 9338 + 3.286(7948)
44 941

(1000) = 24 098 kPa

427-m spans, 854-m LP

280) + 10 069 + 3.286@570)
44 941

Poles

(at point

+ 3.057(5649)

+ 2.657(8570) + 1.771(5649)
1367.201

(1000) = 25 984 kPa

N):

Vc + Vg' 6.002Hc+4.864Hg
s,=

69 401

183-m spans, 366-m LP

s,=

1.5(9977)

+4315 + 6.002(3673)

+ 4.864(2421)

69 401

+ 5.493(3673)

+ 3.662(2421)

2616.579

1_

(1000) = 11864 kPa

2 13-m spans, 426-m LP

613) + 5023 + 6.002(4275)
69 401

+ 4.864(2818)

+ 5.493(4275)

+ 3.662(2818)

2616.579

(1000) = 13 809 kPa

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

244-m spans, 488-m LP

s

(13 303) + 5754 + 6.002(4897)

69 401

N-

+ 4.864(3228)

+ 5.493(4897)
+ 3.662(3228)
2616.579

+ 4.864(3625)

+ 5.493 (5499) + 3.662(3625)

2616.579

(1000) = 15 818 kPa

274-m spans, 548-m LP

sN =

1.5 (14 938) + 6461+

6.002(5499)
69 401

(1000) = 17 763 kPa

305-m spans, 610-m LP

1.5(16 629) + 7192 + 6.002(6121)
69 401

sN=

+ 4.864(4035)

+ 5.493(6121) + 3.662(4035)
2616.579

(1000) = 19 772 kPa

335-m spans, 670-m LP

s

=
N

264) + 7899 f 6.002(6723)

69 401

+ 4.864(4432)

+ 5.493(6723)
+ 3.662(4432)
2616.579

+ 4.864(4842)

+ 5.493(7346)

(1000) = 21 716 kPa

366-m spans, 732-m LP

sN=

(19 954) + 8630 + 6.002(7346)

+ 3.662(4842)

2616.579

69 401

(1000) = 23 728 kPa

396-m spans, 792-m LP

sN=

590) + 9338 + 6.002(7948)

+ 4.864(5239)

+ 5.493(7948)

+ 3.662(5239)

2616.579

69 401

(1000) = 25 673 kPa

427-m spans, 854-m LP

sN=

280) + 10 069 + 6.002(8570)

+ 4.864(5649)

+5.493(8570)

69 401

Table 24 shows a summary

point distances.

of loads in the structure

+ 3.662(5649)
2616.579

members

(1000) = 27 682 kPa

for various span lengths

and low

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

231

Table 24.-Summary of loads in structure members for various span lengths

and low-point distances (metric example 2)
SAS/Z, m
183
Member

213

244

274

305

335

366

396

421

Position
LP, m

Adjustable braces, N
Nonadjustable braces, N
Crosstie, N
Crossarm (compressive), N
Crossarm (compressive), N
X-brace, N
Pole, kPa
Pole, kPa

AC&
CC &
GF
AB &
BC &
KN&
L
N

EF
FC
DE
CD
LM

366

426

488

548

610

670

732

792

854

17 148
15 685
6455
17 245
20 695
20 311
11136
11864

19 960
18257
7514
20012
24088
23 641
12962
13809

22 865
20914
8607
22993
27593
27 012
14848
15818

25 676
23485
9665
25820
30985
30407
16673
11763

28 581
26143
10759
28742
34492
33 851
18559
19172

31 392
28713
11817
31568
31884
37 180
20385
21716

34 291
31371
12910
34489
41389
40 624
22213
23728

37 109
33943
13969
37317
44182
43 953
24098
25673

40 014
36599
15062
40238
48281
47 393
25984
27682

U. S. Customary
Figure

100 shows the structure

Load in adjustable

outline

and other data.

V, = (1.8682)(LP)

Vg = (0.8079)(LP)

H, = (1.3754)(SAS/2)

Hg = (0.9066)(SAS/2)

braces AG and EF:

)-

LAG

Compression

= V,/sina=

- LEF

load in crossarm:

L AB = L,,
Load in nonadjustable

force in crossarm

= LF, = 0.5 V,/sin a = 0.8 18 V,

between
)-

LB,

Load in crosstie

= - V, /tan a = - 1.294 V,

braces GC and FC :

L,,
Compressive

1.635T/,

-LDC

B and C and between D and C :

=-V,/tana=-1.294Vc

GF:
LGF

= LA,

cos

u - L,,

cos

a = 0.647Vc

232

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Conductor: 795 kcmil, ACSR 45/ 7

Diameter = 1.063 in
8-lb/ft
wind on iced ($-in
radial)
E
conductor = I .3754 lb/f t
Vertical force with $-in radial
ice - 1.8682 I b/ft
OGW: f - in, H.S. Steel, 7-wire
Diameter = 0.360 in
8-lb/ft.
wind on iced (t-in radial)
OGW= 0.9066 Ib/ft
Vertical force with $-in radial
ice = 0.8079 lb/ft

Position
---

8 or
K or
M or
R or
CCround
w

ton cn = y-

0
L
N
S

Pole
Circumference,
in
28.26
3 1.52

Pr,
lb* ft
44 100
61 059

38.69
52.19

II3 244
277 731

Douglas Fir
Working stress = 7400 lb/in 2

0.7727

sin cy = 0.6114
cos a = 0.7913
a - 37041
Figure

Vertical

lOO.-95-ft

loads,

type HSB 230-kV

V,

and

Vg,

structure

are shared

with class 2 Douglas

equally

by

two

fir poles (one X-brace).

poles:

104-D-1110.

CHAPTER
For

transverse

H,

loads

Hg,

and

V-ADDITIONAL

a plane

of inflection

DATA

HJexists.

233
The

location

of this

plane

is found

by:

A plane

PQ also

of inflection

exists.

Its

Y c&f

location

is found

by:

>

41.5 (113 244)

y =PrR +PrM= 277731+113244=1202ft
= 41.5 - 12.02 = 29.48 ft

Yl =y-Yo
When

position

of zero moment

is known,

considered
separately.
Horizontal
wind forces on conductors
at the points
of zero moment.

the

and

structure

overhead

R, N -- R; = &., =
Axial
dividing

reaction
by the

at J caused
moment
arm

by horizontal
(pole spacing).

may
ground

Rd=-

wind

force

be separated
wires

lSH,

into

are resisted

parts
equally

and each

part

by each

pole

- Hg

is found

by

taking

moments

about

Hand

u ,, _ (3H,) (4.19) + 2Hg (13.69)

= O.S71H, + 1.244H,
J22

Taking

moments

about

B in

the

pole

above

the

plane

4.19 (1.5H, + Hg) + 9.5H,

8.5

&Z-

of inflection

(fig.

= -0.739H,

lOl),

gives

the

force

Fen:

- 1.61 lHg

FF v -F,
The
Ce

outside

carry

AG

braces,

90 percent.

L,,
L,

Load

and

EF,

on the

carry

10 percent

inner

braces

CG

Fc and FH
and CF is:

of

while

the

inside

0.9FG u 0.9 (- 0.739H, - 1.611HJ

= z=
= - 0.841H, - 1.832H,
0.7913
11 -

- - L,,

braces,

CG and

234

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Figure lOl.-Free
body diagram of pole above plane of inflection
crosstie (U.S. customary example 2).

The

load

in the

outer

braces

,, _ -O.l(F,)
LAG

u --

L,,
The

load

cos a

in the

AG
=

EFis:

and

-O.l(-0.739H,
- 1.61 lHg)
= O.O934H, + 0.2036H,
0.7913

- LAG

crossarm

portions

BC

and

CD

is:

L,c = (-LCG) cosa + OSH, = - (-0.841H,

= l.l65H,

load

- 1.832H,) (0.7913) + OSH,

+ 1.448H,

11 -

- - L,

L,,
The

and to the

in the

LAB

crossarm

portions

AB

and

DE

is:

" = - (LAG" cos a + H,) = - (O.O934H, + 0.204H,)

(0.7913) - H,

= - l.O74H, - O.l61H,
LAB = - L,,
The

moment

at

and

is given

by:

MD = - x0 (lSH,

+ Hg> = -6.285H,

- 4.19H, lb*ft

MB 1)--MD
For

the

portion

of pole

between

the

planes

of inflection,

MK =x1 (1.5H, +Hg) = 5.81 (1.5H, +i$)

ML = MK

the

moment

at

K and

L is:

= 8.715H, + 5.81J$ lb*ft

CHAPTER
The area of the pole at Kand

V-ADDITIONAL

235

DATA

L , excluding the 15/16-inch-diameter

hole for mounting

the X-brace

is:

- 2 (10.03)=

$I=;(10.03)'

79.06 - 9.40 = 69.66 in2

A, =A,
The section modulus
z,

=g

at K and L is:

_ '~~y+-)03)3

- 0.15625(10.03)2

= 99.06 - 15.72 = 83.34 in3

z, = z,
The horizontal

reaction

in the poles at Pand

RP

The axial reaction

Qis:

f -RQ = - 1.5H, - Hg

in the poles at P and Q is:

(39.83) + 0571H,.

+ 1.244H, = 6.002Hc + 4.864H,

P = - Q
The force at K can he found by taking

Q=-

+H,)+

moments

about point

12.02(1.5H,
22

+Hg)

M (fig. 102):

= -2.715H,

- 1.813H,

Figure lOZ.-Free body diagram of pole between planes of inflection

customary example 2).

(U.S.

TRANSMISSION

236
The

force

KN

in X-braces

L,

LM

and

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

is:

2.715H, + 1.813H,

=-

sin 45

- -3.84OH, - 2.564H,

>

L KN f! -- - LLM"
The

net

area

of the

pole,

less the

AM =$

The

section

modulus

at

X-brace

- ED

and

mounting

hole,

at

Mand

N is:

= 119.12 - 11.54= 107.58 in2

N is:

183.36 - 23.70 = 159.66 in3

Taking

moments

about

MM

point

M(fig.

102):

=-

12.02(1.5H,

+Hg)=-

18.11H, - 12.02H,

MM )f -MN"
By superposition,
and horizontal
by its respective
Stress
At

in the
point

the

loading
total
poles

values

of the forces

and

can be combined

for total

load

factors

and

safety

bending
loading.

tabulated.

is:

L:

SL=-f-

moments
The

UL

ML

AL

ZL

strength

computed

separately

of each member

for

vertical

can be divided

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

where :
and U, = U, + UL

UL = UJ -I- 0.707L,,

uL = 0.571H, + 1.244H, + 0.707(3.84OH,

U, = l.W,

+ 2.564H,) = 3.286H, + 3.057H,

+ vg

U, = U, + UL = 1.5 V, + Vg + 3.286H, I- 3.057H,

A, = 69.66 in

ML)) = 8.715H, + 5.81H, lbeft

Z, = 83.34 in3
s, =

1.5& + V + 3.286H, f 3.057H,

+
69.66 in2

N:

At point

where :
u =u
N

adu
Q

=u

+u

UN

= 1.5v, + vg

UN

= 6.002H, + 4.864H,

UN = UN + UN) = 1.5 V, + V, + 6.002H, + 4.864H,

AN = 107.58 in2
MN

= - 18.1 lH, - 12.02H,

ZN = 159.66 in3
s, =

1.5 V, + Vg + 6.002H, + 4.864H,

18.11H, + 12.02H,
+
107.58 in2
159.66 in3

237

238

TRANSMISSION

Adjustable

braces

AG

and

MANUAL

EF:
L ,&

600-ft Spans, LP = 1200 ft

LINE DESIGN

= 1.635 Vc

L /&

= O.O934H, + 0.2036Hg

LAG = LllGl + LAG

3666

77.06 + 110.76 = 188

3854 lb

4277

89.94 + 129.29 = 219

4496 lb

4887

102.74 + 147.61 = 250

5137 lb

5499

115.63 + 166.14 = 282

5781 lb

6110

128.43 + 184.67 = 313

6423 lb

6720

141.31+

202.99 = 344

7064 lb

7331

154.11 + 221.52 = 376

7707 lb

7941

167.00 + 240.04 = 407

8348 lb

8553

179.89 + 258.37 = 438

8991 lb

Vc = 2242 lb
V = 9701b
I$=

Hg=

825 lb
544Ib

700-ft spans, LP = 1400 ft

Vc = 2616 lb
v =1131lb
g=
9631b
Hg=
6351b
800-ft Spans, LP = 1600 ft

Vc = 2989 Ib
V = 12931b
4

= 1100 lb
725 lb

Hg=

900-ft spans, LP = 1800 ft

V, = 3363 lb
V = 1454 lb
z$ = 1238 lb
8161b

Hg=

lOOO-ft Spans, LP = 2000 ft

Vc = 3737 lb
V =16161b
4

= 1375 lb

Hg = 907 lb
llOO-ft

Spans, LP = 2200 ft

V, = 4110 lb
V = 1777 lb
t(

= 1513 lb

Hg=

997 lb

1200-ft Spans, LP = 2400 ft

Vc = 4484 lb
2:

:;g;

H; = 1088 lb
1300-ft Spans, LP = 2600 ft

Vc = 4857 lb
V = 2101 lb
g

= 1788 lb

Hg = 1179 lb
1400-ft Spans, LP = 2800 ft

Vc = 5231 lb
V =2262 lb
4

= 1926 lb

Hg = 1269 lb

CHAPTER
Nonadiustable
spans,
ft
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

Crosstie

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

239

braces GC and FC :
LP,
ft

L Gc= 0.818V,,

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

1834
2140
2445
2751
3057
3362
3668
3973
4279

LGC)) = 0.84111, + 1.832Hg,

lb

lb

694+
996=1690
810+1163=1973
925 + 1328 = 2253
1041+1495=2536
1156+1661=2817
1272+1826=3098
1388+1993=3381
1504+2160=3664
1620 + 2324 = 3944

3524
4113
4698
5287
5874
6460
7049
7637
8223

GF :
LP,

Spans,
ft
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

Crossarm

=1bo.647 Vc,

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

1451
1693
1934
2176
2418
2659
2901
3142
3384

AB and DE (compressive):

Spans,
ft
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

Crossarm

LG;

ft

LP,
ft

L&

= -1.294yc
lb

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

-2901
-3385
-3868
-4352
-4836
-5318
-5802
-6285
-6769

L/

= -l.O74H,
lb

- 0.161Hg,

-886 - 88 = -974
-1034-102=-1136
-1181-117
=-1298
-1330-131=-1461
-1477146=-1623
-1625-161=-1786
-1772 - 175 = -1947
-1920-190=-2110
-2069-204=-2273

LAB=kg +LAB:
-3875
-4521
-5166
-5813
-6459
-7104
-7749
-8395
-9042

BC and CD (compressive):

spans,
ft

LP,

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

12DO
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

ft

L a

= -1.294v,,
lb
-2901
-3385
-3868
-4352
-4836
-5318
-5802
-6285
-6769

L cD = -l.l65H,

- 1.448H&
lb

-961788 =
-1122 - 919 =
-1282 - 1050 =
-1442 - 1182 =
-1602-1313=-2915
-1763-1444=-3207
-1922-1575=-3497
-2083-1707=-3790
-2244-1838=-4082

-1749
-2041
-2332
-2624

LCD = LC
~4
-5
-6
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-10

+ LCD:

650
426
200
976
751
525
299
075
851

240

TRANSMISSION

KN

X-braces

LP,

L &

ft

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

(at point

MANUAL

LM :

and

Spans,
ft

Poles

LINE DESIGN

= -3.84OH,

- 2.564Hg,

lb

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

-3168-1395=
-3698-1628=
-4224-1859=
-4754-2092=
-5280 - 2326 =
-5810-2556=
-6336-2790=
-6866-3023=
-7396-3254=-10650

-4563
-5326
-6083
-6846
-7 606
-8366
-9126
-9889

L):

1.5 Vc + Vg + 3.286H,

+ 3.057Hg

SL =

+ ~715;;;8Hf)(!?)

= lb/i,,2

69.66

600-ft spans, 1200-ft

s, =

LP

1.5 (2242) + 970 + 3.286(825)

+ 3.057 (544)

= 1615 lb/in2

69.66

700-ft spans, 1400-ft LP

1.5(2616)+
s, =

1131 + 3.286(963)

+ 3.057(635)

69.66

= 1886 lb/in2

800-ft spans, 1600-ft LP

SL =

1.5 (2989) + 1293 + 3.286(1100)

+ 3.057 (725). +

69.66

8.715(1100)

83.34

900-ft spans, 1800-ft LP

SL = 1.5(3363)

+ 1454 + 3.286(1238)

+ 3.057(816)

69.66

= 2424 lb/in2

lOOO-ft spans, 2000-ft LP

s, =

1.5(3737)

+ 1616 + 3.286(1375)

+ 3.057(907)

69.66

= 2693 lb/in2

1 lOO-ft spans, 2200-ft LP

s

= 1.5(4110)
L

+ 1777 + 3.286(1513)
69.66

+ 3.057(997)+

8.715(1513)

+5.81(997)
83.34

12
>( -i >

= 2961 lb/i2

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

241

1200-ft spans, 2400-ft LP

SL =

1.5(4484)

+ 1939 + 3.286(1650)

+ 3.057(1088)

= 3231 lb/in2

69.66

1300-ft spans, 2600-ft LP

sL=

1.5 (4857) + 2101 + 3.286(1788)

+ 3.057(1179)

+,

69.66

8.715

+
12
(1788)
5.81(1179) )(
> = 3501 lb/i2
83.34
r

1400-ft spans, 2800-ft LP

1.5(5231)

+ 2262 + 3.286(1926)

s, =

Poles

(at

+ 3.057(1269)+

69.66
point

1.5 V;'

N):

Vg+ 6.002H, +4.865Hg

sN=

107.58

= lb/in

600-ft spans, 1200-ft LP

sN=

1.5(2242)+

970 + 6.002(825)+4.865(544)+

18.11(825) + 12.02(544)
12
= 1725 lb/in2
159.66
x -i- >

107.58

700-ft spans, 1400-ft LP

t$,,=

1.5(2616)

+ 1131 + 6.002(963)

+ 4.865(635)

= 2013 lb/in2

107.58

800-ft spans, 1600-ft LP

s,= 1.5(2989)

+ 1293 + 6.002(1100)
107.58

+ 4.865(725)+

18.11(1100)

+ 12.02(725)
12
159.66
x T 1 = 2300 lb/in2

900-ft spans, 1800-ft LP

s,=

1.5(3363)

+ 1454 + 6.002(1238)

+ 4.865 (816)

107.58

18.11(1238)

+ 12.02(816)

159.66

12
x> 1

= 2589 lb/i2

lOOO-ft spans, 2000-ft LP

sN=

1.5(3737)+

1616 + 6.002(1375)+4.865(907)+,
107.58

= 2876 lb/in

242

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

1 lOO-ft spans, 2200-ft LP

s,=

1.5(4110)+

1200-ft

spans,
lS(4484)

sN=

1777 + 6.002(1513)+4.865(997)
107.58

18.11(1513)

+ 12.02(997)
12
159.66
>( 1 > = 3163 lb/in*

2400-ft LP
+ 1939 + 6.002(1650)

+ 4.865(1088)+

= 345 1 lb/in*

107.58

1300-ft spans, 2600-ft LP

1.5 (4857) + 2101+
s,=

6.002 (1788) + 4.865 (1179)

18.11(1788)

107.58

+
12
12.02(1179) >( > = 3739 lb/in*
159.66
r

1400-ft spans, 2800-ft LP

lS(5231)

sN=

Table
point

+ 2262 + 6.002(1926)

18.11(1926)

+ 4.865(1269)+

107.58

25 shows

a summary

+ 12.02(1269)
159.66

of loads

in the

structure

members

12
)( r >

for

various

= 4027 lb/in*

span

lengths

and

low

distances.

Table 25.~Summary of loads in structure members for various spans lengths

and low-point distances (U.S. customary example 2)
SAS/Z, ft
Member

Position

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

2 400

2 600

2 800

8 348
7 637
3 142
8 395
10 075
9 889
3 501
3 739

8 991
8 223
3 384
9 042
10 851
10 650
3 770
4 027

LP, ft
1200
AG&EF
GC&FC
GF
AB&DE
BC&CD
KN&LM
L
N

Adjustable braces, lb
Nonadjustable braces, lb
Crosstie, lb
Crossann (compressive), lb
Crossarm (compressive), lb
X-brace, lb
Pole, lb/in*
Pole, lb/in*

Example
and

double

3.-Stress

analysis

1400

3854
3524
1451
3 875
4650
4 563
1 615
1725

4496
4113
1693
4521
5426
5 326
1 886
2013

for a 29-m

(95-ft)

1600

1800

5137
4 698
1934
5166
6 200
6083
2 154
2300

type

5781
5 287
2 176
5813
6 976
6 846
2424
2589

HSB

2000

2 200

6423
5 874
2418
6459
7751
7 606
2 693
2876

7064
6 460
2659
7 104
8525
8 366
2961
3 163

230-kV

structure

--

7 707
7 049
2 901
7 749
9 299
9 126
3 231
3451

with

class

1 wood

poles

X-brace:

Metric
Figure

103

shows

the

structure

outline

and

other

data.

Using

the

nomenclature

from

example

1,

CHAPTER V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

243

Conductor:

403 mm : ACSR, 45/7

27 mm
0.38-kPo wind on iced (l3-mm radial)
conductor - 20.07 N/m
Vertical force with l3-mm radial ice 27.26 N/m
OGW: IO mm, H.S. Steel, 7-wire
Diometer - 9 mm
0.38- kPo wind on iced (l3-mm radial)
OGW= 13.23 N/m
Vertical force with l3-mm radial ice II.79 N/m
DiOmeter:

I---

1
1

Pole
Circumference,
mm

Position
8 or
K or
M or
R or

Pr,
N*m

771
857
1247
1401

13
L
N
s

74 208
IO1 754
312 751
444 314

Douglas Fir
Working Stress - 51.02 MPa
6,706m
tan

- +j&

= 0.7727

sin a - 0.6114
cos a - 0.7913
a - 37O41
Figure

103.-29-m

type HSB 230.kV

V,

H, =
Load

in adjustable

braces

structure

(27.26)(LP)

vg

(20.07)(SAS/2)

Hg =

AC

and

load

fir poles (two X-braces).

(11.79)(LP)
(13.23)(SAS/2)

EF:

LAG = L,
Compression

with class 1 Douglas

= V,/sin a = 1.635Vc

in crossarm:
)-

LAB

- L,

= - Vc/tan a = - 1.294Vc

104-D-1 111.

244

TRANSMISSION

Load

in nonadjustable

braces

Compressive

force

in crossarm

between

I- -

L,
loads
U,
For

3 V, and
= U,

transverse

B and

C and

=-V,/tana

=L,,

between

and

C :

=-1.294V,

GF:

in crosstie

Vertical

= 0.5 V,/sin a = 0.8 18 V,

= L,

LBC
Load

FC:

CC and

L,,

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

COS

2 Vg are shared

= UK

loads

L,,

H,

= u,

equally

= U,

Hg , a

and

a - L,,

= UN

plane

a = 0.647Y,

COS

by two
= Up

of inflection

poles:

= Ue

= u,

= Us

HJexists.

The

= 1.5 v,

location

+ vg

of this

plane

parts

and

is found

by:

X(PrB)

3.048(74 208)
+P,B = 101 754+74208

xo =&
Xl

A plane

exists.

Its

location

Y C&M 1

considered

moment

Axial

444314+312751

is known,

points

wind

forces

of zero

the structure

may

be separated

into

each

part

on conductors

reaction
by

the

and

overhead

ground

wires

are resisted

equally

by each

pole

moment:
RI;

dividing

= 2 266 m

separately.

Horizontal
at the

of zero

by:

= 5.486 - 2.266 = 3.220 m

Yl =y-Yo
position

is found

5.486(312 751)

y =PpR +PrM=

When

= 3.048 - 1.285 = 1.763 m

=x-x,

PQ also

of inflection

= 1 285 m

at Jcaused
moment

J
UJ

arm

by
(pole

CR, f) --R/z
horizontal

Rd=-1.5H,-H,
wind

force

is found

by

,, _ (3H,) (1.285) + Cur,> (4.181)

= 0.575H,
6.706
= q/

taking

moments

spacing):

+ 1.247H,

about

Hand

CHAPTER
Taking

moments

about

in the

pole

V-ADDITIONAL

above

the

plane

DATA

245

of inflection

(fig.

104)

gives

force

&:

Figure 104.-Free body diagram of pole above plane of inflection

and to the crosstie (metric example 3).

-F/
-1.5

Hc + Hg
1.285(1.5H,

FG8)---

+I$)+

2.896H,

- -0.744H,

2.591

- 1.614H,

FF = FG
The

outside

( fi . carry

carry

on the

FGRand FH
CF is:

10 percent

of

braces

CG and

inner

cos a

L,,
load

EF,

and

Load

,, _ 0.9FG" 0.9(-0.744H,
--=

L,

The

AG

braces,

90 percent.

- 1.614H,)

0.7913

while

the

inside

braces,

=-0.846H, - 1.836H,

--L,"

8) -

in the

outer

L*(y=

braces

-O.lF&
cos a

AG

and

EFis:

-O.l(-0.744H,
- 1.614H,)
= O.O94OH,+0.204H,
0.7913

L,, e --L,,"
The

load

in the

crossarm

LBc)) =(-L,")
= l.l69H,
LBC

II -

--

LCD

portions

BC

and

CD

is:

cos.a + O.SH, =-(-0.846H,

+ 1.453H,

- 1.836H,)(O.7913)+

O.SH,

CG and

246
The

load

in the

crossarm

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

portions

DE

AB

and

is:

LAB " = -(LAG cos a + H,) = - (O.O94H, + 0.204H,)

L,
The

(0.7913) -H, = -

- O.l61H,

l.O74H,

rt -- -L&
moment

at

D is

and

given

by:

MD =-xo(l.5Hc

+Hg) = - 1.928H, - 1.285H, N-m

MB = MD
For

the

portion

of pole

between

the

MK =x1 (lSH,

planes

of inflection,

the

moment

at

and

is:

+ Hg) = 2.645H, + 1.763H, Nom

ML = MK
The

area

of the

pole

at

and

L,

excluding

the

23.8.mm-diameter

hole

for mounting

the

X-brace

is:

AK=x-

nD2

23.80 =a (272.8)2 - 23.8(272.8) = 58 449 - 6493 = 51 956 mm2

A, =A,
The

section

zK=x-

modulus

at

and

is:

71D3 23.8D2 = 5 (272.8)3

(j

_ 238(;728)2

= 1993 118- 295 198= 1 697920mm3

z, =z,
The

horizontal

reaction

in the

poles

RP
The

axial

reaction

Q =
UP

in the

poles

at P and

Q is:

11 -

-RQ = - 1 .5Hc - Hg

at P and

Q is:

3H, + 2Hg
(17.898) + 0.575H, + 1.247H, = 8.581H, + 6.585H,
6.706

= - UQ"

The

force

at K can

he found

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

by

moments

+H

taking

247

DATA

about

point

M (fig.

105):

F lgure 105.-Free body diagram of pole between

(metric example 3).

+H

15.632(1.5H,

" =-

FK

planes of inflection

+I$)+

2.266(1.5&

+Hg)

= - 4.003H, - 2.669H,

6.706

FK u --FM
Since
the

the

division

installation,

VN,

WM

and

of load

assume

L,,

net

area

A,=4A,
The

all load

X-braces

KUand

is taken

by

LTand

one

X-braces

set of braces.

The

VNand
force

WMdepends
in X-braces

of the

nD2

4.003H, + 2.669Hg

Of-

--

sin 45O

M- - L,,

pole

(less

M- L,

the

X-brace

= -5.662H,

- 3.775H,

= -L,,

mounting

hole)

23.80 = 2 (396.80)2 - 23.8(396.80)

at

Mand

N is:

= 123 661- 9444 = 114 217 mm2

=A,

section

modulus

nD3
ZM=F-

at

Mand

N is:

23.8D2
6
= & (396.80)3 - 9

= 5 509 039 mm3

z,

upon

KU, LT,

is:

=KU

The

between

that

= z,

(396.80)2 = 6 133 592 -- 624 553

TRANSMISSION

248
Taking

about point

moments

u
MA4

the

By superposition,
and horizontal

loading

by its respective
Stress
At

in the
point

total
poles

M(fig.

- - 2.266

values

LINE DESIGN

105):
(1

.5Hc + HE) = - 3.399H, - 2.266H,

of the forces

and

can be combined

for total

load

factors

and

safety

MANUAL

bending

moments

loading.

The

strength

computed
of each

separately
member

for

tabulated.

is:

L :

SL =-

UL

+-

AL

ML
ZL

where :
UL = UJ + 0.707LL,
UL

and UL = UL + UL

= 0.575H, + 1.247H, + 0.707 (5.662H, + 3.775H,) = 4.578H, + 3.9 16Hg

U, = 1.5v, + vg
u, = U, + UL = 1.5V, + Vg + 4.578H, + 3.916H,
A, =51 956mm
ML = 2.645H, + 1.763H, N-m

Z, = 1 697 920 mm3

s

lSV,
L

At

point

+ Vg +4.578H,
51 956 mm*

+ 3.916H,

N:

N
SN=ANfZN

MN

vertical

can be divided

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

249

where :
UN = Ue and UN = UN + UN
U,=

1.5vc + vg

UN = 8.58lH,

+ 6.585H,

UN = UN) + UN)) = 1.5 v, + vg + 8.581H, + 6.585H,

A,

= 114217mm2

MN

= - 3.399H, - 2.266H,

zN = 5 509 039

+ vg + 8.581H, + 6.585H,
114 217 mm2

s, =
Adiustable

mm3

braces

AG

and

1000,,,,,,
+ 3.399Hc+2.266Hg
5 509039 mm3 ) ()](lOO~zmm)

El;:
L AG = 1.635V,

183-m Spans, LP = 366 m

+ 1000 = kPa

LA/'

O.O94OH,+0.204H,

LAG=LAG'+LAGA

16 312

345.26+493.88= 839

17 151 N

18 987

401.85 + 574.87 = 977

19 964 N

21 750

460.32 + 658.51=

22869N

24424

516.91+

V,=9977N
V =4315N
4~3673~

iTI"=

213-m Spans, LP = 426 m

V,= 11 613N
V = 5023N
d=
4275N
Hg= 2818N
244-m Spans, LP = 488 m

1119

V,=13303N
2:
ii;;;
H;= 3228N
274-m Spans, LP = 548 m

Vc= 14938N
v-

6461 N

f(= 5499N
Hg= 3625N

739.50 = 1256

25680N

250

TRANSMISSION

Adjustable

braces

AG and

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

IS-Continued

LAG = 1.635 Vc
305-m Spans, LP = 610 m

LAG))= O.O94OH,+0.204Hg

LAG=L*Gt+L*G)

27 188

575.37 + 823.14 = 1399

28587N

29862

631.96 + 904.13 = 1536

31 398 N

32625

690.52 + 987.77 = 1678

34 303N

35 300

747.11+

1068.76 = 1816

37 116 N

38063

805.58+ 1152.40 = 1958

40 021 N

V,=16629N
V = 7 192 N
$=
6121N

Hg= 4035N
335-m Spans, LP = 670 m

V,=18264N
V = 7899N
l(=
6723N
I+= 4432N
366-m Spans, LP = 732 m
F= = 1gg54N
8630N
l(=
7346N
Hg= 4842N
396-m Spans, LP = 792 m

V,=21590N
V = 9338N
ig= 7948N
fig= 5239N
427-m Spans, LP = 854 m

V,=23280N
V = 10 069 N
f(= 8570N
Hg= 5649N

Nonadjustable

spans,
m
183
213

244
274
305
335
366
396
427

braces

LP,
m

366
426
488
548
610

670
732
792
854

GC and

FC :

Lee' = O.S18V,,
N

8 161
9
10
12
13
14
16
17
19

L Gc"= 0.846H,+ 1.836Hg,

499
882
219
603
940
322
661
043

3107 + 4 445 = 7 552

3617+
5174=
8791
4128+
5927=10055
4652+ 6656=11308
5178+
7408=12586
5688+ 8137=13825
6215 + 8 890 = 15 105
6724+ 9619=16343
7250+10372=17622

LGC = L&

+ L&

15 713
18 290

20937
23572
26 189
28765
31427

34004
36665

CHAPTER
Crosstie

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

251

GF :
spans,
m

LP,
m
-

183
213

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
192
854

244
214
305
335
366
396
421

Crossarm

183
213

LP,
m

11
12
13
15

817
910
969
062

L m = -l.O74H,

- O.l61H&
N

-12 910

-3945-390=

-4335

-15 021

-4591-454=

-5045

-17 214

-5259-520=
-5906-584=
-6574-650=
-1221-114=
-1890-780=
-8536-843=

-5 719
-6490
-7224
-7935
-8670
-9319

-19 330
-21518
-23634
-25 820
-21937
-30124

-9204-909=-10113

LAB = LAB + LAB

-.
N

-17245
-20012
-22993
-25 820
-28142
-31569
-34490
-31316
-40231

BC and CD (compressive):

spans,
m

LP,
m
-

183

366
426
488
548
610
610
132
792
854

244
274
305
335
366
396
427

LAB = -1.294 vc,

N

366
426
488
548
610
670
732
192
854

244
214
305
335
366
396
421

213

6455
1514
8607
9665
10 159

AB and DE (compressive):

spans,
m

Crossarm

L ,;=0.64lv,,
N

L&

= -1.294 vc,
N
-12 910
-15 027

L &=

-l.l69H,

- 1.453Hg,
N

-4294-3518=
-4991-40951

-1812
-9092

-5725-4690=-10415
-6428-5267=-11695
-7155-5863=-13018
-7859-6440=-14299
-8587-7035=-15622
-9291-7612=-16903
-10018-8208=-18226

-17 214

-19 330
-21518
-23634
-25 820
-21937
-30124

X-brace:
spans,
m
183
213
244
214
305
335
366
396
427

m,

L,;=-5.662#-

366
426
488
548
610
670
132
192
854

-207969139=-29935
-24205-10638=-34843
-27721-12186=-39913
-31 135 - 13 684 = -44 819
-34 651- 15 232 = -49 889
-38066-16731=-54191
-41593-18219=-59812

3.175Hg,

-m

-45002-19171=-64779
-48523-21325=-69848

LCD = SD

+ LCD:

-20722
-24 119
-21629
-31025
-34536
-37933
-41442
-44 840
-48350

252

TRANSMISSION

Poles

(at

point

L):

1.5 Vc + Vg + 4.578H,
s,

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

+ 3.916Hg

51956

mm2

183-m spans, 366-m LP

s

1.5(9977)

+ 4315 + 4.578(3673)

+ 3.916(2421)+

2.645(3673)

+ 1.763(2421)
(1000) = 9113 kPa

1697.92

51 956

2 13-m spans, 426-m LP

SL =

1.5(11 613) + 5023 + 4.578(4275)

51956

+ 3.916(2818)

+ 2.645(4275)

+ 1.763(2818)

(1000) = 10 607 kPa

1697.92

244-m spans, 488-m LP

s

=
L

1.5 (13 303) + 5754 + 4.578(4897)

51956

+ 3.916(3228)

+ 2.645 (4897) + 1.763 (3228)

1697.92

(1000) = 12 150 kPa

274-m spans, 548-m LP

s

=
L

1.5(14 938) + 6461 + 4.578(5499)

51956

+ 3.916(3625)+2.645(5499)

+ 1.763(3625)
1697.92

(1000) = 13 644 kPa

305-m spans, 610-m LP

s

4.578(6121)

+ 3.916(4035)

51956

+ 2.645(6121)

+ 1.763(4035)
1697.92

(1000) = 15 187 kPa

335-m spans, 670-m LP

s = 1.5(18 264) + 7899 + 4.578(6723)
L

+ 3.916(4432)

51956

+ 2.645 (6723) + 1.763(4432)

1697.92

+ 2.645 (7346) + 1.763(4842)

1697.92

(1000) = 16 681 kPa

366-m spans, 732-m LP

(19 954) + 8630 + 4.578(7346)
51956

+ 3.916(4842)

(1000) = 18 225 kPa

396-m spans, 792-m LP

SL =

1.5 (21 590) + 9338 + 4.578(7948)

51956

+ 3.916(5239)

+ 2.645(7948)
+ 1.763(5239)
1697.92

(1000) = 19 719 kPa

CHAPTER

427-m spans, 854-m

loles
.-

(at point

253

+ 3.916(5649)

+ 2.645 (8570) + 1.763(5649)

1697.92

(1000) = 21262

kPa

N):

I .5 V, + Vg + 8.581H,

+ 6.585Hg

&TN=

3.399H, + 2.266Hg
+

DATA

LP

(23 280) + 10 069 + 4.578(8570)

51956

s, =

V-ADDITIONAL

114 217 nun2

5 509 039 mm3

1ooo mm
)(~](looo~~m2)

+lOOO= kPa

183-m spans, 366-m LP

S,=

1.5(9977)

+ 4315 + 8.581(3673)
114 217

+ 6.585(2421)

+ 3.399(3673) + 2.266(2421)
5509.039

(1000) = 3846 kPa

213-m spans, 426-m LP

S,=

1.5(11 613) + 5023 + 8.581(4275)

114 217

+ 6.585(2818)

+ 3.399(4275) + 2.266(2818)
5509.039

(1000) = 4477 kPa

244-m spans, 488-m LP

sN=

1.5 (13 303) + 5754 + 8.581(4897)

+ 6.585(3228)

+ 3.399(4897)

+ 2.266(3228)

(1000) = 5128 kPa

114 217

5509.039

274-m spans, 548-m LP

shl=

1.5(14 938) + 6461 + 8.581(5499)

114 217

+ 6.585(3625)

+ 3.399(5499) + 2.266(3625)
5509.039

(1000) = 5759 kPa

305-m spans, 610-m LP

slv=

1.5 (16 629) + 7192 + 8.581(6121)

114 217

+ 6.585 (4035) + 3.399(6121)

+ 2.266(4035)

(1000) = 6410 kPa

5509.039

335-m spans, 670-m LP

s,=

1.5(18 264) + 7899 + 8.581(6723)

114 217

+ 3.399(6723) + 2.266(4432)
5509.039

+ 6.585 (4842) + 3.399(7346) + 2.266(4842)

5509.039

+ 6.585(4432)

(iOO0) = 7040 kPa

366-m spans, 732-m LP

SN

1.5(19 954) + 8630 + 8.581(7346)

114 217

(1000) = 7693 kPa

254

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

396-m spans, 792-m LP

(21 590) + 9338 + 8.581(7948)

S,=

+ 6.585 (5239) + 3.399(7948) + 2.266(5239)

5509.039

114 217

(1000) = 8323 kPa

427-m spans, 854-m LP

1.5 (23 280) + 10 069 + 8.581(8570)
114 217

SN

Table
point

26 shows

a summary

of loads

+ 6.585 (5649) + 3.399(8570) + 2.266(5649)

5509.039

in the

structure

members

for

various

(1000) = 8974 kPa

span

lengths

and

low

distances.

26.~Summary of loads in structure members for various span lengths

and low-point distances (metric example 3)

Table

SAS/Z, m
213

183
Member

244

274

335

366

396

427

670

732

792

854

34303
31427
12910
34 490
41442
59872
18225
7 693

37116
34004
13969
37 316
44840
64779
19719
8 323

40021
36665
15062
40 237
48350
69848
21262
8 974

LP, m

Position

Adjustable braces, N
Nonadjustable braces, N
Crosstie, N
Crossarm (compressive), N
Crossarm (compressive), N
X-brace, N
Pole, kPa
Pole, kPa

305

AG&EF
GC&FC
%&DE
BC & CD
KN&LM
L
N

366

426

488

548

610

17151
15 713
6 455
17 245
20722
29935
9113
3 846

19964
18 290

22869
20937
8 607
22 993
27629
39913
12150
5 128

25680
23572
9665
25 820
31025
44819
13644
5 759

28587
26 189
10759
28 742
34536
49889
15187
6 410

2: iii
24119
34843
10607
4 477

31398
28765
11817
31569
37933
54797
16681
7040

U. S. Customary
Figure

Load

106

shows

in adjustable

the

structure

outline

and

other

data.

V,

(1.8682)(LP)

Vg =

(0.8079)(LP)

H,

= (1.3754)(SAS/2)

Hg =

(0.9066)(SAS/2)

braces

AG and

EF:

LAG = LEF) = &/sin a = 1.635Vc

Compression

load

in crossarm:

tLAB

Load

in nonadjustable

braces

- LDE

CC and

L,.

= L,

=-

K/tana=-1.294V,

FC:
= 0.5 V, /sin a = 0.8 18 V,

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

Conductor: 759 kcmii, ACSR, 45/7

Diameter - 1.063 in
8- lb/f t wind on iced (+-in radial)
conductor - I.3754 lb/ft
Vertical force with i-in radial
ice - 1.8682 Ib/ft
oGw:i-in,
H.S. steel, 7-wire
Diameter - 0.360 in
8-Ib/ft
wind on iced (i-in radial)
OGW- 0.9066 lb/f t
Vertical force with t-in radial
ice = 0.8079 Ib/ft

x
X
1

255

DATA

Position

Pole
Circumference,
in

8 or D
KWL

30.37
33.74

M or

49.08

ROTS

Pr,
Ib=ft
54
75
230
328

55. I5

730
047
976
655

Douglas Fir
Working stress = 7400 lb/in*
.

tan

a - v

sin

a -

cos

a = 0.7913

- 0.7727

37O 41

106.-95-ft

Compressive

0.6114

a Figure

22 ft

type HSB 230.kV

structure

force in crossarm between

LBC

Load in crosstie

=L,,

with class 1 Douglas

B and
=-

fir poles (two X-braces).

C and between

V,/tana=-1.294

D and C :

V,

GF:
LcF) = LAG 00s a - L,,

cos a = 0.647 V,

104-D-1112.

256

TRANSMISSION

Vertical

loads

&I =
For

transverse

V,
u;

and

Vg are

= UK = u,

H,

loads

shared

equally

by

= (j-,

= UN

= (J,

Hg,

and

LINE DESIGN

a plane

two

MANUAL

poles:

= Ue

of inflection

= U,

HJexists.

= Us = 1.5 v,

The

location

+ vg

of this

plane

parts

and

is found

by:

x (prB1

lO(54

xo =PrK +-Prs =
Xl =x-x()
A plane

of inflection

PQ also

75 047

= lo-

exists.

Its

When

position

considered
Horizontal
at the

of zero

separately.
wind forces

points

of zero

- Y,

moment

Axial

is known,

on conductors

reaction

at

by the

moment

moments

= 4*22

ft

655

- 7.43

by:

976)
+ 230

976

= 10.57

ft

the structure

and overhead

may
ground

= 743

ft

be separated
wires

into

are resisted

equally

each

part

by each

pole

moment:

caused
arm

about

&=m

Rd=R$=-l.SH,-

by horizontal
(pole

u ,, = (3H,)
J

Taking

328

= 18.0

Rt;=R;=

dividing

is found
18(230

Y(PrM)

=Y

+ 54 730

4.22=5.78ft

location

y =PrR +PrM =

Yl

730)

(4.22)

+ (*H,)

is found

(13.77)

22

pole

(1

above

the

plane

.5Hc + Hg) + 9.5H,

8.5

FF u -- FG

force

by

taking

moments

about

107)

force

Hand

spacing):

in the

4.22

wind

Hg

= 0.575H, +

1.252H,

of inflection

(fig.

= - 0.745H,

- 1.614H,

gives

Fc:

CHAPTER

-0
4
1

-In
a6

The

CF,

HC+Hg
AG and E&

braces,

Load

90 percent.

LCG

load

in the

load

LB,

L,
The

load

braces,

of

F,

CG and

and

CF,

FH

while

the

inside

braces,

is:

- 1.6 14H,)

= - 0.847H,

- 1.836H,

0.7913

- LCG

outer

in the

10 percent

0.9 (- 0.745H,

AG

braces

,, _- 0. I&

The

inner

cos a

LAG

L,y,

carry

on the

0.9FG

rr=-

L CF 1)-The

257

Figure 107.-Free body diagram of pole above plane of inflection

and to the crosstie (U.S. customary example 3).

Fe

-I.5

outside

carry

DATA

;n#?
9
-

-z
dI

V-ADDITIONAL

-0.1

COSa

and

EF

is:

(-0.745H,

1.614H,)
= 0.0941Hc

0.7913

0.204H,

M -

- - LAG

crossarm

BC

portions

and

CD

is:

= (-a&)

cos a + 0.5H, = - (- 0.847H, -

= l.l7OH,

+ 1.453H,

1.836H,)

(0.79

13) +

0.204H,)

(0.7913)-

OSH,

rt -

- - L,

in the

LAB

crossarm

portions

=- (LAG
= - l.O74H,

LABu --

L,,

cos

AB

and

a + H,) = -

- O.l61H,

DE

is:

(O.O941H,

H,

CG and

TRANSMISSION

258
The

moment

at

and

is given

For

the

portion

of pole

MANUAL

by:

MD = - x,, (1 SH,
MB

LINE DESIGN

+ I$)

= -

6.33H,

- 4.22H,

lb* ft

= MD

hetween

the

planes

of inflection,

the

moment

at

K and

=x,(1.5Hc+Hg)=5.78(1.5Hc+Hg)=8.67Hc+5.78Hg

MK

is:

lb.0

ML = MK
The

area of the pole

at Kand

, excluding

the 15/16-inch-diameter

hole

for mounting

the X-brace

is:

.rrD2

A,=TAL
The

section

=t (10.74)2 - E (10.74) = 90.59 - 10.07 = 80.52 in2

=A,
modulus

TD3
-32

15
ED

at

15D2/16
6

and

is:

= &(10.74)3

- 0.15625(10.74)2

= 121.62-

18.02 = 103.6in3

z, =z,
The

horizontal

reaction

in the

poles

at

and

Q is:

Rp = Rp = - 1.5Hc - Hg
The

axial

reaction

in the

poles

u* = (34;2fJ

at

and

Q is:

g ) (58.71) + 0.575H, + 1.252Hg = 8.581H, + 6.589Hg

P = - Q
The

force

at

FK

FK

can be found

=-

by

51.28(1.5H,

= - F,

taking

moments

about

+Hg> + 7.43(1.5H,
22

point

+Hg)

M (fig.

108):

= -4.003H,

- 2.669H,

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

259

Figure 108.-Free body diagram of pole between

(U.S. customary example 3).

Since

the division

installation,

assume

of load
that

between

all load

X-braces

is taken

KUand

LTand

by one set of braces.

X-braces
The

planes of inflection

VNand

force

WMdepends

in X-braces

KU,

upon

LT, VN,

WMis:

and

4.003H, + 2.669H,

II LKU -L KU = The

net

area

of the

pole

The

section

>

n -- - LWM

X-brace

= $(1~62)~

= - 5.662H, - 3.775H,

mounting

- E

(15.62)

hole)

at

Mand

= 191.62

N is:

14.64

= 176.88

= 373.48

- 38.21

in2

=A,
modulus

nD3

at Mand

15D2

/16

hf=x-

Taking

w -L,
-

LLT

(less the

ED

A,

sin 4S

moments

about

N is:

- 0.15625(15.62)2

= 0.098(15.62)3

point

MM=-

M (fig.
7.43(1.5H,

MM n --MN

108):

+Hg)=-

ll.l4H,

7.43H,

= 335.36

in3

260

TRANSMISSION

By superposition,
and horizontal
by

its respective
Stress
At

the

loading
total

in the

poles

values

of the

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

forces

and

can be combined

for total

load

factors

and

safety

bending

moments

loading.

The

strength

computed
of each

separately
member

for vertic:tl
can be divicl~~ll

tabulated.

is:

L:

point

s, =- UL &-ML
AL

ZL

where :
UL

)) = UJ + 0.707L,,"

and UL = UL' + UL"

UL" = O.S75H, + 1.252H, +0.707(5.662H,

+3.775H,)=

U, = l.SV, + vg
U, = UL'+ UL" = 1.5Vc + Vg + 4.578H, + 3.921H,
A, = 80.52 in2
ML"

8.67H,

5.78H,

lb*ft

ZL = 103.60 in3
s, =

=
Poles

(at

(%;LuL

+(~)(ni)

1.5Vc + VK + 4.578H, + 3.921H,

80.52 in2
point

N):

N
SN=ANfZN

where :
UN

= UQ" and UN = UN'+ UN"

MN

4.578H, + 3.921H,

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

261

UN = 1.5vc + vg
UN = 8.581H, + 6.589H,
UN = UN + UNf = 1.5 V, + Vg + 8.58 lH, + 6.589H,
AN = 176.98 in2
MN

=-1l.l4H,

- 7.43H,

ZN = 335.36 in3
s, =
Adjustable

1.5V, + V + 8.581H, + 6.589H,

braces

176.98 in2
AC

and

600-ft Spans, LP = 1200 ft

11.14Hc + 7.43Hg
335.36 in3

EF:
L AG' = 1.635V,

LAGn = O.O94OH,+ 0.204Hg

LAG = LAG' + LA/

3666

77.63 + 110.98 = 189

3855 lb

4277

90.62 + 129.54= 220

4497 lb

4881

103.51+

147.90 = 251

5138 lb

5499

116.50 + 166.46 = 283

5782 lb

6110

129.39 + 185.03 = 315

6425 lb

Vc = 2242 lb
V = 9701b
f( = 825 lb
Hg=

544Ib

700-ft Spans, LP = 1400 ft

V, = 2616 lb
V = 11311b
g=

9631b

Hg= 635 lb
800-ft Spans, LP = 1600 ft

V, = 2989 lb
V = 12931b
l$=llOOlb

Hg = 725 lb
900-ft Spans, LP = 1800 ft

Vc = 3363 lb
v
I(

= 1454 lb
= 1238 lb
Hg= 8161b
lOOO-ft Spans, LP = 2000 ft

vc = 3737 lb
v = 1616 lb
g=1375lb
Hg= 907 lb

262

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Adjustable braces AG and E&Continued

+ LAG

L AG = 1.635 V,

LAG = O.O94OH, + 0.204Hg

6720

142.37 + 203.39 = 346

7066 lb

7331

155.27 + 221.95 = 377

7708 lb

1300-ft Spans, LP = 2600 ft

7924

168.25 + 240.43 = 409

8351 lb

1400-ft Spans, LP = 2800 ft

8553

181.20 + 258.92 = 440

8993 lb

1100-ft Spans, LP = 2200 ft

LAG

= LAG

Vc = 4110 lb
v = 1777lb
4=15131b
Hg = 997 lb
1200-ft Spans, LP = 2400 ft

Vc = 4484 lb
2

: ;g

H; = 1088 lb

Vc = 5231 lb
V = 2262 lb
I$ = 1926 lb

Hg = 1269 lb

Nonadiustable
Spa%
ft
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

Crosstie

braces

GC and

FC :

LP,
ft

L Gc= 0.818V,,
lb

lb

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

1834
2140
2445
2751
3057
3362
3668
3973
4279

699 + 999 = 1698

816+ 1165 = 1981
932+1332=2264
1049 + 1498 = 2547
1165 + 1665 = 2830
1282+1831=3113
1398+1998=3396
1515+2164=3679
1631+2330=3961

L cc = 0.847H,

+ 1.836Hg,

GF :
Spans,
ft

LP,

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

ft

L $

= 0.647 Vc,
lb
1451
1693
1934
2176
2418
2659
2901
3142
3384

3532
4121
4709
5298
5887
6475
7064
7652
8240

CHAPTER

AB

Crossarm

and

DE

LP,
ft

L AB = -1.294Vc,
lb

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

-2901
-3385
-3868
-4352
-4836
-5318
-5802
-6285
-6769

BC

and

263

DATA

(compressive):

Spans,
ft

Crossarm

V-ADDITIONAL

L ABn = -l.O74H,
lb

- 0.161Hg,

-88688= -974
-1034-102=-1136
-1181-117=-1298
-1330-131=-1461
-1477-146=-1623
-1625-161=-1786
-1772-175=-1947
-1920-190=-2110
-2069-204=-2273

-3875
-4521
-5166
-5813
-6459
-7104
-7749
-8395
-9042

CD (compressive):

spans,
ft

LP,
ft

L cD= -1.294Vc,
lb

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

-2901
-3385
-3868
-4352
-4836
-5318
-5802
-6285
-6769

L &=

-l.l7OH,
lb

- 1.453H

8.

-966791=-1757
-1127922=-2049
-1287-1054=-2341
-1448 - 1186 = -2634
-1609-1317=-2926
-1770-1449=-3219
-1931-1581=-3512
-2092-1713=-3805
-2253-1844=-4097

L CD = 7
-4
-5
-6
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-10

+ bD:
658
434
209
986
762
537
314
090
866

X-brace:

Poles

(at

point

spans,
ft

LP,

600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400

1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800

ft

L KG = -5.662Hc
lb

- 3.775Hg,

-4673-2054=
-6727
-5451-2396=
-7847
-6230-2738=
-8968
-7009-3080=-10089
-7788-3422=-11210
-8566-3765=-12331
-9345-41Oi=-13452
-10124-4449=-14573
-10903-4791=-15694

L):

1.5 V, + Vg + 4.578Hc + 3.921Hg

SL =
80.52 ina

600-ft spans, 1200-ft LP

s, =

1.5(2242)

+ 970 + 4.578(825)
80.52

+ 3.921(544)

= 1320 lb/in2

264

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

700-ft spans, 1400-ft LP

1.5(2616)+

S,=

1131+4.578(963)

+ 3.921(635)

+
= 1541 lb/in2

8052

800-ft spans, 1600-ft LP

SL =

1.5(2989)+

1293+4.578(1100)

+ 3.921(725)

8.67(1100)

80.52

+ 5.78(725)
103.60

12
>(

= 1760 lb/in2
>

900-ft spans, 1800-ft LP

SL =

1.5(3363)

+ 1454 + 4.578(1238)

+ 3.921(816)

8.67(1238)

80.52

+ 5.78(816)

103.60

12
I( -7 >

= 1980 lb/in2

lOOO-ft spans, 2000-ft LP

s, =

1.5(3737)

+ 1616 + 4.578(1375)

+ 3.921(907)

80.52

8.67(1375)

+
(

+ 5.78(907)

103.60

12
)O T

= 2200 lb/in2

1 lOO-ft spans, 2200-ft LP

s, =

1.5(4110)+

1777 +4.578(1513)+

3.921(997)

8.67(1513)+

80.52

5.78(997)

103.60

12
)O r

= 2420 lb/i2

1200-ft spans, 2400-ft LP

1.5 (4484) + 1939 + 4.578(1650)
s,

+ 3.921(1088)

8.67 (1650) + 5.78(1088)

+

80.52

103.60

-12
JO 1

= 2640 lb/in2

1300-ft spans, 2600-ft LP

s

= 1.5(4857)+

2101 +4.578(1788)

+ 3.921(1179)

= 2861 lb/in2

80.52

1400-ft spans, 2800-ft LP

SL =

Poles

(at

1.5 (5231) + 2262 + 4.578(1926)

80.52

point

N):

l.5Vc+Hg+8.581Hc+6.589Hg
s,=

176.98 in2

+ 3.921(1269)

8.67(1926)

+ 5.78(1269)
12
103.60
)O T

= 3081 lb/in2

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

265

600-ft spans, 1200-ft LP

S,=

1.50242)

+ 970 + 8.581(825)

+ 6.589(544)

+ 11.14(825)

176.98

+ 7.43(544)

335.36

)O

12
= 558 lb/in2
1

700-ft spans, 1400-ft LP

S,-=

1.5(2616)+

1131+ 8.581(963)

+ 6.589(635)

176.98

800-ft spans, 1600-ft LP

S,=

1.5(2989)

+ 1293 + 8.581(1100)

+ 6.589(725)

176.98

11.14(1100)
(

+ 7.43(725)

335.36

12
)O

= 744 lb/in2

900-ft spans, 1800-ft LP

S,=

1.5(3363)+

1454 +8.581(1238)

+ 6.589(816)+

176.98

lOOO-ft spans, 2000-ft LP

s,=

1.5(3737)

+ 1616 + 8.581(1375)

+ 6.589(907)

176.98

1 loo-ft spans, 2200-ft LP

s,=

1.5(4110)+

1777+8.581(1513)+6.589(997)+
(

176.98

11.14(1513)+7.43(997)
335.36

12
)O - = 1023 lb/in2
1

1200-ft spans, 2400-ft LP

s,=

1.5 (4484) + 1939 + 8.581(1650)

+ 6.589(1088)

176.98

1300-ft spans, 2600-ft LP

SN

1.5(4857)

+ 2101+ 8.581(1788)+

6.589(1179)

176.98

)O

1400-ft spans, 2800-ft LP

sN=

1.5 (5231) + 2262 + 8.581(1926)

176.98

+ 6.589(1269)

12
= 1209 lb/in
1

TRANSMISSION

266
Table
point

27 shows

a summary

of loads

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

in the

structure

members

for

various

span

lengths

and

low

distances.

Table 27.-Summary

of loads in structure members for various span lengths

and low-point distances (U.S. customary example 3)
SAS/Z, ft
600

Member

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1 300

1400

2000

2200

2400

2600

2800

6425
5881
2418
6459
7762
11 210
2200
930

7066
6475
2659
7104
8537
12 331
2420
1023

7708
7064
2 901
7749
9 314
13452
2640
1116

8351
7 652
3142
8 395
10090
14573
2861
1209

8993
8240
3 384
9042
10 866
15 694
3081
1 302

Position
LP, ft

Adjustable braces, lb
Nonadjustable braces, lb
Crosstie, lb
Crossarm (compressive), lb
Crossarm (compressive), lb
X-brace, lb
Pole, lb/in2
Pole, lb/in2

26.

Structure

location,
wood-pole

Data

(a)

necessary

1800

3855
3532
1451
3875
4658
6727
1320
558

4497
4121
1693
4521
5434
7841
1541
651

5138
5782
4709
5298
1934
2176
5166
5813
6209
6986
8968 10089
1760
1980
744
837

spatting is a term
line structures
and bracing

Required.-The

following

to the

structure

plan-profile

limitation

scales
and

for

guying

for

the
For

and

line:
These
the

process

equipment

drawings

are

required

are prepared

specified

conductor,

and

a conductor

charts,

by the

field

span,

and

ruling
height

table

Process ofSpotting.-Figure

Code

109 shows

or the

the details

plan and profile

drawing
with the sag template
spotting
structures.
Figure
110 also shows the

applicable

State

for the various

or

clearances
over ground,
railroads,
highways,
communication
circuits,
and
These clearances
should be calculated
in accordance
with the latest edition
Safety

at the structure

for

Reqnired
conductor
other power lines.

Electrical

ground

the

the conductor

National

above

of determining

on the plan and profile

drawings.
is also determined
for each location.

template
showing
types and heights.

of the

height

used

data

of structures
on a transmission
drawings
of the transmission
line.

Plan

(b)

and Equipment
the locations
and profile

forces.
A sag template
made
loading
conditions.
The

1600

type of transmission
the amount
of guying

1400

Structure

Spotting.-

height,
and
structures,

determining

AG&EF
GCLFC
GF
AB & DE
BC & CD
KU&LT
L
N

1200

or municipal

of the sag template,

and figure

structure

code.
110 is a typical

superimposed
showing
the method
of using it for
method
of using the 15,5 OC (60 F) curve
of the

template
to determine
the proper
conductor
and structure
heights.
The curve
labeled
15.5
C
(60 o F) Final
represents
the conductor
position.
The lower
two curves,
marked
8.2-m
(27-ft)
are exactly
the same curves as the 15.5 C final curve, but
clearance
and 8.8-m
(29-ft)
clearance
displaced
vertically
the corresponding
the

8.8-m

clearance

8.2 and 8.8 m, respectively.

Therefore,
point
on the 8,2-m
clearance
curve
curve.

Referring

again

to figure

110,

any point on the final curve is 8.2 m above

or 8.8 m above the corresponding
point
on
the

8.8-m

clearance

curve

just

touches

the

CHAPTER
ground
the

line

8.8-m

of the

profile.

clearance

line

Therefore,
touches

the

the

V-ADDITIONAL
conductor

ground

DATA

267

is 8.8 m above

the

ground

at the

point

where

line.

Ccnductw: 201 md (387.5 kcmil), ACM, 2W7

Ruling Span =213.4 m (700 f t )
Max. Tension = 32 472 N (7300 lb), 45% Ult.
NESC Heavy Loading: IS-mm (IL&in) ice with
a 0.38-kPa
(8-lb&
wind at -18 OC (0 OFI

cut out to prrmit

drawing
curve on the plan-profile

the I
sheetr.

TYPE

low point
span.

Figure

The

process

109.-Typical

of spotting

usually

2083 + 50 on figure
110, and
the position
described
above.
in U.S. customary
span to the right
is selected,
either
the various

types

sag template

(plastic)

progresses

the spans to the

Please note that

used for spotting

from
left
the

left

to right

structures.

on the

of it are spotted
station
numbering

ter of
ES the
in each

21.3
IO.3
15.2
12.2

Ill
m
Ill
Ill

HS

@Ott)@Oft&
QofO{
&oft)-

GROUND -

104-D-1113.

profile.

The

structure

at Sta.

before
the template
is placed in
referred
to in this section
are

units. After
the required
position
of the conductor
has been determined
for the
of the structure
at Sta. 2083+50,
the location
and height
of the next structure
by scaling
or by use of a pole template.
For convenience,
the pole template
for
of structures

is marked

on the margin

of the template.

For

the span

under

discussion,

the structure
location
selected
is at Sta. 2090 +20,
the structure
is a type HS with
18.3-m
(60-ft)
poles, and the span length
is 204 m (670 ft). This information
should
be recorded
on the drawing.
The template
is then moved
to the right and the next span and structure
located
by repeating
the
process.

TRANSMISSION
Although

the process

the profile

of spotting

for several

spans

or railroad

crossings,

powerline

which

require

will

special

structures

ahead

because

ahead

there

to one of the fixed

is a choice

to determine
that

of structure

of equal

heights.

The

points
at each of the
as much
as possible.
transmission

(c)

may

example,

and

high

it is best to examine
angle

or low

of the structure.

points,

points
Such

and

work

backward.

be desirable

desirable
ruling

profile

to make

layout

In the

highway

in the profile

conditions

more

is to have

span,

a smooth

is a sign

of good

sections

often

than

one

of line
layout

spans of nearly

conductor
design.

The

where

in order

uniform

profile,

and

length

structures

conductor

structures
should
lie in a smooth
flowing
curve
to equalize
This is called
grading the line and is an important
part

UplifLUplift,
in a rough
profile

occur

refer

to the three

conductor
sag is drawn
conductor
will contract
60 o F), the conductor
template.
supports

conductor

crossings,

as line

attachment

structure
of the

loading
design

of a

line.

Determining

Uplift

the

left to right,
such

and it is usually
a matter
of determining
the most
these fixed locations.
Sometimes
it is desirable
to

it may
most

less than

smooth

line

locations

The

from

be conditions

the location

structure,
between

locations,

to or slightly

progresses

may

and affect

structure

the best arrangement.

are equal

usually
there

or communication

consideration

fix the location

of a transmission
line
desirable
arrangement
of the structures
move

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Therefore,
of alternate

or upstrain,
where
the

structures

is a condition
which
conductor
supports

at Sta. 2105+35,2112+40,

should
be avoided,
if possible.
are at different
elevations.
For
and

2121+70

on figure

for a temperature
of 15.5 C (60 F), but as the temperature
and the sag will decrease.
When the temperature
reaches minus
assumes the position
indicated
by the minus 51 C cold curve

minus
51 OC curve
on the template
between
the conductor
2 105 + 35 and 2121+70),
it can be determined
whether
the
support
of the intermediate
structure
(Sta. 2112+40)
is above or below
the cold curve.
21.3-m
(70-ft)
structure
at Sta. 2112 +40,
the conductor
support
is approximately
on the

conductor
For the

by placing
structures

lll.The

decreases,
the
51 C (minus
shown
on the

the
(Sta.

cold curve.
Suppose,
however,
that the 21.3-m
(70-ft)
structure
is replaced
by a 19.8-m
(65-ft)
structure.
The conductor
support
would then be below the cold curve and the conductor
would
exert
an upward
pull on the structure-this
upward
pull is the uplift or upstrain. Uplift
at a structure
will
cause the conductor
to pull the insulators
cause the conductor
to pull away from
crossarm.
Uplift
may possibly
be avoided

up into the crossarm,

and with pin-type
insulators
it might
the insulator
and possibly
pull the insulator
pin out of the
by adjusting
structure
locations
on the plan-profile
drawing,

to take advantage
of terrain,
by using a higher structure
at the point of uplift
or by attaching
weights
to the conductor.
If these methods
fail, then the conductor
must be dead-ended.
Structures
should
not be located
at uplift
points
if it can be avoided
because
the only function
of such a structure
is
to hold the conductors
conductors
during
hot

Insulator

(d)

that

tends

from

to swing

the

swinging
force

of the

to the distance
of the

adjacent

wind

pressure

Sideswing.-Suspension

pressure.
Conductor
to limit the sideswing
on the conductor

against
weather.

clearance
in order
an insulator

spans

suspended
adjacent

to the

insulator
between

fall

of the

The

rapidly

away

vertical

conductor

low

the

to sideswing
by insulator
insulation.

is equal
force

structure,

supported
the

caused

length

of the

by horizontal

wind

sideswing,
so it is necessary
The horizontal
wind pressure

tends

by the

of the adjacent

a short

to one-half

that

supported

of conductor
points

from

to support

are subject
is reduced
conductor

The

length

conductor

sometimes

on a structure

spans.

force

string.
the

insulators

to the structure
to maintain
proper

in the two
is equal

and

the

to keep
insulator

by the
spans.
conductor

total
string

insulator

On rough
low

wind

pressure

the insulator

terrain
points,

plus
string

string
one-half
is equal

where

each

as indicated

CHAPTER
by the

conductor

template,

the low points

from

is still

swinging.

the

Too

structure.

distance

To

the

checked

the point

much

insulator

falls

sideswing

might

(e)
the

instructions

allowable,

low-point

distance,

of structure

could

for

extra

proper

angle

be used
In

for

by a broken

conductor

policy
and

of 230

kV

and

When strainextra clearance

on both

sides

adjacent

span

or pin-type
for broken
is not

the

to a special

maximum

the

be added

the

this

If

value

area,

Structure
at the

value

chart.

be used,

outside

the

heights

bottom

lengths

and

structure

heights

used

for

pole

lengths

over.

strength

structure

of 13.7

Class

1 poles

of the

are given

is needed

limitation

number

of guys,

as shown

major

highways,

major

for

any

chart,
on the

m (45 ft)
are used

in

or less;
for extra

reason.

should
guying

be used
charts,

at a

should

adjacent

to the crossing
span. Other states
broken
(1977),
d o not require

required

clearance
for

broken

to maintain

over

the

circuits,

clearance

edition

lines

communication

sufficient

latest

NESC

structures
conductors.

of a crossing,

Whenever
the
under
the outside
The

This

railroads,

conductor

clearance

major

conditions

and

required

are governed
conductor

highways,

major

on transmission

lines

above.

the

enough

it is necessary

be reduced
structure.

with

communication

or lake crossings

one-half

may

falls

is necessary.

could

m (50 ft) and

additional

railroads,

of the spans
in

to provide
major

When
sagged

over

which,

River
than

correction

the

limitation

type

point

or

limits,

be used.

by the

correct

be provided
in either

rules

powerlines,

or where

The

the

hardware,

plan-profile.

structure

structure

weights

the
allowable

structures.

should

considerations.
It is our

of 15.2

as indicated

all crossings

NESC

are normally

line.

some

span

3 poles

structures,

on the

between

the insulator

line.

for lengths

of structure,

wood-pole

powerlines

the

class

in a transmission

California,

major

tall

type

transmission

used

and

insulators,

suspension
If

distance

to hold

is within

is measured

limits.

the

vertically

in the

the specified

prescribed

However,

insulators

on the

regarding

each

lines,

are normally

spans,

The

by

the

more

spans.

a failure

spans

spans

273

as acting

of the

area in which

than

type

for

On all wood-pole
class 2 poles

line

be greater

or another

can cause

adjacent

General Instructions.-Instructions

design

long

the

be within

adjacent

sideswing

of adjacent

within

to provide

strings,

the

of the

sum

will
will

be adjusted

insulator

points
the

of the

DATA

to be considered

distance

whether

low

sideswing

outside

low-point

against

so defined

of insulator

fall

of conductor

determine

between

is then

may

the length

V-ADDITIONAL

ruling

are used on both sides of a crossing,

it is not necessary
For lower voltages,
when suspension-type
structures

increased

involving
span,

decrease

special

to use spans

ruling

sag in the

to seriously

the

crossing
the

structures

longer

than

conductors

or long spans
approximately

should

tension

due

to a broken

in most

cases.

are to be handled
1.7 times

be dead-ended

conductor
as special

the

ruling

span

at both

ends

of the

in an
studies.

or shorter
span

and

span.

terrain
slopes across the right-of-way,
conductor
on the high side to meet

approximately
Other
policies

span

clearance

to allow
are used

in conductors

and

overhead

50 percent
in the
regarding
substations

1. It is Bureau
policy
a substation
or switchyard.

sufficient
clearance
all requirements.
ground

span terminating
and switchyards

to install
self-supporting
In general,
this means

structures
that the

wires
on
are:

under
the

should
full

load

substation

(no guys) within

structure
adjacent

be maintained
should

normally

or switchyard
183 m (600 ft) of
to the substation

274

TRANSMISSION

or switchyard
conductor
2.

will
and

When

is not

the

reduced,

should

he a steel

overhead

may

be varied

and

any special

to meet

The

method

that

is designing

of approach
the

tension

requirements

between

span

structures

before

angle

in the transmission

and
design

roads,
should

proceeding

where

with

the

and

overhead
ground

final

tension

ground

wires

wire

substation

power

tensions

or switchyard

or communication

be discussed
the

in the

conductor

overhead
of the

and

tensions

yard.

conductors

structural

as railroads,

unbalanced

the

in a span

the

or switchyard

steel

the
into

of conductor

of the
such

to the substation

slack

is reduced

of reduction

requirements

of accepting

to the

clearance

amount

the

crossing

due

wire

midspan
The

capable

wire

ground

sufficient

be maintained.

structure

ground

overhead

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

with

design

the

of the

lines.

design

group

transmission

line.
3.

The

be made
deflection

deflection

as small as possible.
angle reduces
the

or switchyard

structure.

On wood-pole

lines

all guyed

structures

27.

Right-of-Way

transmission

line

strings
require
wide enough
clearance
Sufficient

should

sandy

that
imposes

soil or other

have

a separate

and Building

design.

Todays

soil with

poor

anchorplate

Clearance

higher

this angle
additional

voltages,

obstruction
is essential

that may
to avoid

for

each

.-Right-of-way
wider phase

adjacent
to the right-of-way.
are hanging
in their no-wind

It is legally
possible
for someone
right-of-way,
and occasionally
this

be at the
flashover

or switchyard

characteristics

guy

clearance

should

is encountered,

strand.

is a very
spacings,

important
consideration
in
and unrestrained
insulator

ever before.
A right-of-way
in a high-wind
situation,

edge of the right-of-way

to trees, buildings,
pole

Some of these
position.

structure

be less than
loo
because
a larger
transverse
load on the substation

bearing

a wider right-of-way
and greater
clearances
than
to give adequate
clearance
between
conductors

from any
clearance

obstruction
conductors

where

line at the substation

It is preferred
clearance
and

hazards

on private
lines,
and

are not

obvious

to erect a structure,
such as a building,
at the
is done. The only way we can protect
ourselves

very
and

must be
and also
property.
any other
when

the

edge of our
others
is to

make our right-of-way

wide enough
to provide
a minimum
electrical
clearance
between
the outer
conductor,
at a maximum
wind condition
of 0.43 kPa (9 lb/ft2),
and an imaginary
building
with a
wall on the edge of the right-of-way.
Tables
28 and 29 show the horizontal
distance
required
as
clearance
between
Tables
30 through
ruling
spans.

a conductor
and a building
for various
line voltages
35 show the required
right-of-way
for transmission

Sometimes
there is a tendency
to reduce the right-of-way
require
shorter
spans (to keep the conductors
safely within
would

be more

expensive

than

initially

because

of the

and elevations
above sea level.
lines of different
voltages
and

width
to keep costs down, but this would
the right-of-way)
and the line probably

additional

structures

required.

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

275

Table 28 .-Minimum

horizontal clearance to buildings- USBR standard for

NESC light, medium, and heavy loading (metric)

kV

Ruling
span,
m

Conductor

69

84 mm2 ACSR 6/l

115

135 mm2 ACSR 26/7

138

242 mm2 ACSR 2417

161

242 mm2 ACSR 2417

230

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

345

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

duplex

213
305
213
305
213
305
213
305
305
366
427
305
366
427

Basic
clearance,
m

3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048
3.048

Increase for
voltage,
m

0.2003
.2003
.3420
.3420
.4836
.4836
.9086
.9086
.9086
1.6170
1.6170
1.6170

Increase for
elevation,
m

Minimum horizontal
clearance
to buildings,2
m

3 percent of
increase for
voltage for
each 305 m
of elevation
over 1006 m

3.048
3.048
3.249
3.249
3.389
3.389
3.532
3.532
3.956
3.956
3.956
4.666
4.666
4.666

r The increase for voltage is:

At 1006-m elevation and a

Table 29.-Minimum

horizontal clearance to buildings-USBR standard

for NESC light, medium, and heavy loading (U.S. customary)

kV

Conductor

69

No. 4/O AWG ACSR 611

115

266.8 kcmil ACSR 2617

138

477 kcmil ACSR 2417

161

477 kcmil ACSR 2417

230

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

345

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

duplex

Ruling
spa
ft

Basic
clearance,
ft

700
1000
700
1000
700
1000
700
1000
1000
1200
1400
1000
1200
1400

10
10
10
10
10
10
::
10
10
10
:8
10

l The increase for voltage is:

2 At 3300-ft elevation and at 60 F with a 9-lb/ft

wind.

Increase
for
voltage,
ft

0.66
0.66
1.12
1.12
1.59
1.59
2.98
2.98
2.98
5.31
5.31
5.31

Increase for
elevation,
ft

3 percent of increase
for voltage for each
1000 ft of elevation
over 3300 ft

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,2
ft
10.00
10.00
10.66
10.66
11.12
11.12
11.59
11.59
12.98
12.98
12.98
15.31
15.31
15.31

Table 30.-Right-of-way
Maximum

kV

69

Conductor

Ruling
span,
m

conductor
tension,2
newtons per
conductor

84 mm2 ACSR 6/l

213

a12 900

115
138

135 mm2 ACSR 26/7

242 mm2 ACSR 2417

213
213
305

a24900
a16400

161

242 mm2 ACSR 24/l

213

230

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

305
305

a23 100
a24900
a23 100
a31100

366
427
305
366

a30200
a29 300
a31 100
a30200

427

a29 300

305

305

345

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

duplex

b16 900

Insulator
string
length,
mm

Conductor swing
0.43kPa wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
m

869
869

65O19
65O19

1219
1372
1219

3746
7 705
8 964

3745
7576
3460
73746
116

a12900

r 69 through 161 kV are H-frame wood-pole construction;

2 Maximum conductor tensions are limited by:

Conductor
sag at
15.5 oc,
mm

values-NESC Iigh t loading (metric)

Right-of-way,4
m

2
%

63OO2'
57OO9
63OO2'

3.048
3.048
3.658
4.267
3.658

3.048
3.048
3.249
3.389
3.249

21
28
23
24
29

1372
1676
1676
2286

57OO9
57009
57OO9
5038'

7.6255
4.5550
7.8809
8.6982

4.267
5.182
5.182
7.620

3.389
3.532
3.532
3.956

;;
34
41

Iz
m
u

12851
17676
8 964
12851

2286
2286
3658
3658

5038'
5038'
5038'
5038'

11.7036
15.4341
9.7590
12.7644

7.620
7.620

9.144
9.144

3.956
3.956
4.666
4.666

47
55
48
54

17676

3658

5OO38'

16.4949

9.144

4.666

61

230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.

3 At 1006-m elevation, and at 15.5 OC with a 0.43kPa wind.

4 At 1006-m elevation, and rounded off to next highest meter.

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,3
m

7.6736
4.1705
4.2996
7.4292

7 705

a 18 percent ultimate strength at 15.5 oC fmal, no load.

b 25 percent ultimate strength at -18 OC final, no load.

4.1925

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
m

E
n
z
5

z
?

Table 3 1.-Right-of-way

kV

69

Conductor

No. 4/O AWG ACSR 6/l

115

266.8 kcmil ACSR 2617

138

477 kcmil ACSR 24/l

Ruling
span,
ft

411 kcmil ACSR 2417

230

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

345

954 kcmil ACSR 45/l

duplex

Conductor
sag at
60 OF,
ft

Insulator
string
length,
ft

12.28
24.86
11.34
23.27
12.28
25.25
12.28
25.25
29.31
42.09
57.89
29.37
42.09
57.89

2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
12.0
12.0
12.0

700

a2900

a29oo

700

b3800
a3700
a5600
a5200
a5600
a5200
a7000
86800
a66oo
a7000
86800
a66oo

700

1000
161

Maximum
conductor
tension,*
pounds per
conductor

1000
1000
700

1000
1000
1200
1400
1000
1200
1400

values-NESC light loading (US. customary)

r 69 through 161 kV are H-frame wood-pole construction;

* Maximum conductor tensions are limited by:

Conductor swing
9-lb/ft* wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
Et
65O19
65O19
63OO2'
63OO2'
57009
57OO9
57009
57009
5038'
5038'
5038'
5038'
5038'
50'38'

230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.

a 18 percent ultimate strength at 60 OF fmal, no load.

b 25 percent ultimate strength at 0 OF fmal, no load.
At 3300-ft elevation, and at 60 OF with a 9-lb/ft* wind.
4 At 3300-ft elevation. and rounded off to next highest 5 feet.

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
ft

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,3
ft

Right-of-way,4
ft

10
10

10.00
10.00

70

24.86
13.67
24.31
14.10
24.99

90

12
12
14
14

10.66
10.66

75
95
80

!z

14.94

17

25.83
28.51
38.34
50.56

:5
25
25

13.43

31.99
41.82
54.04

i8
30

11.12
11.12
11.59
11.59
12.98
12.98
12.98
15.31

105
90
110
135
155
180
155

15.31
15.31

175
200

$
0
=i
5
z
:

Table 32.-Right-of-way

kV

Conductor

69
115
138

84 mm2 ACSR 6/l

213

135 mm2 ACSR 26/7

213

242 mm2 ACSR 24/l

161

242 mm2 ACSR 24/l

230

483 mm2 ACSR 45/l

345

Ruling
span,
m

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

duplex

Maximum
conductor
tension,
newtons per
conductor

Conductor
sag at
15.5 oc,
mm

a15 500

values-NE,!%7 medium loading (metric)

Insulator
string
length,
mm

Conductor swing
0.43-kPa wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
m

305

bll300

a19 100

4033
7521
3111

305

b21300
a26700

6947
4 111

869
869
1219
1219
1372

305

305
305
366
427
305
366

b28500
a267OO
b28500
b37400
b36900
b36400
b37400
b36900

1655
4 111
7655
8948
12 821
17525
8948
12 821

1372
1676
1676
2286
2286
2286
3658
3658

50038'
5038'
5038'
5038'
5038'

11.6850
15.3174

427

b36400

17525

3658

5038'

16.3782

213
213

r 69 through 161 kV are H-frame wood-pole construction;

2 Maximum conductor tensions are limited by:

65O19
65O19

3 At 1006-m elevation, and at 15.5 OC with a 0.43-kPa wind.

4 At 1006-m elevation, and rounded off to next highest meter.

3.048
3.048

4.4531

7.6291

3.048
3.048
3.658

63OO2'

1.2185
4.6062

3.658
4.267

7.5835
4.8616

4.267
5.182
5.182
7.620
7.620
7.620

230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.

a 25 percent ultimate strength at -29 OC final, no load.

b 18 percent ultimate strength at 15.5 OC fmal, no load.

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,3
m

63OO2'

57009
57009
57009
57009

4.4542

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
m

7.8389
8.6859

9.7467
12.7458

9.144
9.144
9.144

3.249
3.249
3.389
3.389

Right-of-way ,4
m

z
%

22
28

5;

ul

i:

3.532
3532

3:

P
1
z

3.956
3.956
3.956

41
41

0
E

:48

4.666
4.666

54

4.666

61

5
z
r

Table 33.-Right-of-way

kV

Conductor

69

No. 4/O AWG ACSR 6/l

115

266.8 kcmil ACSR 2617

138

477 kcmil ACSR 2417

161

477 kcmil ACSR 2417

230

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

345

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

duplex

Ruling
span,
ft
700
1000
700
1000
700
1000
700
1000
1000
1200
1400
1000
1200
1400

Maximum
conductor
tension,2
pounds per
conductor

Conductor
sag at
60 OF,
ft

a3500
b3900
a4300
b4800
a6000
b6400
a6000
b6400
b8400
b8300
b8200
b8400
b8300
b8200

69 through 161 kV are H-frame wood-pole construction;

Maximum conductor tensions are limited by:

values-NESCmedium

13.16
24.63
12.37
22.75
13.49
25.15
13.49
25.15
29.38
42.07
57.38
29.38
42.07
57.38

Insulator
string
length,
ft
2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
12.0
12.0
12.0

loading (U.S. customary)

Conductor swing
9-lb/ft2 wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
ft
6S019
65O19
63OO2
63OO2
57009
57009
57009
57OO9
5038
5038
5038
5038
5038
5038

230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.

a 25 percent ultimate strength at -20 OF final, no load.

b 18 percent ultimate strength at 60 OF final, no load.
At 3300-ft elevation, and at 60 OF with a 9-lb/ft wind
4 At 3300-ft elevation, and rounded off to next highest 5f&.

14.23
24.65
14.59
23.84
15.11
24.91
15.95
25.75
28.51
38.33
50.16
31.99
41.81
53.64

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
ft

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,3
ft

10
10
12
12
14
14
17
17
25
25
25
30
30
30

10.00
10.00
10.66
10.66
11.12
11.12
11.59
11.59
12.98
12.98
12.98
15.31
15.31
15.31

Right-of-way,4
ft

70
90
;:
85
100
1?8
135
155
180
155
175
200

II
TJ
-F
ZJ
a
=I
5
z
g
2

Table 34.-Right-of-way

values-NESC heavy loading (metric)

84 mm2 ACSR 6/l

213

Maximum
conductor
tension,?
newtons per
conductor
a18 200

115

135 mm2 ACSR 26/l

305
213

a182OO
b24400

12530
4452

869
1219

65O19'
63OO2'

12.1751
5.0547

3.048
3.658

3.048
3.249

138

242

305

9524
4665
8 101
4 665
8 101
8 954
12 844

1219
1372

2286
2286

63OO2'
57009'
57009'
57009'
57009'
5038'
5038'

9.5755
5.0716
1.9582
5.3270
8.2186
8.6905
11.6982

3.658
4.267
4.267
5.182
5.182
7.620
7.620

3.249
3.389
3.389
3.532
3.532
3.956
3.956

34
41
41

Rulins
span,

Conductor

kV
69

230

345

Insulator
string
length,
mm

Conductor swing
0.43kPa wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
m

5194

869

65O19'

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
m

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildIngs,3
m

6.0544

3.048

3.048

25

is

31
24

;z

239

r
z

Rightof-way,4
m
i

242 mm2 ACSR 24/l

213

483 mm2 ACSR 4517

305
305
366

a24900
b33300
a382OO
b33 300
a38200
c51 100
c50700

421

c50 300

11515

2286

5038'

15.3097

7.620

3.956

54

305
366
421

c51100
c50700
c50 300

128954
844
17515

3658
3658

50'38'
5038'
5038'

12.7590
9.7513
16.3705

9.144
9.144

4.666
4.666

54
48
61

mm2ACSR

24/l

213

305
161

Conductor
sag at
15.5 oc,
mm

483
mm2 ACSR 45/l
duplex

: 69 through
Maximum

161 kV are H-frame wood-pole

conductor

construction;

1372
1676

1676

230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.

tensions are limited by:

a 50 percent ultimate strength at -18 OC initial, full load.

b 33-l/3 percent ultimate strength at -40 OC initial, RO load.
c 18 percent ultimate strength at 15.5 OC final, no load.
3 At 1006-m elevation, and at 15.5 OC with a OA3kPa wind.
4 At 1006-m elevation, and rounded off to next highest meter.

0
FJ
s
5
f

Table

Conductor

kV

35 .-Right-of-way

values-NESC heavy loading (U.S. customary)

Ruhng
spa%
ft

Maximum
conductor
tension,2
pounds per
conductor

Conductor
sag at
60 OF,
ft

Insulator
string
length,
ft

a4 100
a4 100

18.95
41.00

2.5
2.5

65O19
65O19

19.49
39.53

10
10

10.00
10.00

80
120

12
12
14
14
17

10.66
10.66
11.12
11.12
11.59
11.59
12.98

80
110
85
105
95
115
135

12.98
12.98

155
180

:
=i
6
z

Conductor swing
9-lb/ft wind
l/3 low point
Degrees
ft

Outside
phase to
structure
centerline,
ft

Minimum
horizontal
clearance
to buildings,
ft

Rightof-way,4
ft

69

No. 4/O AWG ACSR 6/l

700
1000

115

266.8 kcmil ACSR 26/7

700
1000
700
1000
700
1000
1000

b5
a5
b7
a8
b7
a8
cl1

500
600
500
600
500
600
500

14.57
31.23
15.47
26.54
15.47
26.54
29.35

4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
7.5

63OO2
63OO2
57009
57009
57OO9
57009
5038

16.55
31.40
16.78
26.08
17.62
26.92
28.49

1200
1400

c11 400
cl1 300

42.13
57.51

7.5
7.5

5038
5038

38.37
50.26

1000
1200

c11 400
500
cl1

29.35
42.13

12.0

5038

31.97
41.85

ii
30

15.31

155
175

57.51
12.0
5038
1400
c11 300
t 69 through 161 kV are H-frame wood-pole construction; 230 and 345 kV are steel tower construction.
2 Maximum conductor tensions are limited by:

53.74

30

15.31

200

138

477 kcmil ACSR 2417

161

477 kcmfl ACSR 2417

230

954 kcmil ACSR 4517

345

954duplex
kcmil ACSR 4517

a 50 percent ultimate strength at 0 OF initial, full load.

b 33-l/3 percent ultimate strength at -40 OF initial, no load.
18 percent ultimate strength at 60 OF final, no load.
At 3300-ft elevation, and at 60 OF with a g-lb/f? wind.
4 At 3300-ft elevation, and rounded off to next highest 5 feet.

::
25

?
D
:
Y
5

:
2

282

TRANSMISSION

28.

Armor

Rods

of vibrations
may

and

produced

well

result

by very

turbulence

steady

on the leeward

1 to possibly

millimeters
aeolian

the

hertz,

reinforced

induces

vibrations

of an inch

the

aluminum

on a clear,
conductor

cold

the conductor
support,
which
and

The

The

a few

light

Therefore,
dampers,

effect on vibration
value is through

range

and

to 200

amplitudes
nodes,

of

tension

force per unit length.

On short spans,
by the humming
sound produced-like
and

is usually

this type
or both.

strung

to fairly

of conductor

requires

and reduce the amplitude

from
the reinforcing
of the conductor

some protection
to the conductor
due to flashovers.
Armor
rods

for

high
special

10 to 20 percent;
at the point
of

against vibration,
the armor
aluminum
conductors
are

to a stranded
cable of larger
diameter-thereby
region
of maximum
bending
stress.

A set of 7 to 13 rods, depending

length
of the rods vary
with

are
eddy

frequencies

between

and consist of a spiral layer of short, round

rods surrounding
conductor
to its support
is made in the middle
of the armored

equivalent
is in the

which
varying

millimeters

frequencies
distance

and

morning.

is comparatively

rods have some damping

their greatest
protective

frequencies

from

types

conductor

periodically

the excitation.

length,

and other

in the

natural

It is the

range

or more.
span

to aeolian

stresses

of the

and the conductor

and is evident
only

Armor
however,

to offering
from burns

those

produces

velocity,

so it is quite
susceptible
to vibration.
by the use of armor
rods, vibration

maximum
stress. In addition
rods protect
the conductor

are subject
bending

normally

inches),

wind

of the conductor,
small amplitude
lines

that

to several

of the

MANUAL

(1 to 30 mi/h).

amplitudes

tensions,
protection

made of aluminum
attachment
of the

are

of 1 to 48 km/h
and

are functions

singing of telephone
Steel

repeated

Aeolian

winds

in the conductor,
diameter
the vibration
is of extremely
the

conductors

which

side of the conductor

100

(a fraction
vibrations

Dampers.-All

wind,

in its failure.

stimulated
from

Vibration

by

LINE DESIGN

the conductor.
length.
This

strengthening

The
makes

it at the

on conductor
size, is required
to armor
a conductor.
The size
the size of the conductor.
Generally,
because
of the ease of

application,
and for both

and removal
if necessary,
preformed
armor rods are used for all sizes of ACSR conductors
steel and Alumoweld
overhead
ground
wires. Formed
rods are manufactured
with a spiral

shape

the

to fit

diameter

of the

conductor

on which

they

are to be used.

The

ends

of each

rod

are

discharge
of armor

or parrot-billed to reduce the chance

of abraiding
the conductor
and the tendency
for corona
at these points.
Clips or clamps
are not required
on this type of armor
rod. Older
types
rods, now seldom
used by the Bureau,
include
the straight
rod and the tapered-rod
types.

Straight

armor

rounded

rods,

having

a constant

diameter

sizes of 15 to 62 mm2 (No. 6 AWG to No.

with long tapered
ends and are used for
straight
at the

and tapered
types
time of installation

for their

full

length,

of rods are furnished

using special armor

straight
and the spiral
rod wrenches.
These

on the conductor
by the installation
of armor
rod clips or clamps
been formed.
Normally,
armor
rod clamps
are used on transmission
and higher,
and armor
mostly
to the possibility
Through
experience,
effective
device
against

are used

l/O AWG),
inclusive.
Tapered
79 mm2 (No. 2/O AWG)
and

has found
and, when

damper
will greatly
reduce
vibration.
We use both armor rods and vibration

dampers

the Stockbridge-type
properly
installed,

for ACSR

conductor

rods are straight

rods
conductors.
Both the

is formed
around
the conductor
types of rods are held in place
at each end after
the spiral
has
lines for voltages
of 115 kilovolts

rod clips are used for voltages

of 69 kilovolts
of corona
loss off the sharper
edges of the
the Bureau
vibration

armor
larger

the

on our transmission

suspension
points
may be eliminated
if sized clamps
are used for the
be an almost
perfect
fit, with extremely
small tolerance,
to provide
strand
breakage
at this stress point.

and
clips.
vibration
latest
lines.

lower.

This

choice

is due

damper
to be a very
models
of this type of
Armor

conductor.
the desired

rods

at conductor

These clamps
must
protection
against

Each

construction

application,

contractor

and

transmission
field office

location

in the

to furnish

DATA

the

dampers

vibration

middle

of the

of possible

A damper

the

problem
loop

centerline

could

formed

frequencies

effective,

however,
absolutely

from

of the

should

be handled

in the
is almost

are

be located

conductor

to be furnished

must

be located

in the

middle

suspension

regardless

of size, span

simply.

and

the

midpoint
point

A vibration

problem

third

another

of a loop

would
becomes

of a loop
for

and

are transmitted
dampers.
The

so the problem

at the

the midpoint
could be a node
no effect
(see fig. 112).

recommendations

conductor

quite

unlimited

283

manufacturers

that

or compression
dead end.
vibrated
at the same frequency

the

to be most
wind;
have

is required

of the vibration

distance

of a strain
clamp
If all conductors

number

V-ADDITIONAL

line. The data are checked

and, if found
satisfactory,
as the criteria
to use for installation
of the vibration

at a prescribed

velocity,

CHAPTER

created
frequency,

to be effective.

for size,

installed

on the

to the appropriate
dampers
are installed

clamp

or from

length,

tension,

damper

could

he solved.
more

the

and
Studies

and

wind

be placed

However,

complex.

in the

mouth

conductor
the

the

A damper,
by the

damper
should

would
be made

so that a damper
installed
at the chosen location
will be effective
on as many probable
frequencies
as possible.
Numerous
laboratory
studies have been made by manufacturers
of dampers
over the years.
The new, more sophisticated
dampers
have been developed
through
these laboratory
studies
and
should be applied
as recommended
by the manufacturer.
Formulas
for computing
the frequency
and
loop length
and the basic theory
of vibration
can be found
in most physics
books. Two such formulas
are:

For frequency :

Metric

U.S. Customary

Hz
51.4534
km/h

Hz
3.26
mi/h

mm

in

f&l
d

where f = frequency
k= a constant (for air)
V= velocity of wind
d= outside diameter of
conductor
For loop length:

where L = loop length

f= frequency
T= tension in conductor
g = acceleration due to gravity
W=
force of conductor

A standing
but

of opposite
Reduction

wave,

such

direction
of span

as the vibration

loop,

mm
Hz
N
9.8066 m/s*
N/m

is the result

of two

traveling

of motion.
length

and

tension

reduces

the

severity

of vibration.

in
Hz
lb
32.2 ft/s*
lb/ft

waves

equal

in magnitude

TRANSMISSION

284

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Midpoint of loop
f

(Vibration waves are exaggerated vertically for illustmtion)

Figure

Galloping

or dancing

112.-Schematic

conductors

by strong
gusty winds blowing
of eliminating
this phenomenon
melt

it off

as quickly

value.

Corona

are large-amplitude,

after

it forms

loss on a transmission
of conductors
when the

occurs

when

waves in a conductor.

low-frequency

vibrations.

Galloping

the

potential

and

before

damage

occurs

(see sec.

line is the result of the ionization

electric
stress (or voltage
gradient)

of a conductor

in air

is raised

conductors

will

result.

There

is always

a power

When and where will corona

occur on a given
be? What
can be done
to reduce
or eliminate
investigators
have studied
over the years. Three
Rockwell
Peterson

[ 161, and Peterson

formulas
have been

to such

used for calculating

of obtaining
good

the expected
data is to take

This

true

of the

Recent
available

corona
the data

loss for these

from the line

extra-high-voltage

lines,

so care

study

based

In fair
conductor.

up to a voltage
near
voltage
is an indicator

surface
For

the

of a given
same

a smooth
will

increase

size of the

conductor

diameter,

conductor.

approaches
a stranded

Any

corona-and
conductors

distortion
their

the

spacings

line

cylinder,

is good

to the surface

the higher
and

a smooth

conductor

voltage,

also

the

corona.

country.
region,

The
below

Carroll-Rockwell
3.1 kilowatt

higher
voltages.
Actually,
the
being studied
after it has been

a published

is small
disruptive

that

and
per phase

work
has been directed
toward
corona
loss in the
information
for this range should
be explored
and

and the method

of calculation
from
to that which
you propose
using.
weather,
corona
The calculated

a value

tufts or streamers
the odor of ozone.
enough,
corrosion

transmission
line ? How much power
loss will there
it? These
are some of the questions
that
many
methods
of calculation
by Peek [15], Carroll
and

[ 171 are in general

use in this
the most accurate
in the low-loss

kilometer
(5 kilowatt
per phase mile).
extra-high-voltage
range, and the latest

is especially

loss with

14).

process which
takes
exceeds a certain

dielectric
strength
of the surrounding
air is exceeded.
Corona
is visible
as bluish
around
the conductor;
the visible discharge
is accompanied
by a hissing sound and
In the presence
of moisture,
nitrous
acid is produced
and, if the corona
is heavy
of the

is caused

across irregularly
ice-covered
conductors.
The only known
methods
are to either
prevent
the ice from forming
on the conductor,
or to

as possible

29.
Corona.-Corona
place on the surface

of vibration

have

the

be exercised

to select
line

the disruptive
voltage
of corona-performance.
the

for

of the

must

on transmission

higher

about

considerable

the critical

80 to 85 percent

conductor
more

(raised

critical
effect

these

best method
constructed.

strands,

data

test

very

data

similar

for a particular
The closer the
disruptive

voltage.

of the

voltage

burrs,

scratches)

of

rough spots become. The

on corona

loss. Fair

weather,

CHAPTER
rain,

snow,

hoarfrost,

corona
loss.
rain produces
the

same

loss is observed
line

to know

In earlier
When

rates

of rainfall

behavior.

Corona

can
and

and

dimension

instead

between

text

reduce

overvoltage
surge.
for

figures

of the

were

illustrations,

from

we have

are

present,

open-circuited

loss to be expected
an entire

lines,

transmission

because
become
corona
and

in a

be necessary
line.

of energy

more
can

affect

it will

loss.

important.
system

attenuate

both

corona

reference

chosen

along

studying

The presence
of
voltage
at which

do so, it would

has probably

expected

SI metric

To

when

factor.
of the

was avoided-strictly

of corona

the

be considered

of corona

simultaneously

on long

taken

value

switching)

calculating

preferred

peak

corona

aspect

(lightning,

switching

related
and

transmission,

must

to determine.

exist

285

than any other

single
as low as 65 percent

The

could

DATA

temperature

impossible,

influence

voltages

is a procedure

procedure

weather.

that

radio

high

voltage

Following

the

and

loss more
at voltages

if not

of high-voltage

years,

abnormally

lightning

fair

difficult,

years

recent

during

is very

all of the

more

pressure,

Rain probably
affects
corona
corona
loss on a conductor

transmission

In

atmospheric

V-ADDITIONAL

loss on a transmission
line.
is
reference
used
centimeters
Th

[18].

dimension

of millimeters.

To

to present

the

in centimeters:

procedure

ensure

This
as a

compatibility

Nomenclature:
Pk =

corona

loss,

kW/km

P,

corona

loss,

kW/mi

average

surface

critical

visual

Eo=
=

line

to ground

>

line

frequency,

air

number

conductor

spacing

mean

g,,

surface

;=

density

at 50 Hz
at 60 Hz

voltage
corona

(per

phase)

(per

3-phase)

gradient
gradient

voltage,

kV

Hz
factor

of conductors
radius,

in bundle

cm

of conductors

equivalent

phase

between

spacing,
average

voltage

m = conductor

in bundle,
cm
and

gradient

surface

cm

factor

maximum

surface

gradient,

at which

corona

starts,

(assumed

0.88,

average

kV/cm

kV/cm
weathered

conductor)

Assume:
345-kV

transmission

483-mm2
457-mm
10.06-m
The

basic

line

(954-kcmil)
(18~in)
(33-ft)

formula

for

at 1829-m

ACSR,45/7

spacing
on conductor
flat phase spacing
reading

the

corona

(6000-ft)
conductor

elevation
(duplex)

e =

199.2

1.48

cm

s = 45.72 cm

bundle

D =
loss from

kV

the

curves

shown

on figures

1005.84
113

cm
and

114

is:

286

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

pk

g is analogous to E so, y22

g,

= F A.
0go

For a duplex conductor,

l+$
(

g=

e
)

(2r) log, A+For a single conductor,

g=

e
r log, f

g=

(1 +~)WW

(2) (1.48) log,

Calculateg,
Results

from

for air density

the two-thirds

a high-altitude

test

205.65
== 14.45 kV/cm
14.23

(1 ;;;;k8p72,
.
fromg,

project

= 21.1 m 6%

at Leadville,

Colo.

0.301
1+ fi >
(
[19]

8 varies as the one-half

power
in lieu of the first power
power
as indicated
by Petersons
investigations
[17].

concluded

that

as suggested

the

= 20.72 kV/cm
Calculate

g/go

and

read

corresponding

value

for

14.45
g
-z-z
go 20.72
From

figure

113,

-&

curve

Pk /n

2 r2 at 50 Hz

from

figure

o 7.

A :

= 0.04
Pk = 0.04(2)2 (1.48)2 = 0.2368 kW/km at 50 Hz (per phase)

correction

by Peek

113:

[15]

or

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

287

DATA

k
n2r2

0.4

0.6

Figure 113.-Corona

As read
test.

from

Because

should
multiplying

1.0

1.2

0.3

loss curves for (A) fair weather,

figures

113

the corona

be multiplied

by
the

in kilowatts

per

for

~7

QS

(B) rainfall,(C)

for

a 60-Hz

factors,
three

phases

The

0.3 OA Q5 Q6 Q7 0.9 09 1.0 I.1 1.2 13

and(D)

value

phases,

should

60-Hz

snow. 104-D-1116.

From [18].

for each phase from a 50-Hz

the value read from the chart

kilometer

for all three

for

---

per kilometer
to frequency,

system.

the figure

1.1

hoarfrost,

Pk is in kilowatts
is in direct proportion

if the loss is desired

three

mile

~5

114,

60/50

and

Combining

and

loss factor

by 1.6093,

by three.
value

0.9

may
the

be changed

answer

be multiplied

should

by 5.79

to

mile

by

be multiplied
to obtain

a loss

systems:

Pk = 0.2368 kW/km at 50 Hz (per phase)

PC = 5.79 (0.2368) = 1.371 kW/mi at 60 Hz (per 3-phase)

When
curve
the

rainfall

two,

three,

100 percent.
give

is to be considered,

B. Similarly,

the

for hoarfrost
or four

Taking

expected

(whichever
the assigned

corona

loss for

the

or snow,

corona

is applicable)
percentages
the

line

loss due

losses are obtained

values
times
in question.

for

to rain

must

from
corona

the corresponding

be read

curves

Cor

loss must

from

figure

ZI, respectively.
be apportioned

losses and

summing

113 using
Then,
to make
these

will

288

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

1.0
0.8

0.6

0.1

0.08
0.06

0.01

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

I.1

Figure 114.-Average
values of corona loss under fair weather with different
conductor
bundles. (1) single conductor
(2) two-conductor
bundle
(3) three-conductor
bundle (4) four-conductor
bundle (5) average curve.
104-D-1117.
From [18].

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

289

Example:
Assume

that

is fair,

the

line

5 percent

previously

of the

used

time

is located

it rains,

and

such

that

10 percent

85 percent

of the

time

of the

time

it snows-all

the

during

weather
a period

of a year.

pk

= 0.04 for fair weather (curve A, fig. 113)

n2 Y2

Pk = 0.04(2)2 (1 .4Q2 = 0.2368 kW/km at 50 Hz (per phase)

PC = 5.79(0.2368)
k

= 1.37 1 kW/mi at 60 Hz (per 3-phase)

= 0.90 for rainfall (curve B, fig. 113)

n2 r2

Pk = 0.90(2j2(

= 7.885 kW/km at 50 Hz (per phase)

1 .48)2

PC = 5.79(7.885) = 45.654 kW/mi at 60 Hz (per 3-phase)

pk
n2 r2

for snow (curve D, fig. 113)

= 0.15

Pk = 0.1 5(2)2 (1 .48)2 = 1.3 14 kW/km at 50 Hz (per phase)

PC = 5.79(1.314) = 7.608 kW/mi at 60 Hz (Per 3-phase)

Summation of losses times percentages:

(0.85)(1.371)

+ (0.05)(45.654)

+ 0.10 (7.608) = 4.21 kW/mi at 60 Hz (per 3-phase)

This is the average corona loss for the year.

Although
justified

this

method

for practical

due to weather
conductor.
decrease
Factors

conditions.

New

rapidly

Fair

weather
lines

with

various

for

As indicated

transmission

rather
for

of calculation

purposes.

corona

loss is only

in the example,
corona

tend

there

loss depends

to have

higher

an approximation,

mostly

losses;

on the

however,

changes
surface

these

conductors

weather

conditions

conductor

in fog,

mist,

Weathered

conductor

in fair

weather

Corona

loss curves
and

computed

by the

for

ACSR

higher

of the

values

will

are:

in rain

Weathered

elevations

in the losses

condition

time.

Range
All

it is apparently

are substantial

different
conductor

Carroll-Rockwell

and

voltages
sizes-from
method

snow

are shown
which
for

fair

0.47

to 0.60

0.54

0.60

to 0.80

0.70

0.80

to 0.95

0.88

on figure
may

A verage value

115.

Curves

be determined

the

weather

are shown
estimated

at 25 o C (77 o F).

for
corona

different
loss as

TRANSMISSION

290

a
0

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

CHAPTER

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

291

TRANSMISSION

292
30.

Stringing

Sag

furnished

for stringing

sag data
the

sag and

studies,

tension

data

determination

electrical
For

field

results

installation

for

spans

than

sag table
ruling

conductor

for

to cover
length

a range

increments,

and

from

are not

the

without

high

become

On

free

suspension
from

the

tensions,

and

if the stringing

sags

and

are usually

loading

a temperature

form

lengths

in 5-m

elevation,

range

Spans.-When

conductors

spans.

If the

if the

terrain

however,

sag and

loading

is

use and

F in 10

are

increments,

above

-18

if

conductor

in field

from

tension

conditions

if the

to 50 percent

should

at a lower

the

ruling

to 49 C

in 5

increments.

Offset Data for Inclined

low

below

tables

unloaded

0 to 120

span.

Stringing

for the preparation

conditions

from

span.

generally

for convenience

range
the

but

on initial

loading

in table

sag tables

on the ruling

required

are the

are based

on final

listed

data

to furnish
of each

lengths,

basic
spans

values

50 percent

strings

span

and

of sag in that
sheaves

conductor

hanging

terrain

is not

is quite

conductor

supports

in stringing

sheaves

very

this

steep,

to hang
put
span

to obtain

dead

intermediate

ends

to the

conductor.
the

steep,

the

proper

dead

dead

should

tend

problem
sagging

on adjacent
to run

downhill

can be handled
of the

one

to isolate

be such as to minimize
sag and offset
dead end (the last structure
clipped

the

steep

conductor

see figure

is clipped

a way

that

the amount

the

in, slack

conductors

of slack

in a given

span

the sag while

has been

clipped

dead

ends,

must

be sagged
the

For

either

sagged

structure
from

in one

conductor

purposes

tension

permanent

ahead,
during
the

the

the suspension
between

the

the

clip-in

comparatively

the conductor

the

the

distance

it is necessary
temporary
clamp

dead

sections

dead

will

end

operation.
level

for

since

Where

in one operation,

where

of

is changed,

in. Calculations

operation.

the

be taken

or temporary,

of calculation,

For

components

to change

conductor

116.
must

horizontal

it is necessary

of line being

to maintain

be equal;

the

sagging
ends.

be at least

is snubbed,
ends,

ends

T2 must

in such

Whenever

between

to permit

the

span

sag after
dead

in the section

There

conductor

temporary

great

temporary

be the last structure

where

between

is too

after

upper

correct

of spans

of conductor

establish

the

is also changed-so

the

in a series

between

vertically

into

Tl and

tensions

HI and Hz are equal.

tension

length

these

suspension

These

units,

insulator

are made

shall

level

about

sheaves,

the amount

entire

sags and

based

length

span

The

from

running

the conductor

offsets

on exact
line.

metric

concern;

on

line

and

lengths

the individual

For

the

the

directly

including

it is necessary

of span

lengths

into

final

right,

If

based

complex.

lower

is in the

upon

are also based

conductor.

wires,

range

of span

at the same

spans

much

may

ground

based

as to cover

Sag and Insulator

(b)

for

important.

are not

design

he exactly

increments.

span

extremely

wires

calculations
will

the entire

is unstressed,

an extent

in lo-ft

structures

the

sag values

to such

span

cover

approximately
for

the

strengths,

separately

to be installed

and

complete

calculations

and overhead

which

to a substation

span

Stringing

expanded

line,

used on the rest of the transmission

of a stringing

prestressed.

ground

he disastrous.

spans

values
the

of the

are

overhead

of the

sizes and

None

sag data

and

design

of conductors

spans

that

at the

the

are computed

for approach

Tables-Stringing

conductors

for

may

suspension

Dead-ended
tension

used

is wrong.

far off-the

prepared

Sag
the

of structure

clearances

are too

data

Data.-(u)

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

be clipped

and

The

to
end

the point

selection

of line,

calculations.
The insulator
string ofthe
in) must be held in a vertical
position

last previous
temporary
while the next section

The tension
in the conductor
while
after the suspension
clamp is clipped

in the stringing
to the conductor,

or lower than the tension

insulator
string clipped

in may

the

line

is brought

swing

to the

towards

proper

or away

of

should
of

sag.

from

new

section

sheaves may be higher

so the last suspension
of line

being

brought

to sag if the

insulator

is

CHAPTER

V-ADDITdONAL

DATA

293

Figure 116.-Conductor
tensions
running stringing sheaves.

not properly
held
sagging and clipping
to sheave
a reference
string
clamp
for

sag by
mark

in a vertical
position.
in of the conductor

is equal

to the

and

sag correction

at any point

in a conductor

length

of the

ordinate

data

is given

of uniform
of the

curve

in the

error
in the
is brought

sag plus correction)

of several
spans,
under
the point
where each insulator

following

cross section
at the

using free

vertical,
a serious
After the conductor

Clipping
in is then started
at any structure
by placing
offset distance
and direction
from the reference
mark.

offset

Procedure
The tension

is not held
could occur.

checking
the corrected
sag (stringing
chart
should
be placed
on the conductor
directly

is supported.
at the proper

calculating

If the insulator
in the new section

when

given

the center of the suspension

An explanation
of a method
paragraphs.

suspended
point

in the form
times

the

unit

of a catenary
force

conductor.
At

support

A on figure

117:

Directrix 2

Figure 117.-Dimensions
required for calculating
stringing operations.
104-D-1 119.

insulator

offset

and sag correction

data during

of the

294

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

T, = WYA in span 1

+Y, - Y,)inspan2

T, =W(YA

T, - T, = W(Y, - Y,)

where :
W = force of conductor in newtons per meter (pounds per foot)
T, and T, = conductor tensions in newtons (pounds)

= difference in elevation between the directrices of the two

cantenaries, which is also the difference in elevation
between the low points of sag in the two spans, in
meters (feet)

y2 - Yl

A table with the following

column
headings
should
be made:
Column
1: Station
number.
This shows the survey
station
2: Span length
L, in meters (feet)
3: Yz- Yt in meters
(feet). This value

Column
Column

the low points

at the stringing
be essentially
sheets.
Column

4:

of sags in spans adjacent

temperature;
however,
the

same

at any

W(

yZ- Y,),

given

( W)

(col.

shows

the

where

each

difference

structure

in elevation

is located.
Yz- Yl between

to each structure.
These sags should
be the initial
sags
because
the difference
between
sags in the two spans will
Ys- Yr may be measured
on the plan-profile
temperature,
3),

in newtons

(pounds).

This

value

shows

the

Tz-Tl, on the two sides of the structure.

between
the conductor
tensions,
Column
5: Assumed
tension
Hin
newtons
(pounds).
This value shows an assumed
component
Hof the tension (called horizontal tension for convenience)
in the conductor
in the stringing
at the stringing

sheaves.
For
temperature

this assumption,
use the initial
horizontal
as shown
on the sag-tension
calculation

difference
horizontal
as it hangs

tension
of the conductor
form.
Assume
this tension

to be in a certain
span (generally,
it is best to use one of the longer spans) and compute
the tensions
in other
spans by adding
or subtracting
increments
from column
4.
(pounds).
This value shows the difference
between
Column
6: H,H,
(& -col. S), in newtons
the horizontal

in each
Column

tension
span with
7: Offset

in the
the
Kin

conductor

conductor
millimeters

at the

ruling

K= lOOOW2 L3
mm/N
12H,,3
This value
in tension.
slack per
Column
in slack
in this

shows the change

The sum of the

column

span

corresponding

is the overall

or K=-

change

and

w2 L3

in slack in a span corresponding

values in this column
gives the

pound)
change
in the tension
8: Trial
offset,
(col. 6) (col.
for each

Ho

span

the assumed

horizontal

tension

hanging
in the stringing
sheaves.
per newton
(inches
per pound).

for the complete

7), in millimeters

to the
of slack

unbalanced

Hl13

in/lb

to a one-newton
(one-pound)
change
total change
in slack per newton
(or
section
of line
(inches).
This

tensions.

for the complete

The

section

being
value

considered.
shows the

algebraic
of line,

based

sum of the

change
values

on the assumed

CHAPTER
tensions.
sum
the

This

is a positive
line.

The

sum

must

he zero

value,

If the

sum

should

sum

of column

be applied

that

to the

Ho-H

9:

Column

10:

Column

11: Modulus

by

Corrected

offset,

of column

(col.

295

has been

he subtracted

sum

he added

to the

7 is the

assumed

in each

from

complete

the

complete

total

span.

section

section

correction

If the

of the

in tension

of
line.

which

of line.

column

correction

must
must

section

corrected,

DATA

tension

amount

the

complete

correct

of slack

that

8 divided

Column

if the

amount

is negative,

V-ADDITIONAL

6 - (2 col.
7)

(col.

8/X

col.

7), in newtons

9), in millimeters

in millimeters

(pounds).

(inches).

(inches)

1OOOL (col. 9) mm or
AE

12L (col. 9) in
AE

where :
A = area of conductor in square millimeters (square inches)
E = modulus of conductor in gigapascals (pounds per square inch)
Column

12: Final

correction

in millimeters

(inches).

(Z col. 10 + x col. 11) (col. 7)

z col. 7
Columns
(col.

9, 10, 11, and

11) is the

in columns
corrections

in length

13: Final

amount
Column

the amount

of the

11 should

proportional

Column
the

change

10 and

12 are used
equal

of offset

(col.

required

14: Sum

of offsets,

necessary

to offset

span.

(running

sum

insulator

change

be made

in column

13),

in millimeters

string

from

the vertical.

in millimeters

modulus

The

sum

correction
of the

values

in either

of these

12 to offset

these

remainders.

(inches).

This

value

shows

(inches).

This

value

shows

12), in millimeters

of col.

spans.
while
in sheaves

The

in tension.

is a remainder

11 + col.

in each
each

of the offsets
in the individual
Column
15: Sag correction

must

col.

in the offsets.

with

If there

length

10 +

corrections

conductor
zero.

to the span
offset,

to make

This

offset

columns,

is the summation

(feet)

(3H, )(col. 10)

(3H,,)(col. 10)
(2W)(col. 2) mm Or (2W)(col. 2) (1/12) ft

This

column

conductors

shows

are in the

the

amount

stringing

that
sheaves

will

be necessary

to obtain

to correct

the

correct

the sag in each

sag after

the

span

while

conductor

the

is clipped

in.
The
long
rough
and

offset

as the
terrain
accurate

and

sag correction

individual
where

offset
the offset

computer

data

as computed

for one span

is not

in any one span

program

should

in such
in excess

in a section

be used

instead

a table

should

of 381 mm
of line

of

may
this

(15 in).

be sufficiently
For

accurate

installations

exceed

381 mm,

simplified

method.

a more
It

as

on very
detailed
is usually

TRANSMISSION

296
unnecessary
in one

to consider

operation,

the

the

offset

and

corrections

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

sag correction

calculated

data

are within

if, in a section
all three

of line

of the

following

Line conductor
mm
w
(1) Maximum summation of offsets at any
structure
(2) Maximum difference between summations of offsets at adjacent structures
(3) Maximum sag correction in any span

The

same

conductors

procedure
should

A sample

as described

he used

problem

for

to calculate

has been

worked

out

in both

kcmil),

ACSR,

sagged

limits:

Overhead ground wire

mm
(id

(6)

76

(3)

76

(3)

51

(2)

305

(12)

305

(12)

the

data

is being

152

calculating

similar

that

for

offset

the

metric

and

overhead

and

U.S.

sag correction
ground

customary

data

for

line

wires.
units

to illustrate

this

procedure:

Example
Conductor:
Full

load

644 mm2
conditions:

Maximum
Initial

tension
tension

(1272
13-mm

under

at 15.5

(l/2-in)

full
C

load

(60

45/7

radial
conditions

F)

(Bittern)

ice with
=

is 26 040

a 0.19-kPa

53 378

N (5854

(4-lh/ft2)

wind

at -18

C (0 F)

N (12 OOd lb)

lb) widh

a korresponding

sag of 12 485

mm

(40.96 ft).
Area

of conductor

A =

Initial

modulus

of conductor

689 mm2

AE = 32 162 542 N
H,, = T- Ws = 26 040 -

Initial

(1.068
=

(7 230

46.678

Figures
shows

in the

118 and 119

the stationing,

procedure

is shown

GPa

(6.77~10~

lb/in2)

360 lb)

(20.9277)(12.485)

= 5854 - (1.434)(40.96)

120

in2)

25 778

= 5795 lb

show the sag and tension

calculations
elevations,
and span lengths
for the
in tables

36 and

37.

for the given conductor,

and figure
sample
problem.
The table described

CHAPTER

OCm-678

V-ADDITIONAL

DATA

297

(3-78)

:":nT:"L' SAGCALCULATIONS

Ml

2
CONDUCTORst'jmm
R/7%7"

//3Sf

.4547

LOADING&

Code Nams

Linear Force Fnclor:

@3

Rated Breaking Strength/q

Diameter .A

Dead Load Force (W) i?t&d!

Permanenr set 0.00 Qa.

CreepO.OOQ

*s

Tenston Llmlt*tions:
Initial.-

%.Ai-K-

Final.!.

;;;y+f$-

N
25

8g9

o.ow

Exp.: jc

A=

Initial

+!ZZt//
Final AE

OzL&perOC

Dare ~

Initial
*/977

T~cp-/UNSTRESSEG
LENGTN

LOADING
Ice

HEX.

./

N/l?
Modulus. (E) Final &.c&&-

Temp. Coeff. of Linear

%-

Computed by

yd,

sqj

Total O.CQd6?

Area (A)amd

-N

Final .- 15.5% .-

,;

(W)

Resultant:

% -N

Loaded.~oC.5oW

/dn?m

N/m

mm

jb.

GPa

/,,79

44I//9

GPa

009

AE .&

x=d3782

SAG, mfn

1 SAGFACTOR /

3
';
I
SPAN LENGTH(S

SW,N

TENSION, N

NO Ice. No Wind (W)

Figure

DC-578

118.Sag

and tension

calculation

form for example

problem

on insulator

offset

and sag correction

(metric).

(3.73)

!;,p
CONDUCTOR&J

Code Nams

Riftcrn

Rated Breaking
Diameter
Tenston

LOADING k'eavv

14,
Load

J!!.?+

Weight Factors:
,?

/ofi

Dead Weight

lb
+ /Lin.

inch

Llmltatlons:
o

lb

Final *OF*%-

Compuled by -

LOADING

IbItt
3,gy

Wind
Resultant:

lb
OFa%-

(W) ./,

Ice (W)

&lb

Initial ,OF&s.
Loaded, Final. *OF-

SAGCALCULATIONS

jb

Area (A) /,&

in2
Temo. Coeff. of Linear Exp.:

lb

Total

0.000 0 a

jc

TEMP..
oF UNSTRESSED
LFJGTH

i!

per F

Modulus. (E) Final 51.36

Initial mx

f=o.3/

x 103 lb/i&?
105 lb/in2

NE%
lzl

k=O.&7
SAGFACTOR 1

0.00~~.

:iIi:

?R/977

% -lb
Date

Creep o.ooni2f-

78/T

3.0073

(W)

Permanent Set O.OOti?

Ib/ft

SAG.fl

A, +z?z?-

SW,Ib

:,

1 TENSION,Ib

SPAN LENGTH(S) -FEET

No Ice. No Wind (W)

120

Figure 119.~Sag
customary).

I/,nn3

and tension

922 IO. d/l/3 a

& 7 lo. QQ&&@

calculation

form

/ I
/ 1

for example

problem

on insulator

i/hi/9.
JL49.

offset

and sag correction

(U.S.

298

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

365.76 (1200)

457.2

-I

335.28

(1500)

426.72

(1400)

396.24

(1300)

(1100)

g
+
E
03

fcr;
.l.J.

j
7c
I

fImn\
\trvv,

-. -.38 (1225)

304.8 (IqOO)

*.

381 (1250)

\x
L

335.28

(D
g

(1100)

\ylooo~

A
2
243.84 ZOO)

Y-1

213.36 (700)

182.88 (600:

1 All values shown are in meters (feet)

152.4 (500)
Figure

120.-Profile

of spans for example

problem

on insulator

offset and sag correction.

104-D-1120.

Table 36.-Data from example problem on insulator offset and sag correction (metric)
1

Station

SP
k@h
L.

y, - y, .
In

WY2 - Yt)
W(3),
N

Asrunltd
H,
N

Ho-H.
H,

- (5).

20+72.64
365.760
24+38.40

28642
-50.597

27583
-41.148

-861

-45.110

-944

-1805

.08030

-944

(6) _ z

(8)

(7)(9),

2:0N

13

Fhul
mnectlon

lOOOL(9)

[Z(lO) + Z(11#7)

AE
mm

Z(7)

15

14

FiMl

sum of

ofr33t

ofY3et3

(lo)+ (ll)+ (12). E).

'

mm

.%
cofr3ction
whikln

SiHwus
3Ho

(10)

2wo
mm

mm
0

-299

-2445

-255

-28

-283

-43.5%

-912

-52.121

-1091

358.140

-13%

-145

-111

-14

-1288

-125

-612

.11091

-105

-525

-58

-6

-287

-64
-472

25778

365.760
38+93.82

0.104 26

-2864

(6) (7).

Corrected Corrected Moduhu

Ho-H
offat
correction

12

-408
26722

381.000
35+28.06

1000 3Ls
3 128s ,
mm/N

Trill
OffwA

11

-283

373.380
31+47.06

10

-1059

335.280
27+73.68

othet
pr
Newton

,117

84

419

49

238

54
-418

24 866

912

.I0426

95

1331

139

15

154

2003

.09788

196

2422

237

27

264

702
-264

23775

42+51.%

1223
0

Tot&

0.615

45

-258

l1

-1

Numbers in parentheses are column numbers.

Table 37.-Data from example problem on insulator offset and sag correction (U.S. customary)
1

W(Y,-Y,)
W(3).

lb

A33llmd
H,
lh

Ho-H.

0ff33t
po:d

Ho - (5).

lb

W2L3

Trial
off3et
(6);)~

10

cofaected fim

offmt

Ho-H
(6)-z,

11
Modulur

12
FillsI

13
FiMl

14
Sumof

whikhl

(7) (9h

3heavel

la

Ho3.

lb

in

3Ho

1200
8o+oo

91+00
103+25

1100
1225
1250

115+75

6439
-lag

2W(2)

ft

-194

-148

-212

-171
1175

-549.6

-10.04

.014 06

-5.725

-311.6

-4.38

-117.6

-2.28

26

-1.09

0
0.0017

-11.13

-0.57

.0013

-4.95

6201

-4%

6007

-212

.01942

-4.113

5795

.02064

-0.24

.0018

-2.52

55%

205

.01826

5345

450

.01714

94.4

1.95

0.20

.cm19

2.15

3.751

299.4

5.47

0.60

.0017

6.07

7.695

544.4

9.33

1.06

.0016

10.39

-205

1200
127+75

-11.785

0.018

-238

-135

-143

-644

-245

139+50

TOti
Numbers in parentheses are column numbers.

-0.107

-78

(10)

in

in/lb
68+00

15
SW
w
II

-10.177

+a05

-0.04

-11.1
-16.1
-18.6
-16.4

-4.2
-2.0
-0.9
0.8
2.3

-10.4
0

4.0

-1
0 12 ,

300

TRANSMISSION

31.

Transmission

Line Equations.-If

and there are no later reroutes;

in numerical
notation
and there
start

work

on the

equation

will

Assume
crew

the line,

also

that

starts

same
result

two

from

4752

2370+66.4

while

second

this point is Sta. 2370+

66.4Bk
belongs
to the part of the line
that station
in the two
other

crews

(fig.

121).

is surveyed

from

one end to the other,

he one

of a line
ends

meet

or more

after

of a line
station

equations

a survey

and
which

at a common

toward

is the
point

crew

designates

it as Sta.

2374+31.2.

in the

has been

work

on the

line,

the

The

200+364.8
If the station
and the length
If the

length

ahead
line

These

is greater

is shortened

One

length
they

will

common

equation

of
each

point

as

to identify

= Sta. 2374 + 31.2Ah.

The Bk means backand
indicates
that station
behind
the common
point.
Similarly,
Ah means
ahead and indicates

lengths

may

of the common
point.
will be 475 200-364.8
be in meters

or feet,

There is a difference
of 364.8
= 474 835.2 if there are no
depending

= 475 564.8 if there are no other

equations
(fig. 122).
back is greater
than the station
ahead, then there is an overlap
of the line is increased
by the amount
of overlap
(fig. 123).

station
of the

An

other.

on the

units

Assume
the crew which
started
at the beginning
of the line determines
that the meeting
Sta. 2374+31:2,
and the crew starting
at the end of the line says the point
is Sta. 2370+66.4.
equation
will then read Sta. 2374+
31.2Bk
= Sta. 2370+66.4Ah,
and the line length
will
475

line.

completed.

each

approximate

point,
but the values
will be different.
at the beginning
of the line designates

belongs
to the section
of line ahead
designations,
and the length
of line

equations

will

at an assumed

the two

that common
which
started
the

there

at opposite

other

line

equally
spaced stations
will increase
uniformly
in the line. However,
if two or more survey crews

of a portion

start

the

+ 00. When

have a station
value for
Assume
that the crew
Sta.

and

points,

a reroute

crews

0 +00

a transmission

then all successive,

will he no equations

at different

survey

at Sta.

say Sta.

line

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

than
by

the

the

station

value

back,

of the

length

then

there
of the

of station

is a gap in the
gap

(fig.

124).

used.
point

is
The
then be

designations

stationing

and

the

2360+002360+00 -

2370+00 2370+00-

on 2374+31.2Bk

EQUATION
on 2370+66.4Ah

-1

:--I

.J

r ---I
Station

2370+66.4Bk-

EQUATION St&ion

2374+31.2Ah

I
1
I
L

---me

1--1

2380+00-

2380+00-

TRANSMISSION

302

Figure 123.Station
ahead

Figure

124.-Station

LINE DESIGN

designations

designations

when station

when station

MANUAL

back is greater than station

ahead is greater

than station

back.

<< Bibliography
[l]

Rules

for

Public
[2]

Overhead
Utilities

National

Electrical

Electrical
[3]

and

National

and

Martin,

Ehrenhurg,
D.
pp. 719-728,

[6]

Copperweld

[7]

Rodee,

H.

[8]

Bissiri,

[9]

Austin,
Level

of the

A.,

Standards

York,

Stover,
1946.

[ 1 l]

Wire
Rope
of print)

[12]

Rodee,

[13]

O., Transmission
July 1935.

Alcoa

the

Line

New

[14]

Clayton,
Trans.

H.

Method
Report,

Use

Landau,

Catenary

M.,

Steel

Overhead
Conductor
Pa. 15219,
1961.

CcBroken

Conductor

H.,

S agging

at the

Fall

Handbook,

American

230-kV,

Conductors

in a Series

General

Trans.

Engineering
of print)

of

Steel

of the

Data

on Sags

AIEE,

No.

in Suspension

Meeting,

and

Wire

Oklahoma

Co. of New

Spans,

Co.,

vol.

54,

8, Aluminum
Spans,

City,

Okla.

vol.

83,

pp.

1102-1110,

Phenomena
Edition,
1929.

December

in High-Voltage

Conference

on

Large

Jersey,

AIEE

73101,

Lightning
Performance
of Transmission
AIEE,
vol. 69, pp. 1187-1196,
1950.
Lightning
Performance
Young,
F. S., Estimating

International
401,

Trans.

1940.

Conference

October

Lines,

(out
Paper

23-27,

AIEE

6,

1950.

Committee

of Transmission

Lines,

1964.

Engineering,

McGraw-Hill,

of Calculating

Corona

New
Loss

York,

From

High

vol. 56, pp. 558-565,

May 1937.
Measurements
of Corona
Loss Above

Electric

Systems

at High

Tension

(CIGRE),

vol.

Voltage

Overhead

Tension

(CIGRE),

Lines,

International

Paper

413,

vol.

III,

1960.

Robertson,
Project,

L. M.,

and

Dillard,

J. K.,

Trans.
of the AIEE,
vol.
Pedde, L. D., et al., Metric
Manual,
Denver,
Colo. 80225,
1978.

N.Y.

Institute

Edition.

Co., Glassport,
Pa. 15045,
1942.
Calculations
for ACSR
and Other

of Inclined

III,
1950.
Investigation
on Extra-High
Burgsdorf,
V. V., Corona
Conference
on Large
Electric
Systems
at High

Aluminum

Inc.,

1977

Copperweld

for Estimating
Trans.
of the
J. M., and
of the AIEE,

Paper

York,

of

(out

Steel

Method
Carroll,
J. S., and Rockwell,
M. M., E mpirical
Voltage
Transmission
Lines,
Electrical
Engineering,
Peterson,
W. S., Cozzens,
B., and Carroll,
J. S., Field

The

Institute

Edition.

Institute,

Tables,

Effect

[16]

[20]

of California

Inc.,

Sixth

10017,

Calculations,

Peek, F. W., Dielectric

N.Y.
10017,
Third

[19]

N.Y.

of Martins

[15]

June

State

Institute,
10017,

Standards

York,

Charts,
Copperweld
Method
for Sag-Tension

Aluminum
Pittsburgh,

Engineering

presented

[ 181

95,

AIEE,
vol. 66, pp. 1181-1188,
1947.
Insulator
Effect
on Tension
and Sag for Short and Approximately
T. M., ?Determine
Spans,
Electrical
World,
p. 100, April 4, 1955.
Insulator
Effect
in Substation
Span Sags, Electrical
World,
p. 62, July
J. R., Strain

[lo]

[17]

N.Y.

National

Inc.,

by

No.

1931.

of America,
and

New

American

Calculations

15045,

National

Inc.,

Engineers,

Sag Calculating
H., Graphic

Conductors,
Company

American

Code,

Order

1, 1960.

Engineers,

Safety

Pa.

[5]

Code,

Electronics

General

Construction,

November

Safety

J. S., Sag

Glassport,

Line

Electronics

Electrical

Electrical
[4]

Electric
Commission,

Electrical
10017,

First

Conductor
Edition,

Leadville

High-Altitude

80, pp. 715-725,

U.S. Department

Handbook,
September

The
1971.
303

Extra:High-Voltage

December
1961.
of the Interior,
Bureau

Aluminum

Association,

Test

of Reclamation,

750 Third

Ave.,

New

TRANSMISSION

304
Stress-Strain-Creep

Curves

Association,

750

Amerstrand
New

Steel

York,

Edwards,

vol.

Pittsburg,

Pa.

Shielding,
on

T. A.,

of the

AIEE,

vol.

Systems,

L. M.,
8, pp.

EHV

10016,

Lightning

No.

Steel

22,

Tension,

Book,

and Wire

Paper

22-69

Electra

No.

Line

Co.,

(WGOl),

12, April

Conductors,

Westinghouse

of Air Gap
Line

F., and

Electric

87,

Thompson,

1970.

Trans.
Corp.,

East

No.

R. L.,
IEEE

of Transmission

Line

1, pp. 270-281,
?Influence

Trans.,

January

of Air

Power

196

Density

Apparatus

and

1967.

for Transmission

Line

Design

at the

Higher

Voltages,

Trans.

1954.

Systems,

Surge

and

Characteristics

Reference

Studies

vol.

Insulation,

August

Apparatus

and

Analytical

Systems,

of Switching

Power

Withstand

Systems,

vol.

Voltages

83, No.

on Line-to-Ground
vol.

Book,

86,

No.

Edison

Switching

8, pp.

Electric

for

936-947,

Surge

August

Institute,

EHV

3, pp. 263-266,

Insulation
March

1964.

Strength,

IEEE

1967.

90 Park

Avenue,

New

Book

345-kV

York,

1968.

Performance

Above,

American

of Transmission

and

and
Line

1192-1197,

Apparatus

Transmission

N.Y.

pp.

Trans.,

Power

at High

Spacing

Field
A.

948-961,

Determination

L., Influence

Trans.,

R.,

Rohlfs,

Clearances

73,

IEEE

Aluminum

1946.

Apparatus

of Transmission

No.

The

The

Committee

Reference

E.

Power

Strength

J. B.,

The

1950.

Trans.,

86,

Study
Systems

October

Conductors,

1974.

Handbook,

and

Distribution

Whitehead,

P. L., Electrical

Owens,

690-694,

Robertson,

vol.

Electric

Electrical

10017,

CIGRE

on Large

and

and

IEEE

Systems,

Paris,

of print)

65, pp.

R.,

Electrical

Bellashi,

Construction

of Insulation

15222,

H.

Phillips,

and

Galloping,

Transmission

Armstrong,

N.Y.

(out

Co-ordination

AIEE,

Electrical

Overhead

York,

1943.

Conference

W. W.,

Aluminum

New

Catalog

10001,

ccConductor

International
of the

for

Ave.,

Strand

N.Y.

A. T.,

Lewis,

Third

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Electric

of EHV-UHV

Power

Research

Lines,

Institute,

Transmission

3412

Hillview

Line
Avenue,

Reference
Palo

Alto,

Calif.

and

94304,

Ch.

12,

1975.
Optimized

Transmission

Schenectady,
Aeolian

N.Y.

Vibrations

Tension

vol.

185,

pp.

H-Frame

Sarikas,

Line,

February

and

Broadway,

General

Electric

Co.,

22-11,

Pa.

15219,
Reduce

(out

Aeolian

Systems

at High

1970.

Conductor
1961.

Electric
Engineering

Data

No.

4.,

of print)
Vibration,

Electrical

World,

1976.
Z. J., and

Power

Dimensions

for Wood

York,

10018,

N.Y.

Specification

Association,

Handbook:

Products
August

New

Design

Products

1, Paper

on Large

Overhead

Trotter,

Apparatus
Poles,

ANSI

R. L.,

and

Systems,

Sidney-Cayuga
vol.

84,

345-kV
No.

2, pp.

Wood
93-106,

American

Laboratory,
1974.

for

As An
Forest

West

Coast

Stress-Grade

Lumber

D.C.

1973

Washington
Wood

National

20020,

.Engineering

Service,

Standards

Institute,

Inc.,

1430

05.1-1972.

Grading
Rules for West Coast Lumber,
97208,
No. 16, Rev. January
1, 1973.

National
Wood

vol.

Dampers

Andracki,

Trans.,

Seminars,

1965.

Specifications
Standard
Oreg.

IEEE

22,

Pittshurg,

15,

Engineering
Conference

Aluminum

Line

March
R. H.,

No.

Alcoa

Customized

108-109,

G. P.,

Utility
1974.

International

Committee

of America,

L. A.,

Electric
21-23,

Lines,

Vibration,

Company

Kirkpatrick,
Wilson,

Study

Conductor

Aluminum

Design,
October

on Overhead

(CIGRE),

ccOverhead

Line
12345,

U.S.

Material,
Dept.

Lumber
and

Its

Inspection
Fastenings,

Bureau,
National

Portland,
Forest

Edition.

Agriculture
Handbook
of Agriculture,
Washington,

No. 72, Forest

D.C.
20250,
Rev.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
Standard
Coast
Wood
of the

Specifications
Lumbermens
Pole

for Structural
Association,

Maintenance,

Interior,

Denver,

Power
Colo.

Glued

Laminated

Portland,
0.
80225,

and

305

Oreg.
M.

1974.

Bulletin

Douglas
97208,
No.

1962

Fir (Coast
Edition;

30, Bureau

Region)
Rev.

Timber,

West

1963.

of Reclamation,

U.S.

Dept.

<<Appendix

A METHOD FOR COMPUTING

TRANSMISSION
LINE SAGS AND TENSIONS IN SPANS
ADJACENT
TO A BROKEN CONDUCTOR
A thesis by G. R. Wiszneauckas
I-INTRODUCTION
Description

of the Problem.-The

determination

of sag and

conductor
or cable under
various
conditions
of temperature
the mechanical
design of a transmission
line. It is of equal
of sag and tension
from
the simple
cases of symmetrical
nonsymmetrical
to a broken

and special
spans, none
conductor.
The determination

special case for the reason

such as railroad,
highway,
national

and/or

Purpose
of the

local

conductor

thesis

which

methods

now

date, several methods

or techniques
have
problem;
however,
in many
of the methods

Study

of Initial

in this

case all such

in
of

adjacent
in this

is to develop

a technique

been proposed
rather
severe

for the solution

limitations
have

assumed
for any particular
problem
without
making
Another
somewhat
undesirable
aspect common
to
procedures.
These factors
set forth
the purpose

or method

by which

the

sags and

while accounting
in essence the

tensions

to some
trial-and-error

in a series

degree for the

aspects of

in use.

II-DEVELOPMENT
OF A TECHNIQUE
STRESSES DUE TO A BROKEN

that is before
the
tensions,
and span

any

of structure
heights
necessary
at critical
points
or power line crossings
in order to comply
with

of spans adjacent
to a broken
conductor
can be computed
asymmetries
present
in any particular
case and eliminating
the

for

codes.

been imposed
in that level, equal spans have been
corrections
to account
for existing
asymmetries.
most methods
is the time consuming
trial-and-error
of this

tension

least of which
is the case of a series of spans
of sags and corresponding
tensions
is important

that it assures the designer

waterway,
telephone
line,

safety

of Thesis.-To

broken

the

corresponding

and loading
is of basic importance
importance
to extend
this determination
spans to the more complicated
cases

and Final

Conditions

.-In

the

broken

conductor
breaks,
is one of static
lengths
known.
The final condition
quantities

are unknown.

The

307

This

conductor

equilibrium
is likewise

diagrams

Former Electrical
Engineer with Bureau of Reclamation.
Science from the University
of Colorado in 1949.

FOR ANALYZING
CONDUCTOR

shown

method

problem

the

initial

condition,

with all quantities

such as sags,
one of static equilibrium;
however,
in figures

1 and

2 have

been

given

was his thesis for the degree of Master

of

308

TRANSMISSION

to illustrate in general these initial and final

insulator strings and their deflections have
other elements of the spans shown in order
consideration.
A study of figure 2 reveals the complexity
in order to maintain static equilibrium
after
a method for treating this problem by not
been made temporarily:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

conditions. In figures 1 and 2, as in those following, the

been shown somewhat exaggerated as compared to the
to present a more readable picture of the features under
of the conditions which must be satisfied simultaneously
the conductor breaks. To facilitate the development of
complicating
it further, the following assumptions have

Level, equal spans exist before the conductor breaks.

Conductor breaks at mid-span.
No deflection of supporting structure as a result of the conductor breaking.
No slipp in g o f conductor in its clamps as a result of the conductor breaking.
The changes in elevation of the conductor after the conductor breaks are negligible.
The insulator acts as a rigid body.

After a procedure has been established for dealing with the problem under the above assumptions,
criteria will be presented by which assumptions (a), (b), an d (c) can be removed entirely. For most
cases the assumption made under assumption (d) is valid; however, conductor clamps are sometimes
set to slip at a predetermined
tension, in which case this assumption may not be in order. The
assumptions made under assumptions (e) and (f) are reasonable for all but very special cases.
Further study of figure 2 shows that the forces acting as a result of a conductor breaking can be
resolved into two opposing horizontal forces. Herein lies the basis for the technique which has been
developed.
Study of the P Force.-Referring
again to figure 2, the horizontal force designated P is the
force which retards or damps the effects of the broken conductor and may be considered as the equal
and opposite of the force required to deflect an insulator string by any angle 0 while a vertical load
is acting. The relation between this force, P, and the vertical load can be developed from figure 3.
Again, assuming that the insulator string acts as a rigid body and also that its gravity axis is midway
between the conductor
and the attachment
hinge, the following
relations can be written:
For
equilibrium
at any angle 8, Wd = P v or P = Wd/v. Also, cos 8 = v/i and tan 8 = d/v = P/W
from which P = Wd/v ; therefore, P = P : Also, P = Wd/i cos 8, which is a form more convenient
for calculation.
Insofar as the broken conductor
problem is concerned, this relation should be
interpreted as: P is the horizontal force which resists the movement of an insulator string of length
i from the vertical to any angle 8 while a vertical load W is acting.
Study of the H Force.-The
horizontal force designated H in figure 2 is the horizontal component
of tension acting in the conductor or cable. Insofar as the broken conductor problem is concerned,
the relation between this force and a change in span length, such as might be caused by the deflection
of an insulator string, is of primary importance and can be developed from figure 4 as follows: The
length of conductor in the initial span is:

I =*fJo
0-

WLO

sinh -

*HO

APPENDIX
The

length

of conductor

in the

span

after

a change

309

A
of 4 is:

I, =-24 sinh w(L, -#I

W

The

change

from

Ho

in conductor

HI

to

length

24

due to the elastic

properties

of the conductor

in changing

the tension

is:

U-4,- H,) U,)

AE
Then,

barring

temperature

conductor
length
length
is increased

By substituting

and/or

plus or minus
or decreased,

the

values

loading

changes,

the

change

in the

II

le,

the elastic
i.e.

found

above

for

and

final

conductor

conductor

length

must

depending

equal

on whether

the
the

initial
span

2Hl
sinh
W

w(Lo _ @)
or sinh

2H,

HI

and solving for Cp:

k.
$=L,

By way of interpretation,
4, the horizontal
tension

The
forces

Relations
become

of which
will
figure
11.
Consider
which
also

Between

the
aids

from

P
in the

a simple

+, Hoi:J

SinhO

this means that when

in the cable changes

invaluable
progress

- G

sirthzi(l

and

solution
special

a span
from

of length
to

Ho

Forces.-The
of the

L e is
HI.

changed

relations
broken

case as shown

as developed

conductor
in figure

first the case of a conductor

breaking
in a span adjacent
outlines
the conditions
to be satisfied
simultaneously

in length

problem,
5 to a general

by an amount

for
the

the

and

development

case as shown

in

to a dead end as shown in figure

in order
to maintain
equilibrium.

5,

TRANSMISSION

310
Although

these

common
presented:

conditions

are

trial-and-error

If the

and

simple

procedures

relations,

and

LINE DESIGN
few,

considerable

to evaluate

previously

MANUAL

them.

developed,

effort

In

could

contrast,

are plotted

the

with

be expanded
following

a common

in using

solution
system

of coordinates

as shown in figure
6, the resulting
curves will intersect
at some point
which,
upon examination,
prove
to be the only point
in the system
which
could
possibly
satisfy
simultaneously
all
necessary

and

sufficient

to demonstrate
lies,

for

this

instance,

conditions

solution
above

which

the

point

must
compare

The
and

value of d will be less than

likewise,
will be greater
than

there

with

are any
Pand

Hcurve.

the

number

value

of points

H curve-which

d which

trial-and-error
procedure

Compute
Knowing

the

to the

value

value

this

of

6 has been

given

Hcurve

which

of the

be apparent

of Hat

to a value

Figure

any point

should

or conditions
for which
P=
also the other
necessary

point,

P which

that
note

the

the

equals

the

solution

value

of 4

value

of

H, there
condition

is only
that

one-the

intersection

d = $.

of this more or less special case, consider

next the case of a conductor
dead end as shown
in figure
7. In this case an additional
set of

commonly

(1)
Referring
to figure
which
would be HI. Also,
of P1.
(2)
(3)

by studying
Pcurve-it

corresponds

to maintain
equilibrium.
Pand
Hcurves
no longer

case; however,
these
required
conditions.

procedures
are as follows:

solution.

will
of the

the value of 4 for every point

so selected
above the intersection,
do for every point below the intersection.
Note then, that although

must be satisfied
in order
the intersection
of the basic

as in the previous
satisfy
all of the

the

it is the

satisfies

As a step in the generalization

breaking
two spans away from
conditions
seen that

with

Corresponding
of

hence,

can be substantiated

intersection

and

of the

lie on the

for equilibrium;

the

has been

of

to figure
8, it can easily be
all of the required
conditions

basic curves
can be manipulated
A method
for this manipulation
used

in other

7, assume a value for

based on the assumed

Hz, compute

Referring
satisfies

methods.

essentials

of such

which
from

will
the

a trial-and-error

d 1 and compute
the corresponding
new tension
value for d 1, compute
the corresponding
value

Hz by subtracting
the

The

to obtain
values
can be derived

corresponding

PI from
value

HI.

of 4s.

(4)
From this value of $2, the value of dz can be determined
by the relation:
dz = $2 + d 1.
(5)
Pz can now be evaluated
since it is a function
of dz. If this value for Pz is equal to
the value computed
for H 2, the initial
assumption
for the value of d 1 is correct
and all other
values computed
are correct;
however,
if this is not the case, then a new value must be selected
for

dl and the entire

procedure

repeated.

value of d 1 which
can then be found
for HI, Hz, and d 2 can be computed.

Usually,
by

three

interpolation,

Based on this procedure,

a straightforward
graphical
possible
values
for dl were assumed,
then all possible
from
which
all possible
values
of Hz could
be found.

or four

trials

and

corresponding

the

will

bracket

the
correct

correct
values

analysis
can be developed
as follows:
if all
values for HI and PI could be determined
This can be accomplished
very easily
by

subtracting
graphically,
point
by point,
the abscissa values
of the basic Pcurve
from those of the
basic Hcurve.
The resulting
curve then represents
the locus of all possible
values for Hz with respect
to d 1. In similar manner,
the graphical
addition
of the ordinates
of the newly formed
Hz curve, which
represents
represents
all possible
all possible

also the locus of all possible

all possible
values of 42, will
values
values

values
of d 1 to the ordinates
result
in forming
a new curve

of d2 and also represents

all possible
for Hz with respect
to corresponding

values
values

of the basic H curve,

which
which
represents
the locus of

of Hz with respect
of dl and d2 have

to dz. Now
been defined,

that
all

APPENDIX
that

remains

to be done

conditions.

Referring

is to determine

again

to figure

which

311

of the

8, it should

possible

be evident

values

that

some

will
point

satisfy

the

on the

newly

ds curve will satisfy the conditions

required
in the conductor.
As in the previous
case,

at the insulator
it will be found

string immediately
adjacent
that there are any number

this

condition

ds =

curve

which

seen that
which

the

can satisfy

to the break.
can

will

b, note

The

next

step

necessary

simple

Hz
in the

and

for this
required

case that only

in the previous

for

bon

of the

away from
to the two

the

4s

equilibrium

dl.

at the

first

Hcurve

at the

second

would

the

only

insulator

string.

be

point

adjacent

point

which

In

regard

from

point

down

H curve.

basic

be to add

only

string

to be the
vertically

to intersect

it can

u) is the

insulator

formed

to the break
of points
on

inspection,

(point

it is determined-project
problem

By

ds curve

the basic

horizontally

generalization

nature
in which
the
is moved
away from

and

for equilibrium

in which

thence

that

Pcurve
point

conditions

make the dead end three spans

interest
to note the similarities
and interrelated
conductor
breaks

prove

manner

curve

basic

conditions

will

necessary

the

the

necessary
of the

inspection

all of the

a to intersect

the
point

all of the

Further

satisfy

to point

satisfy

intersection

required

another

span

in the

series

to

the break
as shown
in figure
9. In this case it will be of
previous
cases. Of special
importance
is the progressive

requirements
the dead end.

for equilibrium
By comparing

occur
as the span in which
the
these requirements,
it will be seen

one set of conditions

is needed
to maintain
equilibrium
in addition
case in which
the conductor
breaks two spans away from the dead

to those
end. Also,

though
it may not be immediately
apparent,
the graphical
analysis
as developed
for the previous
case
can be utilized
in its entirety
and requires
only an additional
step to account
for the additional
requirements
for equilibrium
in order to provide
the complete
solution.
This additional
step is one
which
of the

is in continuation
possible

values

values

H3 with

of

of those

graphically,
point
of the dz curve

found
respect

for
to

taken

d 2, the

in the

previous

corresponding

case,

and

possible

dz can be determined.

This

consists

value
can

and

Based

can

be substantiated

on these

can be outlined

special

from

which

all

all possible

by

subtracting

from the corresponding

all possible
values
of

corresponding
values of da can be determined
by adding
graphically,
ordinates
of the basic Hcurve-thus
of the H3 curve to the corresponding
which
represents
the locus of all possible
values
of H3 with respect

case

from

be accomplished

by point,
the abscissa
values of the basic Pcurve
thus forming
a new curve,
Ha. Then,
knowing

manipulations
have been shown in figure
10. Also indicated
points
a, 6, and c. These points were obtained
in a manner

of determining

of Ps

values
the

Hs,

point

by point,
the ordinates
forming
a new curve,
df,
to da. The results
of these

is the solution
which
is represented
by
similar
to that given for the previous

likewise.
cases,

a procedure

for

solving

a general

case

as represented

by figure

11

as follows:

(I)
Compute
and plot values for the basic P and H curves
as shown
in figure 12.
(2)
Subtract
graphically,
point
by point,
the abscissa values of the basic Pcurve
from the
abscissa
values of the basic H curve to form a new curve,
Hz.
(3)
Add graphically,
point by point,
the ordinate
values of the new Hz curve to the ordinate
of the basic H curve
Subtract
graphically,

values
(4)
abscissa
(5)
values
(6)

values

of the

new

to form a new
point
by point,

dz curve

curve,
dt.
the abscissa

to form

a new

curve,

values

of the

basic

Pcurve

from

the

HS.

Add graphically,
point by point,
the ordinate
values of the new H3 curve to the ordinate
of the basic H curve to form a new curve,
d 3.
Continue
this composition
process
of subtracting
abscissa
values of the basic Pcurve

from

those

these

new

of each
Hcurves

succeeding

d curve

successively

to the ordinate

to form

new
values

H curves,

and

of the basic

add

Hcurve

the

ordinate

to form

values
new

dcurves

of

TRANSMISSION

312
until

the

d,, and

be represented

H,, curves

in which

the

indicates

point

(-)

(7)
The
the d,,curve
adjacent

are established.

symbolically
H-

p=H2

+H=d,
point

point

to the

conductor

to the

curve

and

to the

dn-z

across
Each

intersection

insulator

span

insulator
of each

by point

which

. . .H,

as described

above

can

+H=d,

of abscissa

ordinate

string

which

and

values

values

of curves,

and

the

(+)

of curves.

tension
to the

and

of the

converging

by the

above

horizontal
and

curve

across

down

corresponds

is identified

as described

the

H,, curve

and the tension

in each
span and the corresponding

procedure

+H=d,

subtraction

of the

break

break,

the

procedure

solution
is then found
graphically
by stairstepping
down
from the intersection
with the basic P curve,
which
defines
the deflection
of the insulator
immediately

conductor

of the

composition

- P=H,

addition

to the

is reached.

The

as:

indicates
by

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

to the

H n-z

stairstep

to the

same

in the
dn-l

with

down

etc.

until

the

a d curve

of the

Having

immediately
and

curve,

subscript

subscript.

span

curve

curve

established

defines

of

adjacent
to the

basic

Hn+

Hcurve

the

deflection

the

tension

and

also

the

deflections

in

of each

span from the conductor

break to the dead end, the length
sag can he computed
by any standard
method.
The stairstep

can

be represented

symbolically

as:

0d,,
in which
vertical

d,, X P indicates
projection
down

horizontal

projection,

left

the intersection
from
one curve
to right,

from

of d,, and
to another,
one curve

P curves,
the vertical
and the horizontal

to another.

The

circles

arrows
arrows
indicate

indicate
indicate

a
a

intersection

points
of the stairstep
with d curves,
which
points
describe
insulator
deflections
and conductor
tensions.
From
the procedure
as outlined
to this point,
a question
as to the physical
possibility
of
constructing
all of the indicated
number
of curves for a case in which
the nearest
dead end is a very
great number
immediately

of spans away from

suggests trying
to find

the
the

conductor
limiting

break
might
logically
be raised.
Such
locus of the d, and H, curves.
Fortunately,

be done with a fair degree of accuracy.

By following
the procedure
six d and corresponding
H curves
have been constructed,
a tendency
regarding
the space relations
of the intersection
points of the dcurves
examining
will very

these space relations

closely,
it will be found
that a geometric
closely
describe
this tendency.
Then,
it is but a simple

convergence
point
of the

and find
d,, curve.

its sum which,

The location

a question
this can

as outlined
above until
five or
of convergence
can be noted
with the basic Pcurve.
Upon
series
matter

can be arranged
which
to test the series for

if existent,
will describe
the space relations
of the intersection
can be established
by drawing
a curve
through
this point
and

the Ho point
such that it appears
to be a member
of the family
of curves
thus far established.
many cases, this will be a straight
line for practical
purposes.
From
the d,, curve,
the H, curve
easily established
by subtracting
abscissa values of the basic Pcurve,
point
by point,
from those
the

d,, curve.

By stairstepping

with the basic Pcurve

to the
on the d,, curve,
the insulator

down

between

Ho point,
deflection

these

curves

from

the intersection

and noting
the intersection
points
and tension
value for each span

point

of the

of the converging
progressing
away

In
is
of

d,, curve
stairstep
from the

conductor
break
will be defined.
These points
present
an interesting
relation
in that regardless
of
the distance
to the nearest
dead, end, the effects
of a conductor
breaking
will be damped
out for
practical
purposes
in a very few spans. This is in agreement
with statements
made by other
authors
on this

subject.

Figure

16 illustrates

in detail

a solution

for

a typical

problem

by

this

procedure.

APPENDIX
To substantiate
Since

the validity

d, and

the

of stairstepping

H,, curves

represent

curves,
it should
be evident
that
for practical
purposes
one could

d n-1000
Hn-2,

curve.

Likewise,

curve.

be equally

Therefore,

number
of curves
in the family
purposes,
to operating
between

appear

academic

encountered
from

in practice

the

break

in the

Pcurve
far

and

force

to ensure

scale.

This

be attained
cross-section
cases.
Criteria
adjusting

as the

since

it can represent

for

the

the

case in which

the

H,,

the

H,, curves
previously
this aspect

majority

Hn-l,

the

end

the

to represent
given
of the

such

reduces,
analysis

of preliminary

dead

of

together
that
d,,-2, or even the

for
may

problems

is beyond

a few

spans

conductor.
feature
inspection

that

feature

of this entire
in a manner

is approached
and not some other
the question
of accuracy.
As with the other
curves
drawn
offer sufficient

Assumptions
.-The
far to accommodate

following
problems

spans,

it should

than the exception, and that any method

which
does not recognize
this fact and
the problem.

be realized

for dealing
offers some

that

point
on the horizontal
methods,
accuracy
can

on a standard
llaccuracy
for all but

by 15-inch
very special

is an outline
of procedures
for
with asymmetries,
such as unequal

and with other variables,

such as deflections
break which
were initially
assumed
constant.

nonsymmetrical

the results
can easily be
shown
in figures
4, 6, 8,

the d, intersection
point
with the basic
is, reversing
the process
of composition)

Ho point

the

prompts

spans,
conductor

procedure
is that
such as has been

should
be taken to check
by resolving
them (that

for Removing
Initial
the method
developed
thus

and

for

as follows:
number

close

between

d, and

the

reason

of an unlimited

to be so indescribably
the d,, , the dn-l,

solution

any

H, curves,

positions

to distinguish

to any degree
desired.
With
this method,
sheet as shown in figures
16 or 17, should

and nonsymmetrical
the point of the
unequal

will have
between

d, and

the

that
the stairstep
formula
the d, and H, curves.
While

it serves

connection,
care
d,, and H, curves

the

enough

limiting

difficult

actually

Another
interesting
and useful
checked
either
graphically
or by
10 or 12. In this

only

the

it is possible

a great
practical

only,

between

in theory

these curves
not distinquish

it would

Hn-looo

or the

313

such

in supporting
In dealing

a series

of spans

structures
and
with a series of
is the

rule rather

with problems
regarding
such a series of spans
means to account
for it-is not doing justice
to

Two criteria
can be used to adjust the method
developed
thus far to account
for such asymmetries
and variables.
One offers an approximate
correction
at the expense of very little additional
work and
is suitable
for use in making
preliminary
studies and estimates.
The other offers a comparatively
exact
solution

but

requires

much

more

a high degree of accuracy.

The approximate
correction
any series
of random-length
symmetrical

spans

same distance
problem,
the
in a conductor

which

will

work

and

is suitable

for

use in connection

is based on the Ruling

Span Theory
which
symmetrical
spans,
there
can be found
have

the

as the random-length
implications
are then,
and the nearest dead

same

horizontal

tension,

the

same

with

problems

requiring

states, in effect,
that
a series
of equal-length

for

total

the

slack,

and

cover

series of spans. Applying

this theory
to the broken
conductor
that for any series of spans which
might
exist between
a break
end, there will exist one series of equal-length
symmetrical
spans

which
will best describe
the characteristics
of the existing
series of spans. If such-an
equivalent
series
of spans can be established,
the method,
as developed,
can be applied.
In order
to establish
the
equivalent
series of spans, a means for determining
the equivalent
level or symmetrical
span for any
inclined
or nonsymmetrical
and is given by a relation
* Numbers

in brackets

span
as:

will

be required.

refer to items in the Bibliography,

Such

a means

section VI.

has been

developed

by Martin[8]*

TRANSMISSION

314
Equivalent

level

20 percent
This
and

relation
leaves

spans.

span

2 (inclined

span

makes

possible

one

can

the

condition

be done

conversion

yet

of any

The

ruling

The

the
more

- (horizontal

span

by using

length

solution

a relation

is then

the

of a typical

exact

correction

series

to be fulfilled-that

span

length).

(Safe

limit

by

into

a series

of symmetrical

an equivalent

series

spans

of equal

length

of spans.

Figure

Still[6].

<E

length

problem

of spans

of finding

given

Ruling span length =

16 gives

length)

slope)

only

This

length

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

of each
by

this

is accomplished

span

in the

approximate

equivalent

series

method.

by recognizing

asymmetries

as they

actually

exist

and

treating
them as such without
recourse
to equivalent
arrangements.
Treatment
of a problem
on this
basis requires
a separate
basic Pand
H curve for each span involved,
and while
possible,
undue
difficulties
would be experienced
in computing
the basic Hcurves
for nonsymmetrical
spans. In order
to alleviate

these

difficulties,

on the equivalent
H curve relations
previously
outlined;

but

with

little

or no sacrifice

level span of each nonsymmetrical

as previously
derived.
The basic
however,
for nonsymmetrical

in accuracy,

H curves

the

insulator
must be taken as equal to the weight
of conductor
from low point to low
can be measured
on the plan-profile
sheets describing
the series of spans under
given

to illustrate

a typical

to account
only
of the conductor

conductor
the basic

break

occurs at midspan
of the insulator

for the actual

length
of conductor
from
in the adjacent
span. In this connection,

curves
into

Represented
steps

involved

above

structure
deflection
and the horizontal
deflecting
curve similar
in aspect
to the basic Pcurve
can

the ordinates
of this curve to the basic Pcurve
effects of insulator
and structure
deflections
will
as the P
incorporated

are. By a similar
the basic Pcurves.

in figure
in this

procedure,

14 is a solution
procedure

can

by this
be outlined

into

a basic
span.

H Curve

for

each

the

span
weight

horizontal

the basic

to the low
that if the

were inclined
so
or uplift
would
position

Pcurves

which

if the

is

relation

force is known
to the extent
that a
be drawn.
By adding,
point
by point,

of each span, new curves

describing
the combined
be formed
and can be used in the procedure
exactly
the
criteria

effects

of hinged

for the

typical

crossarms
case shown

may
in figure

also

be

13. The

as follows:

(1)
Compute
a basic P curve
for each insulator
string
conductor
weights
as determined
from low-point
distances
such as structure
deflections,
hinged
crossarms,
etc.
(2)
Compute
for each actual

This distance
Figure
13 is

the assumed
break point
it is interesting
to note

string
and if the adjacent
of the span, a negative

act on the insulator

string
which
could cause it to deflect
generally
considered
the limiting
position.
The effects of structure
deflection
can also be incorporated
the

point.
study.

can be generalized
under
this
immediately
adjacent
to the

P curve

conductor
is assumed
to break next to an insulator
that its low point
would
fall sufficiently
far outside

between
descriptive

be based

problem.

The initial
assumption
that the
correction
procedure
by adjusting
break
point

can

span thereby
making
possible
the use of the
P curves required
can be computed
exactly
as
spans, the weight
of conductor
acting
on each

span

involved,

to be considered,
based on actual
and based on other
considerations
based

on the

equivalent

level

span

APPENDIX
(3)

Plot

(4)

Manipulate

these

curves

in the

same

these

curves

graphically

coordinate

H, - pl =H,+H,
(5)

The

solution

is given

by

0d,
The

justification

general

case

concerns

the handling

break.
out

for

the

of a problem

practical

depending

purposes

on the

nature

One

the

same

reasoning

as given

could

end is a great

are all that

=d,

0d,

which

the

formula:

formula:

the effects

so that

problem,

symbolic

4 Hz-,

question

cases considered,

of the

0d,

the dead

spans

following

stairstep

follows

11.

in which

in a few

the

=d, - Pz +H3+H3
symbolic

solution

in figure

In this case, as in previous

for

the

315

system.

by

X P3 4 H,+

above

as represented

previously

be raised

distance

away

of the broken

from

6, 8, or 10 spans

need

be considered.

will

away

the

connection

the conductor

conductor

first

for

in this

be damped

from

the

break,

III-SUMMARY
To

summarize,

catenary

relations

the

discussion

for

determining

presented
insulator

outlines

a general

and/or

structure

method

or procedure

deflections

and

based

on special

conductor

tensions

in

spans adjacent
to a broken
conductor.
Knowing
these deflections
and tensions,
the corresponding
conductor
sags can be computed
by the use of standard
catenary
relations.
The method,
while
graphical
in nature,
is capable
of a high degree of accuracy
and is straightforward;
that is, it does
not

involve

conductor
method

the

usual

problem
with those

The Solution
conductor
to facilitate
selected.
tension
By

trial-and-error

procedures.

In

appendix

has been worked

out and a comparison
as obtained
by another
method.

of a Typical

Broken

problem
has been worked
a comparison
of results,

The details
of the problem
in span A if the conductor

A-l
made

IV-APPENDIX

A-l

Conductor

Problem.-In

which

follows,

a typical

of the

results

as obtained

the

following,

a typical

out to illustrate
the techniques
the typical
problem
used by

broken
by

this

broken

presented.
For this purpose
and
Bissiri and Landau[4]
has been

are given in figure

15. The requirement
breaks
next to insulator
No. 6.

is to find

the

sag and

the approximate
method
the procedure
is as follows:
(1)
Using the nomograph
given in figure
18, convert
the series of given spans into a series
of level spans. Since all equivalent
level span lengths
are less than 2 feet more than the horizontal
span lengths
(2)
Using
spans into
series.
(3)
of 4.

a series

Using
These

shown,
all spans
the Ruling
Span

the
values

of level

equal

will be assumed
level without
correction.
Computation
Chart
given in figure
18, convert
spans.

Take

force formula,
assume
are given in table A.

(4)
Using the P f orce formula;
P. These values are given in table

assume
B.

970

feet

as the

values

for

HI

values

of

d and

span

length

and

compute

compute

the

series

for the equal

corresponding
corresponding

of level

level

span
values

values

of

TRANSMISSION

316
(5)

Plot

curves

the

computed

according

to the

values

Since

the

dead
(6)

by Bissiri

the

end

he assumed,

For

dead

will

the

the

dead

dead

end

04
The
By

16 and

manipulate

the

resulting

Pand

- P=H,
and

. . .H,, +H=d,

Landau)
first,

does

a great

not

state

distance

away

the

location
and,

of the

second,

nearest

at insulator

end

a great

results

distance

away,

XPJ-H,,+

at insulator

No.

0d,

XP+H,+

are tabulated

in table

the

solution

is given

by the

symbolic

formula:

@H/@...H,,
d
1, the

solution

0d,

J-&-,

is given

by

0d,

rH,+

the

$Hp

symbolic

formula:

0d,

E.

the more exact method,

the procedure
is as follows:
(1)
Compute
an Hcurve
for each span. Assume
that span E is dead ended at insulator
No. 1
and that all spans are level spans without
correction
since the correction
is less than 2 feet for
each span. These
(2)
Compute

values are given in table C.

a P curve
for each suspension

table D.
(3)
Plot the
according
to the

HE-P,

The

The

results

Discussion
between

and
symbolic

curves
formula:

as shown

+HE)+HD =d3- P3 =HD+Hc=d,-

(4)

the typical

solution

are tabulated

by the

in table

of Results.-Considering

problem,
the

is given

methods

the results

check

lies in the

insulator

in figure

string.
17 and

P., =Hc+H,=d,

following

symbolic

values

manipulate

are

them

-Ps =HBHA

given

graphically

=d6 -Ph =HA

E.

made

by

armor rods, vibration

dampers,
etc., were acting.
Since
several
times that of a conductor,
the effects
of such
relative

magnitudes

of the

tension

in

formula:

the inherent
differences
each other as well as could

assumption

These

Bissiri

between
the methods
used to solve
he expected.
The principal
difference

and

Landau-

that

the

conductor

length

in the span adjacent

to a break is increased
by the length
of the insulator
string immediately
adjacent
to the break. Theoretically,
this would be true only if the weight
distribution
over the insulator
string
were the same as that over the conductor,
and if no concentrated
loads such as holddown
weights,

on the

E.

0d,
For

+H=d,

(as given

1 in span

in figure

MANUAL

formula:

program

end,

No.

as shown

symbolic

H- p=H2

LINE DESIGN

in the

system

the unit weight

a discontinuity
to the

total

of an insulator
string
of weight
distribution
weight

of conductor,

is usually
depend
insulators,

APPENDIX
and

concentrated

has a varying
low

loads
effect,

comprising

being

more

the

system.

correct

for

Hence,

long

317

the

spans

assumption

with

high

made

tensions

by Bissiri

than

and

for short

Landau

spans

with

tensions.

V-APPENDIX
To
Chart

facilitate
and

are given
Figure
conductor
several

certain

a Sag and
on the

following

20 shows
can
specific

computations
Tension

a typical

be facilitated.
ruling

span

such

Computation
pages

lengths

Chart

as figures

set of data
The

as made

by

by the

in Appendix

have

18 and

span-tension

A-2

which

A-l,

devised.

a Ruling
These

Span

Computation

are self-explanatory

and

19, respectively.
preliminary

curves

approximate

been

have
method

studies
been

of the

plotted
as presented

from

effects
data
herein.

of a broken
computed

for

W
E

Table A.-H curve computation

H,, = 4400 lb; L, = 970 ft; w = 1.57 lb/ft;

1
Hl

2
Ho&h-

3
WLO

l--

Ho-H,

765.2528
765.2528
765.2528
765.2528

(4)

(2) (3)

AE

WO

2300
2500
3000
4000

AE = 6,635,672

slnh-

7
(5)

H,

0.999638
.999713
.999789
.999939

765.0106
765.0331
765.0913
765.2066

0.33261
.30601
.25500
.19130

0.3268
.3015
.2524
.1902

4
5

Wl
-r

(6) (7)

2929.936
3184.713
3821.650
5095.540

957.503
959.880
964.584
969.171

Lo - (8)
12.5
10.12
5.42
0.83

zi
z

E
Z

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

Table B.-P curve computation

Wd

p=-

ic0sll
W = 1655 lb; i = 12.58 ft = 150.96 in
d

A
i

case

ii

0.1987
.3975

0.4803
.9178

0.2027
.4331

335.5
716.8

90
120
130

.5962
.7949
.8611

.8028
.6074
so90

.7426
1.3086
1.6910

1229.0
2165.7
2798.6

ic0se

Table C . -2 curve computations

Ho = 4400 lb; w = 1.57 lb/ft; AB = 6,635,672

Lo = 880,910,980,
and 1050 ft
1

880

(2) (3)

H,

(4)

slnh- (5)

16) (7)

Lo -

(3)
D

869.350

10.6

:
s
0
z

2200
2500
3000
4000

693.6416
693.6416
693.6416
693.6416

0.999668
.999714
.999789
.999939

693.4116
693.4429
693.4951
693.5996

0.3152
.2774
.2309
.1734

0.3102
.2739
.2289
.1725

2802.548
3184.710
3821.660
5095.540

872.292
874.777
878.981

;:2

910

2200
2500
3000
4000

717.4822
711.4822
717.4822
711.4822

.999668
.999714
.999789
.999939

717.2443
717.2768
717.3308
717.4384

.3260
.2869
.2389
.1794

.3205
.2831
.2366
.1783

2802.548
3184.710
3821.660
5095.540

898.216
901.591
904.205
908.980

11.8
8.4
5.8
1.02

980

2300
2500
3000
4000

773.2210
773.2210
773.2210
773.2210

.999683
.999714
.999789
.999939

772.9763
772.9996
773.0579
773.1744

.3361
.3092
.2574
.1933

.3300
.3044
.2547
.1921

2929.936
3184.710
3821.660
5095.540

996.879
969.426
973.377
978.853

13.12
10.6
6.62
1.15

1050

2500
3000
4000

829.0365
829.0365
829.0365

.999714
.999789
.999939

828.7991
828.8616
828.9865

.3315
.2760
.2072

.3258
.2727
.2058

3184.710
3821.660
5095.540

1037.597
1042.166
1048.662

12.4
7.83
1.34

'

Numbers in parenthesis are column numbers.

1.02

Table D.-P Curve computations

p=wd
i cosd
i = 12.58 ft = 150.96 in
d

i8
90
120
130
140
142
144
146

-d
i

me

0.1987
.3975
.5962
.7949
.8611
.9274
.9406
.9539
.9671

0.9803
.9178
.8028
.6074
.5090
.3740
.3394
.3002
.2542

p2

p3

p4

ps

i cost9

w = 1750

W = 1546

W = 1609

W = 1766

0.2027
0.4331
0.7426
1.3086
1.6910
2.4790
2.7710
3.1770
3.8050

354.7
757.9
1299.6
2290.1
2959.3

313.4
669.6
1148.1
2023.1
2614.3

326.1
696.9
1194.8
2105.5
2720.2

357.9
764.9
1311.4
2310.9
2986.3

Table E.-Tab&
Approximate
Dead end a
great dist.
from break

Item

Tension (lb)-A
-B
-C
-D
-E
Insulator deflection

2920
3590
3930
4120
4230
(in)-6
-5

-2
2 Sag (ft)-A

tion of results

method
Dead end at
insuIat01
No. 1
2900
3550
3870
4050
4120

Exact method

2710
3620
3950
4120
4220

131.2
58.0
31.2
18.0
10.8

131.1
57.8
30.0
16.0
6.9

145.8
67.4
32.8
17.0
7.5

53.0

53.5

57.0

Bissiri and Landau

2625

59.0

For a final result, Bissiri and Landau give only an interpolated catenary parameter value for the span adjacent to the break. From
this, Tension A = (1670)(1.57) = 2625 lb.
2 Sag values determined by use of Computing Chart given in figure 19.

w=730
174.9
316.2
542.1
955.3
1234.4
1809.7
2022.8
2319.2
2777.6

INITIAL

Lo

= _

Lo

CONDITIONS - Before

_)
0
LO

LO

FIGURE

c-c----------

b-2
LO

LO

Conditions

Break

--

for

equilibrium:

b-3

b-3

b-4

--lLO

LO

C.f

Ln-4

b-3

h-2

dn-1

dn

in conductor

CONDITIONS - After

h-I

LO

LO

= Horizontal
tension
= Span length

FINAL

Break

---LO

0= Change In span length.

Pn = Hn ; Pn-1 + Hn = n-1 ; Pn-2 + n-1 = n-2 ; Pn-3 + n-2 = n-3;

On = dn- dn-1; an-1 = dn-1 -dn-2 ; (dn-2=dn-2

Ln = Lo-0n;

Ln-2 = Lo -0n-2
Ln-1 =Lo -0n-1;
FIGURE 2
104.D-1121

etc.
-dn-4

-dn-3 ; On-3 =dn-3

, Ln-3 = Lo - 0n-3 ; etc.

; etc.

TRANSMISSION

322

di v eWIW2-

WPP -

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Horizontal displacement
of insulator string.
Length of insulator string.
Vertical displacement of
insulator string.
Angle of deflection of
insulator string.
Weight of insulator string.
Weight of conductor acting
on insulator string.
Total vertical load = % + w2.
Horizontal force caused by w when the insulator string
is deflected by an angle 8,
Horizontal force required to deflect the insulator string
by an angle 8 when a load w is acting.
FIGURE

Initial span length.

Change in span length.
Final span length.
k
0 - Initial conductor length.
I - Conductor length after a change of 8 in span length.
Initial horizontal tension in conductor.
HOafter a change of 8
,- Horizontal tension in conductor
in span length.
WUnit weight of conductor.
Product
of Modulus of elasticity and cross section area.
AE-

LO-

0-

FIGURE
104-D-1122

APPENDIX

Conductor

Break

323

in a Span Adjacent

to a Dead End

4
//
-ijoJ4

LI

Conditions
for equilibrium
after
P,=H,;
0, = d, ; L, = ~~-0,
FIGURE
5

Force

c
HO

FIGURE
104-D-1123

conductor

Relations

Horizontal
P, & H,

LO

P&H

-w--e-

breaks:

324

TRANSMISSION

Conductor

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Break Two Spans Removed From Dead End

,,
/
----L,

L2
4

_ d2

LO

LO

Conditions for equilibrium after conductor breaks:

P,=H,; P,+H,=H,; 0,=d,-d,;
0,=d,;
L,= Lo-Q12; L,=L,-0,
FIGURE 7
P & H Force

Horizontal
.

Force

p2 &

H2

H,

Relations

-4
HO
-I

FIGURE
104-D-1124

APPENDIX

Conductor

Conditions
P3= Hg
8, =d,;

Break

for

Three

Spans

conductor
0,=d3-d,;

P,+Hz=H,;
L,=L,-8,;
FIGURE

P&H

Removed From Dead End

equi Ii brium after

P2+ H,=Hz;
L,=L,-8,;

325

Horizontal

breaks:
02=d2-d,;

L, =~~-a,

Force Relations

Force

P,&H,

_
p2
H2

PI
HI
HO
FIGURE
104-D-1125

4
IO

II
P

-A

\to=

APPENDIX A

Conditions for equilibrium

after conductor
P3 = H;; P + H,=H;;
P, + H;= Hi; 0,=d,-d,;
L$= L,-0,;
L,=L,-0,
8, = d,; Lf,=L,-03;
FIGURE 13

104-D-1127

327

breaks:
0*=4-d,;

1030
El. difrb;oq.80

900
_ 940
w:
El. diffT7.89 El. d~~o~l.50
d-P-

1040 _
El. diff=,l8.92
980

Normal horizontal tension ___________H,

Conductor weight per ft ____________w
AE= cond. area x modulus __________
Insulator length _-----___________ i
Insulator weight----------------------For other details see Reference C4l
FIGURE 15
104-D-1128

380

El. dif8f=$.07

=
=
=
=
=
-

4400 lb
1.57 lb
6,635,672
12.58 ft
265 lb
Bibliography

5m

APPENDIX

329

gkTT

The determination

of a geometric

the space reloiiars of the II curve

intersections with the Pcurve :
dtstance d2to dx-4e units

Avp mtio=0.277
Since mtio <I. the series, 46+Ii.5*~5...
will converge and the sum will be
approximately : 46
m-64
units
This Sum -64 units - is then the
distance from the i$ 6~
intersection t0 the . 4 6P

Requirements for
I
equihbrlum:
Y-Ho%
kC%
. . . . . . . . . +4-4
. . . . . . . . . Ld- La+,

I
cb+h
#&-4

Y-YS
~4,-d,

Hlps
k4-4

L,+LO-&

L&LO-b

L;&-h

Lg - 970
1

Horizontal
FIGURE

Force - Pounds
16

104-D-1 129

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Horizontol Force - Pounds

FIGURE
104-D-1130

I7

APPENDIX

331

VI-BIBLIOGRAPHY
Technical
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

Technical
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]

Journals

Brown, R. S., Stresses Produced in a Transmission Line by Breaking of a Conductor,

Electrical World, vol. 61,
No. 13, pp. 673-676, March 29, 1913.
September,
Healy, E. S., and Wright, A. J., Unbalanced
Conductor
Tensions, Trans. of AIEE, pp. 1064-1070,
1926.
Den Hartog, J. P., Calculation
of Sags in a Transmission Line With a Broken Conductor,
The Electric Journal,
vol. XXV, pp. 24-26, January, 1928.
Effect on Sags in Suspension Spans, Trans. of AIEE, vol, 66, pp.
Bissiri, A., and Landau, M., Broken Conductor
1181-1188,
1947.

Books

Painton, E. T., Mechanical

Design of Overhead Electrical Transmission Lines, D. Van Nostrand Co., New York,
pp. 265-269, 1925.
Third Edition, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, pp. 137-138, 1927.
Still, A., Electric
Power Transmission,
Engineers Handbook-Electric
Power, Third Edition,
Pender, H., Del Mar, W. A., and McIlwain,
K., Electrical
Section 14, pp. 71-73, 1936.
Martin, J. S., Sag Calculations by the Use of Martins Tables, Copperweld
Steel Co., Glassport, Pa., pp. 39-40,
1942.

332

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

EOUIVALENT

HORIZONTAL

SPAN

NOMOGRAPH

NOTES
These charts
are designed to facilitate
the computation
of the ruling span length
for any series of suspension spans.
The procedure
for computing the ruling span
length is OS follows:
I. Compute
the Equivalent
Horizontol
Spon
(He) for each span in the series being
considered
by using the nomograph which
is based on J.S. Martins
formula: He=ZI-H.
(Use only for spans of 20% slope or less.)
2. The Ruling Span Length
by using the relation:
the solution of which is facilitated
by
using the Ruling Span Computation
Chart.

900
600
5. no-c
8

20

600--

500--

z
g

400--

30
40
50

E
::
=
.u
+
k

5
t
ki 100
k

i3
=

300--

200

>

200
300

Z He- 2700:

400
i

EXAMPLE:

Horizontol
span (H)
Vertical span (V)
Correction
K)
Equiv. horiz. span

ZHe 0.27 x IO line.

4. Project
vertlcolly
down from this point
to the Hrs scale ond read the ruling
span length of 910 ft.

500 I

= 1000
-100

= IO
-1010

FIGURE
(Sheet

ZH,-22.5~10

3. Enter the auxiliary

bias lines at the
value corresponding
to ZHeL 22.5~ IO
and read down the bias line to the
intersection
of the horizontal

300

200--

IOO-

EXAMPLE
Fmd the ruling span length for a
SerieS of level spans of lengths,
He=800,
900. 6 1000 ft.
Solution:
(Using the Ruling Span Chart),
I. Enter the equivalent
horizontal
stole
at the span lengths given and read the
corresponding
He3 values.
2. Add the Hd& He values:

Problem:

18

2 of 2)

334

NMS

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

NI H19N31

TRANSMISSION

133d

EXPLANATION
The purpose of this chart is to focilitote
the computation
of tronsmission line conductor sags and tensions when
any three of the elements-span
length, unit weight,
sag, or tension ore known and when accuracy beyond the
first decimal place is not required. This chart is based on the
cotenory functions OS derived by J.S. Martin and given in
the pamphlet Sog Colculotions By The Use Of Mortins
Tables published by the Copperweld Steel Compony,
Glossport. PO.
The procedure for computing o sag value when the span
length, unit weight, and tension ore known is OS follows:

3. Project horizontally from this point to the right or left

to intersect the sag ratio curve.
4. From this potnt project vertically upward to intersect
the Bose Spon Aux. Bios Line.
5. Thence, project horizontally -right or left- to intersect
the bias line correspondtng to the span length used
in step (I) obove.
6. from this point project vertically downward to intersect
the sag scale ond read the corresponding sag value in
feet.
As on exomple, the followmg problem has been worked through:
Find the sag for o conductor which weighs 1.1 lb. per
ft when the span length is II00 ft. and the tension
is 7000 lb.
Answer by chart: 23.9 ft.
Answer by more exact computation: 23.871 ft

I. Enter the span length scale at o point corresponding to

the equivalent level span length of the span under
consideration ond project horizontally to the right to
intersect the bias line which corresponds to the unit
weight of the conductor.
2. Project vertically -up or down- from this point to
intersect the bias line which corresponds to the
tension in tne conductor:

FIGURE I9
(Sheet

2 of 2)

D
:
1
0
Z
D

336

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

1000

RULING

1.
P.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

I200

SPAN LENGTH

- F 1.

Dead-end
in first span adjacent
Deod- end in second won odjocrnt
hod-end
in third spon odjocmt
Dood-end
in fourth spon odjocent
Dead-end
in fifth spon odjocrnt
Dead-d
o great distoncr
from
Tonsion brforr
brook.

FIGURE

20
2)

(Sheet
I of
104-D-1133

to brook.
to brook.
to brook.
to brook.
to brook.
break.

1400

APPENDIX

Theso curves
ot crossings
ore

bosed

ore to be use?1
which worront
on the following:
Conductor
Looding
Insulators

NOTES
in moking preliminary
determinations
compliance
with titionol
o&/or

337

of conductor
h6ights
Loco/ sofety
codes ond

- 195,000
C. M. MS. R. 6617 stronding.
130F. tinol no load with mox. lood = 7500 Ibs. Q 25% ond #*wind.
- lb, &x
lOWsuspension
units.

The following
l xomple is given to illustrate
the use of the curves
shown to the left.
PROBLEM:
Determine
conductor
heights
ot crossing
shown below,
moking
provisions
for required
cleoronce
under
broken
conductor
conditions.

PROCEDURE:
FIRSTFrom pertinent
SECOND
- Determine

safety
cod6s determine
required
cleoronce
over crossing.
the ruling
spon from crossing
spon to neorest
deod-end
by:
level spons,
where
the l quivolent
Note: L,, Le, etc. ore l quivolent
l?S=jy:*.
level spon = 2 (Inclined
spon)
- octuol
spon.
THIRD
- ;nter?he
curves
ot the value
of the ruling
spon OS determined
obove
ond
using
the curve
which
best describes
the location
of the neorest
deod-end
reod
For deod-ends
more thon 5 spons
the corresponding
value of horizontol
tension.
from breok use curve No.6.
FOURTH
- Determine
brok6n
conductor
sog and/or
profile
OS required.

In applying
conductor
pro file to transmission
line profil6,
the shift
in the spon due to the conductor
breoC need be consider6d
only for
vrry short spans.
FIFTH
- For o I6vel crossing
spon, conductor
height
= required
clr. +
broken
cond. $09. For on inclined
spon, us6 height
osindicohd
by
intercepts
of the broken
cond. prOfil6
on the StruCtur6
center
lines.

FIGURE 20
(Sheet 2 of 2)

<<Appendix

USEFUL

FIGURES

339

AND TABLES

TRANSMISSION

340

t=
II
36 I
---

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

6 Miles

I
I

line
3

32

I 5 I

35

33
3

36

j 31
-----

E --.--

6
_--

IO

II

12

i I2
cr---

7
---

XL
I3

I8

I6

I7

I5

I4

I3

I8
_--

3L
3r

24

19

20

23

22

21

u
a
.2
u

I9

24

---7

--25

30

29

28

27

26

25

31

32

33

34

35

36

--36

2
30 =
Q,
F
--cz
31
_----

Townshi; I ine J
Figure

B-l.-Typical

township

showing

section

numbering.

104-D-1134.

/6

APPENDIX

341

I Mile
/FN

$ car.

---

NW car. Sec.15 /t/6\

co,
%
senter NW$
9\

VEcar:Sec.15

(Center NE {
i
0
-;

ai
J r
w

t Center SE i

SECOT.
Set 15.

---

Typical Section of Land Showing Corner Designations

---

---l---NW )
of NW;

NE ;
of NW;

SW $
of NW)

SE 4
of NW $
.
15---I
I
I

Typical $ Section
Figure B-2.-Typical

land section

showing

corner and l/16

designations.

104-D-1135.

tmnsmission line olwoys runs from

left to right on o key mop or on
o plon-profile
drawing. The direction
(beoring) of o line, OS indicated on
the plan-profile
drawing, is related
to the directions given on on
azimuth chart. Examples ore:
N8803OOOE

S 62 3647 E

+l
E a Indicates the angle
..
turned, and the arrow
In
head indicates the
5
direction of the new
segment of the line
i
in relation to the
segment just before
the angle point.
S 711500 W /

S4809OOW

&
The letters PI (point
of intersection) are
+=
5 8
used OS a prefix to
CDD a station to denote
eP
on angle and to
q
indicate the exact
;a
location of the angle
point.
Figure B-3.-Azimuth

chart.

104-D-1136.

APPENDIX

343

Consider pole as a simple beam

where f =
M=
S=
J =
Y=
r =
C =

stress in outer fiber

maximum moment
section modulus
moment of inertia
distance from center of gravity to outer fiber
radius of pole cross section
circumference of pole cross section

N/mm*
N-mm
mm3
mm4
mm
mm
mm

(Ib/in* )
(lb-in)
(in3)
(in4)
(in)
iin)
(in)

axis of moments through center

then b = 4 7 r
rrd _ rr 4
J =w-7
;Ay3
S = $a$.
=f
!
M = fS=f (y3)
C = 27r
r CL
27T

r3= c3
87r3

M = f ($)($)

=fL-$=0.003

166fc3

If f is in N/mm* and c is in mm, M is in N.mm. Dividing by

1000, M iS in N-m. M =3.166 x 10+fC3 N-m.
If f is in lb/in* and c is in inches, M is in lb-in. Dividing by
12, M is in lb-ft. M=2.638 xIOe4fc3 lb-ft.

Figure B-4.-Development

of formula

for maximum

moment

of resistance

on wood poles. 104-D-1137.

344

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

APPENDIX
Table B-l .-Maximum

Metric:

345

moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line- USBR standard

M,. = 3.166 x 10s6fc3 (c in mm)

Pole
Circumference

U.S. customary:

Western Red Cedar

Pole
Diameter

f= 38.610 88 MPa

M,. = 2.638 x 10w4fc3 (c in inches)

Douglas Fir and Southern Yellow Pine

f= 5600 lb/in2

fz51.021

52 MPa

f= 7400 lb/in2

mm

in

mm

in

N-m

lb.ft

N.m

lb-ft

508
521
533
546
559

20.0
20.5
21.0
21.5
22.0

162
166
170
114
178

6.37
6.53
6.68
6.84
7.00

16025
17 287
18509
19 891
21 352

11
12
13
14
15

818
726
681
681
730

21176
22 844
24459
26293
28 216

15 616
16817
18 078
19 400
20186

512
584
597
610
622

22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5

182
186
190
194
198

7.16
7.32
7.48
1.64
7.80

22871
24 341
26 010
27 746
29416

16 821
17 914
19 171
20421
21125

30230
32173
34 370
36665
38 871

22235
23 751
25 334
26986
28708

635
648
660
673
686

25.0
25.5
26.0
26.5
27.0

202
206
210
214
218

7.96
8.12
8.28
8.44
8.59

31299
33261
35 144
37261
39463

23082
24495
25 964
21491
29 071

41360
43953
46440
49239
52147

30501
32368
34 310
36328
38423

699
711
124
737
749

27.5
28.0
28.5
29.0
29.5

222
226
230
235
238

8.75
8.91
9.07
9.23
9.39

41149
43936
46 391
48935
51364

30122
32429
34 191
36029
37925

55 169
58059
61302
64 664
67 874

40597
42852
45 189
41610
50115

162
115
787
800
813

30.0
30.5
31.0
31.5
32.0

242
247
250
255
259

9.55
9.71
9.87
10.03
10.19

54086
56 901
59586
62587
65 688

39886
41914
44009
46173
48407

71470
15 191
78738
82705
86803

52707
55 386
58155
61015
63967

826
838
851
864
876

32.5
33.0
33.5
34.0
34.5

263
267
271
275
219

10.35
10.50
10.66
10.82
10.98

68890
71937
75 337
78842
82017

50712
53089
55538
58063
60662

91034
95059
99552
104185
108586

67012
70153
73 390
76726
80161

889
902
914
921
940

35.0
35.5
36.0
36.5
37.0

283
287
291
295
299

llJ4
11.30
11.46
11.62
11.78

85
89
93
97
101

886
709
338
377
532

63338
66 091
68923
71835
74 828

113493
118545
123 339
128677
134 167

83691
87 335
91078
94925
98880

953
965
978
991
1003

31.5
38.0
38.5
39.0
39.5

303
307
311
315
319

11.94
12.10
12.25
12.41
13.57

105
109
114
118
123

803
850
350
971
345

17903
81 061
84 303
87 630
91044

139 811
145 159
151105
157 211
162992

102943
107 116
111400
115 797
120 308

1016
1029
1041
1054
1067

40.0
40.5
41.0
41.5
42.0

323
328
331
336
340

12.73
12.89
13.05
13.21
13.37

128
133
137
143
148

204
188
902
133
495

94545
98135
101 815
105 586
109 448

169412
175 999
182228
189141
196226

124
129
134
139
144

935
679
542
524
628

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-l .-Maximum moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line-USBR standard-Continued
Pole
Circumference

Western Red Cedar

Pole
Diameter

f= 38.610 88 MPa

N.m

Douglas Fir and Southern Yellow Pine

f=5600

lb/in2

f= 51.02152

MPa

f = 7400 lb/in2

mm

in

mm

in

1080
1092
1105
1118
1130

42.5
43.0
43.5
44.0
44.5

344
348
352
356
360

13.53
13.69
13.85
14.01
14.16

153
159
164
170
176

989
180
932
822
382

113
117
121
125
130

404
454
599
840
179

203
210
217
225
233

486
345
947
730
077

149
155
160
166
172

855
207
684
289
023

1143
1156
1168
1181
1194

45.0
45.5
46.0
46.5
47.0

364
368
372
376
380

14.32
14.48
14.64
14.80
14.96

182
188
194
201
208

540
840
782
358
081

134
139
143
148
153

617
154
792
532
375

241
249
257
266
274

214
538
390
081
964

177
183
190
196
202

886
882
011
275
674

1207
1219
1232
1245
1257

47.5
48.0
48.5
49.0
49.5

384
388
392
396
400

15.12
15.28
15.44
15.60
15.76

214 952
221427
228 587
235 900
242 787

158
163
168
173
179

322
375
534
800
175

284
292
302
311
320

044
600
062
725
826

209
215
222
229
236

212
888
705
664
767

1270
1283
1295
1308
1321

50.0
50.5
51.0
51.5
52.0

404
408
412
416
420

15.92
16.07
16.23
16.39
16.55

250
258
265
273
281

398
166
478
554
792

184
190
195
201
207

660
255
962
782
717

330 883
341 149
350 811
361482
372 368

244 015
251408
258 950
266 641
274 483

1334
1346
1359
1372
1384

52.5
53.0
53.5
54.0
54.5

425
428
433
437
440

16.71
16.87
17.03
17.19
17.35

290
298
306
315
324

193
095
816
706
062

213
219
226
232
239

767
933
216
618
140

383
393
405
417
428

470
912
436
183
225

282
290
298
307
316

477
625
928
388
006

1397
1410
1422
1435
1448

55.0
55.5
56.0
56.5
57.0

445
449
453
457
461

17.51
17.67
17.83
17.98
18.14

333 280
342 671
351495
361 223
371 130

245
252
259
266
273

782
546
434
445
581

440
452
464
477
490

406
815
475
331
422

324
333
342
352
361

783
722
823
088
518

1461
1473
1486
1499
1511

57.5
58.0
58.5
59.0
59.5

465
469
473
477
481

18.30
18.46
18.62
18.78
18.94

381
390
401
411
421

216
686
122
742
710

280
288
295
303
311

844
235
753
402
181

503
516
530
544
557

749
264
054
088
259

371
380
390
400
411

116
882
817
924
204

1524
1537
1549
1562
1575

60.0
60.5
61.0
61.5
62.0

485
489
493
497
501

19.10
19.26
19.42
19.58
19.74

432
443
454
465
477

688
856
333
868
597

319
327
335
343
352

092
136
314
627
077

571
586
600
615
631

767
524
369
612
111

421
432
443
454
465

657
287
094
079
244

1588
1600
1613
1626
1638

62.5
63.0
63.5
64.0
64.5

506
509
513
518
521

19.89
20.05
20.21
20.37
20.53

489
500
513
525
537

521
703
007
511
232

360
369
378
387
396

664
389
254
260
407

646
661
677
694
709

868
643
902
425
914

476
488
499
511
523

591
121
836
736
824

lb-ft

N-m

lb*ft

APPENDIX

347

Table B-l .-Maximum moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line-USBR standard-Continued
Pole
Circumference

Douglas Fir and Southern Yellow Pine

Western Red Cedar

Pole
Diameter

f= 38.610 88 MPa

f= 5600 lb/in2

f=51.02152

MPa

f = 7400 lb/in2

mm

N.m

lb-ft

N-m

lb-ft

in

mm

in

1651
1664
1676
1689
1702

65.0
65.5
66.0
66.5
67.0

526
530
534
538
542

20.69
20.85
21.01
21.17
21.33

550
563
575
588
602

125
223
496
992
697

405
415
424
434
444

698
132
712
437
311

726
744
760
778
796

951
259
477
311
421

536
548
561
574
587

100
567
226
078
125

1715
1727
1740
1753
1765

67.5
68.0
68.5
69.0
69.5

546
550
554
558
562

21.49
21.65
21.80
21.96
22.12

6i6
629
643
658
672

613
647
974
516
132

454
464
474
485
495

332
504
826
299
926

814
832
850
870
888

810
034
965
181
174

600
613
627
641
655

368
808
448
288
331

1778
1791
1803
1816
1829

70.0
70.5
71.0
71.5
72.0

566
570
574
578
582

22.28
22.44
22.60
22.76
22.92

687
702
716
732
747

093
275
486
096
931

506
517
528
539
551

707
642
734
984
391

907
928
946
967
988

945
006
785
412
337

669
684
698
713
728

577
027
685
550
624

1842
1854
1867
1880
1892

72.5
73.0
73.5
74.0
74.5

586
590
594
598
602

23.08
23.24
23.40
23.55
23.71

763
779
795
812
827

993
022
524
258
911

562
574
586
598
610

959
687
576
629
845

1009
1 029
1051
1073
1094

562
422
228
341
026

743
759
775
791
807

910
407
119
045
189

1905
1918
1930
1943
1956

75.0
75.5
76.0
76.5
77.0

606
610
614
618
623

23.87
24.03
24.19
24.35
24.51

845
862
878
896
914

095
514
805
683
802

623
635
648
661
674

227
775
490
374
427

1 116
1139
1 161
1184
1 208

732
751
278
902
845

823
840
856
873
891

550
131
933
958
207

TRANSMISSION

348

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-2.-Maximum moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line-ANSI standard
Mr=2.64x

10-4fc3
Western Larch

Pole
diameter,

20.0
20.5
21.0
21.5
22.0

6.37
6.53
6.68
6.84
7.00

12612
13646
14669
15142
16866

16896
18 195
19 559
20990
22488

17 741
19 105
20537
22039
23613

22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5

7.16
7.32
7.48
7.64
7.80

18042
19 212
20566
21 897
23294

24057
25 696
21409
29 196
31 059

25 259
26 981
28779
30656
32612

25.0
25.5
26.0
26.5
27.0

7.96
8.12
8.28
8.44
8.59

24750
26264
21840
29477
31177

33000
35 019
37 120
39303
41570

34 650
36170
38976
41268
43649

21.5
28.0
28.5
29.0
29.5

8.75
8.91
9.07
9.23
9.39

32942
34 771
36668
38632
40665

43923
46 362
48890
51509
54220

46 119
48680
51335
54085
56 931

30.0
30.5
31.0
31.5
32.0

9.55
9.71
9.87
10.03
10.19

42768
44942
47188
49 509
51904

57 024
59 922
62 918
66012
69 206

59875
62 919
66064
69313
72666

32.5
33.0
33.5
34.0
34.5

10.35
10.50
10.66
10.82
10.98

54 315
56924
59551
62251
65044

72501
75 898
79401
83 010
86726

76126
79 693
83 371
87160
91 062

35.0
35.5
36.0
36.5
37.0

11.14
11.30
11.46
11.62
11.78

67 914
70866
73903
77025
80234

90552
94488
98531
102700
106979

95 079
99212
103464
107 835
112328

37.5
38.0
38.5
39.0
39.5

11.94
12.10
12.26
12 41
12.57

83531
86 917
90 393
93 961
97 621

111315
115 889
120 524
125 281
130 162

116943
121684
126550
131545
136670

40.0
40.5
41.0
41.5
42.0

12.73
12.89
13.05
13.21
13.37

135 168
140300
145 561
150 951
156 413

141926
147 315
152 839
158 499
164 297

in

Western
Red Cedar
= 6000 lb/in2,
lb*ft

Southern
Yellow Pine
f = 8000 lb/in2,
lb*ft

Pole
circumference
c,
in

101
105
109
113
117

376
225
170
213
355

f= 8400 Ib/in2,
lb-ft

APPENDIX

Table B-2.-Maximum moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line-ANSIstandard-Continued
Pole
Circumference
c,
in

Pole
Diameter,

42.5
43.0
43.5
44.0
44.5

13.53
13.69
13.85
14.01
14.17

121
125
130
134
139

596
939
383
931
583

162
167
173
179
186

129
918
844
908
111

170
176
182
188
195

235
314
537
904
417

45.0
45.5
46.0
46.5
47.0

14.32
14.48
14.64
14.80
14.96

144
149
154
159
164

342
201
180
262
455

192
198
205
212
219

456
942
573
350
274

202
208
215
222
230

078
889
852
961
237

47.5
48.0
48.5
49.0
49.5

15.12
15.28
15.44
15.60
15.76

169
175
180
186
192

760
177
709
356
119

226
233
240
248
256

347
570
945
474
158

237
245
252
260
268

664
248
992
898
966

50.0
50.5
51.0
51.5
52.0

15.92
16.08
16.23
16.39
16.55

198
203
210
216
222

000
999
119
359
723

264
271
280
288
296

000
999
158
479
964

277 200
285 599
294 166
302 903
311812

52.5
53.0
53.5
54.0
54.5

16.71
16.87
17.03
17.19
17.35

229
235
242
249
256

209
821
558
422
415

305
314
323
332
341

613
428
411
563
887

320
330
339
349
358

893
149
581
192
982

55.0
55.5
56.0
56.5
57.0

17.51
17.67
17.83
17.99
18.14

263
270
278
285
293

538
790
175
693
345

351
361
370
380
391

384
054
900
924
127

368
379
389
399
310

953
107
466
971
683

57.5
58.0
58.5
59.0
59.5

18.30
18.46
18.62
18.78
18.94

301
309
317
325
333

133
057
119
320
661

401511
412 076
422 825
433 760
444 881

421
432
443
455
467

586
680
967
448
126

60.0
60.5
61.0
61.5
62.0

19.10
19.26
19.42
19.58
19.74

342
350
359
368
377

144
769
537
451
511

456
467
479
491
503

192
692
383
268
348

479
491
503
515
528

001
076
353
832
516

62.5
63.0
63.5
64.0
64.5

19.90
20.05
20.21
20.37
20.53

386
396
405
415
425

718
074
579
236
044

515
528
540
553
566

625
099
713
648
725

541
554
567
581
595

506
504
811
330
062

in

Western
Red Cedar
= 6000 lb/in2
lb*ft

Southern
Yellow Pine
= 8000 lb/in2
lb*ft

Western Larch
= 8400 lb/in2

lb-ft

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-2.-Maximum

moment of resistance for pole circumferences at

ground line-ANSI standard-continued
Western Larch

Pole
Diameter,

65.0
65.5
66.0
66.5
67.0

20.69
20.84
21.00
21.16
21.32

435
445
455
465
476

006
122
393
822
408

580 008
593 496
607 191
621096
635 211

609
623
637
652
666

008
170
551
150
972

67.5
68.0
68.5
69.0
69.5

21.48
21.64
21.80
21.96
22.12

487
498
509
520
531

154
060
127
358
752

649
664
678
693
709

539
080
837
811
003

682
697
712
728
744

015
284
779
501
453

70.0
70.5
71.0
71.5
72.0

22.28
22.44
22.60
22.75
22.91

543
555
566
578
591

312
037
931
992
224

724
740
755
771
788

416
050
908
990
299

760
777
793
810
827

636
052
703
590
714

72.5
73.0
73.5
74.0
74.5

23.07
23.23
23.39
23.55
23.71

603
616
628
641
654

627
202
95 1
874
973

804
821
838
855
873

837
603
602
833
298

845
862
880
898
916

078
684
532
624
963

75.0
75.5
76.0
76.5
77.0

23.87
24.03
24.19
24.35
24.50

668
681
695
709
723

250
704
337
152
148

891
908
927
945
964

000
939
117
536
197

935
954
973
992
1012

550
386
473
813
407

77.5
78.0
78.5
79.0
79.5

24.66
24.82
24.98
25.14
25.30

737
751
766
780
795

327
690
238
973
896

983
1002
1021
1041
1061

103
253
651
298
195

1032
1052
1072
1 093
1114

258
366
734
363
255

80.0
80.5
81.0
81.5
82.0

25.46
25.62
25.78
25.94
26.10

811
826
841
857
873

008
309
802
487
366

1081
1 101
1 122
1 143
1 164

344
746
403
317
489

1
1
1
1
1

135
156
178
200
222

411
833
523
483
713

82.5
83.0
83.5
84.0
84.5

26.26
26.41
26.57
26.73
26.89

889
905
922
938
955

440
710
177
843
708

1185
1 207
1 229
1 251
1 274

921
614
570
790
277

1245
1 267
1 291
1 314
1337

217
994
048
380
991

85.0
85.5

27.05
27.21

972 774
990 041

in

Western
Red Cedar
= 6000 lb/in2
lb*ft

Southern
Yellow Pine
= 8000 lb/in2
lb-ft

Pole
Circumference
c,
in

1 297 032
1 320 055

f = 8400 lb/in2
lb-ft

1 361 883
1 386 058

APPENDIX
Table B-3.-Pole
SOUTHERN

YELLOW

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
DISTANCE
CLASS
I
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

30
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

27.00
27.40
27.79
20.19
28.58
28.98
29.38
29.77
30.17
30.56
30.96

25.00
25.38
25.75
26.13
26.50
26.68
27.25
27.63
28.00
28.38
28.75

23.00
23.38
23.75
24.13
24.50
24.89
25.25
25.63
26.00
26.38
26.75

21 .oo
21.33
21 .67
22.00
22.33
22.67
23.00
23.33
23.67
24.00
24.33

I 1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

31.35
31.75
32.15
32.54
32.94
33.33
33.73
34.12
34.52
34.92

29.13
29.50
29.00
30.25
30.63
31 .oo
31.38
31.75
32.13
32.50

27.13
27.50
27.68
28.25
28.63
29.00
29.36
29.75
30.13
30.50

24.67
25.00
25.33
25.67
26.00
26.33
26.67
27.00
27.33
27.61

25
26
27
28
29
30

TOP

351

circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine

21
22
23
24

SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

35.31
35.71
36.10
36.50
GROUND
36.90
37.29
37.69
38.08
38.48
38.87

L.INE

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES
31 .oo
31.43
31.86
32.29
32.72
33.16
33.59
34.02
34.45
34.88
35.31

29.00
29.43
29.86
30.29
30.72
31.16
31.59
32.02
32.45
32.88
33.31

32.88
33.25
33.63
34.00
(5 FEE1
34.38
34.75
35.13
35.50
35.88
36.25

30.88
31 .25
31 .63
32.00
6 INCHESl------32.38
32.75
33.13
33.50
33.68
34.25

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
31

00
41
83
24
66
07
48
90
31
72
14

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25.00
25.40
25.79
26.19
26.59
26.98
27.38
27.78
28.17
28.57
28.97

FOOT

POLE

28.00
28.33
28.67
29.00
29.33
29.67
30.00
30.33
30.67
31 .oo

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.38
23.76
24.14
24.52
24.90
25.28
25.66
26.03
26.41
26.79

35 FOOT
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

21 .oo
21 .36
21 .72
22.09
22.45
22.81
23.17
23.53
23.90
24.26
24.62

POLE

TRANSMISSION

352

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

I I
12
13
14

CLASS
CIRC.

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

FOOT POLE-COII.
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

17
18
19
20

33.74
34.17
34.60
35 03
35 47
35 90
36 33
36 76
37 19
37 62

31.55
31.97
32.38
32 79
33 21
33 62
34 03
34 45
34 86
35 28

29.36
29.76
30.16
30.55
30.95
31.34
31.74
32.14
32.53
32.93

27.17
27.55
27.93
28.31
28.69
29.07
29.45
29.83
30.21
30.59

24.98
25.34
25.71
26.07
26.43
26.79
27.16
27.52
27.88
28.24

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

40.05
40.48
40.91
41.34
41 .78
42.21
42.64
43.07
43.50

38
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
41

35
36
36
36
37
37
38
38
39

69
10
52
93
34
76
17
59
00

33.33
33.72
34.12
34.52
34.91
35.31
35.71
36.10
36.50

30.97
31.34
31 .72
32.10
32.48
32.86
33.24
33.62
34.00
--------------34.38

28.60
28.97
29.33
29.69
30.05
30.41
30.78
31.14
31.50

34.76
35.14
35.52
35.90
36.28

32.22
32.59
32.95
33.31
33.67

-----------------GROUND

05
48
91
34
78
21
64
07
50
LINE

(6

FEET

30

43.93

41.93

39.4

31
32
33
34
35

44.36
44.79
45.22
45.66
46.09

42.36
42.79
43.22
43.66
44.09

39
40
40
41
41

YELLOW
CLASS

PINE
H-3

CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2

CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES)36.90

83
24
66
07
48

37.29
37.69
38.09
38.48
38.88

FIR
CLASS

H-l

CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
1 NCHES

33.00
33.46
33.91
34.37
34.82
35.28
35.74
36.19
36.65
37.10
37.56

31 00
31 44
31 88
32 32
32 76
33.21
33.65
34 09
34 53
34 97
35 41

29
29
29
30
30
31
31
31
32
32
33

00

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

43
85
28
71
13
56
99
41
84
26

27
27
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
31

82
24
65
06
47
88
29
71
12

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.01
38.47
38.93
39.38
39.84
40.29
40.75
41.21
41.66
42.12

35
36
36
37
37
38
38
38
39
39

33
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
37
37

69
12
54
97
40
82
25
68
10
53

31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34
34
35

53
94
35
76
18
59
00
41
82
24

TOP

35.74
36.17
36.60
37.03
37.47
37.90
38.33
38.76
39.19
39.62

15
16

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

35

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

85
29
74
18
62
06
50
94
38
82

00
41

CLASS

CLASS

31.86

40 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4

CIRC.
INCHES

CIRC.
INCHES

CIRC.
INCHES

25.00
25.40
25.79
26.19
26.59
26.99
27.38
27.78
28.18
28.57
28.97

23.00
23.38
23.76
24.15
24.53
24.91
25.29
25.68
26.06
26.44
26.82

21.37
21.74
22.10
22.47
22.84
23.21
23.57
23.94
24.31
24.68

29.37
29.76

27.21
27.59
27.97
28.35
28.74
29.12
29.50
29.88
30.26
30.65

25.04
25.41
25.78
26.15
26.51
26.88
27.25
27.62
27.99
28.35

30.16
30.56
30.96
31.35
31.75
32.15
32.54
32.94

21 .oo

APPENDIX

353

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
--------34
35
36
31
38
39
40

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

42.57
43.03
43.49
43.94
44.40
44.85
45.31
45.76
46.22
46.68

40
40
41
41
42
42
42
43
43
44

47.13
47.59
48.04
---------------GROUND
48.50
48.96
49.41
49.87
50.32
50.78
51 .24

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR

26
71
15
59
03
47
91
35
79
24

46.00
46.44
46.88
41.32
47.76
48.21
48.65

37.96
38.38
38.81
39.24
39.66
40.09
40.51
40.94
41.37
41.79

35.65
36.06
36.47
36.88
37.29
37.71
38.12
38.53
38.94
39.35

33
33
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
36

34
74
13
53
93
32
72
12
51
91

31.03
31.41
31.79
32.18
32.56
32.94
33.32
33.71
34.09
34.47

28 72
29 09
29 46
29.82
30.19
30 56
30 93
31 29
31 66
32 03

39.76
40.18
40.59
0 INCHES)--41 .oo
41.41
41 .82
42.24
42.65
43.06
43.47

37
37
38

31
71
10

34.85
35.24
35.62

32
32
33

40
76
13

38
38
39
39
40
40
40

50
90
29
69
09
49
88

36.00
36.38
36.76
37.15
37.53
37.91
38.29

33
33
34
34
34
35
35

50
87
24
60
97
34
71

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FEET

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

42.22
42.65
43.07
LINE
(6
43.50
43.93
44.35
44.78
45.21
45.63
46.06

44.68
45.12
45.56

40 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

45 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.46
33.92
34.38
34.85
35.31
35.71
36.23
36.69
37.15
37.62

31 .oo
31.45
31.90
32.35
32.79
33.24
33.69
34.14
34.59
35.04
35.49

29.00
29.42
29.85
30.27
30.69
31.12
31.54
31 .96
32.38
32.81
33.23

27.00
27.41
27.82
28.23
28.64
29.05
29.46
29.87
30.28
30.69
31.10

25
25
25
26
26
26
21
27
28
28
28

00
40
19
19
59
99
38
78
18
58
97

23.00
23.37
23.14
24. 12
24.49
24.86
25.23
25.60
25.97
26.35
26.72

21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24

00
36
72
08
44
79
15
51
87
23
59

I I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.08
38.54
39.00
39.46
39.92
40.38
40.85
41.31
41.77
42.23

35
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
39

33.65
34.08
34.50
34.92
35.35
35.77
36.19
36.62
37.04
37.46

31.51
31.92
32.33
32.74
33.15
33.56
33.97
34.38
34.79
35.21

29
29
30
30
30
31
31
32
32
32

37
77
17
56
96
36
76
15
55
95

27.09
27.46
27.83
28.21
28.58
28.95
29.32
29.69
3Q. 06
30.44

24
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
28

95
31
67
03
38
74
10
46
82
18

TOP

94
38
83
28
73
18
63
08
53
97

354

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.69
43.15
43.62
44.08
44.54
45.00
45.46
45.92
46.38
46.85

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
--------------.

47.31
47.77
48.23
48.69
49.15
49.62
50.08
50.54

39
40

51 .oo
51 .46

41
42
43
44
45

51.92
52.38
52.85
53.31
53.77

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43
44
44

FIR

42
a7
32
77
22
67
12
56
01
46

44.91
45.36
45.81
46.26
46.71
47.15
47.60
48.05
---GROUND
48.50
48.95
49.40
49.85
50.29
50.74
51.19

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

45 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

37.88
38.31
38.73
39.15
39.58
40.00
40.42
40.85
41 .27
41 .69

35.62
36.03
36.44
36.85
37.26
37.67
38.08
38.49
38.90
39.31

33
33
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
36

35
74
14
54
94
33
73
13
53
92

30.81
31.18
31.55
31.92
32.29
32.67
33.04
33.41
33.78
34.15

28.54
28.90
29.26
29.62
29.97
30.33
30.69
31.05
31.41
31 .I7

39.72
40.13
40.54
40.95
41 .36
41 .I7
42.18
42.59
6 INCHES)--43.00
43.41

37
37
38
38
38
39
39
40

32
72
12
51
91
31
71
10

34.53
34.90
35.27
35.. 64
36.01
36.38
36.76
37.13

32.13
32.49
32.85
33.21
33.56
33.92
34.28
34.64

40
40

50
90

37.50
37.87

35.00
35.36

46.35
46.77
47.19
47.62
48.04

43.82
44.23
44.64
45.05
45.46

41.29
41 .69
42.09
42.49
42.88

38.24
38.62
38.99
39.36
39.73

35.72
36.08
36.44
36.79
37.15

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

42.12
42.54
42.96
43.38
43.81
44.23
44.65
45.08
LINE
(6
45.50
45.92

FEET,

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
1

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

50
3

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10

33.00
33.45
33.91
34.36
34.82
35.27
35.73
36.18
36.64
37.09
37.55

31 .oo
31.44
31 .a9
32.33
32.77
33.22
33.66
34.10
34.55
34.99
35.43

29.00
29.42
29.84
30.26
30.68
31.10
31 .52
31.94
32.36
32.78
33.20

27.00
27.41
27.82
28.23
28.64
29.05
29.45
29.86
30.27
30.68
31.09

25.00
25.39
25.77
26.16
26.55
26.93
27.32
27.70
28.09
28.48
28.86

23.00
23.36
23.73
24.09
24.45
24.82
25.18
25.55
25.91
26.27
26.64

21 .oo
21.35
21.70
22.06
22.41
22.76
23.11
23.47
23.82
24.17
24.52

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.00
38.45
38.91
39.36
39.82
40.27
40.73
41.18
41 .64
42.09

35.88
36.32
36.76
37.20
37.65
38.09
38.53
38.98
39.42
39.86

33.63
34.05
34.47
34.89
35.31
35.73
36.15
36.57
36.99
37.41

31.50
31.91
32.32
32.73
33.14
33.55
33.95
34.36
34.77
35.18

29.25
29.64
30.02
30.41
30.80
31.18
31.57
31.95
32.34
32.73

27.00
27.36
27.73
28.09
28.45
28.82
29.18
29.55
29.91
30.27

24.87
25.23
25.58
25.93
26.28
26.64
26.99
27.34
27.69
28.05

APPENDIX

355

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

50 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.

INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

42.55
43.00
43.45
43.91
44.36
44.82
45.27
45.73
46.18
46.64

40.31

40.75
41.19
41 .64
42.08
42.52
42.97
43.41
43.85
44.30

37.83
38.25
38.67
39.09
39.51
39.93
40.35
40.77
41.19
41 .61

35.59

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

36.00
36.41
36.82
37.23
37.64
38.05
38.45
38.86
39.27

33.11
33.50
33.89
34.27
34.66
35.05
35.43
35.82
36.20
36.59

30.64
31 .oo
31 .36
31.73
32.09
32.45
32.82
33.18
33.55
33.91

28.40
28.75
29.10
29.45
29.81
30.16
30.51
30.86
31.22
31.57

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

47.09
47.55
48.00
48.45
48.91
49.36
49.82
50.27
50.73
51.18

44.74
45.18
45.62
46.07
46.51
46.95
47.40
47.84
48.28
48.73

42.03
42.45
42.87
43.30
43.72
44.14
44.56
44.98
45.40
45.82

39.68
40.09
40.50
40.91
41 .32
41.73
42.14
42.55
42.95
43.36

36.98
37.36
37.75
38.14
38.52
38.91
39.30
39.68
40.07
40.45

34.27
34.64
35.00
35.36
35.73
36.09
36.45
36.82
37.18
37.55

31.92
32.27
32.62
32.98
33.33
33.68
34.03
34.39
34.74
35.09

41

42

51 .64
52.09

49.17
49.61

46.24
46.66

43.77
44.18

40.84
41 .23

35.44
35.80

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

52.55
53.00
53.45
53.91
54.36
54.82
55.27
55.73

37.91
38.27
--------------38.64
39.00
39.36
39.73
40.09
40.45
40.82
41.18

21

---GROUND

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.45
33.90
34.35
34.80
35.24
35.69
36. 14
36.59
37.04
37.49

LINE

50.06
50.50
50.94
51.39
51 .83
52.27
52.72
53.16

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

31 .oo
31.43
31.86
32.29
32.71
33.14
33.57
34.00
34.43
34.86
35.29

(7

FEET

47.08
47.50
47.92
48.34
48.76
49.18
49.60
50.02

0 INCHES)------44.59
41 .61

45.00
45.41
45.82
46.23
46.64
47.05
47.45

42.00
42.39
42.77
43.16
43.55
43.93
44.32

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
1 NCHES

29.00
29.42
29.84

27.00
27.40
27.80
28.19
28.59
28.99
29.39
29.79
30.18
30.58
30.98

30.26
30.67
31.09
31.51
31.93
32.35
32.77
33.18

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
28
28
28

00

38
76
13
51
89
27
64
02
40
78

36.15
36.50
36.85
37.20
37.56
37.91
38.26
38.61

55 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES
1 NCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

23.00
23.36
23.71
24.07
24.43
24.79
25.14
25.50
25.86
26,21
26.57

21 00
21 35
21 69
22 04
22 39
22 73
23 08
23 43
23 78
24 12
24 47

356

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

I I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.94
38.39
38.84
39.29
39.13
40.18
40.63
41 .08
41.53
41 .98

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

55 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

35.71
36. 14
36.57
37.00
37.43
37.86
38.29
38.71
39.14
39.57

33
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
36
37

60
02
44
86
28
69
11
53
95
37

31 .38
31 .78
32.17
32.57
32.97
33.37
33.77
34.16
34.56
34.96

29.15
29.53
29.91
30.29
30.66
31.04
31 .42
31 .80
32.17
32.55

26.93
27.29
27.64
28.00
28.36
28.71
29.07
29.43
29.79
30.14

24.82
25.16
25.51
25.86
26.20
26.55
26.90
27.24
27.59
27.94

42.43
42.88
43.33
43.78
44.22
44.67
45.12
45.57
46.02
46.47

40.00
40.43
40.86
41 .29
41.71
42.14
42.57
43.00
43.43
43.86

37
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
41
41

79
20
62
04
46
88
30
71
13
55

35.36
35.76
36.15
36.55
36.95
37.35
37.74
38. 14
38.54
38.94

32.93
33.31
33.68
34.06
34.44
34.82
35.19
35.51
35.95
36.33

30.50
30.86
31.21
31.57
31.93
32.29
32.64
33.00
33.36
33.71

28.29
28.63
28.98
29.33
29.67
30.02
30.37
30.71
31 .06
31.41

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.92
47.37
47.82
48.27
48.71
49.16
49.61
50.06
50.51
50.96

44.29
44.71
45.14
45.57
46.00
46.43
46.86
47.29
47.71
48.14

41
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
45

97
39
81
22
64
06
48
90
32
73

39.34
39.73
40.13
40.53
40.93
41.33
41 .72
42.12
42.52
42.92

36.70
37.08
37.46
37.84
38.21
38.59
38.97
39.35
39.72
40.10

34.07
34.43
34.79
35.14
35.50
35.86
36.21
36.57
36.93
37.29

31 .76
32.10
32.45
32.80
33.14
33.49
33.84
34.18
34.53
34.88

41
42
43
44
45
46
47

51.41
51.86
52.31
52.76
53.20
53.65
54.10

48.57
49.00
49.43
49.86
50.29
50.71
51.14

46
46
46
47
47
48
48

37.64
38.00
38.36
38.71
39.07
39.43
39.79

35.22
35.57
35.92
36.27
36.61
36.96
37.31
------

54.55
55.00
55.45

51.57
52.00
52.43

49
49.50
49.92

43.32
43.71
44.11
44.51
44.91
45.31
45.70
6 INCHES)------46.10
46.50
46.90

40.48
40.86
41 .23
41 .61
41.99
42.37
42.74

48
49
50

15
57
99
41
83
24
66
7 FEET,
08

43.12
43.50
43.88

40.14
40.50
40.86

37.65
38.00
38.35

51
52
53
54
55

55.90
56.35
56.80
57.24
57.69

52.86
53.29
53.71
54.14
54.57

50
50
51
51
52

34
76
17
59
01

47.30
47.69
48.09
48.49
48.89

44.26
44.63
45.01
45.39
45.77

41.21
41.57
41.93
42.29
42.64

38.69
39.04
39.39
39.13
40.08

-----------------------GROUND

LINE

APPENDIX

357

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

60
3

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.44
33.89
34.33
34.78
35.22
35.61
36.11
36.56
37.00
37.44

31 .oo
31.43
31.85
32.28
32.70
33.13
33.56
33.98
34.41
34.83
35.26

29.00
29.41
29.81
30.22
30.63
31.04
31.44
31 .85
32.26
32.67
33.07

27.00
27.39
27.78
28.17
28.56
28.94
29.33
29.72
30.11
30.50
30.89

25.00
25.37
25.74
26.11
26.48
26.85
27.22
27.59
27.96
28.33
28.70

23.00
23.35
23.70
24.06
24.41
24.76
25.11
25.46
25.81
26.17
26.52

21 .oo
21.33
21 .67
22.00
22.33
22.67
23.00
23.33
23.67
24.00
24.33

11
12
13
14
I5
16
17
18
19
20

37.89
38.33
38.78
39.22
39.67
40.11
40.56
41 .oo
41.44
41 .89

35.69
36.11
36.54
36.96
37.39
37.81
38.24
38.61
39.09
39.52

33.48
33.89
34.30
34.70
35.11
35.52
35.93
36.33
36.74
31.15

31 .28
31 .67
32.06
32.44
32.83
33.22
33.61
34.00
34.39
34.78

29.07
29.44
29.81
30.19
30.56
30.93
31.30
31 .67
32.04
32.41

26.87
27.22
27.57
27.93
28.28
28.63
28.98
29.33
29.69
30.04

24.67
25.00
25.33
25.67
26.00
26.33
26.67
27.00
27.33
27.67

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.33
42.78
43.22
43.67
44.11
44.56
45.00
45.44
45.89
46.33

39.94
40.37
40.80
41.22
41 .65
42.07
42.50
42.93
43.35
43.78

37.56
37.96
38.37
38.78
39.19
39.59
40.00
40.41
40.81
41.22

35.17
35.56
35.94
36.33
36.72
31.11
37.50
37.89
38.28
38.67

32.78
33.15
33.52
33.89
34.26
34.63
35.00
35.37
35.74
36.11

30.39
30.74
31.09
31.44
31 .80
32.15
32.50
32.85
33.20
33.56

28.00
28.33
28.67
29.00
29.33
29.67
30.00
30.33
30.67
31 .oo

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.78
47.22
47.67
48.11
48.56
49.00
49.44
49.89
50.33
50.78

44.20
44.63
45.06
45.48
45.91
46.33
46.76
47.19
47.61
48.04

41 .63
42.04
42.44
42.85
43.26
43.67
44.07
44.48
44.89
45.30

39.06
39.44
39.83
40.22
40.61
41 .oo
41.39
41 .78
42.17
42.56

36.48
36.85
37.22
37.59
37.96
38.33
38.70
39.07
39.44
39.81

33.91
34.26
34.61
34.96
35.31
35.67
36.02
36.37
36.72
37.07

31.33
31 .67
32.00
32.33
32.67
33.00
33.33
33.67
34.00
34.33

Ltl
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51.22
51 .67
52.11
52.56
53.00
53.44
53.89
54.33
54.78
55.22

48.46
48.89
49.31
49.74
50.17
50.59
51.02
51.44
51 .87
52.30

45.70
46.11
46.52
46.93
47.33
47.74
48.15
48.56
48.96
49.37

42.94
43.33
43.72
44.11
44.50
44.89
45.28
45.67
46.06
46.44

40.19
40.56
40.93
41.30
41 .67
42.04
42.41
42.78
43.15
43.52

37.43
37.78
38.13
38.48
38.83
39.19
39.54
39.89
40.24
40.59

34.67
35.00
35.33
35.67
36.00
36.33
36.67
37.00
37.33
37.67

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
8
9
10

TRANSMISSION

358

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
55.67
56.11
56.56
57.00
57.44
57.89
58.33
58.78
59.22
59.67

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
52.72
---GROUND
53.15
53.57
54.00
54.43
54.85
55.28
55.70
56.13
56.56

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1 NCHES
49.78
Ll INE
(8 FEET,
50.19
50.59
51 .oo
51.41
51.81
52.22
52.63
53.04
53.44

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
46
0
47
47
48
48
48
49
49
49
50

83
NCHES
22
61
00
39
78
17
56
94
33

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

60 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

43.89

40.94

44.26
44.63
45.00
45.37
45.74
46.11
46.48
46.85
47.22

91
41
42
42
42
43
43
43
44

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

38.00
30
65
00
35
70
06
41
76
11

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

38.33
36.67
39.00
39.33
39.67
40.00
40.33
40.67
41 .oo

65 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.43
33.86
34.30
34.73
35.16
35.59
36.03
36.46
36.89
37.32

31
31
31
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
35

00
42
83
25
66
08
49
91
32
74
15

29.00
29.40
29.80
30.19
30.59
30.99
31.39
31 .I9
32.19
32.58
32.98

27.00
27.38
27.76
28.14
28.53
28.91
29.29
29.67
30.05
30.43
30.81

25.00
25.36
25.73
26.09
26.46
26.82
27.19
27.55
27.92
28.28
20.64

23.00
23.35
23.69
24.04
24.39
24.74
25.08
25.43
25.78
26.13
26.47

21 .oo
21.33
21.66
21.99
22.32
22.65
22.98
23.31
23.64
23.97
24.31

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.75
38.19
38.62
39.05
39.48
39.92
40.35
40.78
41.21
41 .64

35
35
36
36
37
37
38
38
30
39

57
98
40
81
23
64
06
47
89
31

33.38
33.78
34.18
34.58
34.97
35.37
35.77
36.17
36.57
36.97

31.19
31.58
31 .96
32.34
32.72
33.10
33.48
33.86
34.25
34.63

29.0
1
29.37
29.74
30.10
30.47
30.83
31.19
31 .56
31.92
32.29

26.82
27.17
27.52
27.86
28.21
28.56
28.91
29.25
29.60
29.95

24.64
24.97
25.30
25.63
25.96
26.29
26.62
26.95
27.28
27.61

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.08
42.51
42.94
43.37
43.81
44.24
44.67
45.10
45.53
45.97

39
40
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43

72
14
55
97
38
80
21
63
04
46

37.36
37.76
30.16
30.56
30.96
39.36
39.75
40.15
40.55
40.95

35.01
35.39
35.77
36.15
36.53
36.92
37.30
37.68
38.06
38.44

32.65
33.02
33.38
33.75
34.11
34.47
34.84
35.20
35.57
35.93

30.30
30.64
30.99
31.34
31 .69
32.03
32.38
32.73
33.08
33.42

27.94
28.27
28.60
28.93
29.26
29.59
29.92
30.25
30.58
30.92

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

APPENDIX

359

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
2
CIRC.
1 NCHES

65 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-Con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
31
38
39
40

46.40
46.83
47.26
47.69
48.13
40.56
48.99
49.42
49.86
50.29

43.87
44.29
44.70
45.12
45.53
45.95
46.36
46.78
47.19
47.61

41.35
41.75
42.14
42.54
42.94
43.34
43.74
44.14
44.53
44.93

38.82
39.20
39.50
39.97
40.35
40.73
41.11
41.49
41.87
42.25

36.30
36.66
37.03
37.39
37.75
38.12
38.48
38.85
39.21
39.58

33.77
34.12
34.47
34.81
35.16
35.51
35.86
36.20
36.55
36.90

31.25
31.58
31.91
32.24
32.57
32.90
33.23
33.56
33.89
34.22

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

50.72
51.15
51.58
52.02
52.45
52.88
53.31
53.75
54.16
54.61

48.03
48.44
48.86
49.27
49.69
50.10
50.52
50.93
51.35
51 .76

45.33
45.73
46.13
46.53
46.92
47.32
47.72
48.12
48.52
48.92

42.64
43.02
43.40
43.78
44.16
44.54
44.92
45.31
45.69
46.07

39.94
40.31
40.67
41.03
41.40
41 .76
42.13
42.49
42.86
43.22

37.25
37.59
37.94
38.29
38.64
38.98
39.33
39.68
40.03
40.37

34.55
34.88
35.21
35.54
35.87
36.20
36.53
36.86
37.19
37.53

51
52
53
54
55
56
--

55.04
55.41
55.91
56.34
56.77
57.20

40.72
41.07
41 .42
41 .76
42.11
42.46

37.86
38.19
38.52
38.85
39.18
39.51

57.64
58.07
58.50
58.93

46.45
46.83
47.21
47.59
47.97
48.36
6 INCHES)------48.74
49.12
49.50
49.88

43.58
43.95
44.31
44.68
45.04
45.41

57
58
59
60

52.18
52.59
53.01
53.42
53.84
54.25
---GROUND
54.67
55.08
55.50
55.92

45.77
46.14
46.50
46.86

42.81
43.15
43.50
43.85

39.84
40.17
40.50
40.83

61
62
63
64
65

59.36
59.80
60.23
60.66
61 .09

53.30
53.69
54.09
54.49
54.89

50.26
50.64
51.03
51.41
51.79

47.23
47.59
47.96
48.32
48.69

44.19
44.54
44.89
45.24
45.58

41.16
41.49
41.82
42.15
42.48

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

29.00
29.39
29.78
30.17
30.56
30.95
31.34
31.73
32.13
32.52
32.91

27.00
27.38
27.75
28.13
28.50
28.88
29.25
29.63
30.00
30.38
30.75

SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
33
33
33
34
34
35
35
36
36
36
37

00
43
86
29
72
15
58
01
44
87
30

49.31
49.71
50.11
50.51
50.91
51.31
LINE
(6
51.70
52.10
52.50
52.90

56.33
56.75
57.16
57.58
57.99

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
31 .oo
31.41
31 .I31
32.22
32.63
33.03
33.44
33.84
34.25
34.66
35.06

FEET

FIR
1

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28

00
36
72
08
44
80
16
52
88
23
59

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

70
3

23.00
23.34
23.69
24.03
24: 38
24.72
25.06
25.41
25.75
26.09
26.44

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
24

00
32
64
96
28
60
92
24
56
88
20

360

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow @e-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

70 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

I I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.73
38.16
38.59
39.02
39.45
39.88
40.30
40.73
41.16
41.59

35.47
35.88
36.28
36.69
37.09
37.50
37.91
38.31
38.72
39.13

33.30
33.69
34.08
34.47
34.86
35.25
35.64
36.03
36.42
36.81

31.13
31.50
31 .aa
32.25
32.63
33.00
33.38
33.75
34.13
34.50

28.95
29.31
29.67
30.03
30.39
30.75
31.11
31.47
31 .a3
32.19

26.78
27.13
27.47
27.81
28.16
28.50
28.84
29.19
29.53
29.88

24.52
24.84
25.16
25.48
25.80
26.13
26.45
26.71
27.09
27.41

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.02
42.45
42.88
43.31
43.74
44.17
44.60
45.03
45.46
45.89

39.53
39.94
40.34
40.75
41.16
41 .56
41.97
42.38
42.78
43.19

37.20
37.59
37.98
38.38
38.77
39.16
39.55
39.94
40.33
40.72

34.88
35.25
35.63
36.00
36.38
36.75
37.13
37.50
37.88
38.25

32.55
32.91
33.27
33.63
33.98
34.34
34.70
35.06
35.42
35.78

30.22
30.56
30.91
31 .25
31.59
31.94
32.28
32.63
32.97
33.31

27.73
28.05
28.37
28.69
29.01
29.33
29.65
29.97
30.29
30.61

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.32
46.75
47.18
47.61
48.04
48.47
48.90
49.33
49.76
50.19

43.59
44.00
44.41
44.81
45.22
45.63
46.03
46.44
46.84
47.25

41.11
41.50
41 .a9
42.28
42.67
43.06
43.45
43.84
44.23
44.63

38.63
39.00
39.38
39.75
40.13
40.50
40.88
41 .25
41 .63
42.00

36. 14
36.50
36.86
37.22
37.58
37.94
38.30
38.66
39.02
39.38

33.66
34.00
34.34
34.69
35.03
35.38
35.72
36.06
36.41
36.75

30.93
31.25
31.57
31 .a9
32.21
32.53
32.85
33.17
33.49
33.81

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

50.62
51.05
51.48
51.91
52.34
52.77
53.20
53.63
54.05
54.48

47.66
48.06
48.47
48.88
49.28
49.69
50.09
50.50
50.91
51.31

45.02
45.41
45.80
46.19
46.58
46.97
47.36
47.75
48.14
48.53

42.38
42.15
43.13
43.50
43.88
44.25
44.63
45.00
45.38
45.75

39.73
40.09
40.45
40.81
41.17
41.53
41 .a9
42.25
42.61
42.97

37.09
37.44
37.78
38.13
38.47
38.81
39.16
39.50
39.84
40.19

34.13
34.45
34.77
35.09
35.41
35.73
36.05
36.38
36.70
37.02

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

54.91
55.34
55.77
56.20
56.63
57.06
57.49
57.92
58.35
58.78

51 .72
52.13
52.53
52.94
53.34
53.75
54.16
54.56
54.97
55.38

48.92
49.31
49.70
50.09
50.48
50.88
51 .27
51.66
52.05
52.44

46.13
46.50
46.88
47.25
47.63
48.00
48.38
48.75
49.13
49.50

43.33
43.69
44.05
44.41
44.77
45.13
45.48
45.84
46.20
46.56

40.53
40.88
41.22
41 .56
41.91
42.25
42.59
42.94
43.28
43.63

37.34
37.66
37.98
38.30
38.62
38.94
39.26
39.58
39.90
40.22

APPENDIX

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

YELLOW
PINE
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

-----------------------GROUND
51
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES
LINE

59.21
59.64
60.07
60.50
60.93
61 .36
61 .79
62.22
62.65
63.08

SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

70

FIR

55.78
56.19
56.59
57.00
57.41
57.81
58.22
58.63
59.03
59.44

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

(9

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FEET.

52.83
53.22
53.61
54.00
54.39
54.76
55.17
55.56
55.95
56.34

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-Con.

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES)--------------------------

49.88
50.25
50.63
51 .oo
51.38
51 .I5
52.13
52.50
52.88
53.25

46.92
47.26
47.64
48.00
48.36
48.12
49.08
49.44
49.80
50.16

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

43.97
44.31
44.66
45.00
45.34
45.69
46.03
46.38
46.72
47.06

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

40.54
40.86
41.18
41.50
41 .82
42.14
42.46
42.78
43.10
43.42

75 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

8
9
10

33
33
33
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37

00
42
84
26
68
10
52
94
36
78
20

31 .oo
31.41
31 .81
32.22
32.62
33.03
33.43
33.84
34.25
34.65
35.06

29.00
29.38
29.77
30.15
30.54
30.92
31.30
31 .69
32.07
32.46
32.84

27.00
27.37
27.74
28.11
28.48
28.85
29.22
29.59
29.96
30.33
30.70

25.00
25.35
25.70
26.04
26.39
26.74
27.09
27.43
27.78
28.13
28.48

23.00
23.33
23.67
24.00
24.33
24.67
25.00
25.33
25.67
26.00
26.33

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37
38
38
38
39
39
40
40
40
41

62
04
46
88
30
72
14
57
99
41

35.46
35.67
36.28
36.68
37.09
37.49
37.90
38.30
38.71
39.12

33.22
33.61
33.99
34.36
34.76
35.14
35.53
35.91
36.30
36.68

31.07
31.43
31.80
32.17
32.54
32.91
33.28
33.65
34.02
34.39

28.63
29.17
29.52
29.87
30.22
30.57
30.91
31 .26
31 .61
31 .96

26.67
27.00
27.33
27.67
28.00
28.33
28.67
29.00
29.33
29.67

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

41
42
42
43
43
43
44
44
45
45

83
25
67
09
51
93
35
77
19
61

39.52
39.93
40.33
40.74
41. I4
41.55
41 .96
42.36
42.77
43.17

37.07
37.45
37.83
38.22
38.60
38.99
39.37
39.75
40.14
40.52

34.76
35.13
35.50
35.87
36.24
36.61
36.98
37.35
37.12
38.09

32.30
32.65
33.00
33.35
33.70
34.04
34.39
34.14
35.09
35.43

30.00
30.33
30.67
31 .oo
31.33
31 .67
32.00
32.33
32.67
33.00

POLE

362

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

75 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.03
46.45
46.87
47.29
47.71
48.13
48.55
48.97
49.39
49.81

43.58
43.99
44.39
44.80
45.20
45.61
46.01
46.42
46.83
47.23

40.91
41.29
41 .67
42.06
42.44
42.83
43.21
43.59
43.98
44.36

38.46
38.83
39.20
39.57
39.93
40.30
40.67
41.04
41.41
41 .78

35.78
36.13
36.48
36.83
37.17
37.52
37.87
38.22
38.57
38.91

33.33
33.67
34.00
34.33
34.67
35.00
35.33
35.67
36.00
36.33

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

50.23
50.65
51.07
51.49
51.91
52.33
52.75
53.17
53.59
54.01

47.64
48.04
48.45
48.86
49.26
49.67
50.07
50.48
50.88
51.29

44.75
45.13
45.51
45.90
46.28
46.67
47.05
47.43
47.82
48.20

42.15
42.52
42.89
43.26
43.63
44.00
44.37
44.74
45.11
45.48

39.26
39.61
39.96
40.30
40.65
41 .oo
41.35
41.70
42.04
42.39

36.67
37.00
37.33
37.67
38.00
38.33
38.67
39.00
39.33
39.67

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

54.43
54.86
55.28
55.70
56.12
56.54
56.96
57.38
57.80
58.22

51.70
52.10
52.51
52.91
53.32
53.72
54.13
54.54
54.94
55.35

48.59
48.97
49.36
49.74
50.12
50.51
50.89
51 .28
51.66
52.04

45.85
46.22
46.59
46.96
47.33
47.70
48.07
48.43
48.80
49.17

42.74
43.09
43.43
43.78
44.13
44.48
44.83
45.17
45.52
45.87

40.00
40.33
40.67
41 .oo
41.33
41 .67
42.00
42.33
42.67
43.00

61
62
63
64
65
---------------

58.64
59.06
59.48
59.90
60.32

43.33
43.67
44.00
44.33
44.67
-----

60.74
61.16
61 .58
62.00
62.42

49.54
49.91
50.28
50.65
51.02
INCHES)
51.39
51 .76
52.13
52.50
52.87

46.22
46.57
46.91
47.26
47.61

66
67
68
69
70

55.75
56.16
56.57
56.97
57.38
GROUND
57.78
58.19
58.59
59.00
59.41

47.96
48.30
48.65
49.00
49.35

45.00
45.33
45.67
46.00
46.33

71
72
73
74
75

62.84
63.26
63.68
64.10
64.52

53.24
53.61
53.98
54.35
54.72

49.70
50.04
50.39
50.74
51.09

46.67
47.00
47.33
47.67
48.00

59.81
60.22
60.62
61 .03
61 .43

LINE

52.43
52.81
53.20
53.58
53.96
9 FEET,
54.35
54.73
55.12
55.50
55.88
56.27
56.65
57.04
57.42
57.80

APPENDIX

363

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

33.00
33.41
33.82
34.24
34.65
35.06
35.47
35.89
36.30
36.71
37.12

31 .oo
31.39
31.70
32.18
32.57
32.96
33.35
33.74
34.14
34.53
34.92

29.00
29.38
29.76

16
17
18
19
20

37.53
37.95
38.36
38.77
39.18
39.59
40.01
40.42
40.83
41 .24

21
22
23
24
25
26
21
28
29
30

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

80 FOOT POLE
CLASS
3
CIRC.

INCHES

30.14
30.51
30.89
31 .27
31 .65
32.03
32.41
32.78

27.00
27.36
27.73
28.09
28.46
28.82
29.19
29.55
29.92
30.28
30.65

25.00
25.34
25.69
26.03
26.38
26.72
27.07
27.41
27.76
28. IO
28.45

23.00
23.32
23.65
23.97
24.30
24.62
24.95
25.27
25.59
25.92
26.24

35.31
35.70
36.09
36.49
36.88
37.27
37.66
38.05
38.45
38.84

33.16
33.54
33.92
34.30
34.68
35.05
35.43
35.81
36.19
36.57

31 .Ol
31 .38
31.74
32.11
32.47
32.84
33.20
33.57
33.93
34.30

28.79
29.14
29.48
29.82
30.17
30.51
30.86
31.20
31.55
31 .89

26.57
26.89
27.22
27.54
27.86
28.19
28.51
28.84
29.16
29.49

41.66
42.07
42.48
42.89
43.30
43.72
44.13
44.54
44.95
45.36

39.23
39.62
40.01
40.41
40.80
41.19
41.50
41.97
42.36
42.76

36.95
37.32
37.70
38.08
38.46
38.84
39.22
39.59
39.97
40.35

34.66
35.03
35.39
35.76
36.12
36.49
36.85
37.22
37.58
37.95

32.24
32.58
32.93
33.27
33.61
33.96
34.30
34.65
34.99
35.34

29.81
30.14
30.46
30.78

32.08
32.41
32.73

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

45.78
46.19
46.60
47.01
47.43
47.84
48.25
48.66
49.07
49.49

43.15
43.54
43.93
44.32
44.72
45.11
45.50
45.89
46.28
46.68

40.73

42.24
42.62
43.00
43.38
43.76
44.14

38.31
38.68
39.04
39.41
39.77
40.14
40.50
40.86
41 .23
41.59

35.68
36.03
36.37
36.72
37.06
37.41
37.75
38.09
38.44
38.78

33.05
33.38
33.70
34.03
34.35
34.68
35.00
35.32
35.65
35.97

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

49.90
50.31
50.72
51.14
51.55
51.96
52.37
52.78
53.20
53.61

47.07
47.46
47.85
48.24
48.64
49.03
49.42
49.81
50.20
50.59

44.51
44.89
45.27
45.65
46.03
46.41
46.78
47.16
47.54
47.92

41 .96
42.32
42.69
43.05
43.42
43.78
44.15
44.51
44.88
45.24

39.13
39.47
39.82
40.16
40.51
40.85
41.20
41.54
41 .89
42.23

36.30
36.62
36.95
37.27
37.59
37.92
38.24
38.57
38.89
39.22

TOP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
El
9
10
11
12
13

14
15

41.11
41.49
41.86

31.11
31.43
31 .76

TRANSMISSION

364

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

54.02
54.43
54.84
55.26
55.67
56.08
56.49
56.91
57.32
57.73

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

58.14
58.55
58.91
59.38
59.79
60.20
60.61
61 .03
61 .44

70

61 .85

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

62.26
62.68
63.09
63.50
63.91
64.32
64.74
65.15
65.56
65.9-l

SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
33.00
33.41
33.81
34.22
34.62
35.03
35.43
35.84
36.24
36.65
37.05

50 99
51 38
51 77
52
16
52 55
52 95
53 34
53.73
54.12
54.51
54.91
55.30
55.69
56.08
56.47
56.86
57.26
57.65
58.04
-GROUND
58.43

LINE

58.82
59.22
59.61
60.00
60.39
60.78
61.18
61 .51
61 .96
62.35

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
31
31
31
32
32
32
33
33
34
34
34

00
39
77
16
54
93
32
70
09
47
86

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

48.30
48.68
49.05
49.43
49.81
50.19
50.57
50.95
51 .32
51.70

45.61
45.97
46.34
46.70
47.07
47.43
47.80
48.16
48.53
48.89

42.57
42.92
43.26
43.61
43.95
44.30
44.64
44.99
45.33
45.68

39.54
39.86
40.19
40.51
40.84
41.16
41.49
41.81
42.14
42.46

49.26
49.62
49.99
50.35
50.72
51 .08
51.45
51 .81
52.18
INCHES)
52.54

46.02
46.36
46.71
47.05
47.40
47.74
48.09
48.43
48.78

42.78
43.11
43.43
43.76
44.08
44.41
44.73
45.05
45.38

49.12

45.70

55.86
56.24
56.62
57.00
57.38
57.16
58.14
58.51
58.89
59.27

52.91
53.21
53.64
54.00
54.36
54.73
55.09
55.46
55.82
56.19

49.47
49.81
50.16
50.50
50.84
51.19
51.53
51.88
52.22
52.57

46.03
46.35
46.68
47.00
47.32
41.65
47.97
48.30
48.62
48.95

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

29.00
29.37
29.75
30.12
30.49
30.87
31 .24
31 .61
31.99
32.36
32.73

27.00
27.35
27.71
28.06
28.42
28.77
29.13
29.48
29.84
30.19
30.54

52.08
52.46
52.84
53.22
53.59
53.91
54.35
54.73
55.11
(10
FEET
55.49

80 FOOT POLE-Con.
CLASS
2
CLASS
3
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25.00
25.34
25.67
26.01
26.34
26.68
27.01
27.35
21.68
28.02
28.35

85 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.32
23.63
23.95
24.27
24.58
24.90
25.22
25.53
25.85
26.16

POLE

APPENDIX

365

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-3
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

85
CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

POLE-Con.

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.46
37.86
38.27
38.67
39.08
39.48
39.89
40.29
40.70
41.10

35.25
35.63
36.02
36.41
36.79
37.16
37.56
37.95
38.34
38.72

33.11
33.46
33.85
34.23
34.60
34.91
35.35
35.72
36.09
36.47

30.90
31.25
31.61
31.96
32.32
32.67
33.03
33.38
33.73
34.09

28.69
29.03
29.36
29.70
30.03
30.37
30.70
31.04
31.37
31.71

26.48
26.80
27.11
27.43
27.75
28.06
28.38
28.70
29.01
29.33

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

41.51
41.91
42.32
42.72
43.13
43.53
43.94
44.34
44.75
45.15

39.11
39.49
39.88
40.27
40.65
41.04
41.42
41.81
42.20
42.58

36.84
37.22
37.59
37.96
38.34
38.71
39.08
39.46
39.83
40.20

34.44
34.80
35.15
35.51
35.86
36.22
36.57
36.92
37.28
37.63

32.04
32.38
32.72
33.05
33.39
33.72
34.06
34.39
34.73
35.06

29.65
29.96
30.28
30.59
30.91
31.23
31.54
31.86
32.18
32.49

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

45.56
45.96
46.37
46.77
47.16
47.58
47.99
48.39
48.80
49.20

42.97
43.35
43.74
44.13
44.51
44.90
45.28
45.67
46.06
46.44

40.58
40.95
41.32
41.70
42.07
42.44
42.82
43.19
43.56
43.94

37.99
36.34
38.70
39.05
39.41
39.16
40.11
40.47
40.82
41.18

35.40
35.73
36.07
36.41
36.74
37.08
37.41
37.75
38.08
38.42

32.81
33.13
33.44
33.76
34.08
34.39
34.71
35.03
35.34
35.66

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

49.61
50.01
50.42
50.82
51.23
51.63
52.04
52.44
52.85
53.25

46.83
47.22
47.60
47.99
48.37
48.76
49.15
49.53
49.92
50.30

44.31
44.68
45.06
45.43
45.80
46.18
46.55
46.92
47.30
47.67

41.53
41.89
42.24
42.59
42.95
43.30
43.66
44.01
44.37
44.72

38.75
39.09
39.42
39.76
40.09
40.43
40.77
41.10
41.44
41.77

35.97
36.29
36.61
36.92
37.24
37.56
37.87
38.19
38.51
38.82

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
56
59
60

53.66
54.06
54.47
54.87
55.28
55.68
56.09
56.49
56.90
57.30

50.69
51.08
51.46
51.85
52.23
52.62
53.01
53.39
53.78
54.16

48.04
48.42
48.79
49.16
49.54
49.91
50.28
50.66
51.03
51.41

45.08
45.43
45.76
46.14
46.49
46.85
47.20
47.56
47.91
48.27

42.11
42.44
42.78
43.11
43.45
43.78
44.12
44.46
44.79
45.13

39.14
39.46
39.77
40.09
40.41
40.72
41.04
41.35
41.67
41.99

TRANSMISSION

366

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

57.71
58.11
58.52
58.92
59.33
59.73
60.14
60.54
60.95
61.35

71
72
73
74

61 .76
62.16
62.57
62.97

75
76
77
78
79
80

63.38
63.78
64.19
64.59
65.00
65.41

81
82
83
84
85

65.81
66.22
66.62
67.03
67.43

SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

85

FOOT POLE-con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

54
54
55
55
56
56
56
57
57
58

51 .78
52.15
52.53
52.90
53.27
53.65
54.02
54.39
54.77
55.14

48.62
48.97
49.33
49.68
50.04
50.39
50.75
51.10
51 .46
51 .81

45.46
45.80
46.13
46.47
46.80
47.14
47.47
47.81
48.15
48.48

42.30
42.62
42.94
43.25
43.57
43.89
44.20
44.52
44.84
45.15

55.51
55.89
56.26
56.63
(10
FEET,
57.01
57.38
57.75
58.13
58.50
58.87

52.16
52.52
52.87
53.23
INCHESl---53.58
53.94
54.29
54.65
55.00
55.35

48.82
49.15
49.49
49.82

45.47
45.78
46.10
46.42

50.16
50.49
50.83
51.16
51.50
51 .84

46.73
47.05
47.37
47.68
48.00
48.32

52
52
52
53
53

48.63
48.95
49.27
49.58
49.90

55
94
32
71
09
48
87
25
64
03

58 41
58 80
59
18
59 57
-GROUND
LINE
59.96
60.34
60.73
61.11
61 .50
61 .89
62.27
62.66
63.04
63.43
63.82

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

59.25
59.62
59.99
60.37
60.74

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

55.71
56.06
56.42
56.77
57.13

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS?-CIRC.
INCHES

17
51
84
18
51

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.40
33.80
34.20
34.60
34.99
35.39
35.79
36.19
36.59
36.99

31 .oo
31 .38
31 .76
32.14
32.52
32.90
33.29
33.67
34.05
34.43
34.81

29.00
29.36
29.73
30.09
30.45
30.82
31.18
31.54
31.90
32.27
32.63

27.00
27.35
27.69
28.04
28.38
28.73
29.07
29.42
29.76
30.11
30.45

25.00
25.33
25.67
26.00
26.33
26.67
27.00
27.33
27.67
28.00
28.33

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.39
37.79
38.18
38.58
38.98
39.38
39.78
40.18
40.58
40.98

35.19
35.57
35.95
36.33
36.71
37.10
37.48
37.86
38.24
38.62

32.99
33.36
33.72
34.08
34.45
34.81
35.17
35.54
35.90
36.26

30.80
31.14
31.49
31 .83
32.18
32.52
32.87
33.21
33.56
33.90

28
29
29
29
30
30
30
31
31
31

90 FOOT POLE
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.31
23.62
23.93
24.24
24.55
24.86
25.17
25.48
25.79
26.10

67
00
33
67
00
33
67
00
33
67

26.40
26.71
27.02
27.33
27.64
27.95
28.26
28.57
28.88
29.19

APPENDIX

367

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

PINE
AND DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-3
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

21
22
23
24
25
26
21
28
29
30

41.37
41.77
42.17
42.57
42.97
43.37
43.77
44.17
44.57
44.96

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES

FOOT POLE-Con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

90
2

42.05
42.43

36.62
36.99
37.35
37.71
38.08
38.44
38.80
39.17
39.53
39.89

34.25
34.60
34.94
35.29
35.63
35.98
36.32
36.67
37.01
37.36

32.00
32.33
32.67
33.00
33.33
33.67
34.00
34.33
34.67
35.00

29.81
30.12
30.43
30.74
31.05
31 .36
31 .67
31 .98
32.29

45.36
45.16
46.16
46.56
46.96
47.36
47.76
48.15
48.55
48.95

42.81
43.19
43.57
43.95
44.33
44.71
45.10
45.48
45.86
46.24

40.26
40.62
40.98
41.35
41.71
42.07
42.43
42.80
43.16
43.52

37.70
38.74
39.08
39.43
39.77
40.12
40.46
40.81

35.33
35.67
36.00
36.33
36.67
37.00
37.33
37.67
38.00
38.33

32.60
32.90
33.21
33.52
33.83
34.14
34.45
34.76
35.07
35.38

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

49.35
49.75
50.15
50.55
50.95
51.35
51.74
52. 14
52.54
52.94

46.62
47.00
47.38
47.76
48.14
48.52
48.90
49.29
49.67
50.05

43.89
44.25
44.61
44.98
45.34
45.70
46.07
46.43
46.79
47.15

41.15
41.50
41 .85
42.19
42.54
42.88
43.23
43.57
43.92
44.26

38.67
39.00
39.33
39.67
40.00
40.33
40.67
41 .oo
41.33
41 .67

35.69
36.00
36.31
36.62
36.93
37.24
37.55
37.86
38.17
38.48

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

53.34
53.74
54.14
54.54
54.93
55.33
55.13
56.13
56.53
56.93

50.43
50.81
51.19
51.57
52.33
52.71
53.10
53.48
53.06

47.52
47.88
48.24
48.61
48.97
49.33
49.70
50.06
50.42
50.79

44.61
44.95
45.30
45.64
45.99
46.33
46.68
47.02
47.37
47.71

42.00
42.33
42.67
43.00
43.33
43.67
44.00
44.33
44.67
45.00

38.79
39.10
39.40
39.71
40.02
40.33
40.64
40.95
41 .26
41.57

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

57.33
57.73
58.12
50.52
58.92
59.32
59.72
60.12
60.52
60.92

54.24
54.62
55.00
55.30
55.76
56.14
56.52
56.90
57.29
57.67

51.15
51.51
51 .87
52.24
52.60
52.96
53.33
53.69
54.05
54.42

48.06
48.40
48.75
49.10
49.44
49.79
50.13
50.48
50.82
51.17

45.33
45.67
46.00
46.33
46.67
47.00
47.33
47.67
48.00
48.33

41.88
42.19
42.50
42.81
43.12
43.43
43.74
44.05
44.36
44.67

39.00
39.38
39.76

40.14
40.52
40.90
41.29
Ltl .67

51.95

38.05
38.39

29.50

368

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN
YELLOW
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

SOUTHERN

PINE
AND
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

71

61 .32

72
73
74
75
76
77
78

61 .71
62. I I
62.51
62.91
63.31
63.71
64.11

79
80

64.51
64.90

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

65.30
65.70
66.10
66.50
66.90
67.30
67.70
68.10
68.49
68.89

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

DOUGLAS
FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

90
CLASS
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

58.05
58.43
58.81
59.19
59.57
59.95
60.33
60.71

51.51
51 .86
52.20
52.55
52.89
53.24
53.58
53.93

61 .48

54.78
55.14
55.51
55.87
56.23
56.60
56.96
57.32
(11 FEET,
57.68
58.05

61 .86
62.24
62.62
63.00
63.38
63.76
64.14
64.52
64.90
65.29

58.41
58.77
59.14
59.50
59.86
60.23
60.59
60.95
61 .32
61 .68

-GROUND
61.10

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

LINE

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

54.27
54.62

45.60
45.90
46.21
46.52
46.83
47.14
----47.45
47.76

54.96
55.31
55.65
56.00
56.35
56.69
57.04
57.38
57.13
58.07

52.00
52.33
52.61
53.00
53.33
53.67
54.00
54.33
54.67
55.00

48.07
48.38
48.69
49.00
49.31
49.62
49.93
50.24
50.55
50.86

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

44.98
45.29

CLASS

95
2

CIRC.
INCHES

31 .oo
31.38
31.75
32.13
32.51
32.88
33.26
33.63
34.0 1
34.39
34.76

29.00
29.36
29.72
30.08
30.44
30.80
31.16
31 .52
31.88
32.24
32.60

27.00
27.34
27.67
28.01
23.35
28.69
29.02
29.36
29.70
30.03
30.37

25.00
25.33
25.65
25.98
26.30
26.63
26.96
27.28
27.61
27.93
28.26

37.26
37.65
38.04
38.43
38.81
39.20
39.59
39.98
40.37
40.75

35.14
35.52
35.89
36.27
36.65
37.02
37.40
37.78
38.15
38.53

32
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
36

30
31
31
31
32
32
32
33
33
33

28.58
28.91
29.24
29.56
29.89
30.21
30.54
30.87
31.19
31 .52

31
67
03
39
75
11
47
83
19

71
04
38
72
06
39
73
07
40
74

INCHES

33.00
33.39
33.78
34.16
34.55
34.94
35.33
35.71
36.10
36.49
36.88

96

POLE-Con.

CLASS
CIRC.

48.67
49.00
49.33
49.67
50.00
50.33
50.67
51 .oo
_-----51.33
51 .67

INCHES1

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

369

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

95 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
26
29
30

41.14
41.53
41.92
42.30
42.69
43.08
43.47
43.85
44.24
44.63

38.90
39.28
39.66
40.03
40.41
40.79
41.16
41.54
41.92
42.29

36.55
36.91
37.27
37.63
37.99
38.35
38.71
39.07
39.43
39.79

34.08
34.42
34.75
35.09
35.43
35.76
36.10
36.44
36.76
37.1

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

45.02
45.40
45.79
46. I8
46.57
46.96
47.34
47.73
48.12
48.51

42.67
43.04
43.42
43.80
44.17
44.55
44.93
45.30
45.68
46.06

40.15
40.51
40.67
41.22
41.58
41.94
42.30
42.66
43.02
43.38

37.45
37.79
38.12
38.46
38.80
39.13
39.47
39.81
40.15
40.48

35. IO
35.43
35.75
36 ~08
36.40
36.73
37.06
37.36
37.71
38.03

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

48.89
49.28
49.67
50.06
50.44
50.83
51.22
51 .61
51.99
52.38

46.43
46.81
47.19
47.56
47.94
48.31
48.69
49.07
49.44
49.82

43.74
44. IO
44.46
44.82
45.18
45.54
45.90
46.26
46.62
46.98

40.82
41.16
41.49
41 .83
42.17
42.51
42.84
43.18
43.52
43.85

38.36
38.69
39.01
39.34
39.66
39.99
40.31
40.64
40.97
41.29

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

52.77
53.16
53.54
53.93
54.32
54.71
55.10
55.48
55.87
56.26

50.20
50.57
50.95
51.33
51.70
52.08
52.46
52.83
53.21
53.56

47.34
47.70
48.06
48.42
46.78
49.13
49.49
49.85
50.21
50.57

44.19
44.53
44.87
45.20
45.54
45.88
46.21
46.55
46.89
47.22

41 .62
41.94
42.27
42.60
42.92
43.25
43.57
43.90
44.22
44.55

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

56.65
57.03
57.42
57.81
58.20
58.58
58.97
59.36
59.75
60.13

53.96
54.34
54.71
55.09
55.47
55.84
56.22
56.60
56.97
57.35

50.93
51.29
51 .65
52.01
52.37
52.73
53.09
53.45
53.81
54.17

47.56
47.90
46.24
48.57
48.91
49.25
49.58
49.92
50.26
50.60

44.88
45.20
45.53
45.65
46.18
46.51
46.83
47.16
47.48
47.61

31.84
32.17
32.49
32.82
33.15
33.47
33.80
34.12
34.45
34.78

POLE-Con.

TRANSMISSION

370

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1NCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

61 .69
62.07
62.46
62.85
63.24
63.62
64.01

57.72
58.10
58.48
58.85
59.23
59.61
59.98
60.36
60.74
61.11

54.53
54.89
55.25
55.61
55.97
56.33
56.69
57.04
57.40
57.76

50.93
51 .27
51 .61
51.94
52.28
52.62
52.96
53.29
53.63
53.97

64.40
64.79
65.17

61 .49
61 .87
62.24

58.12
58.48
58.84

54.30
54.64
54.98

60.52
60.91
61 .30

95 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

85
86
87
88
89
90

65.56
65.95
66.34
66.72
67.11
67.50
67.89

62.62
62.99
63.37
63.75
64.12
64.50
64.88

59.20
59.56
59.92
60.28
60.64
61 .OO
61 .36

55.31
55.65
55.99
56.33
56.66
57.00
57.34

91
92
93
94
95

68.28
68.66
69.05
69.44
69.83

65.25
65.63
66.01
66.38
66.76

61 .72
62.08
62.44
62.80
63.16

57.67
58.01
58.35
58.69
59.02

54.65
54.98
55.30
55.63
55.96

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.38
33.77
34.15
34.53
34.91
35.30
35.68
36.06
36.45
36.83

31 .oo
31.37
31.73
32.10
32.47
32.84
33.20
33.57
33.94
34.30
34.67

29.00
29.35
29.70
30.05
30.40
30.76
31.11
31 .46
31 .81
32.16
32.51

27.00
27.34
27.67
28.01
28.34
28.68
29.01
29.35
29.68
30.02
30.35

25.00
25.32
25.64
25.96
26.28
26.60
26.91
27.23
27.55
27.87
28.19

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.21
37.60
37.98
38.36
38.74
39.13
39.51
39.89
40.28
40.66

35.04
35.40
35.77
36.14
36.51
36.87
37.24
37.61
37.97
38.34

32.86
33.21
33.56
33.91
34.27
34.62
34.97
35.32
35.67
36.02

30.69
31.02
31 .36
31.69
32.03
32.36
32.70
33.03
33.37
33.70

28.51
28.83
29.15
29.47
29.79
30.11
30.43
30.74
31 .06
31 .38

-----GROUND

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

LINE

(11

FEET,

POLE-con.

48.13
48.46
48.79
49.11
49.44
49.76
50.09
50.42
50.74
51.07
51.39
51 .72
52.04
-----52.37
52.70
53.02
53.35
53.67
54.00
54.33

84

SOUTHERN

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES)-----

100
1

CLASS
CIRC.

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

371

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

100

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1NCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

41.04
41.43
41 .81
42.19
42.57
42.96
43.34
43.72
44.11
44.49

38.71
39.07
39.44
39.81
40.18
40.54
40.91
41 .28
41 .64
42.01

36.37
36.72
37.07
37.43
37.78
38.13
38.48
38.83
39.18
39.53

34.04
34.37
34.71
35.04
35.38
35.71
36.05
36.38
36.72
37.05

31.70
32.02
32.34
32.66
32.98
33.30
33.62
33.94
34.26
34.57

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

44.87
45.26
45.64
46.02
46.40
46.79
47.17
47.55
47.94
48.32

42.38
42.74
43.11
43.48
43.85
44.21
44.58
44.95
45.31
45.68

39.88
40.23
40.59
40.94
41.29
41 .64
41.99
42.34
42.69
43.04

37.39
37.72
38.06
38.39
38.73
39.06
39.40
39.73
40.07
40.40

34.89
35.21
35.53
35.05
36.17
36.49
36.81
37.13
37.45
37.77

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

48.70
49.09
49.47
49.85
50.23
50.62
51 .oo
51 .38
51.77
52.15

46.05
46.41
46.78
47.15
47.52
47.88
48.25
48.62
48.98
49.35

43.39
43.74
44.10
44.45
44.80
45.15
45.50
45.85
46.20
46.55

40.74
41.07
41.41
41.74
42.08
42.41
42.75
43.09
43.42
43.76

38.09
38.40
38.72
39.04
39.36
39.68
40.00
40.32
40.64
40.96

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

52.53
52.91
53.30
53.68
54.06
54.45
54.83
55.21
55.60
55.98

49.72
50.09
50.45
50.82
51.19
51.55
51.92
52.29
52.65
53.02

46.90
47.26
47.61
47.96
48.31
48.66
49.01
49.36
49.71
50.06

44.09
44.43
44.76
45.10
45.43
45.77
46.10
46.44
46.77
47.11

41 .28
41 .60
41.91
42.23
42.55
42.87
43.19
43.51
43.83
44.15

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

56.36
56.74
57.13
57.51
57.89
58.28
58.66
59.04
59.43
59.81

53.39
53.76
54.12
54.49
54.86
55.22
55.59
55.96
56.32
56.69

50.41
50.77
51.12
51.47
51 .82
52.17
52.52
52.87
53.22
53.57

47.44
47.78
48.11
48.45
48.78
49.12
49.45
49.79
50.12
50.46

44.47
44.79
45.11
45.43
45.74
46.06
46.38
46.70
47; 02
47.34

21

POLE-Con.

372

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
70
79
80

60.19
60.57
60.96
61 .34
61 .72
62.11
62.49
62.87
63.26
63.64

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

64.02
64.40
64.79
65.17
65.55
65.94
66.32
66.70
.-----GROUND
67.09
67.47

89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

SOUTHERN

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

67.85
68.23
68.62
69.00
69.38
69.77
70.15
70.53
70.91
71.30

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
33.00
33.38
33.76
34.14
34.52
34.89
35.27
35.65
36.03
36.41
36.79

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
57.06
57.43
57.79
58.16
58.53
58.89
59.26
59.63
59.99
60.36
60.73
61.10
61 .46
61 .83
62.20
62.56
62.93
63.30
L INE
(11
63.66
64.03
64
64
65
65
65
66
66
66
67
67

40
77
13
50
87
23
60
97
34
70

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
1 NCHES

100
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

53.93
54.28
54.63
54.98
55.33
55.68
56.03
56.38
56.73
57.09

50
51
51
51
52
52
52
53
53
53

79
13
46
80
13
47
80
14
47
81

47.66
47.98
48.30
48.62
48.94
49.26
49.57
49.89
50.21
50.53

57.44
57.79
58.14
58.49
58.84
59.19
59.54
59.89
FEET,
0
60.24
60.60

54
54
54
55
55
55
56
56

14
48
81
15
48
82
15
49

50.85
51.17
51.49
51 .81
52.13
52.45
52.77
53.09

56
57

82
16

53.40
53.72

POLE-Con.

INCHES)--

60.95
61 .30
61 .65
62.00
62.35
62.70
63.05
63.40
63.76
64.11

57.49
57.83
58.16
58.50
58.84
59.17
59.51
59.84
60.18
60.51

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

31 .oo
31 .36
31.73
32.09
32.45
32.82
33.18
33.55
33.91
34.27
34.64

29.00
29.34
29.69
30.03
30.37
30.72
31 .06
31.40
31.75
32.09
32.43

27.00
27.33
27.66
27.98
28.31
28.64
28.97
29.30
29.63
29.95
30.28

54.04
54.36
54.68
55.00
55.32
55.64
55.96
56.28
56.60
56.91

105
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES
25.00
25.31
25.63
25.94
26.25
26.57
26.88
27.19
27.51
27.82
28.13

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

373

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

105
FOOT POLE
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

I I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.17
37.55
37.92
38.30
38.68
39.06
39.44
39.02
40.20
40.58

35.00
35.36
35.73
36.09
36.45
36.82
37.18
31.55
37.91
38.27

32.78
33.12
33.46
33.81
34.15
34.49
34.84
35.18
35.53
35.87

30.61
30.94
31 .27
31 .60
31.92
32.25
32.58
32.91
33.24
33.57

28.44
28.76
29.07
29.38
29.70
30.01
30.32
30.64
30.95
31 .26

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

40.95
41.33
41.71
42.09
42.47
42.85
43.23
43.61
43.98
44.36

38.64
39.00
39.36
39.73
40.09
40.45
40.82
41.18
41.55
41.91

36.21
36.56
36.90
37.24
37.59
37.93
38.27
38.62
38.96
39.30

33.89
34.22
34.55
34.88
35.21
35.54
35.86
36. 19
36.52
36.85

31 .58
31 .89
32.20
32.52
32.83
33.14
33.45
33.77
34.08
34.39

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

44.74
45.12
45.50
45.88
46.26
46.64
47.02
47.39
41.71
48.15

42.27
42.64
43.00
43.36
43.73
44.09
44.45
44.82
45.18
45.55

39.65
39.99
40.33
40.68
41.02
41 .36
41.71
42.05
42.39
42.74

37.18
37.51
37.83
38.16
38.49
38.82
39.15
39.47
39.80
40.13

34.71
35.02
35.33
35.65
35.96
36.27
36.59
36.90
37.21
37.53

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

48.53
48.91
49.29
49.67
50.05
50.42
50.80
51.18
51 .56
51.94

45.91
46.27
46.64
47.00
47.36
47.73
48.09
48.45
48.82
49.18

43.08
43.42
43.77
44. I I
44.45
44.80
45.14
45.48
45.83
46.17

40.46
40.79
41.12
41.44
41.77
42.10
42.43
42.76
43.09
43.41

37.84
38.15
38.46
38.78
39.09
39.40
39.72
40.03
40.34
40.66

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

52.32
52.70
53.08
53.45
53.83
54.21
54.59
54.97
55.35
55.73

49.55
49.91
50.27
50.64
51 .oo
51 .36
51.73
52.09
52.45
52.82

46.52
46.86
47.20
47.55
47.89
48.23
48.58
48.92
49.26
49.61

43.74
44.07
44.40
44.73
45.06
45.38
45.71
46.04
46.37
46.70

40.97
41 .28
41 .60
41.91
42.22
42.54
42.85
43.16
43.. 47
43.79

-Con.

374

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

105
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

56.11
56.46
56.86
57.24
57.62
58.00
58.38
58.76
59.14
59.52

53.18
53.55
53.91
54.27
54.64
55.00
55.36
55.73
56.09
56.45

49.95
50.29
50.64
50.98
51 .32
51 .67
52.01
52.35
52.70
53.04

47.03
47.35
47.68
48.01
48.34
48.67
48.99
49.32
49.65
49.98

44.10
44.41
44.73
45.04
45.35
45.67
45.98
46.29
46.61
46.92

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

59.89
60.27
60.65
61 .03
61 .41
61 .79
62.17
62.55
62.92
63.30

56.82
57.18
57.55
57.91
56.27
56.64
59.00
59.36
59.73
60.09

53.38
53.73
54.07
54.41
54.76
55.10
55.44
55.79
56.13
56.47

50.31
50.64
50.96
51 .29
51 .62
51.95
52.28
52.61
52.93
53.26

47.23
47.55
47.86
48: 17
48.48
48.60
49.11
49.42
49.74
50.05

81
82
83
84
85
86
07
88
69
90

63.68
64.06
64.44
64.82
65.20
65.58
65.95
66.33
66.71
67.09

60.45
60.82
61.18
61 .55
61 .91
62.27
62.64
63.00
63.36
63.73

56.82
57.16
57.51
57.85
58.19
56.54
58.88
59.22
59.57
59.91

53.59
53.92
54.25
54.58
54.90
55.23
55.56
55.89
56.22
56.55

50.36
50.68
50.99
51.30
51 .62
51.93
52.24
52.56
52.87
53.18

67.47
91
92
67.85
-------------GROUND
93
68.23
94
68.61
95
68.98
96
69.36
97
69.74
98
70.12
99
70.50
100
70.88
101
102
103
104
105

71 .26
71 .64
72.02
72.39
72.77

64.09
64.45
LINE
64.62
65.18
65.55
65.91
66.27
66.64
67.00
67.36
67.73
68.09
68.45
68.82
69.18

(12

60.25
56.87
60.60
57.20
FEET,
0 INCHES)----60.94
57.53
61 .28
57.86
61 .63
58.19
61 .97
58.52
62.31
58.84
62.66
59.17
63.00
59.50
63.34
59.83
63.69
64.03
64.37
64.72
65.06

60.16
60.48
60.81
61.14
61 .47

53.49
53.81
54.12
54.43
54.75
55.06
55.37
55.69
56.00
56.31
56.63
56.94
57.25
57.57
57.88

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

375

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

110 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.37
33.74
34.11
34.48
34.85
35.22
35.59
35.96
36.33
36.70

31.00
31.36
31.71
32.07
32.42
32.78
33.13
33.49
33.85
34.20
34.56

29.00
29.34
29.68
30.02
30.37
30.71
31.05
31.39
31.73
32.07
32.41

27.00
27.32
27.64
27.97
28.29
28.61
28.93
29.25
29.58
29.90
30.22

25.00
25.31
25.62
25.92
26.23
26.54
26.85
27.15
27.46
27.77
28.08

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.07
37.44
37.81
38.18
38.55
38.92
39.29
39.66
40.03
40.40

34.91
35.27
35.62
35.98
36.34
36.69
37.05
37.40
37.76
38.12

32.75
33.10
33.44
33.78
34.12
34.46
34.80
35.14
35.49
35.83

30.54
30.87
31.19
31.51
31.83
32.15
32.48
32.80
33.12
33.44

28.38
28.69
29.00
29.31
29.62
29.92
30.23
30.54
30.85
31.15

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

40.77
41.14
41.51
41.88
42.25
42.62
43.00
43.37
43.74
44.11

38.47
38.83
39.18
39.54
39.89
40.25
40.61
40.96
41.32
41.67

36.17
36.51
36.85
37.19
37.53
37.87
38.22
38.56
38.90
39.24

33.76
34.09
34.41
34.73
35.05
35.37
35.70
36.02
36.34
36.66

31.46
31.77
32.08
32.38
32.69
33.00
33.31
33.62
33.92
34.23

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

44.48
44.85
45.22
45.59
45.96
46.33
46.70
47.07
47.44
47.81

42.03
42.38
42.74
43.10
43.45
43.81
44.16
44.52
44.87
45.23

39.58
39.92
40.26
40.61
40.95
41.29
41.63
41.97
42.31
42.65

36.99
37.31
37.63
37.95
38.27
38.60
38.92
39.24
39.56
39.88

34.54
34.65
35.15
35.46
35.77
36.08
36.38
36.69
37.00
37.31

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

48.18
48.55
48.92
49.29
49.66
50.03
50.40
50.77
51.14
51.51

45.59
45.94
46.30
46.65
47.01
47.37
47.72
48.08
48.43
48.79

43.00
43.34
43.68
44.02
44.36
44.70
45.04
45.38
45.73
46.07

40.21
40.53
40.85
41.17
41.50
41.82
42.14
42.46
42.78
43.11

37.62
37.92
38.23
38.54
38.85
39.15
39.46
39.77
40.08
40.38

POLE

TRANSMISSION

376

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

110
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

51.88
52.25
52.62
52.99
53.36
53.73
54.10
54.47
54.84
55.21

49.14
49.50
49.86
50.21
50.57
50.92
51.28
51.63
51.99
52.35

46.41
46.75
47.09
47.43
47.77
48.12
48.46
48.80
49.14
49.48

43.43
43.75
44.07
44.39
44.72
45.04
45.36
45.68
46.00
46.33

40.69
41.00
41.31
41.62
41.92
42.23
42.54
42.85
43.15
43.46

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

55.56
55.95
56.32
56.69
57.06
57.43
57.80
58.17
58.54
58.91

52.70
53.06
53.41
53.77
54.12
54.48
54.84
55.19
55.55
55.90

49.82
50.16
50.50
50.85
51.19
51.53
51.87
52.21
52.55
52.89

46.65
46.97
47.29
47.62
47.94
48.26
48.58
48.90
49.23
49.55

43.77
44.08
44.38
44.69
45.00
45.31
45.62
45.92
46.23
46.54

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

59.28
59.65
60.02
60.39
60.76
61.13
61.50
61.87
62.25
62.62

56.26
56.62
56.97
57.33
57.60
58.04
58.39
50.75
59.11
59.46

53.24
53.58
53.92
54.26
54.60
54.94
55.28
55.62
55.97
56.31

49.87
50.19
50.51
50.84
51.16
51.48
51.80
52.12
52.45
52.77

46.85
47.15
47.46
47.77
48.08
48.38
48.69
49.00
49.31
49.62

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

62.99
63.36
63.73
64.10
64.47
64.84
65.21
65.58
65.95
66.32

59.82
60.17
60.53
60.88
61.24
61.60
61.95
62.31
62.66
63.02

56.65
56.99
57.33
57.67
58.01
58.36
58.70
59.04
59.38
59.72

53.09
53.41
53.74
54.06
54.38
54.70
55.02
55.35
55.67
55.99

49.92
50.23
50.54
50.05
51.15
51.46
51.77
52.08
52.38
52.69

91
66.69
67.06
92
67.43
93
67.80
94
68.17
95
68.54
96
68.91
97
-------------GROUND
98
69.28
99
69.65
100
70.02

63.37
63.73
64.09
64.44
64.80
65.15
65.51
LINE
65.67
66.22
66.58

60.06
60.40
60.75
61.09
61.43
61.77
62.11
FEET,
0
62.45
62.79
63.13

56.31
56.63
56.96
57.28
57.60
57.92
58.25

53.00
53.31
53.62
53.92
54.23
54.54
54.85

58.57
58.89
59.21

55.15
55.46
55.77

(12

INCHES)------

POLE-con.

APPENDIX

377

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SGUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

101
102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
1 IO

;OUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

70.39
70.76
71.13
71.50
71.87
72.24
72.61
72.98
73.35
73.72

66.93
67.29
67.64
68.00
60.36
68.71
69.07
69.42
69.70

70.13

CLASS
H-i
CIRC.

INCHES
63
63
64
64
64
65
65
65
66
66

48

82
16
50
84
18
52
07
21
55

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

31 .oo
31.35
31.70
32.05
32.39
32.74
33.09
33.44
33.79
34.14
34.49

29.00

9
10

33.00
33.36
33.72
34.09
34.45
34.81
35.17
35.54
35.90
36.26
36.62

11
12
13
14
15
16

36.99
37.35
37.71
38.07
38.44
38.80

17

39.16

18
19
20

39.52
39.09
40.25

34.83
35.18
35.53
35.88
36.23
36.50
36.93
37.28
37.62
37.97

32.60
33.02
33.35
33.69
34.02
34.36
34.69
35.03
35.36
35.70

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

40.61
40.97
41.33
41.70
42.06
42.42
42.78
43.15

38.32
30.67
39.02
39.37
39.72
40.06
40.41
40.76
41.11
41 .46

36.03
36.37
36.70
37.04
37.37
37.71
38.04
38.38
38.71
39.05

2
3
5
6

43.51

43.87

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES
59
59

60
60
60
61
61
61
62
62

110
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

53
86
18
50
82
14
47
79
11
43

29.33
29.67
30.00
30.34
30.67
31 .Ol
31.34
31 .68
32.01
32.35

CLASS
CIRC.

56.08
56.38
56.69
57.00
57.31
57.62
57.92
58.23
58.54
58.05

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

27.00
27.32
27.63
27.95

25.00
25.30
25.61
25.91
26.21
26.51
26.82
27.12
27.42
27.72
28.03

28.27

28.53
28.90
29.22
29.53
29.85
30.17
30.48
30.80

32.06
32.38
32.70
33.01
33.33

28.33
28.63
28.94
29.24
29.54
29.84
30.15
30.45
30.75
31 .06

33.65
33.96
34.28
34.60
34.91
35.23
35.55
35.06
36.18
36.50

31 .36
31.66
31 .96
32.27
32.57
32.07
33.17
33.48
33.78
34.08

31.11
31.43
31.75

POLE-con.

INCHES

115

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

TOP

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

POLE

378

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

1 15 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

44.23
44.60
44.96
45.32
45.68
46.05
46.41
46.77
47.13
47.50

41.81
42.16
42.50
42.85
43.20
43.55
43.90
44.25
44.60
44.94

39.38
39.72
40.05
40.39
40.72
41 .06
41.39
41 .72
42.06
42.39

36.81
37.13
37.44
37.76
38.08
38.39
38.71
39.03
39.34
39.66

34.39
34.69
34.99
35.29
35.60
35.90
36.20
36.50
36.81
37.11

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

47.96
48.22
48.58
48.94
49.31
49.67
50.03
50.39
50.76
51.12

45.29
45.64
45.99
46.34
46.69
47.04
47.39
47.73
48.08
48.43

42.73
43.06
43.40
43.73
44.07
44.40
44.74
45.07
45.41
45.74

39.98
40.29
40.61
40.93
41 .24
41 .56
41.88
42.19
42.51
42.83

37.41
37.72
38.02
38.32
30.62
38.93
39.23
39.53
39.83
40.14

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

51.48
51.84
52.21
52.57
52.93
53.29
53.66
54.02
54.38
54.74

48.78
49.13
49.48
49.83
50.17
50.52
50.87
51.22
51.57
51.92

46.08
46.41
46.15
47.08
47.42
47.75
48.09
48.42
48.76
49.09

43.14
43.46
43.78
44.09
44.41
44.72
45.04
45.36
45.67
45.99

40.44
40.74
41.05
41.35
41 .65
41.95
42.26
42.56
42.86
43.17

61
62
63
64
65
66
61
68
69
70

55.11
55.47
55.83
56.19
56.56
56.92
57.28
57.64
58.00
58.37

52.27
52.61
52.96
53.31
53.66
54.01
54.36
54.71
55.06
55.40

49.43
49.76
50.10
50.43
50.77
51.10
51.44
51.77
52.11
52.44

46.31
46.62
46.94
47.26
47.57
47.89
48.21
48.52
48.84
49.16

43.47
43.77
44.07
44.38
44.68
44.98
45.28
45.59
45.89
46.19

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

59.73
59.09
59.45
59.82
60.18
60.54
60.90
61 .27
61 .63
61 .99

55.75
56.10
56.45
56.80
57.15
57.50
57.84
58.19
58.54
58.89

52.78
53.11
53.44
53.78
54.11
54.45
54.79
55.12
55.45
55.19

49.47
49.79
50.11
50.42
50.74
51 .06
51.37
51 .69
52.00
52.32

46.50
46.80
47.10
47.40
47.71
48.01
48.31
48.61
48.92
49.22

POLE-con.

APPENDIX

379

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

56.12
56.46
56.79
57.13
57.46
57.80
58.13
58.47
58.80
59.14

52.64
52.95
53.27
53.59
53.90
54.22
54.54
54.85
55.17
55.49

49.52
49.63
50.13
50.43
50.73
51.04
51.34
51.64
51.94
52.25

62.35
62.72
63.08
63.44
63.80
64.17
64.53
64.89
65.25
65.61

59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
62
62

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

65.98
66.34
66.70
67.06
67.43
67.19
68.15
68.51
68.88
69.24

62.72
63.07
63.42
63.77
64.12
64.41
64.82
65.17
65.51
65.86

59.47
59.81
60.14
60.48
60.81
61.15
61.48
61.82
62.15
62.49

55.80
56.12
56.44
56.75
57.07
57.39
57.70
58.02
58.33
58.65

52.55
52.85
53.16
53.46
53.76
54.06
54.37
54.67
54.97
55.28

66.21
66.56
LINE
66.91
67.26
67.61
67.95
68.30
68.65
69.00
69.35

62.82
63.16
0
FEE T.
63.49
63.83
64.16
64.50
64.63
65.17
65.50
65.83

58.97
59.28
INCHES)---------------

55.58
55.88

59.60
59.92
60.23
60.55
60.87
61.18
61.50
61.82

56.18
56.49
56.79
57.09
57.39
57.70
58.00
58.30

66.17
66.50
66.84
67.17
67.51

62.13
62.45
62.77
63.06
63.40

58.61
58.91
59.21
59.51
59.82

.-

103
109
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

69.60
69.96
-----GROUND
70.33
70.69
71.05
71.41
71.78
72.14
72.50
72.86
73.22
73.59
73.95
74.31
74.67

( 12

69.70
70.05
70.39
70.74
71.09

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
33
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
36
36

24
59
94
28
63
98
33
60
03
38

1 15 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

81
82
83
84
85
06
87
88
89
90

101
102
---

SOUTHERN

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

00
36
72
08
44
80
16
52
88
24
60

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
31.00
31.34
31.60
32.03
32.37
32.71
33.05
33.39
33.74
34.08
34.42

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

29.00
29.33
29.66
29.99
30.32
30.64
30.97
31.30
31.63
31.96
32.29

27.00
27.31
27.62
27.93
28.25
28.56
28.87
29.18
29.49
29.80
30.11

120
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27

00
30
60
89
19
49
79
09
39
68
98

POLE-con.

FOOT

POLE

380

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

120 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

I 1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

36.96
37.32
37.68
38.04
38.39
38.75
39.11
39.47
39.83
40.19

34.76
35.11
35.45
35.79
36.13
36.47
36.82
37.16
37.50
37.84

32.62
32.95
33.28
33.61
33.93
34.26
34.59
34.92
35.25
35.58

30.43
30.74
31.05
31.36
31.67
31.98
32.29
32.61
32.92
33.23

28.28
28.58
28.88
29.18
29.47
29.77
30.07
30.37
30.67
30.96

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

40.55
40.91
41.27
41.63
41.99
42.35
42.71
43.07
43.43
43.19

38.18
38.53
38.87
39.21
39.55
39.89
40.24
40.58
40.92
41.26

35.91
36.24
36.57
36.89
37.22
37.55
37.88
38.21
38.54
38.87

33.54
33.85
34.16
34.47
34.79
35.10
35.41
35.72
36.03
36.34

31.26
31.56
31.86
32.16
32.46
32.75
33.05
33.35
33.65
33.95

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

44.15
44.51
44.87
45.23
45.59
45.95
46.31
46.67
47.03
47.39

41.61
41.95
42.29
42.63
42.97
43.32
43.66
44.00
44.34
44.68

39.20
39.53
39.86
40.18
40.51
40.84
41.17
41.50
41.83
42.16

36.65
36.96
37.28
37.59
37.90
38.21
38.52
38.83
39.14
39.46

34.25
34.54
34.84
35.14
35.44
35.74
36.04
36.33
36.63
36.93

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

47.75
48.11
48.46
48.82
49.18
49.54
49.90
50.26
50.62
50.98

45.03
45.37
45.71
46.05
46.39
46.74
47.08
47.42
47.76
48.11

42.49
42.82
43.14
43.47
43.60
44.13
44.46
44.79
45.12
45.45

39.77
40.08
40.39
40.70
41.01
41.32
41.64
41.95
42.26
42.57

37.23
37.53
37.82
38.12
38.42
38.72
39.02
39.32
39.61
39.91

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

51.34
51.70
52.06
52.42
52.78
53.14
53.50
53.86
54.22
54.58

48.45
48.79
49.13
49.47
49.82
50.16
50.50
50.84
51.18
51.53

45.78
46.11
46.43
46.76
47.09
47.42
47.75
48.08
48.41
48.74

42.88
43.19
43.50
43.82
44.13
44.44
44.75
45.06
45.37
45.68

40.21
40.51
40.81
41.11
41.40
41.70
42.00
42.30
42.60
42.89

POLE-con.
____._

APPENDIX

!3

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
,UUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

120

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

54.94
55.30
55.66
56.02
56.38
56.74
57.10
57.46
57.82
58.18

51 .87
52.21
52.55
52.89
53.24
53.58
53.92
54.26
54.61
54.95

49.07
49.39
49.72
50.05
50.38
50.71
51.04
51.37
51.70
52.03

46.00
46.31
46.62
46.93
47.24
47.55
47.86
48.18
48.49
48.80

43.19
43.49
43.79
44.09
44.39
44.68
44.98
45.28
45.58
45.88

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
18
79
80

58.54
50.89
59.25
59.61
59.97
60.33
60.69
61 .05
61 .41
61 .77

55.29
55.63
55.97
56.32
56.66
57.00
57.34
57.60
58.03
58.37

52.36
52.68
53.01
53.34
53.67
54.00
54.33
54.66
54.99
55.32

49.11
49.42
49.73
50.04
50.36
50.67
50.98
51 .29
51 .60
51.91

46.18
46.47
46.77
47.07
47.37
47.67
47.96
48.26
48.56
48.86

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

62.13
62.49
62.85
63.21
63.57
63.93
64.29
64.65
65.01
65.37

58.71
59.05
59.39
59.74
60.08
60.42
60.76
61.11
61 .45
61 .79

55.64
55.97
56.30
56.63
56.96
57.29
57.62
57.95
58.28
58.61

52.22
52.54
52.05
53.16
53.47
53.78
54.09
54.40
54.71
55.03

49. 16
49.46
49.75
50.05
50.35
50.65
50.95
51 .25
51.54
51 .84

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

65.73
66.09
66.45
66.81
67.17
67.53
67.89
68.25
68.61
68.96

62.13
62.47
62.82
63.16
63.50
63.84
64.18
64.53
64.87
65.21

58.93
59.26
59.59
59.92
60.25
60.58
60.91
61 .24
61 .57
61 .89

55.34
55.65
55.96
56.27
56.58
56.09
57.21
57.52
57.83
58.14

52. 14
52.44
52.74
53.04
53.33
53.63
53.93
54.23
54.53
54.82

101
102
103
104
105
106
107

69.32
69.68
70.04
70.40
70.76
71.12
71.48
----GROUND
71 .a4
72.20
72.56

58.45
50.76
59.07
59.39
59.70
60.01
60.32

55.12
55.42
55.72
56.02
56.32
56.61
56.91
-----

60.63
60.94
61 .25

57.21
57.51
57.81

108
109
110

65.55
65.09
66.24
66.58
66.92
67.26
67.61
LINE
67.95
68.29
68.63

(12

62.22
62.55
62.88
63.21
63.54
63.87
64.20
FEET.
0
64.53
64.86
65.18

INCHES)------

POLE-Con.

TRANSMISSION

382

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

72.92
73.28
73.64
74.00
74.36
74.72
75.08
75.44
75.80
76.16

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

68.97
69.32
69.66
70.00
70.34
70.68
71.03
71.37
71.71
72.05

65.51
65.84
66.17
66.50
66.83
67.16
67.49
67.82
68.14
68.47

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

61 .57
61 .88
62.19
62.50
62.81
63.12
63.43
63.75
64.06
64.37

58.11
58.40
58.70
59.00
59.30
59.60
59.89
60.19
60.49
60.79

125
2

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.35
33.71
34.06
34.41
34.76
35.12
35.47
35.82
36.18
36.53

31 .oo
31.34
31 .67
32.01
32.34
32.68
33.02
33.35
33.69
34.03
34.36

29.00
29.32
29.65
29.97
30.29

27.00
27.31
27.61
27.92
28.23
28.53
28.84
29.15
29.45
29.76
30.07

25.00
25.29
25.58
25.87
26.16
26.45
26.74
27.03
27.32
27.61
27.90

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

36.88
37.24
37.59
37.94
38.29
38.65
39.00
39.35
39.71
40.06

34.70
35.03
35.37
35.71
36.04
36.38
36.71
37.05
37.39
37.72

32.56
32.88
33.53
33.85
34.18
34.50
34.82
35.15
35.47

30.37
30.68
30.99
31.29
31 .60
31.91
32.21
32.52
32.83
33.13

28.19
28.48
28.77
29.06
29.35
29.64
29.93
30.22
30.51
30.80

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

40.41
40.76
41.12
41.47
41 .82
42.18
42.53
42.88
43.24
43.59

38.06
38.39
38.73
39.07

35.79
36.12
36.44
36.76
37.09
37.41
37.74
38.06
38.38
38.71

33.44
33.75
34.05
34.36
34.67
34.97
35.28
35.59
35.89
36.20

31.09
31 .38
31 .67
31 .96
32.25
32.54
32.83
33.12
33.41
33.70

39.40
39.74

40.08
40.41
40.75
41 .08

30.62
30.94

31 .26
31.59
31.91
32.24

33.21

CLASS
CIRC.

POLE-Con.

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

TOP

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

120

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

383

Table B-3.-Pole circumferences for Douglas fir and southern yellow pine-Continued
SOUTHERN

YELLOW
PINE
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

AND DOUGLAS
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

FIR
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

125
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

43.94
44.29
44.65
45.00
45.35
45.71
46.06
46.41
46.76
47.12

41 .42
41 .76
42.09
42.43
42.76
43. IO
43.44
43.77
44.11
44.45

39.03
39.35
39.68
40.00
40.32
40.65
40.97
41.29
41 .62
41.94

36.51
36.82
37.12
37.43
37.74
38.04
38.35
38.66
38.96
39.27

33.99
34.28
34.57
34.86
35.15
35.44
35.73
36.02
36.31
36.60

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

47.47
47.82
48.18
48.53
48.88
49.24
49.59
49.94
50.29
50.65

44.78
45.12
45.45
45.79
46.13
46.46
46.80
47.13
47.47
47.81

42.26
42.59
42.91
43.24
43.56
43.88
44.21
44.53
44.85
45.18

39.58
39.88
40.19
40.50
40.80
41.11
41 .42
41 .72
42.03
42.34

36.89
37.18
37.47
37.16
38.05
38.34
38.63
38.92
39.21
39.50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

51 .oo
51.35
51.71
52.06
52.41
52.76
53.12
53.47
53.82
54.18

48.14
48 48
48.82
49.15
49.49
49.82
50.16
50.50
50.83
51.17

45.50
45.82
46.15
46.47
46.79
47.12
47.44
47.76
48.09
48.41

42.64
42.95
43.26
43.56
43.87
44.18
44.48
44.79
45.10
45.40

39.79
40.08
40.37
40.66
40.95
41 .24
41.53
41.82
42.11
42.39

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

54.53
54.88
55.24
55.59
55.94
56.29
56.65
57.00
57.35
57.71

51.50
51.84
52.18
52.51
52.85
53.18
53.52
53.86
54.19
54.53

48.74
49.06
49.38
49.71
50.03
50.35
50.68
51 .oo
51 .32
51 .65

45.71
46.02
46.32
46.63
46.94
47.24
47.55
47.86
48.16
48.47

42.68
42.97
43.26
43.55
43.84
44.13
44.42
44.71
45.00
45.29

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

58.06
58.41
58.76
59.12
59.47
59.82
60.18
60.53
60.88
61 .24

54.87
55.20
55.54
55.87
56.21
56.55
56.88
57.22
57.55
57.89

51.97
52.29
52.62
52.94
53.26
53.59
53.91
54.24
54.56
54.88

48.78
49.08
49.39
49.70
50.00
50.31
50.62
50.92
51 .23
51.54

45.58
45.87
46.16
46.45
46.74
47.03
47.32
47.61
47.90
48.19

POLE-con.

APPENDIX

385

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar

rlESTERN

RED

30

CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

TOP

WESTERN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

2
3
4
5
6
I
8
9
10

27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
31
31
32

00
54
08
63
17
71
25
79
33
88
42

25.00
25.52
26.04
26.56
27.08
27.60
28.13
28.65
29.17
29.69
30.21

23.00
23.50
24.00
24.50
25.00
25.50
26.00
26.50
21.00
27.50
28.00

21 .oo
21 .48
21 .96
22.44
22.92
23.40
23.88
24.35
24.83
25.31
25.79

I I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

32
33
34
34
35
35
36
36
37
31

96
50
04
58
12
67
21
75
29
83

30.73
31 .25
31 .-II
32.29
32.81
33.33
33.85
34.37
34.90
35.42

28.50
29.00
29.50
30.00
30.50
31 .oo
31.50
32.00
32.50
33.00

26.27
26.75
27.23
27.71
28.19
28.61
29.15
29.63
30.10
30.58

21
22
23
24
------GROUND
25
26
27
28
29
30

38
38
39
40

37
92
46
00

35.94
36.46
36.98
37.50
(5 FEET,
38.02
38.54
39.06
39.58
40.10
40.62

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-2
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP

31 .oo
31.59
32.17
32.76
33.34
33.93
34.52
35.10
35.69
36.28
36.86

LINE
40.54
41 .08
41 .62
42.17
42.71
43.25

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES
29.00
29.57
30.14
30.71
31 .28
31 .84
32.41
32.98
33.55
34.12
34.69

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
27.00
27.53
28.07
28.60
29.14
29.67
30.21
30.74
31 .28
31 .81
32.34

33.50
34.00
34.50
35.00
6 INCHE!S------35.50
36.00
36.50
37.00
37.50
38.00

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25
25
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
29
30

00
52
03
55
07
59
10
62
14
66
17

FOOT

POLE

35 FOOT
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE

31 .06
31.54
32.02
32.50
32.98
33.46
33.94
34.42
34.90
35.37

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.50
24.00
24.50
25.00
25.50
26.00
26.50
27.00
27.50
28.00

21 .oo
21.47
21.93
22.40
22.86
23.33
23.79
24.26
24.72
25.19
25.66

386

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-2
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

11
12
13
I4
15
16

17
19
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
--30

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

33
33
34
34
35
36
36
37
37
38
39
39

40
40
41
42
42
43
43
44
45

30.69

31.21
31 .72
32.24
32.76
33.28
33.79

32
33
33
34
35
35
36
36
37
37

43.31
43.90
44.4E
45.07
45.66
46.24
46.83
47.41
48.00

40
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
45

95

38.22
38.76
39.29
39.83
40.36
40.90
41.43
41.97
42.50

LINE

(6

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

88

26
83
40
97
53
IO
67
24
81
30
52
09
66
22
79
36
93
50

41
95
48
02
55
09
62
16
69

35
35
36
36
37
30
30
39
39
40

FEET.

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT POLE-con.
CLASS
4
CIRC.
1 NCHES

34.83
35.34

26.12
26.59
27.05
27.52
27.98
28.45
28.91
29.38
29.84
30.31

35.86
36.38
36.90
37.41
37.93
39.45
38.97
39.48
40.00

33.50
34.00
34.50
35.00
35.50
36.00
36.50
37.00
37.50

30.78
31 .24
31.71
32.17
32.64
33.10
33.57
34.03
34.50

34.31

35
3

28.50
29.00
29.50
30.00
30.50
31 .oo
31.50
32.00
32.50
33.00

INCHES)-

46 07

43.03

40.52

38.00

34.97

49.17
49.76

46
47
47
48
48

43 57
44 10
44 64
45 17
45 71

41.03
41.55
42.07
42.59
43.10

38.50
39.00
39.50
40.00
40.50

35.43
35.90
36.36
36.03
37.29

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

64
21
70
34
91

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

60
21
81
41
01
62
22
82
43
03

31 .oo
31.59
32.18
32.76
33.35
33.94
34.53
35.12
35.71
36.29
36.88

30.12
30.68
31 .24
31.79
32.35
32.91
33.47
34.03
34.59

27.00
27.53
28.06
28.59
29.12
29.65
30.18
30.71
31 .24
31 .76
32.29

63
24
84
44
04
65
25
85
46
06

37.47
38.06
38.65
39.24
39.82
40.41
41 .oo
41.59
42.18
42.76

35.15
35.71
36.26
36.82
37.38
37.94
38.50
39.06
39.62
40.18

32.92
33.35
33.88
34.41
34.94
35.47
36.00
36.53
37.06
37.59

00

40.59

50.34
50.93
51.52

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

37.45
38.03
38.62
39.21
39.79
40.38
40.97
41.55
42.14
42.72

.-GROUND

31
32
33
34
35

TOP

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1 NCHES

29.00
29.56

CLASS
CIRC.

40 FOOT POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

25.00
25.51
26.03
26.54
27.06
27.57
28.09
28.60
29.12
29.63
30.15

23.00
23.49
23.97
24.46
24.94
25.43
25.91
26.40
26.88
27.37
27.85

21 .oo
21 .46
21.91
22.37
22.82
23.28
23.74
24.19
24.65
25.10
25.56

30.66
31.18
31 .69
32.21
32.72
33.24
33.75
34.26
34.78
35.29

28
28
29
29
30
30
31
31
32
32

26.01
26.47
26.93
27.38
27.84
28.29
28.75
29.21
29.66
30.12

34
82
31
79
28
76
25
74
22
71

INCHES

APPENDIX

387

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

45.66
46.26
46.87
47.47
48.07
48.68
49.28
49.88
50.49
51.09
51 .69
52.29
52.90
____--------_
53.50
54.10
54.71
55.31
55.91
56.51
57.12

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

40
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
43
43
44
45
45
46
46
47
48
48

35
94
53
12
71
29
88
47
06
65

49.24
49.82
50.41
.--GROUND
51 .oo
51.59
52.18
52.76
53.35
53.94
54.53

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES
40.74
41.29
41.85
42.41
42.97
43.53
44.09
44.65
45.21
45.76
46.32
46.88
47.44
LINE
(6
48.00
48.56
49.12
49.68
50.24
50.79
51.35

FEET,

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

38.12
38.65
39.18
39.71
40.24
40.76
41.29
41 .82
42.35
42.88

35
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
40

43.41
43.94
44.47
0 INCHES)------45.00
45.53
46.06
46.59
47.12
47.65
48.18

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

81
32
84
35
87
38
90
41
93
44

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

33.19
33.68
34.16
34.65
35.13
35.62
36.10
36.59
37.07
37.56

30
31
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34

57
03
49
94
40
85
31
76
22
68

40.96
41.47
41.99

38.04
38.53
39.01

35
35
36

13
59
04

42.50
43.01
43.53
44.04
44.56
45.07
45.59

39.50
39.99
40.47
40.96
41.44
41.93
42.41

36
36
37
37
38
38
39

50
96
41
87
32
78
24

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.59
34.18
34.77
35.36
35.95
36.54
37.13
37.72
38.31
38.90

31
31
32
32
33
33
34
35
35
36
36

00
58
15
73
31
88
46
04
62
19
77

29.00
29.55
30.10
30.65
31.21
31 .76
32.31
32.86
33.41
33.96
34.51

27.00
27.53
28.05
28.58
29.10
29.63
30.15
30.68
31.21
31.73
32.26

25
25
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
29
30

00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00

39.49
40.08
40.67
41 .26
41 .85
42.44
43.03
43.62
44.21
44.79

37
37
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
42

35
92
50
08
65
23
81
38
96
54

35.06
35.62
36.17
36.72
37.27
37.82
38.37
38.92
39.47
40.03

32.78
33.31
33.83
34.36
34.88
35.41
35.94
36.46
36.99
37.51

30.50
31 .oo
31.50
32.00
32.50
33.00
33.50
34.00
34.50
35.00

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

45 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

23.00
23.47
23.95
24.42
24.90
25.37
25.85
26.32
26.79
27.27
27.74

21
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
25
25

28.22
28.69
29.17
29.64
30.12
30.59
31 .06
31.54
32.01
32.49

25.94
26.38
26.83
27.28
27.73
28.18
28.63
29.08
29.53
29.97

00
45
90
35
79
24
69
14
59
04
49

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

45.38
45.91
46 56
47
15
47 74
48 33
48 92
49 51
50.10
50.69

43.12
43.69
44.27
44.85
45.42
46.00
46.58
47.15
47.73
48.31

31
51.28
32
51.87
33
52.46
34
53.05
35
53.64
36
54.23
37
54.82
38
55.41
-----------------------GROUND
39
56.00
40
56.59

48.66
49.46
50.04
50.62
51.19
51.77
52.35
52.92

41
42
43
44
45

54.65
55.23
55.81
56.38
56.96

57.18
57.77
58.36
58.95
59.54

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

53.50
54.08

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

40.58
41.13
41.68
42.23
42.70
43.33
43.88
44.44
44.99
45.54

38.04
30.56
39.09
39.62
40.14
40.67
41.19
41.72
42.24
42.77

35.50
36.00
36.50
37.00
37.50
38.00
38.50
39.00
39.50
40.00

43.29
43.82
44.35
44.87
45.40
45.92
46.45
46.97
6 INCHES)--47.50
48.03

40
41
41
42
42
43
43
44

48.55
49.08
49.60
50.13
50.65

46.09
46.64
47.19
47.74
48.29
48.85
49.40
49.95
LINE
(6
50.50
51.05

FEET,

51.60
52.15
52.71
53.26
53.81

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

45 FOOT
POLE-Con.
CLASS
CLASS
3~
CIRC.
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES
32.96
33.44
33.91
34.36
34.86
35.33
35.81
36.28
36.76
37.23

30.42
30.87
31.32
31.77
32.22
32.67
33.12
33.56
34.01
34.46

50
00
50
00
50
00
50
00
--

37.71
38.18
38.65
39.13
39.60
40.08
40.55
41.03
---_---

34.91
35.36
35.81
36.26
36.71
37.15
37.60
38.05

44
45

50
00

41.50
41.97

38.50
38.95

45
46
46
47
47

50
00
50
00
50

42.45
42.92
43.40
43.87
44.35

39.40
39.05
40.29
40.74
41.19

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

.oo

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

50
3

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

;
6
7
8
9
IO

35
36
37
37
38
38

00
58
16
74
32
90
48
06
64
22
80

31.00
31.56
32.11
32.67
33.23
33.78
34.34
34.90
35.45
36.01
36.57

29.00
29.53
30.07
30.60
31.14
31.67
32.20
32.74
33.27
33.81
34.34

27.00
27.51
28.02
28.53
29.05
29.56
30.07
30.58
31.09
31.60
32.11

25
25
25
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
29

.49
.98
.47
.95
44
:93
.42
.91
40
:89

23.00
23.47
23.93
24.40
24.86
25.33
25.80
26.26
26.73
27.19
27.66

21.00
21.43
21.86
22.30
22.73
23.16
23.59
24.02
24.45
24.89
25.32

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

39.37
39.95
40.53
41
11
41 69
42 27
42.85
43.43
44 01
44 59

37.12
37.68
38.24
38.80
39.35
39.91
40.47
41.02
41.58
42.14

34.87
35.41
35.94
36.48
37.01
37.55
38.08
38.61
39.15
39.68

32.63
33.14
33.65
34.16
34.67
35.18
35.69
36.20
36.72
37.23

30.37
30.86
31.35
31.84
32.33
32.82
33.31
33.80
34 28
34 77

26.12
28.59
29.06
29.52
29.99
30.45
30.92
31.39
31.65
32.32

25.75
26.18
26.61
27.05
27.48
27.91
28.34
28.77
29.20
29.64

TOP
1
2
3

33
33
34
34

APPENDIX

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

HESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
f-ROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

50 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

Pot-E-con.
CIASS
CIRC.
INCHES

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

45.17
45.15
46.33
46.91
47.49
48.07
48.65
49.23
49.81
50.39

42.69
43.25
43.81
44.36
44.92
45.48
46.03
46.59
47.15
47.70

40.22
40.75
41 .28
41.62
42.35
42.89
43.42
43.95
44.49
45.02

37.74
38.25
38.76
39.27
39.78
40.30
40.81
41 .32
41 .83
42.34

35.26
35.75
36.24
36.73
37.22
37.70
38.19
36.68
39.17
39.66

32.78
33.25
33.72
34.18
34.65
35.11
35.58
36.05
36.51
36.98

30.07
30.50
30.93
31 .36
31 .80
32.23
32.66
33.09
33.52
33.95

31
32
33
34
35
36
31
38
39
40

50.97
51.55
52.12
52.70
53.28
53.86
54.44
55.02
55.60
56.18

48.26
48.82
49.37
49.93
50.49
51.05
51 .60
52.16
52.72
53.27

45.56
46.09
46.62
47.16
47.69
48.23
48.76
49.30
49.83
50.36

42.85
43.36
43.87
44.39
44.90
45.41
45.92
46.43
46.94
47.45

40.15
40.64
41.12
41 .61
42.10
42.59
43.08
43.57
44.06
44.55

37.44
37.91
38.37
36. 84
39.31
39.77
40.24
40.70
41.17
41 .64

34.39
34.82
35.25
35.68
36.11
36.55
36.98
37.41
37.84
38.27

41
42

56.76
57.34

42.10
42.57

38.70
39.14

51.92
58.50
59.08
59.66
60.24
60.82
61 .40
61 .98

47.97
48.48
0 INCHES)------48.99
45.50
50.01
50.52
51.03
51.55
52.06
52.57

45.03
45.52

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

53.83
54.39
---GROUND
54.94
55.50
56.06
56.61
57.17
57.13
58.28
58.84

46.01
46.50
46.99
47.48
47.97
48.45
48.94
49.43

43.03
43.50
43.97
44.43
44.90
45.36
45.83
46.30

39.57
40.00
40.43
40.86
41.30
41.73
42.16
42.59

IHESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33
33
34
34
35
35
36
37
37
38
38

00
57
14
71
29
86
43
00
57
14
71

50.90
51.43
LINE
(7
51.97
52.50
53.03
53.57
54.10
54.64
55.17
55.70

FEET

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

31 .oo
31.54
32.08
32.62
33.16
33.70
34.24
34.79
35.33
35.87
36.41

29.00
29.52
30.04
30.56
31 .08
31 .60
32.12
32.64
33.16
33.68
34.20

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
27.00
27.50
28.00
28.50
29.00
29.50
30.00
30.50
31 .oo
31.50
32.00

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25
25
25
26
26
27
27
28
26
29
29

00
48
96
44
92
40
88
36
84
32
80

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.45
23.90
24.35
24.80
25.24
25.69
26.14
26.59
27.04
27.49

55 FOOT
POLE
3
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES
21 .oo
21.43
21.86
22.29
22.71
23.14
23.57
24.00
24.43
24.86
25.29

390

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
i NCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
2
CIRC.
1 NCHES

55 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-Con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

11
12
13
14
15
I6
17
18
19
20

39.29
39.86
40.43
41 .oo
41.57
42.14
42.71
43.29
43.86
44.43

36.95
37.49
38.03
38.57
39.11
39.65
40.19
40.73
41.28
41 .82

34.72
35.24
35.77
36.29
36.81
37.33
37.85
38.37
38.89
39.41

32.50
33.00
33.50
34.00
34.50
35.00
35.50
36.00
36.50
37.00

30.28
30.76
31 .23
31.71
32.19
32.67
33.15
33.63
34.1
I
34.59

27.94
28.39
28.84
29.29
29.73
30.18
30.63
31 .oa
31.53
31.98

25.71
26.14
26.57
27.00
27.43
27.86
28.29
28.71
29.14
29.57

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

45.00
45.57
46.14
46.71
47.29
47.86
48.43
49.00
49.57
50.14

42.36
42.90
43.44
43.98
44.52
45.06
45.60
46.14
46.68
47.22

39.93
40.45
40.97
41.49
42.01
42.53
43.05
43.57
44.09
44.61

37.50
38.00
38.50
39.00
39.50
40.00
40.50
41 .oo
41.50
42.00

35.07
35.55
36.03
36.51
36.99
37.47
37.95
38.43
38.91
39.39

32.43
32.88
33.33
33.78
34.22
34.67
35.12
35.57
36.02
36.47

30.00
30.43
30.86
31.29
31.71
32.14
32.57
33.00
33.43
33.86

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

50.71
51.29
51 .86
52.43
53.00
53.57
54.14
54.71
55.29
55.86

47.77
48.31
48.85
49.39
49.93
50.47
51 .Ol
51.55
52.09
52.63

45.13
45.65
46.17
46.69
47.21
47.73
48.26
48.78
49.30
49.82

42.50
43.00
43.50
44.00
44.50
45.00
45.50
46.00
46.50
47.00

39.07
40.35
40.83
41.31
41.79
42.27
42.74
43.22
43.70
44.18

36.92
37.37
37.82
38.27
38.71
39.16
39.61
40.06
40.51
40.96

34.29
34.71
35.14
35.57
36.00
36.43
36.86
37.29
37.71
38.14

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
---

56.43
57.00
57.57
58.14
58.71
59.29
59.86
-----

44.66
45.14
45.62
46.10
46.58
47.06
47.54

41.41
41 .86
42.31
42.76
43.20
43.65
44.10
-----

38.57
39.00
39.43
39.86
40.29
40.71
41.14

48
49
50

60.43
61 .OO
61 .57

47.50
48.00
48.50
49.00
49.50
50.00
50.50
6 INCHES)------51 .oo
51.50
52.00

48.02
48.50
48.98

44.55
45.00
45.45

41.57
42.00
42.43

51
52
53
54
55

62.14
62.71
63.29
63.86
64.43

52.50
53.00
53.50
54.00
54.50

49.46
49.94
50.42
50.90
51.38

45.90
46.35
46.80
47.24
47.69

42.86
43.29
43.71
44.14
44.57

53.17
53.71
54.26
54.80
55.34
55.88
56.42
---GROUND
56.96
57.50
58.04
58.58
59.12
59.66
60.20
60.74

50.34
50.86
51.38
51.90
52.42
52.94
53.46
LINE
(7
53.98
54.50
55.02
55.54
56.06
56.58
57.10
57.62

FEET,

Lt

APPENDIX

391

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT POLE
CLASS
Lt
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.56
34.11
34.67
35.22
35.76
36.33
36.89
37.44
38.00
38.56

31 .oo
31.53
32.06
32.58
33.11
33.64
34.17
34.69
35.22
35.75
36.28

29.00
29.51
30.02
30.53
31.04
31.55
32.06
32.56
33.07
33.58
34.09

27.00
27.49
27.98
28.47
28.96
29.45
29.94
30.44
30.93
31 .42
31.91

25.00
25.47
25.94
26.42
26.89
27.36
27.83
28.31
28.78
29.25
29.72

23.00
23.44
23.87
24.31
24.74
25.18
25.61
26.05
26.48
26.92
27.35

21 .oo
21.42
21 .83
22.25
22.67
23.08
23.50
23.92
24.33
24.75
25.17

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

39.11
39.67
40.22
40.78
41.33
41 .89
42.44
43.00
43.56
44.11

36.81
37.33
37.86
38.39
38.92
39.44
39.97
40.50
41.03
41 .56

34.60
35.11
35.62
36.13
36.64
37.15
37.66
38.17
38.68
39.19

32.40
32.89
33.38
33.87
34.36
34.85
35.34
35.63
36.32
36.81

30.19
30.67
31.14
31 .61
32.08
32.56
33.03
33.50
33.97
34.44

27.79
28.22
28.66
29.09
29.53
29.96
30.40
30.83
31 .27
31.70

25.56
26.00
26.42
26.83
27.25
27.67
28.08
28.50
28.92
29.33

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

44.67
45.22
45.78
46.33
46.89
47.44
48.00
48.56
49.11
49.67

42.08
42.61
43.14
43.67
44.19
44.72
45.25
45.78
46.31
46.83

39.69
40.20
40.71
41.22
41.73
42.24
42.75
43.26
43.77
44.28

37.31
37.80
38.29
30.78
39.27
39.76
40.25
40.74
41 .23
41 .72

34.92
35.39
35.86
36.33
36.81
37.28
37.75
38.22
38.69
39.17

32.14
32.57
33.01
33.44
33.08
34.31
34.75
35.19
35.62
36.06

29.75
30.17
30.58
31 .oo
31.42
31 .83
32.25
32.67
33.08
33.50

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

50.22
50.78
51.33
51 .89
52.44
53.00
53.56
54. I1
54.61
55.22

47.36
47.89
48.42
48.94
49.47
50.00
50.53
51 .06
51 .58
52.1
I

44.79
45.30
45.81
46.31
46.82
47.33
47.84
48.35
48.86
49.37

42.21
42.70
43.19
43.69
44.18
44.67
45.16
45.65
46.14
46.63

39.64
40.11
40.58
41 .06
41.53
42.00
42.47
42.94
43.92
43.89

36.49
36.93
37.36
37.80
38.23
38.67
39.10
39.54
39.97
40.41

33.92
34.33
34.75
35.17
35.58
36.00
36.42
36.83
37.25
37.67

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

55.18
56.33
56.89
57.44
58.00
58.56
59.11
59.67
60.22
60.78

52.64
53.17
53.69
54.22
54.75
55.28
55.81
56.33
56.86
57.39

49.88
50.39
50.90
51.41
51.92
52.43
52.94
53.44
53.95
54.46

47.12
47.61
48.10
48.59
49.08
49.57
50.06
50.56
51.05
51.54

44.36
44.83
45.31
45.78
46.25
46.72
47.19
47.67
48.14
48.61

40.84
41 .28
41.71
42.15
42.58
43.02
43.45
43.89
44.32
44.76

38.08
38.50
38.92
39.33
39.75
40.17
40.58
41 .oo
41 .42
41 .83

TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

60
3

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

51
61.33
-----------------------GROUND

57.92

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

58.44
58.97
59.50
60.03
60.56
61 .08
61 .61
62.14
62.67

61 .89
62.44
63.00
63.56
64.1
I
64.67
65.22
65.78
66.33

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

60 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

52.03
49.08
0 INCHES)-------

45.19

55.48
55.99
56.50
57.01
57.52
58.03
58.54
59.05
59.56

52.52
53.01
53.50
53.99
54.48
54.97
55.46
55.95
56.44

45.63
46.06
46.50
46.94
47.37
47.81
48.24
48.68
49.11

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

LINE

54.97

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

(8

FEET,

49.56
50.03
50.50
50.97
51.44
51 .92
52.39
52.86
53.33

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-Con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

--------

42.25
42.67
43.08
43.50
43.92
44.33
44.75
45.17
45.58
46.00

65
3

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.54
34.08
34.63
35.17
35.71
36.25
36.80
37.34
37.88
38.42

31 .oo
31 .52
32.03
32.55
33.07
33.58
34.10
34.62
35.14
35.65
36.17

29.00
29.50
30.00
30.50
31 .oo
31.50
32.00
32.50
33.00
33.50
34.00

27.00
27.47
27.95
28.42
28.90
29.37
29.85
30.32
30.80
31 .27
31.75

25.00
25.45
25.90
26.35
26.80
27.25
27.69
28.14
28.59
29.04
29.49

23.00
23.42
23.85
24.27
24.69
25.12
25.54
25.97
26.39
26.81
27.24

21 .oo
21.41
21 .81
22.22
22.63
23.03
23.44
23.85
24.25
24.66
25.07

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.97
39.51
40.05
40.59
41.14
41.68
42.22
42.76
43.31
43.85

36.69
37.20
37.72
38.24
38.75
39.27
39.79
40.31
40.82
41.34

34.50
35.00
35.50
36.00
36.50
37.00
37.50
38.00
38.50
39.00

32.22
32.69
33.17
33.64
34.12
34.59
35.07
35.54
36.02
36.49

29.94
30.39
30.84
31 .29
31.74
32.19
32.64
33.08
33.53
33.98

27.66
28.08
28.51
28.93
29.36
29.78
30.20
30.63
31.05
31.47

25.47
25.88
26.29
26.69
27.10
27.51
27.92
28.32
28.73
29.14

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

44.39
44.93
45.47
46.02
46.56
47.10
47.64
48.19
48.73
49.27

41.86
42.37
42.89
43.41
43.92
44.44
44.96
45.47
45.99
46.51

39.50
40.00
40.50
41 .oo
41.50
42.00
42.50
43.00
43.50
44.00

36.97
37.44
37.92
38.39
38.86
39.34
39.81
40.29
40.76
41 .24

34.43
34.88
35.33
35.78
36.23
36.68
37.13
37.58
38.03
38.47

31.90
32.32
32.75
33.17
33.59
34.02
34.44
34.86
35.29
35.71

29.54
29.95
30.36
30.76
31.17
31 .58
31 .98
32.39
32.80
33.20

APPENDIX

393

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
1 NCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1 NCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

65 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE--Con.
CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
3-I
38
39
40

49.81
50.36
50.90
51.44
51.98
52.53
53.07
53.61
54.15
54.69

47.03
47.54
48.06
48.58
49.09
49.61
50.13
50.64
51.16
51 .68

44.50
45.00
45.50
46.00
46.50
47.00
47.50
48.00
48.50
49.00

41.71
42.19
42.66
43.14
43.61
44.08
44.56
45.03
45.51
45.98

38.92
39.37
39.82
40.27
40.72
41.17
41 .62
42.07
42.52
42.97

36. 14
36.56
36.98
37.41
37.83
38.25
38.68
39.10
39.53
39.95

33.61
34.02
34.42
34.83
35.24
35.64
36.05
36.46
36.86
37.27

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
4a
49
50

55.24
55.78
56.32
56.06
57.41
57.95
58.49
59.03
59.58
60.12

52.19
52.71
53.23
53.75
54.26
54.78
55.30
55.81
56.33
56.85

49.50
50.00
50.50
51 .oo
51.50
52.00
52.50
53.00
53.50
54.00

46.46
46.93
47.41
47.88
48.36
48.83
49.31
49.78
50.25
50.73

43.42
43.86
44.31
44.76
45.21
45.66
46.11
46.56
47.01
47.46

40.37
40.80
41.22
41 .64
42.07
42.49
42.92
43.34
43.76
44.19

37.68
30.08
38.49
38.90
39.31
39.71
40.12
40.53
40.93
41.34

51
52
53
54
55
56

60.66
61 .20
61 .75
62.29
62.03
63.37
------

47.91
48.36
48.81
49.25
49.70
50.15

44.61
45.03
45.46
45.88
46.31
46.73
-----

41.75
42.15
42.56
42.97
43.37
43.78

57
58
59
60

63.92
64.46
65.00
65.54

51.20
51.68
52.15
52.63
53.10
53.58
6 INCHES)------54.05
54.53
55.00
55.47

50.60
51.05
51.50
51.95

47.15
47.58
48.00
48.42

44.19
44.59
45.00
45.41

61
62
63
64
65

66.08
66.63
67.17
67.71
68.25

55.95
56.42
56.90
57.37
57.85

52.40
52.85
53.30
53.75
54.19

48.85
49.27
49.69
50.12
50.54

45.81
46.22
46.63
47.03
47.44

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
INCHES
FEET
TOP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.53
34.06
34.59
35.13
35.66
36.19
36.72
37.25
37.70
38.31

57.36
57.88
58.40
58.92
59.43
59.95
---GROUND
60.47
60.98
61 .50
62.02
62.53
63.05
63.57
64.08
64.60

54.50
55.00
55.50
56.00
56.50
57.00
LINE
(a
57.50
58.00
58.50
59.00

FEE1

59.50
60.00
60.50
61 .OO
61 .50

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

31 .oo
31.51
32.02
32.52
33.03
33.54
34.05
34.55
35.06
35.57
36.08

29.00
29.48
29.97
30.45
30.94
31 .42
31.91
32.39
32.88
33.36
33.84

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
31
31

00
46
92
38
a4
30
77
23
69
15
61

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
25.00
25.44
25.88
26.31
26.75
27.19
27.63
28.06
28.50
28.94
29.38

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
23
23
23
24
24
25
25
25
26
26
27

70
3

00
41
a3
24
66
07
48
90
31
73
14

FOOT POLE
CLASS
4
CIRC.
INCHES
21 .oo
21.39
21.78
22.17
22.56
22.95
23.34
23.73
24.13
24.52
24.91

394

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

70

18
19
20

38.84
39.38
39.91
40.44
40.97
41.50
42.03
42.56
43.09
43.63

36.59
37.09
37.60
38.11
38.62
39.13
39.63
40.14
40.65
41.16

34.33
34.81
35.30
35.78
36.27
36.75
37.23
37.72
38.20
38.69

32.07
32.53
32.99
33.45
33.91
34.38
34.84
35.30
35.76
36.22

29.81
30.25
30.69
31.13
31 .56
32.00
32.44
32.88
33.31
33.75

27.55
27.97
28.38
28.80
29.21
29.63
30.04
30.45
30.87
31 .28

25.30
25.69
26.08
26.47
26.86
27.25
27.64
28.03
28.42
28.81

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

44.16
44.69
45.22
45.75
46.28
46.81
47.34
47.88
48.41
48.94

41.66
42.17
42.68
43.19
43.70
44.20
44.71
45.22
45.73
46.23

39.17
39.66
40.14
40.63
42.08
42.56
43.05
43.53

36.68
37.14
37.60
38.06
38.52
38.98
39.45
39.91
40.37
40.83

34.19
34.63
35.06
35.50
35.94
36.38
36.81
37.25
37.69
38.13

31.70
32.11
32.52
32: 94
33.35
33.77
34.18
34.59
35.01
35.42

29.20
29.59
29.98
30.38
30.77
31.16
31.55
31.94
32.33
32.72

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

49.47
50.00
50.53
51 .06
51.59
52.13
52.66
53.19
53.72
54.25

46.74
47.25
47.76
48.27
48.77
49.28
49.79
50.30
50.80
51.31

44.02
44.50
44.98
45.47
45.95
46.44
46.92
47.41
47.89
48.38

41.29
41.75
42.21
42.67
43.13
43.59
44.05
44.52
44.98
45.44

38.56
39.00
39.44
39.88
40.31
40.75
41.19
41 .63
42.06
42.50

35.84
36.25
36.66
37.08
37.49
37.91
38.32
38.73
39.15
39.56

33.11
33.50
33.89
34.28
34.67
35.06
35.45
35.84
36.23
36.63

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

54.78
55.31
55.84
56.38
56.91
57.44
57.97
58.50
59.03
59.56

51 .82
52.33
52.84
53.34
53.85
54.36
54.87
55.38
55.88
56.39

48.86
49.34
49.83
50.31
50.80
51 .28
51.77
52.25
52.73
53.22

45.90
46.36
46.82
47.28
47.74
48.20
48.66
49.13
49.59
50.05

42.94
43.38
43.81
44.25
44.69
45.13
45.56
46.00
46.44
46.88

39.98
40.39
40.80
41.22
41 .63
42.05
42.46
42.88
43.29
43.70

37.02
37.41
37.80
38.19
38.58
38.97
39.36
39.75
40.14
40.53

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

60.09
60.63
61.16
61 .69
62.22
62.75
63.28
63.81
64.34
64.88

56.90
57.41
57.91
56.42
58.93
59.44
59.95
60.45
60.96
61.47

53.70
54.19
54.67
55.16
55.64
56.13
56.61
57.09
57.58
58.06

50.51
50.97
51.43
51.89
52.35
52.81
53.27
53.73
54.20
54.66

47.31
47.75
48. 19
48.63
49.06
49.50
49.94
50.38
50.81
51 .25

44.12
44.53
44.95
45.36
45.77
46.19
46.60
47.02
47.43
47.84

40.92
41.31
41.70
42.09
42.48
42.88
43.27
43.66
44.05
44.44

11
12
13

14
15
16
17

41.11
41.59

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-con.

CLASS
H-l
ClRC.

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

APPENDIX

395

I3

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

70
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

-----------------------GROUND
51
65.41
62
65.94
63
66.41
64
67.00
65
67.53
66
68.06
67
68.59
68
69.13
69
69.66
70
70.19

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES

LINE

(9

CLASS
ClRC.
INCHES

FEET,

58.55
59.03
59.52
60.00
60.48
60.97
61 .45
61 .9t
62.42
62.91

61 .98
62.48
62.99
63.50
64.01
64.52
65.02
65.53
66.04
66.55

INCHES)

55.12
55.58
56.04
56.50
56.96
57.42
57.88
58.34
58.80
59.27

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE--con.

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

---------

48.26
48.67
49.09
49.50
49.91
50.33
50.74
51.16
51.57
51.98

CLASS
CIRC.

44.83
45.22
45.61
46.00
46.39
46.78
47.17
47.56
47.95
48.34

75 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.51
34.03
34.54
35.06
35.57
36.09
36.60
37.12
37.63
38.14

31 .oo
31.49
31.99
32.48
32.97
33.46
33.96
34.45
34.94
35.43
35.93

29.00
29.47
29.94
30.41
30.88
31 .36
31 .83
32.30
32.77
33.24
33.71

27.00
27.45
27.90
28.35
28.80
29.25
29.70
30.14
30.59
31.04
31.49

25.00
25.43
25.86
26.28
26.71
27.14
27.57
27.99
28.42
28.85
29.28

23.00
23.41
23.81
24.22
24.62
25.03
25.43
25.84
26.25
26.65
27.06

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.66
39.17
39.69
40.20
40.72
41.23
41.75
42.26
42.78
43.29

36.42
36.91
37.41
37.90
38.39
38.88
39.38
39.87
40.36
40.86

34.18
34.65
35.12
35.59
36.07
36.54
37.01
37.48
37.95
38.42

31.94
32.39
32.84
33.29
33.74
34.19
34.64
35.09
35.54
35.99

29.70
30.13
30.56
30.99
31.41
31 .84
32.27
32.70
33.12
33.55

27.46
27.87
28.28
28.68
29.09
29.49
29.90
30.30
30.71
31.12

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

43.80
44.32
44.83
45.35
45.86
46.38
46.89
47.41
47.92
48.43

41.35
41 .84
42.33
42.83
43.32
43.81
44.30
44.80
45.29
45.78

38.89
39.36
39.83
40.30
40.78
41 .25
41 .72
42.19
42.66
43.13

36.43
36.88
37.33
37.78
38.23
38.68
39.13
39.58
40.03
40.48

33.98
34.41
34.83
35.26
35.69
36.12
36.54
36.97
37.40
37.83

31 .52
31.93
32.33
32.74
33.14
33.55
33.96
34.36
34.77
35.17

TOP

-t

.-----

51.69
52.13
52.56
53.00
53.44
53.88
54.31
54.75
55.19
55.63

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

POLE

TRANSMISSION

396

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
ClRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
ClRC.
INCHES

75
2

FOOT POLE-con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

48.95
49.46
49.98
50.49
51.01
51.52
52.04
52.55
53.07
53.50

46
46
47
47
48
48
49
49
50
50

28
77
26
75
25
74
23
72
22
71

43.60
44.07
44.54
45.01
45.49
45.96
46.43
46.90
47.37
47.84

40.93
41.38
41.83
42.28
42.72
43.17
43.62
44.07
44.52
44.97

38.25
30.60
39.11
39.54
39.96
40.39
40.82
41.25
41.67
42.10

35.50
35.99
36.39
36.80
37.20
37.61
38.01
38.42
38.83
39.23

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

54.09
54.61
55.12
55.64
56.15
56.67
57.18
57.70
58.21
50.72

51
51
52
52
53
53
54
54
55
55

20
70
19
68
17
67
16
65
14
64

48.31
48.78
49.25
49.72
50.20
50.67
51.14
51.61
52.08
52.55

45.42
45.87
46.32
46.77
47.22
47.67
48.12
48.57
49.01
49.46

42.53
42.96
43.38
43.81
44.24
44.67
45.09
45.52
45.95
46.38

39.64
40.04
40.45
40.86
41.26
41.67
42.07
42.48
42.88
43.29

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

59.24
59.75
60.27
60.78
61.30
61.81
62.33
62.84
63.36
63.87

56
56
57
57
58
58
59
59
60
60

13
62
12
61
10
59
09
58
07
57

53.02
53.49
53.96
54.43
54.91
55.38
55.85
56.32
56.79
57.26

49.91
50.36
50.81
51.26
51.71
52.16
52.61
53.06
53.51
53.96

46.80
47.23
47.66
48.09
48.51
48.94
49.37
49.80
50.22
50.65

43.70
44.10
44.51
44.91
45.32
45.72
46.13
46.54
46.94
47.35

61
62
63
64
65
---

64.38
64.90
65.41
65.93
66.44
_------__-

51.08
51.51
51.93
52.36
52.79

47.75
48.16
48.57
48.97
49.38

66
67
68
69
70

66.96
67.47
67.99
68.50
69.01

56.65
57.10
57.55
58.00
58.45

53.22
53.64
54.07
54.50
54.93

49.78
50.19
50.59
51.00
51.41

71
72
73
74
75

69.53
70.04
70.56
71.07
71.59

58.90
59.35
59.80
60.25
60.70

55.36
55.78
56.21
56.64
57.07

51.81
52.22
52.62
53.03
53.43

____

61 06
61 55
62 04
62 54
63 03
GROUND LINE
63.52
64.01
64.51
65.00
65.49
65.99
66.48
66.97
67.46
67.96

57.73
58.20
58.67
59.14
59.62
9 FEET,
60.09
60.56
61.03
61.50
61.97
62.44
62.91
63.38
63.06
64.33

54.41
54.86
55.30
55.75
56.20
*NCHES)---------.

APPENDIX

397

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP
I

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

CLASS
CIRC.

80 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

25.00
25.42
25.84
26.26
26.68
27.09
27.51
27.93
28.35
28.77
29.19

23.00
23.39
23.78
24.18
24.57
24.96
25.35
25.74
26.14
26.53
26.92

33.00
33.51
34.01
34.52
35.03
35.53
36.04
36.55
37.05
37.56
38.07

31 .oo
31.49
31.97
32.46
32.95
33.43
33.92
34.41
34.89
35.38
35.86

29.00
29.46
29.92

30.38
30.84
31.30
31 .76
32.22
32.68
33.14
33.59

27.00
27.44
27.88
20.32
28.76
29.20
29.64
30.07
30.51
30.95
31.39

38.57
39.08
39.59
40.09
40.60

34.05
34.51
34.97
35.43
35.89
36.35
36.81
37.27
37.73
38.19

31 .83
32.27
32.71
33.15
33.59
34.03
34.47
34.91
35.34
35.78

29.61
30.03
30.45
30.86
31.28
31.70
32.12
32.54
32.96
33.38

27.31
27.70
28.09
28.49
28.88
29.27
29.66
30.05
30.45
30.84

15
16
17

41.11
41 .61

18
19
20

42.12
42.63
43.14

36.35
36.84
37.32
37.81
38.30
38.78
39.27
39.76
40.24
40.73

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

43.64
44.15
44.66
45.16
45.67
46.18
46.68
47.19
47.70
48.20

41.22
41.70
42.19
42.68
43.16
43.65
44.14
44.62
45.11
45.59

38.65
39.11
39.57
40.03
40.49
40.95
41.41
41.86
42.32
42.78

36.22
36.66
37.10
37.54
37.98
38.42
38.86
39.30
39.74
40.18

33.80
34.22
34.64
35.05
35.47
35.89
36.31
36.73
37.15
37.57

31 .23
31 .62
32.01
32.41
32.80
33.19
33.58
33.97
34.36
34.76

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

48.71
49.22
49.72
50.23
50.74
51 .24
51.75
52.26
52.76
53.27

46.08
46.57
47.05
47.54
48.03
48.51
49.00
49.49
49.97
50.46

43.24
43.70
44.16
44.62
45.08
45.54
46.00
46.46
46.92
47.38

40.61
41.05
41.49
41.93
42.37
42.81
43.25
43.69
44.13
44.57

37.99
38.41
38.82
39.24
39.66
40.08
40.50
40.92
41.34
41 .76

35.15
35.54
35.93
36.32
36.72
37.11
37.50
37.89
38.28
38.68

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

53.78
54.28
54.79
55.30
55.80
56.31
56.02
57.32
57.83
58.34

50.95
51.43
51.92
52.41
52.89
53.38
53.86
54.35
54.84
55.32

47.84
48.30
48.76
49.22
49.68
50.14
50.59
51.05
51.51
51.97

45.01
45.45
45.89
46.32
46.76
47.20
47.64
48.08
48.52
48.96

42.18
42.59
43.01
43.43
43.85
44.27
44.69
45.11
45.53
45.95

39.07
39.46
39.85
40.24
40.64
41.03
41 .42
41 .81
42.20
42.59

11
12
13

14

POLE

398

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

58.84
59.35
59.86
60.36
60.87
61.38
61 .89
62.39
62.90
63.41

61
::
64
65
66
67
68
69
__------

63.91
64.42
64.93
65.43
65.94
66.45
66.95
67.46
67.97
-----------

70

68.47

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

68.98
69.49
69.99
70.50
71 .Ol
71.51
72.02
72.53
73.03
73.54

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
INCHES
FEET
TOP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10

33.00
33.49
33.99
34.46
34.97
35.47
35.96
36.46
36.95
37.44
37.94

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

52.43
52.89
53.35
53.81
54.27
54.73
55.19
55.65
56.11
56.57

49.40
49.84
50.28
50.72
51.16
51.59
52.03
52.47

INCHES

80
2

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

FOOT POLE-Con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
1NCHES

53.35

46.36
46.78
47.20
47.62
48.04
48.46
48.86
49.30
49.72
50.14

53.79
54.23
54.67
55.11
55.55
55.99
56.43
56.86
57.30

50.55
50.97
51 .39
51.81
52.23
52.65
53.07
53.49
53.91

57.74

54.32

50.43

61 .62
62.08
62.54
63.00
63.46
63.92
64.38
64.84
65.30
65.76

58.18
58.62
59.06
59.50
59.94
60.38
60.82
61 .26
61 .70
62.14

54.74
55.16
55.58
56.00
56.42
56.84
57.26
57.68
58.09
58.51

50.82
51.22
51 .61
52.00
52.39
52.78
53.18
53.57
53.96
54.35

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1 NCHES

31 .oo
31.47
31.95
32.42
32.90
33.37
33.85
34.32
34.80
35.27
35.75

29.00
29.45
29.90
30.35
30.80
31 .25
31.70
32.15
32.59
33.04
33.49

27.00
27.43
27.86
28.29
28.72
29.15
29.58
30.01
30.44
30.87
31.30

55.81
56.30
56.78
57.27
57.76
58.24
58.73
59.22
59.70
60.19
60.68
61.16
61.65
62.14
62.62
63.11
63.59
64.08
64.57
-GROUND
65.05

L INE

65.54
66.03
66.51
67.00
67.49
67.97
68.46
68.95
69.43
69.92

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

57.03
57.49
57.95
58.41
58.86
59.32
59.78
60.24
60.70
( 10 FEET
61.16

52.91

INCHES )------------

INCHES

42.99
43.38
43.77
44.16
44.55
44.95
45.34
45.73
46.12
46.51

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES
25
25
25
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
29

00
41

81
22
62
03
43
84
24
65
05

46.91
47.30
47.69
48.08
48.47
48.86
49.26
49.65
50.04
----_--

85 FOOT POLE
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES
23.00
23.39
23.77
24.16
24.54
24.93
25.32
25.70
26.09
26.47
26.86

APPENDIX

399

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

85
2

FOOT POLE-Con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

11
12
13
I4
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.43
30.92
39.42
39.91
40.41
40.90
41.39
41.69
42.36
42.87

36.22
36.70
37.17
37.65
39.12
38.59
39.07
39.54
40.02
40.49

33.94
34.39
34.84
35.29
35.74
36.19
36.64
37.09
37.54
37.99

31.73
32.16
32.59
33.03
33.46
33.89
34.32
34.75
35.18
35.61

29.46
29.86
30.27
30.67
31.08
31.48
31.89
32.29
32.70
33.10

27.25
27.63
28.02
28.41
28.79
29.18
29.56
29.95
30.34
30.72

21
22
23
24
25
26
:i
29
30

43.37
43.06
44.35
44.85
45.34
45.84
46.33
46.82
47.32
47.81

40.97
41.44
41.92
42.39
42.87
43.34
43.82
44.29
44.77
45.24

38.44
38.89
39.34
39.78
40.23
40.68
41.13
41.58
42.03
42.48

36.04
36.47
36.90
37.33
37.76
38.19
38.62
39.05
39.48
39.91

33.51
33.91
34.32
34.72
35.13
35.53
35.94
36.34
36.75
37.15

31.11
31.49
31.88
32.27
32.65
33.04
33.42
33.81
34.20
34.58

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

48.30
48.80
49.29
49.78
50.28
50.77
51.27
51.76
52.25
52.75

45.72
46.19
46.66
47.14
47.61
48.09
48.56
49.04
49.51
49.99

42.93
43.38
43.83
44.28
44.73
45.18
45.63
46.08
46.53
46.97

40.34
40.77
41.20
41.63
42.06
42.49
42.92
43.35
43.78
44.22

37.56
37.96
38.37
38.77
39.18
39.58
39.99
40.39
40.80
41.20

34.97
35.35
35.74
36.13
36.51
36.90
37.28
37.67
38.06
38.44

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
40
49
50

53.24
53.73
54.23
54.72
55.22
55.71
56.20
56.70
57.19
51.68

50.46
50.94
51.41
51.89
52.36
52.84
53.31
53.78
54.26
54.73

47.42
47.87
48.32
48.77
49.22
49.67
50.12
50.57
51.02
51.37

44.65
45.08
45.51
45.94
46.37
46.80
47.23
47.66
48.09
48.52

41.61
42.01
42.42
42.82
43.23
43.63
44.04
44.44
44.85
45.25

38.83
39.22
39.60
39.99
40.37
40.76
41.15
41.53
41.92
42.30

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

58.18
58.61
59.16
59.66
60.15
60.65
61.14
61.63
62.13
62.62

55.21
55.68
56.16
56.63
51.11
51.58
58.06
58.53
59.01
59.48

51.92
52.37
52.82
53.27
53.72
54.16
54.61
55.06
55.51
55.96

48.95
49.38
49.81
50.24
50.67
51.10
51.53
51.96
52.39
52.82

45.66
46.06
46.47
46.87
47.28
47.68
48.09
48.49
48.90
49.30

42.69
43.08
43.46
43.85
't4.23
44.62
45.01
45.39
45.78
46.16

TRANSMISSION

400

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
61

62
63
64
65
66
61
68
69
70
71
72
13
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84

63.11
63.61

64. IO
64.59
65.09
65.58
66.08
66.51
67.06
67.56
68.05
68.54
69.04
69.53
----------_
70.03
70.52
71 .Ol
71.51
72.00
72.49
72.99
73.48
73.97
74.47
74.96

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES
TOP

1
2

33.00
33.48

33.96
34.45
34.93
35.41
35.89

36.37
36.86
37.34
37.82
11

38.30

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

38.79

20

39.27
39.75
40.23
40.71
41.20
41.68
42.16
42.64

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

59.96
60.43
60.91
61 .38
61 .a5
62.33

56.41
56.86
57.31

63.28
63.75
64.23

57.76
58.21
58.66
59.11
59.56
60.01
60.46

64.70
65.18
65.65
66.13

60.91
61 .35
61 .80
62.25

62.80

-GROUND

L INE

66.60
67.08

61.55
68.03
68.50

68.97
69.45
69.92
70.40

( 10

FEET

62.70
63.15
63.60
64.05
64.50
64.95

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES
53.25
53.68
54.11
54.54
54.97
55.41

85
CLASS
2
CIRC.
1 NCHES

FOOT
POLE-Con.
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES

49.71
50.11
50.52
50.92
51.33
51.73
52.14
52.54
52.95
53.35

46.55
46.94
47.32
47.71

53.76
54.16
54.57
58.85
54.97
6 INCHES I---------59.28
55.38
55.78
59.71
56.19
60.14
56.59
60.57
57.00
61 .OO
61 .43
57.41

50.41
50.80
51.18
51.51
----51.96
52.34
52.73
53.11
53.50

55.84

56.27
56.70
57.13

48.09

48.48
48.87

49.25
49.64
50.03

57.56
57.99
58.42

61 .86
62.29
62.72
63.15
63.58

53.89

57.81
58.22

54.27
54.66
55.04
55.43

70.87
71.35

65.40
65.85
66.30
66.75
67.20

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

31 .oo
31 .46
31.93

29.00
29.44
29.88
30.32
30.76
31.20
31 .64

27.00
21.42

25.00
25.40

23.00

27.85
28.27
28.69
29.11

25.80

23.75
24.13
24.50
24.88
25.25
25.63
26.00

32.39
32.86

33.32
33.79
34.25
34.71
35.18
35.64
36.11
36.57
37.04
37.50
37.96
38.43
38.89

39.36
39.82
40.29

CLASS
CIRC.

58.62

59.03
59.43

CLASS
CIRC.

32.08

29.54
29.96

26.20
26.60
26.99
21.39
27.79

32.52
32.96
33.40

30.38
30.80
31 .23

28.19
28.59
28.99

31 .65

29.39
29.79
30.18

33.85
34.29
34.73
35.17
35.61
36.05
36.49
36.93
37.31
37.81

32.07
32.49
32.92
33.34
33.76
34.18
34.61

35.03
35.45

30.58
30.98

31.38
31.78

32. la
32.58
32.98

55.82

90 FOOT
CLASS
3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

23.38

26.38

26.75
27.13
27.50
27.88
28.25
28.63

29.00
29.38
29.75
30.13
30.50

POLE

APPENDIX

401

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
1NCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

SO FOOT
POLE-Con.
2
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

43.12
43.61
44.09
44.57
45.05
45.54
46.02
46.50
46.98
47.46

40.75
41.21
41 .68
42.14
42.61
43.07
43.54
44.00
44.46
44.93

38.25
30.69
39.13
39.57
40.01
40.45
40.89
41.33
41.77
42.21

35.88
36.30
36.72
37.14
37.57
37.99
38.41
38.83
39.26
39.68

33.38
33.77
34.17
34.57
34.97
35.37
35.77
36.17
36.57
36.96

30.88
31.25
31 .63
32.00
32.38
32.75
33.13
33.50
33.88
34.25

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

41.95
48.43
48.91
49.39
49.87
50.36
50.84
51 .32
51 .80
52.29

45.39
45.86
46.32
46.79
47.25
47.71
48.18
48.64
49.11
49.57

42.65
43.10
43.54
43.98
44.42
44.86
45.30
45.74
46.18
46.62

40.10
40.52
40.95
41.37
41 .I9
42.21
42.64
43.06
43.48
43.90

31.36
37.76
38.16
38.56
38.96
39.36
39.76
40.15
40.55
40.95

34.63
35.00
35.38
35.75
36.13
36.50
36.88
37.25
37.63
38.00

41

52.77
53.25
53.73
54.21
54.70
55.18
55.66
56.14
56.62
57.11

50.04
50.50
50.96
51.43
51 .89
52.36
52.82
53.29
53.75
54.21

47.06
47.50
47.94
48.38
48.82
49.26
49.70
50.14
50.58
51.02

44.33
44.75
45.17
45.60
46.02
46.44
46.86
47.29
47.71
48.13

41.35
41.75
42.15
42.55
42.95
43.35
43.74
44.14
44.54
44.94

38.38
38.75
39.13
39.50
39.88
40.25
40.63
41 .oo
41 .38
41.75

57
58
59
60

57.59
58.07
50.55
59.04
59.52
60.00
60.48
60.96
61 .45
61 .93

54.68
55.14
55.61
56.07
56.54
57.00
57.46
57.93
58.39
58.06

51 .46
51.90
52.35
52.79
53.23
53.67
54.11
54.55
54.99
55.43

48.55
48.98
49.40
49.82
50.24
50.67
51.09
51.51
51.93
52.36

45.34
45.74
46.14
46.54
46.93
47.33
47.73
48.13
48.53
40.93

42.13
42.50
42.88
43.25
43.63
44.00
44.38
44.75
45.13
45.50

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

62.41
62.89
63.37
63.66
64.34
64.82
65.30
65.79
66.27
66.75

59.32
59.79
60.25
60.71
61.18
61 .64
62.11
62.57
63.04
63.50

55.87
56.31
56.75
57.19
57.63
58.07
58.51
58.95
59.39
59.83

52.78
53.20
53.62
54.05
54.47
54.89
55.32
55.74
56.16
56.58

49.33
49.73
50.12
50.52
50.92
51 .32
51 .72
52.12
52.52
52.92

45.88
46.25
46.63
47.00
47.38
47.75
48.13
48.50
48.88
49.25

21

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

TRANSMISSION

402

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN
RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
CLASS
H-3
FROM TOP
CIRC.
FEET
INCHES

WESTERN

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

63.96
64.43
64.89
65.36
65.82
66.29
66.75
67.21

INCHES

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
----79
80

67.23
67.71
68.20
68.68
69.16
69.64
70.12
70.61
71.09
71.57

67.68
68.14

60.27
60.71
61.15
61 .60
62.04
62.48
62.92
63.36
( 1 1 FEET
63.80
64.24

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
so

72.05
72.54
73.02
73.50
73.98
74.46
74.95
75.43
75.91
76.39

68.61
69.07
69.54
70.00
70.46
70.93
71.39
71.86
72.32
72.79

64.68
65.12
65.56
66.00
66.44
66.88
67.32
67.76
68.20
68.64

.-GROUND

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

L INE

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

TOP

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

57.01
57.43
57.85
58.27
58.70
59.12
59.54
59.96
0

SO FOOT POLE -Con.

2
CLASS
3
CIRC.
INCHES
I TiCHiS

CLASS
CIRC.

53.32
53.71
54.11
54.51
54.91
55.31
55.71
56.11

49.63
50.00
50.38
50.75
51.13
51.50
51.88

60.39
60.81

56.51
56.90

52.25
-----52.63
53.00

61 .23
61 .65
62.08
62.50
62.92
63.35
63.77
64.19
64.61
65.04

57.30
57.70
58.10
58.50
58.90
59.30
59.70
60.10
60.49
60.89

53.38
53.75
54.13
54.50
54.88
55.25
55.63
56.00
56.38
56.75

INCHESl---

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
1 NCHES

33.00
33.47
33.94
34.42
34.89
35.36
35.83
36.30
36.78
37.25
37.72

31 .oo
31 .46
31.91
32.37
32.82
33.28
33.73
34.19
34.64
35.10
35.55

29.00
29.43
29.87
30.30
30.73
31.16
31 .60
32.03
32.46
32.89
33.33

27.00
27.41
27.82
28.23
28.64
29.05
29.46
29.87
30.28
30.69
31.10

25.00
25.39
25.78
26.16
26.55
26.94
27.33
27.71
28.10
28.49
28.88

38.19
38.66
39.13
39.61
40.08
40.55
41.02
41.49
41.97
42.44

36
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
40

33.76
34.19
34.62
35.06
35.49
35.92
36.35
36.79
37.22
37.65

31.51
31 .92
32.33
32.74
33.15
33.56
33.97
34.38
34.79
35.20

29.26
29.65
30.04
30.43
30.81
31.20
31.59
31 .98
32.37
32.75

01
46
92
37
83
28
74
19
65
10

CLASS
CIRC.

95
2

INCHES

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

403

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
1 NCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

21

42.91

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

43.38
43.85
44.33
44.80
45.27
45.74
46.21
46.69
47.16

40.56
41 .Ol
41.47
41.92
42.38
42.83
43.29
43.74
44.20
44.65

38.08
38.52
38.95
39.38
39.81
40.25
40.68

35.61

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

47.63
48.10
48.57
49.04
49.52
49.99
50.46
50.93
51.40
51.88

45.11
45.56
46.02
46.47
46.93
47.38
47.84
48.29
48.75
49.20

42.41

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

52.35
52.82
53.29
53.76
54.24
54.71
55.18
55.65
56.12
56.60

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

95 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

INCHES

36.02
36.43
36.84
37.25
37.66
38.07
38.48
38.89
39.30

33.14
33.53
33.92
34.30
34.69
35.08
35.47
35.85
36.24
36.63

42.84
43.28
43.71
44.14
44.57
45.01
45.44
45.87
46.30

39.71
40.12
40.53
40.94
41.35
41 .76
42.17
42.58
42.99
43.40

37.02
37.40
37.79
38.18
38.57
38.96
39.34
39.73
40.12
40.51

49.66
50.11
50.57
51.02
51.48
51.93
52.39
52.84
53.30
53.75

46.74
47.17
47.60
48.03
48.47
48.90
49.33
49.76
50.20
50.63

43.81
44.22
44.63
45.04
45.46
45.87
46.28
46.69
47.10
47.51

40.89
41 .28
41 .67
42.06
42.44
42.83
43.22
43.61
43.99
44.38

57.07
57.54
58.01
58.48
58.96
59.43
59.90
60.37
60.84
61 .31

54.21
54.66
55.12
55.57
56.03
56.48
56.94
57.39
57.85
58.30

51 .06
51.49
51.93
52.36
52.79
53.22
53.66
54.09
54.52
54.96

47.92
48.33
48.74
49.15
49.56
49.97
50.38
50.79
51.20
51.61

44.77
45.16
45.54
45.93
46.32
46.71
47.10
47.48
47.87
48.26

61 .79
62.26
62.73
63.20
63.67
64.15
64.62
65.09
65.56
66.03

58.76
59.21
59.67
60.12
60.58
61.03
61 .49
61.94
62.40
62.65

55.39
55.82
56.25
56.69
57.12
57.55
57.98
58.42
58.85
59.28

52.02
52.43
52.84
53.25
53.66
54.07
54.48
54.89
55.30
55.71

48.65
49.03
49.42
49.81
50.20
50.58
50.97
51 .36
51.75
52.13

41.11
41.54
41.98

POLE-Cot-I.

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

95 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

66.51

63.31

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

66.98
67.45
67.92
68.39
68.87
69.34
69.81
70.28
70.75

63.76
64.22
64.67
65.13
65.50
66.04
66.49
66.95
67.40

59 71
60 15
60 58
61 01
61 44
61 98
62 31
62.74
63.17
63.61

56 12
56 53
56 94
57 35
57 76
59 17
58 58
58 99
59 40
59 81

52.52
52.91
53.30
53.69
54.07
54.46
54.85
55.24
55.62
56.01

81
82
83

71.22
71.70
72.17

67.86
68.31
68.77

64.04
64.47
64.90

60
60
61

22
63
04

56.40
56.79
57.17

LINE

(11

FEET.

INCHES)--

84
85
06
87
08
89
90

72.64
73.11
73.58
74.06
74.53
75.00
75.47

69.22
69.60
70.13
70.59
71.04
71.50
71 .96

65.34
65.77
66 20
66 63
67 07
67.50
67.93

61
61
62
62
63
63
63

45
86
27
68
09
50
91

57.56
57.95
58.34
58.72
59.11
59.50
59.89

91
92
93
94
95

75.94
76.42
76.89
77.36
77.83

72.41
72.87
73.32
73.78
74.23

68
68
69
69
70

37
80
23
66
10

64
64
65
65
65

32
73
14
55
96

60.28
60.66
61 .05
61 .44
61 .83

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP

2
3
4

5
6
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

ia
19
20

100
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

INCHES
33.00
33.46
33.93

34.39
34.85
35.31
35.78
36.24
36.70
37.16
37.63
38.09
38.55
39.02
39.48
39.94

40.40
40.87
41.33
41.79
42.26

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES
31 .oo

POLE-Con.

INCHES

71

-------------GROUND

WESTERN

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES
29 00
29 43
29.85

31.44
31.88
32.32
32.77
33.21
33.65
34.09
34.53
34.97
35.41

30.28
30 70
31 13
31 55
31.98
32.40
32.83
33.26

35.96
36.30
36.74
37.18
37.62
38.06
38.51
38.95
39.39
39.83

33
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
37
37

68
11
53
96
38
81
23
66
09
51

CLASS
CIRC.

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

27.00
27.40
27.81
29.21
28.62
29.02
29.43
30.23
30.64
31.04

25.00
25.39
25.77
26.15
26.53
26.91
27.30
27.68
28.06
20.45
28.83

31.45
31 .85
32.26
32.66
33.06
33.47
33.97
34.28
34.68
35.09

29.21
29.60
29.98
30.36
30.74
31.13
31.51
31 .89
32.28
32.66

29.83

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

405

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

100
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.72
43.18
43.64
44.11
44.57
45.03
45.49
45.96
46.42
46.88

40.27
40.71
41.15
41 .60
42.04
42.48
42.92
43.36
43.80
44.24

37.94
38.36
38.79
39.21
39.64
40.06
40.49
40.91
41.34
41.77

35.49
35.89

36.30
36.70
37.11
37.51
37.91
38.32
38.72
39.13

33.04
33.43
33.81
34.19
34.57
34.96
35.34
35.72
36.11
36.49

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

47.35
47.81
48.27
48.73
49.20
49.66
50.12
50.59
51.05
51.51

44.69
45.13
45.57
46.01
46.45
46.89
47.34
47.78
48.22
48.66

42.19
42.62
43.04
43.47
43.89
44.32
44.74
45.17
45.60
46.02

39.53
39.94
40.34
40.74
41.15
41.55
41 .96
42.36
42.77
43.17

36.87
37.26
37.64
38.02
38.40
38.79
39.17
39.55
39.94
40.32

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51.97
52.44
52.90
53.36
53.82
54.29
54.75
55.21
55.68
56. 14

49.10
49.54

43.57
43.98
44.38
44.79
45.19
45.60
46.00
46.40
46.81
47.21

40.70
41.09

50.43
50.87
51.31
51.75
52.19
52.63
53.07

46.45
46.87
47.30
47.72
48.15
48.57
49.00
49.43
49.85
50.28

42.23
42.62
43.00
43.38
43.77
44.15

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

56.60
57.06
57.53
57.99
58.45
58.91
59.38
59.84
60.30
60.77

53.52
53.96
54.40
54.84
55.28
55.72
56.16
56.61
57.05
57.49

50.70
51.13
51.55
51 .98
52.40
52.83
53.26
53.68
54.11
54.53

47.62
48.02
48.43
48.83
49.23
49.64
50.04
50.45
50.85
51 .26

44.53
44.91
45.30
45.68
46.06
46.45
46.83
47.21
47.60
47.98

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

61 .23
61 .69
62.15
62.62
63.08
63.54
64.01
64.47
64.93
65.39

57.93
58.37
58.81
59.26
59.70
60.14
60.58
61 .02
61 .46
61.90

54.96
55.38
55.81
56.23
56.66
57.09
57.51
57.94
58.36
58.79

51.66
52.06
52.47
52.87
53.28
53.68
54.09
54.49
54.89
55.30

48.36
48.74
49.13
49.51

21

49.98

INCHES

41.47
41.85

49.89

50.28
50.66
51.04
5 l_. 43
51 .a1

POLE-Con.

406

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
71

72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
04
05
86
87
88
------89
so
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

100
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

65.06
66.32
66.78
67.24
67.71
68.17
68.63
69.10
69.56
70.02

62.35
62.79
63.23
63.67
64.11
64.55
64.99
65.44
65.88
66.32

59 21
59 64
60 06
60 49
60 91
61 34
61 77
62 19
62 62
63 04

55.70
56.11
56.51
56.91
57.32
57.72
58.13
58.53
58.94
59.34

70.48
70.95
71.41
71.87
72.34
72.80
73.26
73.72

66.76
67.20
67.64
68.09
68.53
60.97
69.41
69.85

63
63
64
64
65
65
66
66

59.74
60.15
60.55
60.96
61 .36
61 .77
62.17
62.57

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES

FOOT

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

74.19
74.65

70.29
70.73

66.87
67.30

62.98
63.38

75.11
75.57
76.04
76.50
76.96
77.43
77.89
78.35
78.81
79.28

71.18
71 .62
72.06
72.50
72.94
73.38
73.82
74.27
74.71
75.15

67.72
68.15
68.51
69.00
69.43
69.85
70.28
70.70
71.13
71.55

63.79
64.19
64.60
65.00
65.40
65.81
66.21
66.62
67.02
67.43

59.85
60.23
60.62
61 .OO
61 .38
61 .77
62.15
62.53
62.91
63.30

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

CIRC.
INCHES

CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.45
33.91
34.36
34.82
35.27
35.73
36.18
36.64
37.09
37.55

31 .oo
31.43
31 .87
32.30
32.74
33.17
33.61
34.04
34.47
34.91
35.34

29.00
29.41
29.83
30.24
30.66
31.07
31.48
31.90
32.31
32.73
33.14

27.00
27.39
27.79
28.18
28.58
28.97
29.36
29.76
30.15
30.55
30.94

25.00
25.37
25.75
26.12
26.49
26.87
27.24
27.62
27.99
20.36
28.74

LINE

(11

FEET,

INCHES)

------

CLASS

POLE-Con.

52.19
52.57
52.96
53.34
53.72
54.11
54.49
54.87
55.26
55.64
56.02
56.40
56.79
5-l. 17
57.55
57.94
58.32
58.70
-----59.09
59.47

-----GROUND

47
89
32
74
17
60
02
45

CLASS
CIRC.

CLASS

105
2

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

407

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

35.78
36.21
36.65
37.08
37.52
37.95
38.38
38.82
39.25
39.69

33.56
33.97
34.38

14
15
16
17
18
19
20

38.00
38.45
38.91
39.36
39.82
40.27
40.73
41.18
41 .64
42.09

31.33
31.73
32.12
32.52
32.91
33.30
33.70
34.09
34.48
34.88

29.11
29.48
29.86
30.23
30.61
30.98
31.35
31.73
32.10
32.47

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.55
43.00
43.45
43.91
44.36
44.82
45.27
45.73
46.18
46.64

40.12
40.56
40.99
41 .42
41.86
42.29
42.73
43.16
43.60
44.03

37.70
38.11

40. la
40.60
41 .Ol
41 .42

35.27
35.67
36.06
36.45
36.85
37.24
37.64
38.03
38.42
38.82

32.85
33.22
33.60
33.97
34.34
34.72
35.09
35.46
35.84
36.21

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

47.09
47.55
48.00
48.45
48.91
49.36
49.82
50.27
50.73
51.18

44.46
44.90
45.33
45.77
46.20
46.64
47.07
47.51
47.94
48.37

41 .84
42.25
42.67
43.08
43.49.
43.91
44.32
44.74
45.15
45.57

39.21
39.61
40.00
40.39
40.79
41.18
41.58
41.97
42.36
42.76

36.59
36.96
37.33
37.71
38.08
38.45
38.83
39.20
39.58
39.95

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51 .64
52.09
52.55
53.00
53.45
53.91
54.36
54.82
55.27
55.73

48.81
49.24
49.68
50.11
50.55
50.98
51.41
51 .a5
52.28
52.72

45.98
46.39
46.81
47.22
47.64
48.05
48.46
48.88
49.29
49.71

43.15
43.55
43.94
44.33
44.73
45.12
45.52
45.91
46.30
46.70

40.32
40.70
41.07
41.44
41 .82
42.19
42.57
42.94
43.31
43.69

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

56.18
56.64
57.09
57.55
58.00
58.45
58.91
59.36
59.82
60.27

53.15
53.59
54.02
54.45
54.89
55.32
55.76
56.19
56.63
57.06

50.12
50.54
50.95
51 .36
51 .78
52.19
52.61
53.02
53.43
53.85

47.09
47.48
47.88
48.27
48.67
49.06
49.45
49.85
50.24
50.64

44.06
44.43
44.81
45. la
45.56
45.93
46.30
46.68
47.05
47.42

34.80
35.21

35.63
36.04
36.45
36.87
37.28

38.53
38.94
39.35
39.77

105
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

I I
12
13

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

POLE-Con.

408

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

105
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

60.73
61.18
61 .64
62.09
62.55
63.00
63.45
63.91
64.36
64.82

57
57
58
58
59
59
60
60
60
61

49
93
36
80
23
67
10
54
97
40

54.26
54.68
55.09
55.51
55.92
56.33
56.75
57.16
57.58
57.99

51.03
51.42
51 .82
52.21
52.61
53.00
53.39
53.79
54.18
54.58

47.80
48.17
48.55
48.92
49.29
49.67
50.04
50.41
50.79
51.16

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

65.27
65.73
66.18
66.64
67.09
67.55
68.00
68.45
68.91
69.36

61
62
62
63
63
64
64
64
65
65

84
27
71
14
58
01
44
88
31
75

58.40
58.82
59.23
59.65
60.06
60.47
60.89
61 .30
61 .72
62.13

54.97
55.36
55.76
56.15
56.55
56.94
57.33
57.73
58.12
58.52

51.54
51.91
52.28
52.66
53.03
53.40
53.78
54.15
54.53
54.90

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

69.82
70.27
70.73
71.18
71 .64
72.09
72.55
73.00
73.45
73.91

66
66
67
67
67
68
68
69
69
70

18
62
05
48
92
35
79
22
66
09

62.55
62.96
63.37
63.79
64.20
64.62
65.03
65.44
65.86
66.27

58.91
59.30
59.70
60.09
60.48
60.88
61 .27
61 .67
62.06
62.45

55.27
55.65
56.02
56.39
56.77
57.14
57.52
57.89
58.26
58.64

91
92
-------93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105

74.36
74.82
-----GROUND
75.27
75.73
76.18
76.64
77.09
77.55
78.00
78.45
78.91
79.36
79.82
80.27
80.73

70 53
70.96
LINE
(12
71.39
71 .83
72.26
72.70
73.13
73.57
74.00
74.43
74
75
75
76
76

87
30
74
17
61

66.69
62.85
67. IO
63.24
FEET,
0 INCHES)----67.52
63.64
67.93
64.03
68.34
64.42
68.76
64.82
69.17
65.21
69.59
65.61
70.00
66.00
70.41
66.39
70.83
71 .24
71.66
72.07
72.48

66.79
67.18
67.58
67.97
68.36

59.01
59.38
59.76
60.13
60.51
60.88
61 .25
61 .63
62.00
62.37
62.75
63.12
63.49
63.87
64.24

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

409

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.45
33.09
34.34
34.79
35.24
35.68
36.13
36.58
37.02
31.47

31 .oo
31.43
31 .86

29.00

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.

110
2

INCHES

32.28
32.71
33.14
33.57
34.00
34.42
34.65
35.20

29.41
29.82
30.23
30.63
31.04
31.45
31.86
32.27
32.68
33.09

27.00
27.39
27.70
26.17
28.56
28.95
29.34
29.73
30.12
30.50
30.89

25.00
25.37
25.73
26.10
26.46
26.93
27.19
27.56
27.92
28.29
28.65

16
19
20

37.92
38.37
38.81
39.26
39.71
40.15
40.60
41.05
41.50
41.94

35.71
36.13
36.56
36.99
37.42
37.95
36.27
38.70
39.13
39.56

33.50
33.90
34.31
34.72
35.13
35.54
35.95
36.36
36.76
37.17

31 .28
31 .67
32.06
32.45
32.04
33.23
33.62
34.01
34.40
34.79

29.02
29.38
29.75
30.12
30.48
30.65
31.21
31.58
31.94
32.31

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
29
30

42.39
42.04
43.26
43.73
44.18
44.62
45.07
45.52
45.97
46.41

39.99
40.41
40.94
41 .27
41.70
42.12
42.55
42.98
43.41
43.84

37.58
37.99
38.40
38.81
39.22
39.63
40.03
40.44
40.85
41 .26

35.18
35.57
35.96
36.35
36.74
37.12
37.51
37.90
38.29
38.66

32.67
33.04
33.40
33.77
34.13
34.50
34.87
35.23
35.60
35.96

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.06
47.31
47.75
48.20
40.65
49.10
49.54
49.99
50.44
50.88

44.26
44.69
45.12
45.55
45.98
46.40
46.83
47.26
47.69
48.12

41.67
42.08
42.49
42.09
43.30
43.71
44.12
44.53
44.94
45.35

39.07
39.46
39.85
40.24
40.63
41.02
41.41
41.80
42.19
42.58

36.33
36.69
37.06
37.42
37.79
36.15
39.52
38.88
39.25
39.62

91
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51.33
51.78
52.23
52.67
53.12
53.57
54.01
54.46
54.91
55.36

49.54
48.97
49.40
49.83
50.25
50.68

45.75
46.16
46.57
46.98
47.39
47.80
48.21
46.62
49.02
49.43

42.97
43.36
43.75
44.13
44.52
44.91
45.30
45.69
46.08
46.47

39.98
40.35
40.71
41.08
41.44
41 .81
42.17
42.54
42.90
43.27

TOP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13

14
15
16
17

51.11
51.54

51.97
52.39

FOOT

POLE

410

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

110 FOOT
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

55.80
56.25
56.70
57.14
57.59
58.04
58.49
58.93
59.38
59.83

52.82
53.25
53.68
54.11
54.53
54.96
55.39
55.82
56.25
56.67

49.84
50.25
50.66
51.07
51.48
51.88
52.29
52.70
53.1 I
53.52

46.86
47.25
47.64
48.03
48.42
48.81
49.20
49.59
49.98
50.37

43.63
44.00
44.37
44.73
45.10
45.46
45.83
46.19
46.56
46.92

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

60.27
60.72
61.17
61 .62
62.06
62.51
62.96
63.40
63.85
64.30

57.10
57.53
57.96
58.38
58.81
59.24
59.67
60.10
60.52
60.95

53.93
54.34
54.75
55.15
55.56
55.97
56.38
56.79
57.20
57.61

50.75
51.14
51.53
51.92
52.31
52.70
53.09
53.48
53.87
54.26

47.29
47.65
48.02
48.38
48.75
49.12
49.48
49.85
50.21
50.58

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

64.75
65.19
65.64
66.09
66.53
66.98
67.43
67.87
68.32
68.77

61.38
61.81
62.24
62.66
63.09
63.52
63.95
64.37
64.80
65.23

58.01
58.42
58.83
59.24
59.65
60.06
60.47
60.87
61 .28
61 .69

54.65
55.04
55.43
55.82
56.21
56.60
56.99
57.37
57.76
58.15

50.94
51.31
51 .67
52.04
52.40
52.77
53.13
53.50
53.87
54.23

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

69.22
69.66
70.11
70.56
71 .oo
71.45
71.90
72.35
72.79
73.24

65.66
66.09
66.51
66.94
67.37
67.80
68.23
68.65
69.08
69.51

62.10
62.51
62.92
63.33
63.74
64.14
64.55
64.96
65.37
65.78

58.54
58.93
59.32
59.71
60.10
60.49
60.88
61 .27
61 .66
62.05

54.60
54.96
55.33
55.69
56.06
56.42
56.79
57.15
57.52
57.88

73.69
74.13
74.58
75.03
75.48
75.92
76.37

69.94
70.37
70.79
71.22
71 .65
72.08
72.50

66.19
66.60
67.00
67.41
67.82
68.23
68.64

62.44
62.83
63.22
63.61
64.00
64.38
64.77

58.25
58.62
58.98
59.35
59.71
60.08
60.44
----60.81
61.17
61 .54

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
--98
99
100

----GROUND

76.82
77.26
77.71

LINE

72.93
73.36
73.79

(12

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

FEET,

69.05
69.46
69.87

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

INCHES)------

65.16
65.55
65.94

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

411

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

110
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

78.16
78.61
79.05
79.50
79.95
80.39
80.84
81.29
81.74
82.18

74.22
74.64
75.07
75.50
75.93
76.36
76.78
77.21
77.64
78.07

70.27
70.68
71.09
71.50
71.91
72.32
72.73
73.13
73.54
73.95

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

33.00
33.44
33.87
34.31
34.74
35.18
35.61
36.05
36.49
36.92
37.36

31 .oo
31.42
31.83
32.25
32.67
33.09
33.50
33.92
34.34
34.76
35.17

29.00
29.40
29.80

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.79
38.23
38.67
39.10
39.54
39.97
40.41
40.84
41.28
41.72

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.15
42.59
43.02
43.46
43.89
44.33
44.77
45.20
45.64
46.07

TOP

CLASS

CIRC.
INCHES

POLE-Con.

INCHES

66.33
66.72
67.11
67.50
67.09
68.28
68.67
69.06
69.45
69.84

CLASS
CIRC.

FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

61.90

62.27
62.63
63.00
63.37
63.73
64.10
64.46
64.83
65.19

CLASS
CIRC.

115
2

INCHES

INCHES

30.20
30.60
31 .oo
31.39
31.79
32.19
32.59
32.99

27.00
27.38
27.76
28.14
28.52
28.90
29.28
29.67
30.05
30.43
30.81

25.00
25.36
25.72
26.07
26.43
26.79
27.15
27.50
27.86
28.22
28.58

35.59
36.01
36.43
36.84
37.26
37.68
38.10
38.51
38.93
39.35

33.39
33.79
34.19
34.59
34.99
35.39
35.76
36.18
36.58
36.98

31.19
31.57
31.95
32.33
32.71
33.09
33.47
33.85
34.23
34.61

28.94
29.29
29.65
30.01
30.37
30.72
31.08
31.44
31.80
32.16

39.77
40.18
40.60
41.02
41.44
41.85
42.27
42.69
43.1 I
43.52

37.38
37.78
38.18
38.58
38.98
39.38
39.78
40.17
40.57
40.97

35.00
35.38
35.76
36.14
36.52
36.90
37.28
37.66
38.04
38.42

32.51
32.87
33.23
33.59
33.94
34 * 30
34.66
35.02
35.38
35.73

FOOT

POLE

TRANSMISSION

412

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

115
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.51
46.94
47.38
47.82
48.25
48.69
49.12
49.56
50.00
50.43

43.94
44.36
44.78
45.19
45.61
46.03
46.44
46.86
47.28
47.70

41.37
41.77
42.17
42.57
42.97
43.37
43.77
44.17
44.56
44.96

38.80
39.18
39.56
39.94
40.33
40.71
41.09
41.47
41 .85
42.23

36.09
36.45
36.81
37.17
37.52
37.88
38.24
38.60
38.95
39.31

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

50.87
51.30
51.74
52.17
52.61
53.05
53.48
53.92
54.35
54.79

48.11
48.53
48.95
49.37
49.78
50.20
50.62
51.04
51.45
51 .81

45.36
45.16
46.16
46.56
46.96
47.36
47.76
48.16
48.56
48.95

42.61
42.99
43.37
43.75
44.13
44.51
44.89
45.28
45.66
46.04

39.67
40.03
40.39
40.74
41.10
41 .46
41 .82
42.17
42.53
42.89

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

55.22
55.66
56.10
56.53
56.97
57.40
57.84
58.28
58.71
59.15

52.29
52.71
53.12
53.54
53.96
54.38
54.79
55.21
55.63
56.05

49.35
49.75
50.15
50.55
50.95
51.35
51.75
52.15
52.55
52.94

46.42
46.80
47.18
47.56
47.94
48.32
48.70
49.08
49.46
49.84

43.25
43.61
43.96
44.32
44.68
45.04
45.39
45.75
46.11
46.47

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

59.58
60.02
60.45
60.89
61 .33
61 .76
62.20
62.63
63.07
63.50

56.46
56.88
57.30
57.72
58.13
58.55
58.97
59.39
59.80
60.22

53.34
53.74
54.14
54.54
54.94
55.34
55.74
56.14
56.54
56.94

50.22
50.61
50.99
51.37
51.75
52.13
52.51
52.89
53.27
53.65

46.83
47.18
47.54
47.90
48.26
48.61
48.97
49.33
49.69
50.05

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

63.94
64.38
64.81
65.25
65.68
66.12
66.56
66.99
67.43
67.86

60.64
61 .06
61 .47
61 .89
62.31
62.72
63.14
63.56
63.98
64.39

57.33
57.73
58.13
58.53
58.93
59.33
59.73
60.13
60.53
60.93

54.03
54.41
54.79
55.17
55.56
55.94
56.32
56.70
57.08
57.46

50.40
50.76
51.12
51 .48
51 .83
52.19
52.55
52.91
53.27
53.62

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

413

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cechr-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

115
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

81
62
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

68.30
68.73
69.17
69.61
70.04
70.48
70.91
71.35
71.78
72.22

64 81
65 23
65 65
66.06
66.48
66 90
67 32
67 73
15
68
68 57

61 33
61 72
12
62
62.52
62.92
63 32
63 72
64
12
64 52
64 92

57 84
58 22
58 60
58.98
59.36
59 74
60
12
60 50
60 89
61 27

53.98
54.34
54.70
55.06
55.41
55.77
56.13
56.49
56.84
57.20

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

72.66
73.09
73.53
73.96
74.40
74.83
75.27
75.71
76.14
76.58

68 99
69 40
69 82
70.24
70.66
71 07
71 49
71 91
72 33
72 74

65 32
65 72
66
11
66.51
66.91
67.31
67.71
68.11
68.51
68.91

61 65
62 03
62 41
62.79
63.17
63 55
63 93
64 31
64 69
65 07

57.56
57.92
58.28
58.63
58.99
59.35
59.71
60.06
60.42
60.78

65.45
65.83

61.14
61.50

66 22
66 60
66 98
67 36
67 74
68.12
68.50
68 88

61.85
62.21
62.57
62.93
63.28
63.64
64.00
64.36

26
64
02
40
78

64.72
65.07
65.43
65.19
66.15

101
102
-103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

WESTERN

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET
TOP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

77.01
77.45
-----GROUND
77.89
78.32
78.76
79.19
79.63
80.06
80.50
80.94
81.37
81.81
82.24
82.68
83.11

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES
33.00
33.43
33.86
34.29
34.72
35.15
35.58
36.01
36.44
36.81
37.30

73.16
73.58
LINE
(12
74.00
74.41
74.83
75.25
75.67
76.08
76.50
76 92
77
77
78
78
79

33
75
17
59
00

69.31
69.71
FEET,
0 INCHES)-70.11
70.50
70.90
71.30
71.70
72.10
72.50
72 90
73
73
74
74
74

30
70
10
50
89

.--

69
69
70
70
70

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

31 00
31 41
31 82
32 24
32 65
33.06
33.47
33 89
34 30
34 71
35
12

29.00
29.39
29.79
30.18
30.58
30.97
31.37
31.76
32.16
32.55
32.95

27.00
27.37
27.75
28.12
28.49
28.86
29.24
29.61
29.98
30.36
30.73

120
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES
25.00
25.35
25.70
26.05
26.40
26.75
27.11
27.46
27.81
28.16
28.51

POLE-con.

FOOT

POLE

414

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

18
19
20

37.73
38.16
38.59
39.02
39.45
39.88
40.31
40.74
41.17
41.60

35.54
35.95
36.36
36.77
37.18
37.60
38.01
38.42
38.83
39.25

33.34
33.74
34.13
34.53
34.92
35.32
35.71
36.1 I
36.50
36.89

31.47
31 .85
32.22
32.59
32.96
33.34
33.71
34.08
34.46

28.86
29.21
29.56
29.91
30.26
30.61
30.96
31.32
31.67
32.02

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

42.03
42.46
42.89
43.32
43.75
44.18
44.61
45.04
45.46
45.89

39.66
40.07
40.48
40.89
41.31
41 .72
42.13
42.54
42.96
43.37

37.29
37.68
38.08
38.47
38.87
39.26
39.66
40.05
40.45
40.84

34.83
35.20
35.57
35.95
36.32
36.69
37.07
37.44
37.81
38.18

32.37
32.72
33.07
33.. 42
33.77
34.12
34.47
34.82
35.18
35.53

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.32
46.75
47.18
47.61
48.04
48.47
48.90
49.33
49.76
50.19

43.78
44.19
44.61
45.02
45.43
45.84
46.25
46.67
47.08
47.49

41.24
41 .63
42.03
42.42
42.82
43.21
43.61
44.00
44.39
44.79

38.56
38.93
39.30
39.68
40.05
40.42
40.79
41.17
41.54
41.91

35.88
36.23
36.58
36.93
37.28
37.63
37.98
38.33
38.68
39.04

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

50.62
51.05
51.48
51.91
52.34
52.77
53.20
53.63
54.06
54.49

47.90
48.32
48.73
49.14
49.55
49.96
50.38
50.79
51.20
51.61

45.18
45.58
45.97
46.37
46.76
47.16
47.55
47.95
48.34
48.74

42.29
42.66
43.03
43.40
43.78
44.15
44.52
44.89
45.27
45.64

39.39
39.74
40.09
40.44
40.79
41.14
41.49
41 .84
42.19
42.54

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

54.92
55.35
55.78
56.21
56.64
57.07
57.50
57.93
58.36
58.79

52.03
52.44
52.85
53.26
53.68
54.09
54.50
54.91
55.32
55.74

49.13
49.53
49.92
50.32
50.71

46.01
46.39
46.76
47.13
47.50
47.88
48.25
48.62
49.00
49.37

42.89
43.25
43.60
43.95
44.30
44.65
45.00
45.35
45.70
46.05

11
12
13
I4
15
16
17

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

51.11
51.50

51.89
52.29
52.68

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
31.10

120
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES

INCHES

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

415

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.
INCHES

60.08
60.51
60.94
61.37
61.80
62.23
62.66
63.09

56.15
56.56
56.97
57.39
57.80
58.21
50.62
59.04
59.45
59.06

53.08
53.47
53.87
54.26
54.66
55.05
55.45
55.04
56.24
56.63

50.11
50.49
50.86
51 .23
51 .61
51.98
52.35
52.72
53.10

46.40
46.75
Lt7.11
47.46
47.81
48.16
48.51
48.06
49.21
49.56

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

63.52
63.95
64.30
64.81
65.24
65.67
66.10
66.53
66.96
67.39

60.27
60.68
61.10
61.51
61.92
62.33
62.75
63.16
63.57
63.90

57.03
57.42
57.02
58.21
58.61
59.00
59.39
59.79
60.18
60.50

53.47
53.04
54.21
54.59
54.96
55.33
55.71
56.08
56.45
56.02

49.91
50.26
50.61
50.96
51 .32
51 .67
52.02
52.37
52.72
53.07

81
02
83
84
85
86
87
80
89
90

67.02
60.25
60.60
69.11
69.54
69.96
70.39
70.82
71 .25
71.60

64.39
64.81
65.22
65.63
66.04
66.46
66.07
67.20
67.69
68.11

60.97
61 .37
61 .76
62.16
62.55
62.95
63.34
63.74
64.13
64.53

57.20
57.57
57.94
50.32
50.69
59.06
59.43
59.81
60.18
60.55

53.42
53.77
54.12
54.47
54.02
55.18
55.53
55.80
56.23
56.50

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

72.11
72.54
72.97
73.40
73.03
74.26
74.69
75.12
75.55
75.90

60.52
68.93
69.34
69.75
70.17
70.58
70.99
71.40
71.02
72.23

64.92
65.32
65.71
66.11
66.50
66.09
67.29
67.60
68.08
68.47

60.93
61.30
61 .67
62.04
62.42
62.79
63.16
63.54
63.91
64.28

56.93
57.20
57.63
57.90
50.33
50.60
59.04
59.39
59.74
60.09

76.41
76.04
77.27
77.70
70.13
70.56
70.99

72.64
73.05
73.46
73.80
74.29
74 .70
75.11

68.87
69.26
69.66
70.05
70.45
70.84
71 .24

64.65
65.03
65.40
65.77
66.14
66.52

60.44
60.79
61.14
61 .49
61 .84
62.19
62.54

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

100

101
102
103

104
105
106
107

59.22
59.65

-------------GROUND

108
109
110

79.42
79.85
80.28

LINE

75.53
75.94
76.35

(12

FEET,

71.63
72.03
72.42

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES
49.74

66.09
INCHES)---------------

67.26
67.64
68.01

120
FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.
INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

61

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
INCHES

62.89
63.25
63.60

POLE-con.

416

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red Cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.
1 NCHES
80.71

81.14
81.57
82.00
82.43
82.86
83.29
83.72
84.15
84.58

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

76
77
77
78
78
78
79
79
80
80

72.82
73.21
73.61
74.00
74.39
74.79
75.18
75.58
75.97
76.37

12_p FOOT
POLE
CLASS
2
CIRC.

INCHES

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.
INCHES

33.00
33.42
33.84
34.26
34.68
35.10
35.52
35.94
36.36
36.78
37.20

31
31
31
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
35

1I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

37.62
38.04
38.46
38.88
39.30
39.72
40.14
40.56
40.98
41.40

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

41.82
42.24
42.66
43.08
43.50
43.92
44.34
44.76
45.18
45.61

00
40
81
21
61
02
42
82
23
63
03

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

68 38
68 75
69 13
69 50
69 87
70 25
70 62
70 99
71 36
71 74

INCHES

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

63.95
64.30
64.65
65.00
65.35
65.70
66.05
66.40
66.75
67.11

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

30.16
30.55
30.93
31 .32
31.71
32.09
32.48
32.87

27.00
27.37
27.73
28.10
28.46
28.83
29.19
29.56
29.92
30.29
30.66

25.00
25.34
25.69
26.03
26.38
26.72
27.07
27.41
27.76
28.10
28.45

35.44
35.84
36.24
36.65
37.05
37.45
37.86
38.26
38.66
39.07

33.25
33.64
34.03
34.41
34.80
35.18
35.57
35.96
36.34
36.73

31.02
31.39
31.75
32.12
32.48
32.85
33.21
33.58
33.95
34.31

28.79
29.13
29.48
29.82
30.17
30.51
30.86
31.20
31.55
31 .89

39.47
39.87
40.28
40.68
41 .08
41.49
41 .89
42.29
42.70
43.10

37.12
37.50

34.68
35.04
35.41
35.77
36.14
36.50
36.87
37.24
37.60
37.97

32.24
32.58
32.92
33.27
33.61
33.96
34.30
34.65
34.99
35.34

29.00
29.39
29.77

37.89

38.28
38.66
39.05
39.44
39.82
40.21
40.60

-Con.

INCHES

125
CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

TOP

76
18
59
00
41
82
24
65
06
47

CLASS
CIRC.
1 NCHES

FOOT

POLE

APPENDIX

417

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

46.03
46.45
46.87
47.29
47.71
48.13
48.55
48.97
49.39
49.81

43.50
43.91
44.31
44.71
45.12
45.52
45.92
46.33
46.73
47.13

40.98
41.37
41 .I6

41
42
43
44
45
46
41
48
49
50

50.23
50.65
51.07
51.49
51.91
52.33
52.75
53.17
53.59
54.01

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

CLASS
CIRC.
INCHES

125 FOOT
CLASS
2
CIRC.

INCHES

42.14
42.53
42.92
43.30
43.69
44.08
44.46

38.33
38.70
39.06
39.43
39.79
40.16
40.53
40.89
41 .26
41 .62

35.68
36.03
36.37
36.71
37.06
37.40
37.75
38.09
38.44
38.78

47.54
47.94
48.34
48.75
49.15
49.55
49.96
50.36
50.76
51.17

44.85
45.24
45.62
46.01
46.39
46.78
47.17
47.55
47.94
48.33

41.99
42.35
42.72
43.08
43.45
43.82
44.18
44.55
44.91
45.28

39.13
39.47
39.82
40.16
40.50
40.85
41.19
41.54
41.88
42.23

54.43
54.85
55.27
55.69
56.11
56.53
56.95
57.37
57.79
58.21

51.57
51.97
52.38
52.78
53.18
53.59
53.99
54.39
54.80
55.20

48.71
49.10
49.49
49.87
50.26
50.65
51.03
51 .42
51 .81
52.19

45.64
46.01
46.37
46.74
47.1 I
47.47
47.84
48.20
48.57
48.93

42.57
42.92
43.26
43.61
43.95
44.29
44.64
44.98
45.33
45.67

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

58.63
59.05
59.47
59.89
60.31
60.73
61.15
61 .57
61 .99
62.41

55.61
56.01
56.41
56.82
57.22
57.62
58.03
58.43
58.83
59.24

52.58
52.97
53.35
53.74
54.13
54.51
54.90
55.29
55.67
56.06

49.30
49.66
50.03
50.39
50.76
51.13
51.49
51.86
52.22
52.59

46.02
46.36
46.71
47.05
47.39
47.74
48.08
48.43
48.77
49.12

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

62.83
63.25
63.67
64.09
64.51
64.93
65.35
65.77
66.19
66.61

59.64
60.04
60.45
60.85
61 .25
61.66
62.06
62.46
62.87
63.27

56.45
56.83
57.22
57.61
57.99
58.38
58.76
59.15
59.>4
59.92

52.95
53.32
53.68
54.05
54.42
54.78
55.15
55.51
55.88
56.24

49.46
49.81
50.15
50.50
50.84
51.18
51.53
51 .87
52.22
52.56

POLE-con.

418

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table B-4.-Pole circumferences for western red Cedar-Continued

WESTERN

RED CEDAR
DISTANCE
FROM TOP
FEET

125
CLASS
H-2
CIRC.

CLASS
H-l
CIRC.

INCHES

INCHES

INCHES

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

67.03
67.45
67.87
68.29
68.71
69.13
69.55
69.97
70.39
70.82

63.67
64.08
64.48
64.88
65.29
65.69
66.09
66.50
66.90
67.30

60
60
61
61
61
62
62
63
63
63

31
70
08
47
86
24
63
02
40
79

56
56
57
57
58
58
58
59
59
59

61
97
34
71
07
44
80
17
53
90

52.91
53.25
53.60
53.94
54.29
54.63
54.97
55.32
55.66
56.01

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

71.24
71.66
72.08
72.50
72.92
73.34
73.76
74.18
74.60
75.02

67.71
68.11
68.51
68.92
69.32
69.72
70.13
70.53
70.93
71.34

64
64
64
65
65
66
66
66
67
67

18
56
95
34
72
11
50
88
27
66

60
60
61
61
61
62
62
62
63
63

26
63
00
36
73
09
46
82
19
55

56.35
56.70
57.04
5%. 39
57.73
58.08
58.42
58.76
59.11
59.45

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

75.44
75.86
76.28
76.70
77.12
77.54
77.96
78.38
78.80
79.22

71.74
72.14
72.55
72.95
73.35
73.76
74.16
74.56
74.97
75.37

68
68
68
69
69
69
70
70
71
71

04
43
82
20
59
97
36
75
13
52

63
64
64
65
65
65
66
66
66
67

92
29
65
02
38
75
11
48
84
21

59.80
60.14
60.49
60.83
61.18
61.52
61.87
62.21
62.55
62.90

111
112
-------113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

79.64
80.06

75.77
76.18

71.91
72.29

121
122
123
124
125

-----GROUND

LINE

I12

FEET,

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

67.58
67.94
INCHES)-----

80.48
80.90
81 .32
81.74
82.16
82.58
83.00
83.42

76.58
76.98
77.39
77.79
78.19
78.60
79.00
79.40

72.68
73.07
73.45
73.84
74.23
74.61
75.00
75.39

68.31
68.67
69.04
69.40
69.77
70.13
70.50
70.87

83.84
84.26
84.68
85.10
85.52

79.81
80.21
80.61
81.02
81 .42

75 77
76 16
76 55
76 93
77.32

71 23
71 60
71 96
72 33
72.69

FOOT

CLASS
H-3
CIRC.

CLASS
CIRC.

INCHES

63.24
63.59
-. _------_63.93
64.28
64.62
64.97
65.31
65.66
66.00
66.34
66.69
67.03
67.38
67.72
68.07

POLE-Con.

APPENDIX

Table B-S.-Permanent
Maximum conductor tension
Percent of rated strength

419

set values for Alumoweld strand

Permanent set
mm/mm or in/in

Maximum conductor tension

Percent of rated strength

Permanent set
mm/mm 01 in/in

096
104
112
120
129

40
41
42
43
44

15
16
17
18
19

.ooo 138
.OOO 148
.ooo 159
.ooo 171
.OOO183

45
46
47
48
49

.OOO600
.OOO622
.OOO645
.ooo 668
.OOO691

:i

.OOO206
.ooo
195

22
23
24

.OOO217
.OOO228
.OOO240

50
51
52
53
54

.ooo 714
.ooo 737
.OOO760
.OOO783
.OOO807

25
26
27

.OOO253
.OOO267
.OOO282

ii

.ooo 298
.OOO
314

55
56
57
58
59

.OOO832
.OOO858
.OOO885
.ooo 912
.ooo 940

30

.ooo 330
:Y
62
63
64

.OOO968
.ooo 997
.001027
.001057
.001087

10
11
12
13
14

0.000
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo

i:
33
34

.ooo 347
.OOO
364
.OOO381
.OOO398

ii

.OOO415
.ooo
432

2
39

.ooo 449
.OOO
466
.OOO484

65

Initial modulus:
Final modulus:

148.238 GPa (21.5 x 10 lb/in2)

158.580 GPa (23 x 10 lb/in2)

0.000
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo

502
521
540
559
5 79

zt

.OOl
.OOl
.OOl
.OOl
.OOl

118
149
181
214
248

70

.OOl 283

420

TRANSMISSION

Table B-6.-Permanent
Tension

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

set values for steel strand

10 mm (3/8 in)

13 mm (l/2 in)

11 mm (7/16 in)
HS

EHS2

lb

HS

EHS

8 896
9 341
9 786
10 231
10 657

2 000
2 100
2 200
2 300
2 400

0.000 136
.OOO142
.ooo 147
.ooo 154
.OOO162

0.000 036
.ooo 037
.OOO038
.ooo 039
.ooo 040

0.000 091
.OOO096
.ooo 100
.ooo 105
.ooo 110

0.000 019
.ooo 020
.ooo 021
.ooo 022
.OOO023

0.000 060
.OOO063
.ooo 066
.ooo 070
.ooo 074

0.000 012
.ooo 013
.ooo 014
.ooo 015
.OOO016

11
11
12
12
12

121
565
010
455
900

2 500
2 600
2 700
2 800
2 900

.ooo 170
.ooo 179
.ooo 188
.OOO198
.OOO208

.ooo 041
.OOO042
.ooo 043
.ooo 045
.ooo 047

.ooo 115
.ooo 120
.OOO125
.ooo 130
.ooo 135

.OOO024
.OOO025
.OOO026
.OOO027
.OOO028

.OOO078
.OOO082
.ooo 086
.ooo 090
.ooo 094

.ooo 017
.OOO018
xl00 019
.ooo 020
.ooo 021

13
13
14
14
15

345
789
234
679
124

3 000
3 100
3 200
3 300
3 400

.ooo 219
.OOO230
.OOO242
.OOO253
.OOO264

.ooo 049
.OOO052
.ooo 055
.OOO058
.OOO061

.ooo 140
.ooo 145
.ooo 150
.ooo 155
.OOO 160

.ooo 029
.ooo 030
.ooo 031
.OOO032
.ooo 033

.OOO098
.ooo 102
.OOO 106
.ooo 111
.ooo 115

.ooo 022
.OOO023
.OOO024
.OOO025
.OOO026

15
16
16
16
17

569
014
458
903
348

3 500
3 600
3 700
3 800
3 900

.OOO275
.OOO287
.ooo 299
.ooo 311
.OOO323

,000 064
.ooo 068
.OOO072
.OOO076
.OOO081

.OOO165
.ooo 170
.ooo 175
.OOO180
.OOO 185

.ooo 034
.ooo 035
.OOO036
.ooo 037
.OOO038

.ooo 119
.OOO123
.OOO127
.ooo 131
.ooo 135

.OOO027
,000 028
.ooo 029
.ooo 030
.ooo 031

17
18
18
19
19

793
238
682
127
572

4 000
4 100
4,200
4 300
4 400

.OOO336
.ooo 350
.OOO365
.OOO381
.OOO398

.ooo 086
.ooo 092
.OOO098
.ooo 104
.ooo 110

.ooo 190
.ooo 195
.ooo 202
.OOO208
.OOO214

.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo

040
04 1
043
045
047

.ooo 139
.ooo 143
.OOO148
.OOO152
.OOO156

.OOO032
.ooo 033
.ooo 034
.ooo 035
.OOO036

20
20
20
21
21

017
462
907
351
796

4
4
4
4
4

500
600
700
800
900

.OOO416
.ooo 435
.ooo 455
.ooo 475
.OOO496

.ooo 117
.OOO124
.ooo 131
.OOO138
.OOO146

.ooo 220
.OOO227
.OOO234
.OOO242
.OOO250

.ooo 049
.ooo 05 1
.ooo 053
.OOO056
.OOO05 8

.OOO160
.OOO164
.ooo 168
.OOO172
.OOO176

.ooo 037
.OOO038
.ooo 039
.ooo 040
.ooo 041

22
22
23
23
24

241
686
131
575
020

5 000
5 100
5 200
5 300
5 400

.ooo 519
.ooo 544
.ooo 571
.OOO600
.OOO631

.ooo 154
.OOO162
.ooo 171
.OOO180
:OOO189

.ooo 259
.OOO268
.OOO277
.OOO286
,000 295

.OOO062
.OOO065
.ooo 068
.ooo 07 1
.ooo 074

.OOO180
.OOO185
.ooo 190
.ooo 195
.ooo 200

.OOO042
.ooo 043
.ooo 044
.ooo 045
.OOO046

24
24
25
25
26

465
910
355
800
244

5
5
5
5
5

500
600
700
800
900

.ooo 199
.ooo 209
.ooo 219
.OOO230
.OOO241

.ooo 305
.ooo 315
.OOO325
.ooo 335
.ooo 347

.ooo 077
.OOO080
.OOO083
.ooo 086
.OOO089

.OOO205
.ooo 210
.OOO215
.ooo 220
.OOO225

.ooo 047
.OOO048
.ooo 049
.ooo 050
.ooo 05 1

26
27
27
28
28

689
134
576
024
468

6 000
6 100
6 200
6 300
6 400

.OOO252
.OOO263
.OOO275
.OOO287
.ooo 299

.ooo
.ooo
,000
.ooo
.ooo

.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo
.ooo

092
095
099
103
107

.OOO230
.OOO236
.OOO243
.OOO250
.OOO257

.OOO052
.ooo 053
.ooo 054
.OOO056
.OOO058

28
29
29
30
30

913
358
803
248
693

6 500
6 600
6 700
6 800
6 900

.ooo 311
.OOO324
.ooo 337
.ooo 351
.OOO365

.ooo 417
.ooo 429
.ooo 441
.ooo 453
.OOO465

.ooo 111
.ooo 115
.ooo 119
.OOO123
.OOO128

.OOO264
.OOO271
.OOO278
.OOO285
.ooo 292

.OOO060
.OOO062
.OOO064
.OOO067
.ooo 070

359
371
382
393
405

EHS2

HS

APPENDIX

Table B-6.-Permanent
Tension

421

set values for steel strand-continued

10 mm (3/8 in)
EHS2
HS'

lb

31 137
31 582
32 027
32 472
32 917

7 000
7 100
7 200
7 300
7 400

0.000 380
.OOO396
.ooo 413
.ooo 431
.ooo 45 1

33 362
33 806
34 251
34 696
35 141

7 500
7 600
7 700
7 800
7 900

.OOO472
.ooo 493
.ooo 515

35 586
36 030
36 475
36 920
37 365

11 mm (7/16 in)
HS'
EHS2
0.000 477
.OOO489
.ooo 501
.ooo 513

13 mm (l/2 in)
HS'
EHS2

0.000 133
,000 139
,000 146
.OOO152
.ooo 159

0.000 299
.OOO306
.ooo 313
.OOO320
.OOO327

0.000073
.ooo075
.OOO
078
.OOO
081
.OOO
083

.OOO165
.OOO172
.OOO178
.OOO185
.ooo 191

.ooo 334
.ooo 341
.OOO348
.ooo 355
.OOO363

.OOO085
.OOO087
.ooo 090
.ooo 093
.OOO096

8 000
8 100
8 200
8 300
8 400

.OOO198
.OOO204
.ooo 211
.OOO217
,000 224

.ooo 371
.OOO378
.OOO387
.OOO396
.ooo 405

.ooo 099
.ooo 102
.ooo 105
.OOO108
.ooo 111

37 810
38 255
38 699
39 144
39 589

8 500
8 600
8 700
8 800
8 900

.OOO230
.OOO237
.OOO243
.ooo 249
.OOO256

.ooo 414
.OOO424
.ooo 434
.ooo 444
.ooo 454

.ooo 114
.OOO118
.ooo 122
.OOO126
.ooo 130

40 034
40 479
40 923
41 368
41 813

9 000
9 100
9 200
9 300
9 400

.OOO262
.OOO268
.OOO274
.OOO280
.OOO287

.OOO464
,000 474
.OOO484
.ooo 495
.OOO506

.ooo 135
.ooo 139
.ooo 143
.ooo 147
.ooo 151

42 258
42 703
43 148
43 592
44 037

9 500
9 600
9 700
9 800
9 900

.ooo 295
.OOO306
.OOO318
,000 329
.ooo 341

.ooo 155
.ooo 159
.OOO164
.ooo 168
.ooo 173

44 482
44 927
45 372
45 816
46 261

10 000
10 100
10 200
10 300
10 400

.OOO352
.OOO364
.ooo 375
.OOO387
.ooo 403

.OOO178
.OOO183
.ooo 188
.ooo 192
.ooo 197

46 706
47 151
47 596
48 041
48 485

10 500
10 600
10 700
10 800
10 900

.ooo 201
.OOO205
.ooo 209
.OOO213
.OOO218

48 930
49 375
49 820
50 265
50 709

11000
11 100
11 200
11300
11400

.OOO223
.OOO228
.OOO233
.OOO238
,000 243

51 154
51599
52 044
52 489
52 934

11500
11 600
11700
11 800
11900

.OOO255
.OOO261
.OOO267
.OOO273

.ooo 249

422

TRANSMISSION

Table B-6.-Permanent
Tension

10

lb

HS

mm (3/8

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

set values for steel strand-Continued

in)
EHS

11
HS

mm (7/16

in)
F2-d

13 mm (l/2 in)
HS

EHS2

53
53
54
54
55

378
823
268
713
158

12
12
12
12
12

000
100
200
300
400

0.000 280
.OOO287
.ooo 295
.OOO302
.ooo 309

55
56
56
56
57

603
047
492
937
382

12
12
12
12
12

500
600
700
800
900

.ooo 317
.OOO325
.ooo 333
.ooo 341
.ooo 350

57
58
58
59
59

827
271
716
161
606

13
13
13
13
13

000
100
200
300
400

.ooo 359
.OOO368
.ooo 377
.OOO386
.OOO396

Ultimate

strength

48 040 N
(10 800 lb)

68 500 N
(15 400 lb)

64 500 N
(14 500 lb)

92 520 N
(20 800 lb)

83 625 N
(18 800 lb)

119 655 N
(26 900 lb)

t High strength. Initial modulus = 158.580 GPa (23 x lo6 lb/in2). Final modulus = 177.885 GPa (25.8 x lo6 lb/in2).
Extra-high strength. Initial modulus = 162.028 GPa (23.5 x lo6 lb/in2). Final modulus = 177.885 GPa (25.8 x 10 6 lb/in2).

APPENDIX

423

Table B- 7.-Flashover characteristics of suspension insulator strings

and air gaps
Impulse air gap,

in

mm

Impulse
flashover
(positive
critical),
kV

Number of
insulator
units

Wet 6082
flashover,

Wet 60-Hz air gap,

kV

mm

in

130
170
215

254
305
406
508
660

10
12
16
20
26

762
889
991
1118
1245

;t
39
44
49

203
356
533
660
813

150
255
355
440
525

965
1092
1245
1397
1524

610
695
780
860
945

5
9
10

255
295
335
375
415

1025
1105
1185
1265
1345

11
12
13
14
15

455
490
525
565
600

1346
1473
1575
1676
1778

53
58

I;
88

1676
1803
1956
2083
2235

;3
104
110
115

2362
2515
2642
2794
2921

1425
1505
1585
1665
1745

16
17
18

630
660
690
720
750

1880
1981
2083
2184
2286

74
78
82
86
90

121
126
132
137
143

3073
3200
3353
3480
3632

1825
1905
1985
2065
2145

21
22
23

780
810
840
870
900

2388
2464
2565
2692
2794

94
97
101
106
110

148
154
159
165
171

3759
3912
4039
4191
4343

2225
2305
2385
2465
2550

26
27

930
960
990
1020
1050

2921
3023
3124
3251
3353

115
119
123
128
132

14
21
26
32
38
43
49
z;
66
71

:Fl

ii
30

ifi
70

1 Insulator units are 146 by 254 mm (5-3/4 by 10 in) or 146 by 267 mm (5-3/4 by 10-l/2 in).

424

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

Table B-8.-Flashover
_

Ahgap

mm

in

Flashover
60-Hz wet,
Pos. critical
kV
impulse, kV

MANUAL

values of air gaps

AirgaP
mm

in

Flashover
60-Hz wet,
Pos. critical
kV
impulse, kV

25
51
76
102
127

1
2
3
4
5

38
60
75
91-95
106-114

1295
1321
1346
1372
1397

51
52
53
54
55

438
447
455
464
472

814
829
843
858
872

152
178
203
229
254

6
7
8
9
10

80

128-141
141-155
159-166
175-178
190

1422
1448
1473
1499
1524

56
57
58
59
60

481
489
498
506
515

887
901
916
930
945

279
305
330
356
381

11
12
13
14
15

89
98
107
116
125

207
224
241
258
275

1549
1575
1600
1626
1651

::
63
64
65

523
532
540
549
557

960
975
990
1005
1020

406
432
457
483
508

16
17
18
19
20

134
143
152
161
170

290
305
320
335
350

1676
1702
1727
1753
1778

66
z8
69
70

566
574
583
591
600

1035
1050
1065
1080
1095

533
559
584
610
635

21
22
23
24
25

178
187
195
204
212

365
381
396
412
427

1803
1829
1854
1880
1905

71
72
73
74
75

607
615
622
630
637

1109
1124
1138
1153
1167

660
686
711
737
762

26
27
28
29
30

221
229
238
246
255

443
458
474
489
505

1930
1956
1981
2007
2032

76
77
78
79
80

645
652
660
667
675

1182
1196
1211
1225
1240

787
813
838
864
889

31
32
33
34
35

264
273
282
291
300

519
534
548
563
577

2057
2083
2108
2134
2159

81
82
83
84
85

683
691
699
707
715

1254
1269
1283
1298
1312

914
940
965
991
1016

36
;;:
39
40

309
318
327
336
345

592
606
621
635
650

2184
2210
2235
2261
2286

86
87
88
89
90

723
731
739
747
755

1327
1341
1356
1370
1385

1041
1067
1092
1118
1143

41
42
43
44
45

353
362
370
379
387

665
680
695
710
725

2311
2337
2362
2388
2413

91
92
93
;:

763
771
779
787
795

1399
1414
1428
1443
1457

1168
1194
1219
1245
1270

46
47
48
49
50

396
404
413
421
430

740
755
770
785
800

2438
2464
2489
2515
2540

;4
98
99
100

803
811
819
827
835

1472
1486
1501
1515
1530

APPENDIX

Table B-8.-Flashover
bc gap

Flashover
60-Hz wet,
Pos. critical
kV
imuulse. kV

mm

in

2565
2591
2616
2642
2667

101
102
103
104
105

842
848
855
862
869

2692
2718
2743
2769
2794

106
107
108
109
110

2819
2845
2870
2896
2921

425

values of air gaps-Continued

Air gap

Flashover
60-Hz wet,
Pos. critical
kV
impulse, kV

mm

in

1544
1559
1573
1588
1602

3835
3861
3886
3912
3937

15:
152
153
154
155

1176
1182
1188
1194
1200

2269
2284
2298
2313
2327

875
882
889
896
902

1617
1631
1646
1660
1675

3962
3988
4013
4039
4064

156
157
158
159
160

1206
1212
1218
1224
1230

2342
2356
2371
2385
2400

111
112
113
114
115

909
916
923
929
936

1689
1704
1718
1733
1747

4089
4115
4140
4166
4191

161
162
163
164
165

1236
1242
1248
1254
1260

2414
2429
2443
2458
2472

2946
2972
2997
3023
3048

116
117
118
119
120

943
950
956
963
970

1762
1776
1791
1805
1820

4216
4242
4267
4293
4318

166
167
168
169
170

1266
1272
1278
1284
1290

2487
2501
2516
2530
2545

3073
3099
3124
3150
3175

121
122
123
124
125

977
984
991
998
1005

1834
1849
1863
1878
1892

4343
4369
4394
4420
4445

171
172
173
174
175

1296
1302
1308
1314
1320

2559
2574
2588
2603
2617

3200
3226
3251
3277
3302

126
127
128
129
130

1012
1019
1026
1033
1040

1907
1921
1936
1950
1965

4470
4496
4521
4547
4572

176
177
178
179
180

1326
1332
1338
1344
1350

2632
2646
2661
2675
2690

3327
3353
3378
3404
3429

131
132
133
134
135

1047
1054
1061
1068
1075

1979
1994
2008
2023
2037

4597
4623
4648
4674
4699

181
182
183
184
185

1355
1361
1366
1372
1377

2704
2719
2733
2748
2762

3454
3480
3505
3531
3556

136
137
138
139
140

1082
1089
1096
1103
1110

2052
2066
2081
2095
2110

4724
4750
4775
4801
4826

186
187
188
189
190

1383
1388
1394
1399
1405

2777
2791
2806
2820
2835

3581
3607
3632
3658
3683

141
142
143
144
145

1116
1122
1128
1134
1140

2124
2139
2153
2168
2182

4851
4877
4902
4928
4953

191
192
193
194
195

1410
1416
1421
1427
1432

2849
2864
2878
2893
2907

3708
3734
3759
3785
3810

146
147
148
149
150

1146
1152
1158
1164
1170

2197
2211
2226
2240
2255

4978
5004
5029
5055
5080

196
197
198
199
200

1438
1443
1449
1454
1460

2922
2936
2951
2965
2980

426

TRANSMISSION

Table B-9.-Relative
Elevation
m

LINE DESIGN

air density and barometric pressure

Barometric
mm

ft

pressure
in

Relative air density

at 25 OC
at II OF

0
328.08
656.17
984.25
1312.34

1
2
3
4

0
000
000
000
000

760
733
107
681
656

29.92
28.86
21.82
26.81
25.84

1 .oo
0.96
.93
.90
.86

1.00
0.96
.93
.90
.86

1640.42
1968.>0
2296.59
2624.67
2952.16

5
6
I
8
9

000
000
000
000
000

632
609
581
564
544

24.89
23.98
23.10
22.22
21.40

.83
.80
.77
.I4
.I2

.83
.80
.I1
.I4
.I2

3280.84
3608.92
3937.01
4265.09
4593.18

10 000
11000
12 000
13 000
14 000

523
503
484
465
447

20.58
19.81
19.05
18.31
17.58

.69
.66
.64
.61
.59

.69
.66
.64
.61
.59

4921.26
5249.34

15 000
16 000

429
412

16.88
16.21

.56
.54

.56
.54

Table B- 1O.-Barometric
Nonstandard
air factor

MANUAL

Barometric
mm of
mercury

pressure
inches of
mercury r

Elevation
m
ft

pressure versus elevation

Nonstandard
air factor

Barometric
mm of
mercury

pressure
inchesof
mercury 1

Elevation
ft

1 .oo
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04

760
152
145
131
730

29.92
29.62
29.32
29.02
28.12

8:
171
256
343

0
280
561
841
1126

1.23
1.24
1.25
1.26
1.27

585
578
570
562
555

23.04
22.74
22.44
22.14
21.84

2154
2258
2362
2468
2580

1.05
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09

722
114
101
699
692

28.42
28.12
27.83
27.53
21.23

432
521
609
691
788

1417
1709
1999
2287
2584

1.28
1.29
1.30
1.31
1.32

547
540
532
524
517

21.54
21.24
20.94
20.64
20.35

2691
2803
2914
3026
3139

8
9
9
9
10

1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14

684
676
669
661
654

26.93
26.63
26.33
26.03
25.13

878
971
1065
1159
1253

2881
3186
3495
3804
4112

1.33
1.34
1.35
1.36
1.37

509
502
494
486
419

20.05
19.75
19.45
19.15
18.85

3258
3317
3491
3617
3740

10 688
11079
11414
11 868
12 270

1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19

646
638
631
623
616

25.43
25.13
24.83
24.53
24.24

1347
1440
1534
1638
1739

4418
4724
5034
5375
5705

1.38
1.39
1.40
1.41
1.42

471
464
456
448
441

18.55
18.25
17.95
17.65
17.35

3864
3987
4113
4238
4369

12
13
13
13
14

1.20
1.21
1.22

608
600
593

23.94
23.64
23.34

1843
1946
2050

6045
6386
6727

1.43
1.44
1.45

433
426
418

17.05
16.76
16.46

4501
4630
4765

14 768
15 191
15 632

r Barometric

pressure = (29.92) (2 minus nonstandard

air factor).

7 068
7 409
I 750
8 098
8 463
829
195
561
921
299

676
082
493
904
333

APPENDIX

427

Table B-l 1.-Mass per unit volume and relative mass density of
wood species used for poles 1
Green

Air-dry
(15 percent moisture content)

Species
k/m3
Bald cypress

lb/ft3

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Relative
mass
density 2

512

32

0.42

801

Douglas-fn
Coast type
Rocky Mountain

625
657

39
41

545
480

34
30

.45
.40

Hemlock, western

657

41

464

29

.38

Larch, western

801

50

609

38

.51

Pine
Jack
Loblolly 3
Lodgepole
Longleaf
Ponderosa
Red
Shortleaf

641
849
625
881
721
785
833

40
53
39
55
45
49
52

480
577
464
657
448
496
561

30
;;
41
28
31
35

.40
.47
.38
.54
.38
.41
.46

Red cedar
Eastern
Western

593
432

37
27

529
368

33
23

.44
.31

Redwood

801

50

400

25

.38

Spruce (red, sitka, and white)

545

34

448

28

.37

White cedar
Atlantic
Northern

400
432

25
27

368
352

23
22

.31
.29

type

r From Wood Handbook,

Agriculture.

Forest Products Laboratory,

U.S. Forest Service, Department

of

2 Based on volume when green, and mass when oven dry.

3 Part of southern yellow pine group.

Volume of pole
Metric
V= 2.616 x lo-h(d,
+ d,d2)m3
where, h = length of pole, m
dr = diameter of pole at top, mm
di = diameter of pole at bottom, mm

U.S. Customary
V= 1.818 x lo- h(d12 +d,d2)ft3
where, h = length of pole, ft
dr = diameter of pole at top,-in
d2 = diameter of pole at bottom,

in

428

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B- 12 .-Conductor

temperature coefficients of expansion

for normal sag-tension computations
Temperature

coefficient

of expansion

Conductor

Stranding

InitialJOF
x 1o-6

Final/OF
x 1o-6

Initial/OC
x lo+

Final/OC
x 1o-6

EC aluminum
Steel
ACSR 1
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR
ACSR

all
all

12.8

12.8
6.4

23.0
11.5
18.3

23.0

6/l
l/l
18/l
24/i'
26/l
30/l
45/l
54/l

54119
84119

6.4
10.2

9.5
11.6
10.5

9.9
9.5
11.2
10.2
10.4
11.2

10.5
9.8
11.1
10.8
10.5
9.9
11.5
10.1
10.8
11.5

11.1
20.8

18.9
11.8

11.0
20.2
18.3
18.8
20.1

11.5
18.9
11.1
21.1
19.5
18.9
11.8
20.7

19.3
19.5
20.6

For ACSR conductors, the values shown apply only when the stress is borne by both
the steel and aluminum strands.

APPENDIX

429

Table B-l 3.-Pressure on a projected area due to wind velocity

Indicated velocity

Actual velocity
Cylindrical

m/s
0.894
1.788
2.682
3.576
4.470

mi/h

:
6
8
10
12
14
16

m/s

mi/h

kPa

Pressure on projected area

surface
Flat surface
lblft=

kPa

lb/ft2

0.894
1.743
2.593
3.442
4.291

2.0
3.9
5.8
7.7
9.6

0.000 48
.OOl 82
.004 03
.007 10
.01103

0.01
.c4
.08
.15
.23

0.0008
.0031
.0068
.0119
.0185

0.02
.06
.14
.25
.39

11.2
12.9
14.5
16.2
17.8

.015 01
.019 91
.025 17
.03141
.037 92

.31
.42
.53
.66
.79

.0252
.0335
.0423
.0528
.0637

.53
.70
.88
1.10
1.33

5.364
6.258
7.152
8.046
8.940

to8

5.006
5.766
6.482
7.241
7.951

11.175
13.410
15.645
17.880
20.115

25
30
35
40
45

9.745
11.488
13.231
14.930
16.584

21.8
25.7
29.6
33.4
37.1

.056
.079
.104
.133
.164

88
05
86
51
73

1.19
1.65
2.19
2.79
3.44

.0956
.1328
.1762
.2243
.2768

2.00
2.77
3.68
4.68
5.78

22.350
24.585
26.820
29.055
31.290

50
55
60
65
70

18.238
19.892
21.500
23.065
24.630

40.8
44.5
48.1
51.6
55.1

.199
,237
.276
.318
.363

23
01
87
65
36

4.16
4.95
5.78
6.66
7.59

.3347
.3982
.4652
.5353
.6104

6.99
8.32
9.72
11.18
12.75

33.525
35.760
37.995
40.230
42.465

75
8:
90
95

26.194
27.893
29.368
30.971
32.542

58.6
62.4
65.7
69.3
72.8

.410
.466
.516
.574
.634

97
01
60
76
30

8.58
9.73
10.79
12.01
13.25

.6904
.7829
.8679
.9656
1.0656

14.42
16.25
18.13
20.17
22.26

44.700
46.935
49.170
51.405
53.640

100
105
110
115
120

34.061
35.626
37.190
38.755
40.319

76.2
79.7
83.2
86.7
90.2

.694
.760
.828
.899
.973

90
22
43
62
70

14.52
15.88
17.31
18.79
20.34

1.1674
1.2772
1.3918
1.5114
1.6358

24.39
26.68
29.07
31.57
34.17

55.875
58.110
60.345
62.580
64.815

125
130
135
140
145

41.884
43.448
45.013
46.622
48.187

93.7
97.2
100.7
104.3
107.8

1.050
1.130
1.213
1.301
1.390

75
69
62
93
80

21.95
23.62
25.35
27.20
29.05

1.7653
1.8996
2.0389
2.1872
2.3365

36.87
39.68
42.59
45.69
48.81

67.050
71.520
75.990
80.460
84.930

150
160
170
180
190

49.751
52.835
55.964
59.093
62.178

111.3
118.2
125.2
132.2
139.1

1.482
1.672
1.875
2.091
2.315

55
05
96
59
68

30.97
34.93
39.19
43.69
48.37

2.4907
2.8090
3.1516
3.5139
3.8903

52.03
58.68
65.84
73.40
81.26

430

TRANSMISSION

Table B-14.-Equivalent

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

metric data for standard electrical conductors

U.S. customary

Code word

Stranding

Turkey
swan
sparrow
Robin
Raven

6/l
611
6/l
6/l
6/l

Quail
Pigeon
Penguin
Partridge
Ostrich

6/l
6/l
6/l

z;::

Size of conductor
Thousand
AWG
circular
No.
mlls
@mill
6
4
2

Diameter,
in

0.198

Metric

Area, in2
Aluminum
Total

13.29
21.16
33.61
42.39

10.11

53.48

15.48
24.11
39.23
49.48
62.39

0.1219
0.1538
0.1939

11.35

0.2436
0.2140

16.31
11.21

61.42
85.03
101.23
135.16
152.00

18.65
99.23
125.10
151.16
116.17

0.2642
0.3122
0.3122
0.3146
0.3146

0.3012
0.3630
0.3850
0.4232
0.4356

18.31
20.41

198.19
234.19
248.39

21.19

110.45
201.42
201.42
241.68
241.68

213.03
281.03

0.4938
0.5083
0.5368
0.5526
0.5643

23.22
23.55
24.21
24.54
24.82

282.00
282.00
306.58
306.58
322.26

318.58
321.93
346.32
356.52
364.06

322.26
331.14
402.84
402.84
483.42

314.11
381.55
468.45
430.11
516.84
546.06
559.81

0.0206
0.0328
0.0521
0.0651
0.0829

0.0240
0.0383
0.0608
0.0161
0.0961

266.8
300.0

0.441
0.502
0.563
0.642
0.680

0.1045
0.1318
0.1662
0.2095
0.2356

0.721
0.183
0.806
0.846
0.858

0.914

210
3/o
4/o

Area, mm2
Aluminum
Total

5.03
6.35
8.03
9.02

0.250
0.316
0.355
0.398

If0

Diameter,
mm

12.15

14.30

Linnet
Ibis
Lark
Flicker
Hawk

2617
26/l
30/l
WI
26/l

336.4
391.5
397.5
411.0
411.0

Parakeet
Dove
Peacock
Squab
Rook

24/l
26/l
24/l
26/l
24/l

556.5
556.5
605.0
605.0
636.0

0.911

0.4311
0.4311
0.4152
0.4152
0.4955

Grosbeak
Flamingo
Drake
Tern
Rail

26/l
24/l
26/l
45/l
45/l

636.0
666.0
195.0
195.0
954.0

0.990
1.000
1.108
1.063
1.165

0.4995
0.5235
0.6244
0.6244
0.1493

0.5809
0.1261
0.6676
0.8011

25.15
25.40
28.14
21.00
29.59

C~dilld
Ortolan
Curlew
Bluejay
Finch

54/l

954.0
1033.5

30.38
30.81

1033.5
1113.0
1113.0

0.1493
0.8111
0.8117
0.8141
0.8141

0.8464
0.8618

2;:
45/l
54119

1.196
1.213
1.246
1.259
1.293

0.9169
0.9346
0.9849

31.65
31.98
32.84

483.42
523.68
523.68
563.93
563.93

45/l

1212.0
1212.0

1.345
1.382

1431.0
1431.0
1590.0

1.421
1.465
1.502

0.9990
0.9990
1.124
1.124

1.068
1.126
1.202
1.266
1.335

34.16
35.10
36.25
31.21
38.15

644.51
644.51
125.16
125.16
805.80

689.03
126.45
115.48
816.17

1590.0

1.545
1.602
1.762
1.131

1.401
1.512
1.831
1.116

39.24
40.69
44.15
44.12

805.80

901.93
1092.26
1098.06

901.74
915.48

Bittern
Pheasant
Bobolink
Plover
Lapwing
Falcon
ChUkiU

Bluebird
Kiwi

54119
45/l
54119
45/l

54119
84119
84119
1217

1180.0
2156.0
2161.0

0.921

0.953
0.966

1.249
1.249
1.398
1.693
1.102

0.5914

19.89
21.49

591.55
602.91
635.42

861.29

1181.29
1145.80

APPENDIX

Table B-15.-Selected

431

U-metric conversions. From /20/

Area

To convert

from

To

acre (U.S. survey1

are
barn
circular mil (cmil)
hectare (ha)
section [U.S. survey]
square centimeter
(cm )
square chain
square foot [International
(ft2 1
square foot [U.S. survey]
ut* 1
square inch (in* )
square kilometer
(km* )
square mile [International
(mi*)
square mile [U.S. survey]
(mi* )
square rod [U.S. survey]
hd*
1
square yard (yd*)
township
l

Exact

square
square
square
square
square
square
square
square
square

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

______ Multiply
(m*)
(m*)
(m* )
(m*)
(m* )
(m*
(m*
(m*
(m*

4.046
* 1 .ooo
l 1 .ooo
5.067
I .ooo
2.589
*I .ooo
* 1.562
9.290

by

873

500
304

E+03
E+02
E- 28
E-10
E+04
E+06
E- 04
E- 04
E-02

341

E- 02

6.451 600
1 .ooo
2.589 988

E- 04
E+OG
E+06

075
998

square meter

(m*

square meter
square meter
square meter

(m*
(m*
(m2

square meter

(m*

2.589

998

E+06

square meter

(m*

2.529

295

E+Ol

square meter
square meter

(m*
(m*

8.361
9.323

274
993
--

E-01
E+07

9.290

conversion.

Force
To convert

from
---

To

---

crinal
dyne (dyn)
kilogram force

(kgf)

kilopond
kip
ounce force
pound force (Ibf)
poundal
(pdl)
ton force
Exact

newton
newton
newton
newton
newton
newton
newton
newton
newton

Multiply
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)

*1 .ooo
I ,000
9.806
9.806
4.448
2.780
4.448
1.382
8.896

by
E-01
E- 05

650
650
222
139
222
550
444

E+03
E-01
E-01
E+03

conversion.

Force per length

To convert

from

dyne per centimeter

(dyn/cm)
kilogram force per meter
(W/m)
pound per foot (Ib/ft)
pound per inch (lb/in)
l

Exact

conversion.

To

Multiolv

newton

per meter

(N/m)

* 1 .ooo

newton

per meter

(N/m)

9.806

newton
newton

per meter
per meter

(N/m)
(N/m)

1.459
1.751

bv
E- 03

650
390
268

E+Ol
E+O2

TRANSMISSION

432

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B-15. -Selected X-metric conversions-Continued

Density-Mass
To convert

from

gram per cubic centimeter

(g/cm3 1
gram per liter (g/L)
megagram per cubic meter
&b/m3 1
metric ton per cubic meter
(t/m3 1
milligram
per liter (mg/L)
ounce per cubic inch
(oz/in3 )
ounce per gallon (oz/gal)
ounce per pint (oz/pt)
pound per
(Ib/in3)
pound per
(Ib/ft3)
pound per
(I b/yd3 1
pound per

cubic

inch

cubic foot
cubic yard
gallon

(lb/gall

slug per cubic foot

(slug/ft3 )
ton [short]
per cubic yard
(ton/yd3 1
l

Exact

capacity

To
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter

per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 l
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 l
per cubic
(kg/m 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m31
per cubic
(kg/m3 1
per cubic
(kg/m3 1

Multiply

by

1 .ooo

E+03

*I .ooo
*I .ooo

E+03

*I a00

E+03

*I .ooo

E-03

1.729 994

E+03

7.489

152

9.361

440

E-01

2.767

990

E+04

1.601

846

E+OI

5.932

764

E-01

1.198

264

E+02

5.153

788

E+02

1.186

553

E+03

conversion.

Time
To convert

from

day [mean solar1 (dl

day [sidereal]
hour [mean solar] (hr)
hour [sidereal]
minute [mean solar] (min)
minute [sidereal]
month [mean calendar]
(mol
second [sidereal]
week 17 days1 (wkl
year [calendar]
(al
year [sidereal]
l

Exact

conversion.

Multiply

To
second
second
second
second
second
second
second
second
second
second
second

(s)
(sl
(s)
(s)
(s)
(sl
(sl
(sl
(sl
(s)
(sl

8.640
8.616
3.600
3.590
l 6.000
5.983
l 2.628
9.972
6.048
l 3. I53
3.155

409
170
617
696
600
815

by
E+O4
E+O4
E+03
E+03
E+Ol
E+OI
E+O6
E-01
E+05
E+07
E+07

APPENDIX

433

Table B- 15 .-Selected SI-metric conversions-Continued

Length

-To convert

from

To

angstrom unit (A)

astronomical
unit (AU)
caliber
centimeter
(cm)
chain, surveyors
chain, engineers
chain, nautical
fathom
fermi [obsolete replaced by
femtometer]
femtometer
(fm)
foot [U.S. survey] (ft)
foot [International]
(ft)
furlong (fur)
inch (in)
kilometer
(km)
league
link, surveyors
light year (Iv)
microinch
(pin)
micrometer
@m)
micron [obsolete,
replaced by
micrometer]
mil (mil)
mile [International]
(mi
mile [Statute]
(mi)
mile [U.S. survey]
(mi)
nautical mile (nmi)
parsec
pica, printers
point, printers
rod
spat
vard (vd)

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)

l 1 .ooo
* 1 .ooo
3.048
3.048
2.011
l 2.540
l 1 .ooo
4.828
2.011
9.460
2.540

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)
(m)

1.000
2.540
* 1.609
1.609
1.609
l 1 .852
3.085
4.217
3.514
5.029
* 1.000

Exact conversion.

Linear

Exact conversion.

Multiply

density

1 .ooo

1.495979
2.540
l 1 .ooo
2.011 680
3.048
4.572
l 1.828
800

006
680

032
680
900

l 1.ooo

l 9.144

344
300
347
678
518
598
210

by
E-10
E+l 1
E- 02
E-02
E+Ol
E+Ol

E-15
E-15
E-01
E-01
E+02
E-02
E+03
E- 03
E-01
E+l5
E-08
E- 06
E-06
E- 05
E+03
E+03
E+03
E+03
E+16
E- 03
E- 04
E+12
E-01

TRANSMISSION

434

Table B-15.-Selected

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

N-metric

conversions-Continued

Load concentration
To convert

from

To

gram per square centimeter

(s/cm2 1
megagram per square metet
(Mg/m2 ]
metric ton per square mete1
(t/m2 ]
ounce per square inch
(ozlin2)
ounce per square foot
(oz/ft2 )
ounce per square yard
(o&d2
]
pound per square inch
(I b/in2 ]
pound per square foot
(Ib/ft2)
pound per square yard
(I b&d2 ]
ton per square foot
(ton/ft2 )
Exact

kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter
kilogram
meter

Multiply

per square
(kg/m )
per square
(kg/m2 )
per square
(kg/m)
per square
(kg/m ]
per square
(kg/m21
per square
(kg/m )
per square
(kg/m2 )
per square
(kg/m2 )
per square
( kg/m2 )
per square
(kg/m2 )

by

*I .ooo

E+Ol

*I .ooo

E+03

*I .ooo

E+03

2.119

109

E-03

3.051

517

E-01

3.390

575

E- 02

7.030

696

E+02

4.882

428

5.424

920

E-01

9.071

a47

E+02

conversion.

Power
To convert
British thermal
(Btu,,/h
]
British thermal
(Btu,,/h
]
British thermal
(Btul,/min)
British thermal

unit [IT]

per hour

unit

per hour

[rc]

unit [tc]

per minute

unit

per second

[tcl

(Btu&
calorie [tc] per minute (cal,,/min)
calorie [tcl per second (calt,/s)
erg per second (erg/s]
foot-pound
per hour (ftlb/h)
foot-pound
per minute (ftlb/min)
foot-pound
per second (ft*lb/s)
horsepower
(hp)
horsepower
[boiler]
horsepower
[electric]
horsepower
[metric]
(hpM)
horsepower
[water]
ton [refrigeration]
l

Exact

conversion.

To

from

Multiolv

bv

watt

(W]

2.930

711

E-01

watt

(WI

2.928

751

E-01

watt

(WI

1.757

250

E+Ol

watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt
watt

(WI
(WI
(WI
(W]
(W]
(W]
(WI
(WI
(WI
(WI
(WI
(WI
(WI

1.054
6.973
l 4.lB4

350
333

E+03
E-02

.ooo

3.766 161
2.259 697
1.355 ala
7.456 999
9.809 500
7.460
7.354 990
7.460 430
3.516 BOO

E-07
E- 04
E-02
E+02
E+03
E+02
E+O2
E+02
E+03

APPENDIX

435

Table B- 15 .-Selected S&metric conversions-Continued

Mass
To convert
barrel of cement
carat [metric]
carat (kt)
cental
centner
centner [metric]
grain

from

[376

To

lb]

gram (9)
hundredweight
[gross or long] (cwt)
hundredweight
[net or short]
(cwt)
kilogram
force-second
squared per
meter (kgfx* /m)
kilotonne
(kt)
ounce [avoirdupois]
(oz)
ounce [troy/apothecary]
(oz)
megagram
(Mg)
metric grain
metric ton (t)
milligram
(mg)
pennyweight
pound [avoirdupois]
(lb)
pound [troy/apothecary]
quintal
sack of cement 194 Ibs]
slug
ton [assay]
ton [long]
ton [ short]
tonne (t)
Exact

kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram

(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)

1.705
2.000
2.591
4.535
4.535
1 .ooo
6.479
* 1 .ooo
5.080
4.535

kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram
kilogram

(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)
(kg)

9.806
* 1 .ooo
2.834
3.110
* 1 .ooo
5.000
* 1 .ooo
* 1 .ooo
1.555
4.535
3.732
1.000
4.263
1.459
2.916
1 .016
9.071
1.000

507
956
924
924
891
235
924

by
E+02
E- 04
E-04
E+Ol
E+Ol
E+02a
E- 05
E- 03
E+Ol
E+Ol

650
952
348

174
924
417
767
390
667
047
847

E+06
E-02
E- 02
E+03
E-05
E+03
E- 06
E-03
E-01
E-01
E+02
E+Ol
E+Ol
E-02
E+03
E+02
E+03

conversion.

a European
applies

Multiply

metric centner

to the centner

is 50 percent

of

this

value;

conversion

factor

presented

as used in the U.S.S.R

Frequency
I

To convert

from

To

Multiply

by

hertz

(Hz)

2.777

778

f- 04

cycle per minute

(c/min)

hertz

(Hz)

1.666

667

E-02

cycle per second

(c/s)

hertz

(Hz)

* 1 .ooo

hertz

(Hz)

1.000

cycle per hour

(c/h)

fresnel

Exact

conversion.

E+12

436

TRANSMISSION

Table B-15.4elected

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

S-metric conversions-Continued

Pressure-Stress
To convert

from

atmosphere
[standard]
(atm)
bar
barye
dyne per square centimeter
(dyn/crr?)
foot of water 14 Cl
gram force per square centimeter
(gf/cm )
inch of mercury
[O Cl
inch of mercury
[ I6 Cl
inch of water [4 C]
inch of water [ I6 C]
kilogram force per square meter
(kgf/m2 )
kilogram force per square centimeter
(kgf/cm)

To

Multiply

by

Pascal (Pa)
Pascal (Pa)
Pascal (Pa)

1.013 250
1.000
*I .ooo

E+05
E+05
E-01

Pascal (Pa)
Pascal (Pa)

I .ooo
2.988 980

E-01
E+03

Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal

(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)

9.806
3.386
3.376
2.490
2.488

650
380
850
817
400

E+Ol
E+03
E+03
E+02
E+02

Pascal (Pa)

l 9.806

650

Pascal (Pa)

9.806

650

E+04

kip per square inch (kip/in2)

kip per square foot (kip/ft2 )
megapascal (MPa)
meter-head
[meter of water, 4 C]
millibar
(mbar)
millimeter
of mercury
[0 C]

Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal

6.894 757
4.788 026
*I .ooo
9.806 365
1.000
I .333 220

E+06
E+04
E+06
E+03
E+02
E+02

(mm(W)
millimeter

Pascal (Pa)

of water

[4 C]

(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)

9.806

365

hm(H20))
newton per square meter (N/m2 )
pound per square foot (Ib/ft2 )
pound per square inch (lb/in2 )
poundal per square foot (pdl/ft2 )
tor
torr (mm(Hg))

Exact

conversion.

Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal
Pascal

(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)
(Pa)

I .ooo
4.788 026
6.894 757
I .488 164
* 1 .ooo
I .333 220

E+OI
E+03

E+02

APPENDIX

437

Table B-15. -Selected SI-metric conversions--Continued

Tempera

we

Scale
values
Degrees
Celsius
C

Degrees
Fahrenheit
OF

x c=

X OF=

$(x-

X K=

x-

x R=

; (x-

X Or=

x + 273.15

:x+32

32)

273.15

fx-

491.67)

fx

+ 491.67

459.67

%x+32

Degrees
Reaumur
Or

%X

x + 459.67

t (x + 459.67)

$(x-

;(x

;X

x - 459.67

$X

Degrees
Rankine
R

Kelvins
K

fX

$x

+ 273.15

$x

$(x-

OF

OR

Or

lC=l

K=

9
5

4
5

IoF=

R=

5
9

4
s

5
4

9
4

1 Or=

- 273.15)

491.67)

+491.67

Intervals:
C

32)

TRANSMISSION

438

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table B- 15 .-Selected S-metric conversions-Continued

Velocity-Speed
To convert
Angular

from

revolution
(r/min)
revolution
(r/s)

per minute
per second

by

radian per second

(rad/s)
radian per second
(rad/s)
radian per second
(rad/s)

1.745

329

E-02

1.047

198

E-01

6.283

185

(L/T):

foot per second (ft/s)

foot per minute (ft/min)
foot per hour (ft/h)
foot per day (ft/d)
foot per year (ft/a)
inch per second (in/s)
inch per hour (in/h)
kilometer
per hour (km/h
knot [nautical miles per
hour1 (kn)
mile per hour (mi/h)
meter per hour (m/h)
meter per year (m/a)
millimeter
per second
(mm/s)
speed of light (c)
l

Multiply

(e/r):

degree per second

Linear

To

Exact

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

per
per
per
per
per
per
per
per

second
second
second
second
second
second
second
second

(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)

3.048
5.080
8.466
3.527
9.695
2.540
7.055
2.777

meter
meter
meter
meter

per
per
per
per

second
second
second
second

(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)
(m/s)

5.144
4.470
2.777
3.170

meter
meter

per second
per second

(m/s)
(m/s)

*I .ooo
2.997

556
778

E-01
E- 03
E-05
E- 06
E- 09
E-02
E-06
E-01

444
400
778
979

E-01
E-01
E- 04
E-08

925

E-03
E+08

667
778
890

conversion.

Torque-Bending
To convert

from

dyne centimeter
(dyncm)
kilogram force
meter (kgfem)
kip-foot
(kip.ft)
ounce inch (oz.in)aS b
pound-foot
(Ib*ft) aSb
pound-inch
(Ib*in)aS b

moment
Multiply

To
newton

meter

(N-m)

l 1.ooo

newton
newton
newton
newton
newton

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

(N.m)
(N*m)
(N*m)
(N-m)
(N-m)

9.806 650
1.355 818
7.061 552
1.355 818
1.129848

l
Exact conversion.
iThe
addition
of the force designator
Most USBR
engipeers
reverse the
equivalent
terminology.

may be desirable,
torque
units, for

e.g., Ibf-ft.
example,
foot-pound;

by
E- 07

E+02
E- 03
E-01

this

is

APPENDIX

439

Table B- 15 .-Selected S&metric conversions-Continued

Volume-Capacity
To convert

from

To

Multiply

acre-foot
[U.S. survey1 (acre-ft)
barrel [oil] (bbl)
barrel [water]
(bbl)
board foot [l ft x 1 ft x 1 in]

cubic
cubic
cubic

meter
meter
meter

(m3)
(m3)
(m3 1

(fbm)
bushel [U.S., dry] (bu)
cord
cubic centimeter
(cm3)
cubic decimeter
(dm3)
cubic dekameter
(dam3 )
cubic foot (ft3)
cubic inch (in3 )
cubic kilometer
(km3)
cubic mile (mi3)
cubic millimeter
(mm3)
cubic yard (yd3 )

cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic

meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter

(m3)
(m3
(m3)
(m3
(m3)
(m3)
(m3)
(m3
(m3)
(m3
(m3)
(m3
(m3
(m3
(m3
(m3
(m3
(m3)
(m3
(m3
(m3)
(m3
(m3
(m3
(m3)
(m3)
(m3
(m3)
(m3)
(m3
(m3
(m3

cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic
cubic

cup
firkin
fluid dram
fluid ounce [U.S.]
(fl.oz.)
gallon Ilmperiall
gallon [U.S., dry1
gallon [U.S., liquid]
(gal)
gill [U.S.]
kiloliter
(kL)
liter (L)
megaliter
(ML)
milliliter
(mL)
peck [U.S.]
pint [U.S., dry1
pint [U.S., liquid]
quart [U.S., dry1
quart [U.S., liquid]
stere [timber]
tablespoon
teaspoon
ton [sea freight or shipping
capacity]
ton [internal
cap. of ships or
register ton]
ton [vol. of oil]
ton [timber]
tun [U.S., liquid]
l

Exact conversion.

1
1

1.233
1.589
1.192

489
873
405

E+O3
E-01
E-01

2.359 737
3.523 907
3.624 556
* 1 .ooo

E-03
E- 02

549
737
871
691
353
060
884
412
941

E- 06
E-03
E+03
E-02
E- 05
E+09
E+09
E-09
E-01
E- 03
E-02
E- 06
E- 05
E-03
E- 03
E- 03
E-04

l 1.ooo
)
)
)
)
)
1
)
)
1
)

by

*1 .ooo
2.831
1.638
*1 .ooo
4.168
l 1 .ooo
7.645
2.359
3.406
3.696
2.957
4.546
4.404
3.785
1.182
1.000
1 .ooo

685
706
182

768
105
765
221
529

)
)
)

*1 .ooo
8.809
5.506
4.731
1.101
9.463
*1 .ooo
1.478
4.928

E-03
E+03
E-06
E- 03
E-04
E-04
E-03
E-04

676
922

E-05
E-06

meter

(m3 1

1.132

674

meter
meter
meter
meter

(m3)
(m3 1
(m3)
(m3 1

2.831
6.700
1.415
9.539

685
179
842
238

1
)
)

l 1.ooo

E-O!

<<Appendix

CONDUCTORANDOVERHEADGROUNDWIREDATATABLES
The

tables

in this

and stress-strain
and
based on information
and

Wire

Initial
loading

Co.

(U.S.

appendix
creep
from
Steel)

have

catalog

modulus
values shown
curve between
the point

at 50 percent

of the

ultimate

been

prepared

for

ACSR

curves prepared
by the Aluminum
Copperweld
Steel Co., and the

conductor

based

upon

conductor

data

Association.
The Alumoweld
data are
steel data are based on American
Steel

information.
in the
where

tables were determined

the entire
conductor

from
starts

the

average
the

to share

slope
load

of the initial
the point

and

strength.

Permanent
set values
were determined
at 50 percent
of the conductor
ultimate
strength
as it
represents
the maximum
stress permitted
under
full load conditions.
Creep values were determined
at 18 percent
of the ultimate
strength
of the conductor
because
ma
no-load
tension
on
a
conductor.
this would
be about
equal to the 15.5 C (60 OF) f
1

441

442

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric)

103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo
137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
179.26
186.16
193.05
199.95
206.84

.00070146

.00123350

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate strength.

APPENDIX

443

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued
DS AND

Code
word

Size,
mm2

WANATE
PARATE

21.13
33.64

1 STFFI

1O-year
creep

Tension ,
N

1.00048932
.00047536

1889.6

AND

Final
modulus,
GPa
87.012
87.012

Stress,
MPa
6.89
13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
i79.26
186.16
193.05
199.95
206.84
213.74
220.63
227.53
234.42

Permanent
set
.00002236
.00003009
.00003766
.00004518
.00005282
.00006070
.00006896
.00007776
.00008723

.00009751
.00010874
.00012106
.00013462
.00014955
.00016600
.00018410
.00020401
to0022585
.00024977
.00027591
.00030442
.00033543
.00036908
.00040552
.00044488
.00048731
.00053295

.00058194
.00063441
.00069052
.00075040

.00081419
.00088204
.00095408

Calculatedat 18 percentof ultimate strength.

Initial
modulus,
GPa
79.271
79.351
79.389
79.383
79.335
79.244
79.112
78.939
78.726
78.474
78.186
77.862
77.505
77.115
76.696
76.249
75.776
75.280
74.761
74.223
73.666
73.094
72.507

71.909
71.299
70.680
70.054

69.421
68.784
68.143
67.500
66.856
66.211

444

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued

STRANDS

Code
word

Size,
mm2
135.19
170.45
201.41
241.70

AXW I NG
IERL IN
HICKADEE
ELICAN
SPREY
INGBIRD

287.05
322.26

Stress,
MPa
6.89
13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48

Calculated at 18 &ent

AN

1O-year
creep

Tension,
N

.00058691
.00058702
.00056698
.00056019
.00055702
.00055886

5508.7
6949.9
7958.7
9448.0
10969.3
12570.6

Permanent
set
.00007997
.00011682
.00015029
.00018134
.00021094
.00024002
.00026954
.00030046
.00033374
.00037032
.00041116
.00045722
.00050944
.00056879
.00063621
.00071266
.00079909
.00089647
.00100573
.00112784
.00126375
.00141442

.00158079
.00176383

of ultimate

1 STE!=l S

strength.

Final
modulus,
GPa
68.031
68.031
68.031
68.031
68.031
68.031

Initial
modulus,
GPa
49.893
50.516
51.036
51.441
51.725
51.885
51.919
51.831
51.627
51.313
50.900
50.400
49.824
49.183
48.489
47.754
46.985
46.194
45.387
44.570
43.751
42.933
42.120

APPENDIX

445

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued

7 STFFI

Code
word

Size,
mm2

7ANT
I CKER
~RAKEET
IACOCK
IOK
-AM I NGO
JCKOO

201.41
241.70
281 .98
306.81
322.26
337.46
402.83

1O-year
creep

Tension,
N
11689.9
13771.6
15853.4
17294.6
17614.9
18976.0
22338.9

.00050955
.00049932
.00049191
.00049382
.00047682
.00049160
.0004845a

S LBANDS

Final
modulus,
GPa
72.602
72.602
72.602
72.602
72.602
72.602
72.602

Stress,
MPa
6.89
13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo
137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
i79.26
186.16
193.05
199.95

Calculated

at 18 percent

Permanent
set
.0000444
I
.00007736
,000 I 0696
.00013378
.OOOI 5840
.00018138
.000203
30
.00022474
.00024627
.00026846
.00029
I 89
.00031713
.00034475
.00037532
.00040943
.ooO44764
.00049053
.00053867
.00059263
.00065299
,00072033
.0007952
I
.0008782
i
.00096990
. 00 I 07086
.OOl 18166
.00130287
.00143507
.00157883

of ultimate

strength.

Initial
modulus,
GPa
53 .900
54.625
55.288
55.880
56.395
56.827
57.170
57.422
57.581
57 646
57.620
57.506
57.307
57 .029
56.678
56 .262
55.787
55.259
54.687
54.077
53.435
52.767
52.079
51.375
50.660
49.939
49.213
48.487

TRANSMISSION

446

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued

STRANDSAM2
Code
word
4RTR I DGE
STR I CH
I NNET
31s
4WK
IJVE
IJUAB
?OSBEAK
TARL I NG
?AKE

Size,
mm2
135.19
152.01
170.45
201.41
241.70
281.98
306.55
322.26
362.54
402.83

1O-year
creep

10168.6

11289.5
13051 .o
15613.2
18095.3
19456.4
20177.0
22739.2
25221.3

-1

6.89
13.79

.00007464
.00010656

206.84

.00013679
.00016568
.00019357
.00022078
.00024767
.00027456
.00030180
.00032973

.00035868
.00038900
.00042101
.00045507

.00049150
.00053065
.00057285
.00061844
.00066777
.00072116
.00077897
.00084152
.00090915
.00098221
.00106103
.00114595
.00123731
.00133544
.00144069
.00155340

Calculated at 18 Ijercent of ultimate

74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188
74.188

9047.6

.00050213
.00050168
.00049623
.00048422
.00048255
.00047888
.00047298
.00046581
.00046675
.00046583

Permanent
set

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
i79.26
186.16
193.05
199.95

Final
modulus,
GPa

Tension
N

Stress,
MPa

20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

ANDS

strength.

Initial
modulus,
GPa
55.223
55.600
55.932
56.215
56.449
56.631
56.761
56.837
56.860
56.831
56.750
56.619
56.440
56.216
55.948
55.640
55.295
54.915
54.505
54.067
53.604

53.119
52.615
52.096
51.562
51.018
50.465
49.905
49.340

APPENDIX

447

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

inodulus values (metric&-Continued
30

AI MUJ.M

Size,
mm*

Code
word
RIOLE
ARK
EN
AGLE

170.45
201.41
241.70

281.98

Stress,
MPa
6.89

13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
i79.26
186.16
193.05
199.95
206.84
213.74

STRANDS

AND

1O-year
creep

7 STFFL

SIjXANDS

Tension ,
N

.00041719
.00041419
.00040398
.00040442

Permanent
set
.00004619
.00006826
.00008940
.00010977
.00012958
.00014901
.00016823
.00018745
.00020683
.00022657
.00024684
.00026785
.00028976
.00031276
.00033705
.00036280
.00039020
.00041943
.00045068
.00048413
.00051997
.00055839
.00059956
.00064367
.00069091
.00074147
.00079552
.00085325
.00091485
.00098050
.00105038

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate strength.

13851.7
16253.7
19056.1
22258.8

Final
modulus,
GPa
78.187
78.187
78.187
78.187

Initial
modulus,
GPa
62.536
62.804
63.040
63.241
63.407
63.538
63.633
63.691
63.713
63.698
63.648
63.563
63.444
63.291
63.106
62.890
62.645
62.372
62.072
61.748
61.401
61.033
60.645
60.240
59.818
59.382
58.933
58.472
58.001
57.522

448

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table C-l .-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued
IlWNDs AND

Code
word
T ERN
RUDDY
RAIL
0 RTOLAN
B LUEJAY
B UNT I NG
B I TTERN
D I PPER
BOBOL I NK
NNUTHATCH
L APWI NG

1O-year
creep

Size,
mm2
402.83
456.03
483.39
523.67
563.96
604.24
644.52
684.81
725.09
765.37
805.65

00057764
00056147
00056215
00055394
00055325
00055490
00055412
00055343
00055282
00054804
00054776

Tension
N

Stress,
MPa

Permanent
set

6.89

.00007248
.00012961
.00017972
,00022409
.00026402
.00030081
.00033576
.00037017
.00040532
.00044251
.00048305
.00052822
.00057932
.00063765
.00070450
.00078118
.00086897
.00096917
.00108308
.00121199
.00135721
.00152002
.00170172

17694.9
19536.5
20737.5
22178.7
23860.1
25621.6
27303.1
28984.5
30665.9
32107.1
33788.5

- -

Final
modulus,
GPa
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466
64.466

Initial
modulus,
GPa
-

13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58

Calculated at 18percentofultimate

strength.

42.020
42.961
43.828
44.606
45.278
45.830
46.251
46.534
46.679
46.686
46.562
46.317
45.963
45.513
44.982
44.384
43.731
43.036
42.309
41.561
40.799
40.030

APPENDIX

449

Table C-l .-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&Continued

Code
word

Size,

mm*
402.83
456.03
483.39
523.67

ONDOR
ANARY
ARD I NAL
URLEW

I;_;
I
1O-year
creep

00046434
00046390
00046369
00046347

Tension ,
N
22579.1
25541.6
27062.8
29304.7

67.114
67.114
67.114
67.114

Stress,
MPa
6.89

13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
179.26

Permanent
set
00005753
00010350
00014543
00018402
00021994
00025388
00028652
00031856
00035066
00038352
00041782
00045425
00049348
00053621
00058311
00063487
00069218
00075571
00082615
00090420
00099052
00108580
00119074
00130600
00143228
00157026

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate

strength.

Final
modulus,
GPa

Initial
modulus,
GPa
46.368
47.014
47.606
48.136
48.598
48.987
49.297
49.527
49.674
49.738
49.721
49.624
49.453
49.212
48.907
48.543
48.126
47.665
47.163
46.629
46.066
45.482
44.879
44.264
43.639

450

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric)-Continued
r

9 STFFl

Code
word

Size,
mm2
563.96
604.24
644.52
684.81
725.09
765.37
805.65

I NCH
RACKLE
HEASANT
ARTIN
LOVER
ARROT
ALCON

1O-year
creep
00050022
00050043
0004877 1
00048760
00048851
00048704
00048789

Tension ,
N
31306.4
33548.3
34909.5
37071.3
39313.2
41394.9
43636.8

Final
modulus,
GPa
69.706
69.706
69.706
69.706
69.706
69.706
69.706

Stress,
MPa
6.89

13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131 .oo

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48
172.37
179.26
186.16

Permanent
set

Initial
modulus,
GPa

.00002892

.00006013
.00008941
.00011729
.00014431
.00017099
.00019788
.00022551
.00025441
.00028512
.00031817
.00035409
.00039342
.00043669
.00048444
.00053719
.00059549
.00065987
.00073086
.00080900
.00089482
.00098885
.00109163
.00120369
.00132557
.00145779
.00160090

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate

strength.

52.987

53.386
53.717
53.976
54.159
54.267
54.299
54.254
54.136
53.948
53.692
53.374
52.999
52.571
52.097
51.582
51.031
50.451
49.845
49.219
48.577
47.923
47.260
46.592
45.922
45.251

APPENDIX

451

Table C-l .-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (metric&-Continued
9 STFFL S

Size,
mm2

Code
word

901.93
092.45
552.53

HUCKAR
LUEBIRD

1O-year
creep

Tension,
N

00071310
00069677
00069663

40834.5
48280.8
68617.9

LANDS
Final
modulus,
GPa
66.811
66.811
66.811

L
Stress,
MPa
6.89

13.79
20.68
27.58
34.47
41.37
48.26
55.16
62.05
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.53
103.42
110.32
117.21
124.11
131.00

137.90
144.79
151.69
158.58
165.48

Initial
modulus,
GPa

Permanent
set
0.00000000

.00003350
.00006531
.00009538
.00012455
.00015366
.00018356
.00021507
.00024904
.00028631
.00032772
.00037411
.00042632
.00048519
.00055156
.00062627
.00071016
.00080407
.00090885
.00102532
.00115433
.00129672
.00145333
.00162500

50.111

50.590
50.972
51.251
51.423
51.487
51.443
51.296
51.050
50.713
50.293
49.799
49.241
48.628
47.970
47.275
46.551
45.807
45.048
44.280
43.509
42.737
41.970

1t Calculated at 18 percent of .ultimate strength.

TRANSMISSION

452

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table C-2.-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary)

1 STFFL S

Code
word
TURKEY
SWAN
SPARROW
ROBIN
RAVEN
QUAIL
PI GEON
PENGU I N

Size,
AWG 01
kcmil
6
4
2
1
l/O
2/o
3/o
4/o

1O-year
creep

214.
335.
513.
639.
788.
956.
1192.
1503.

.00046458
.00045465
.00043810
.00043228
.00042251
.00040529
.00040014
.00040034

Stress,
lb/in

Final
modulus,
lb/in2

Tension ,
lb

Permanent
set

11460000.
11460000.
11460000.
11460000.
11460000.
11460000.
11460000.
11460000.

1
Initial
modulus,
lb/in2

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.
27000.
28000.
29000.
30000.

.00005034
.00006347
.00007589
.00008791
.00009981
.00011190
.00012448
.00013784
.00015228
.00016810
.00018560
.00020507
.00022682
.00025114
.00027834
.00030870
.00034253
.00038012
.00042178
.00046780
.00051848
.00057412
.00063501
.00070146
.00077376
.00085221
.00093712
.00102877
.00112746
.00123350

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate

strength.

9960963.

9996316.
10021891.
10037502.
10043072.
10038633.
10024321.
10000376.
9967127.
9924989.
9874445.
9816035.
9750342.
9677978.
9599568.
9515745.
9427132.
9334340.
9237955.
9138534.
9036604.
8932655.
8827140.
8720474.
8613037.
8505170.
8397179.
8289339.
8181890.

APPENDIX

453

Table C-2.-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary&Continued

.00007776
.00009751
.00010874

.00014955
.00016600
.00020401

.00036908
.00044488

t Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate

strength.

11497226.
11508882.
11514317.
11513518.
11506512.
11493358.
11474154.
11449026.
11418134.
11381666.
11339833.
11292869.
11241027.
11184574.
11123789.
11058958.
10990372.
10918326.
10843111.
10765016.
10684325.
10601313.
10516247.
10429384.

454

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table C-2.-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary)-Continued
1

1 STFFL S

Code
word

Size,
AWG or
kcmil

WAXWI NG
MERL IN
CHICKADEE
PEL I CAN
OSPREY
KINGBIRD

266.8
336.4
397.5
477.0
566.5
636.0

Stress,
lb/in2
1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.

1O-year
creep
.00058691
.00058702
.00056698
.00056019
.00055702
.00055886

Permanent
set
.00007997
.00011682
.00015029
.00018134
.00021094
.00024002
.00026954
.00030046
.00033374
.00037032
.00041116
.00045722
.00050944
.00056879
.00063621
.00071266
.00079909
.00089647
.00100573
.00112784
.00126375
.00141442
.00158079
.00176383

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate

lb

Final
modulus,
lb/in2

1238.
1562.
1789.
2124.
2466.
2826.

9867000.
9867000.
9867000.
9867000.
9867000.
9867000.

Tension,

strength.

Initial
modulus,
lb/in2
7236257,
7326749.
7402066.
7460835.
7502070.
7525224.
7530226.
7517466.
7487760.
7442273.
7382441.
7309875.
7226273.
7133343.
7032742.
6926027.
6814624.
6699814.
6582724.
6464328.
6345457.
6226811.
6108966.

APPENDIX

455

Table C-2.-Permanent set, creep, and initial and .final

modulus values (U.S. customary)-Continued
TRANDS

Size
AWG or
kcmil

Code
word

AJYR

1O-year
creep

STFFL

ANDS

Final
modulus,
lb/in*

Tension,
lb

~~
IRANT
L I CKER
IARAKEET
EACOCK
!OOK
LAM I NGO
:UCKOO

397.5
477.0
556.5
605.5
636.0
666.0
795.0

.00050955
.00049932
.00049191
.00049302
.00047682
.00049160
.00048458

1
Stress,
lb/in2

Permanent
set

1000.

.0000444
.00007736
.00010696
.00013378
.00015840
.00018138
.00020330
.00022474

2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.

10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.

19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.
27000.
28000.
29000.

Initial
modulus,
lb/in2

.00024627
.00026846
.00029
I89
.00031713
00034475
: 00037532
.00040943
.00044764
.00049053
00053867
: 00059263
.00065299
.00072033
.0007952
I
.0008782
I
.00096990
.00107086
.OOll8166
. 00 I 30287
. 00 I43507
.00157883

Calculated at 18 percent qf ultimate

10530000.
10530000.
10530000.
10530000.
10530000.
10530000.
10530000.

2628.
3096.
3564.
3888.
3960.
4266.
5022.

strength.

7817435
7922641
8018775.
8 I 04704
8179403.

.
.

824 I 996
829 I796
8328327.
8351347
8360853
8357070.
8340441
a31 1590.
827 I299
8220464.
8 I60059
8091 IO3

8014626
793 I642
7843128.
7750010.
7653 I47
7553330.
745 I274
73476 I 9
7242933
7137716.
7032400.

.
.

.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.
.

456

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table C-2.-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary)-Continued

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.
27000.
28000.
29000.
30000.

at 18 percentofultimate

.00007464
.00010656
.00013679
.00016568
.00019357
.00022078
.00024767
.00027456
.00030180
.00032973
.00035868
.00038900
.00042101
.00045507
.00049150
.00053065
.00057285
.00061844
.00066777
.00072116
.00077897
.00084152
.00090915
.00098221
.00106103
.00114595
.00123731
.00133544
.00144069
.00155340

strength.

8009304.
8064029.
8112144.
8153295.
8187189.
8213600.
8232378.
8243448.
8246813.
8242554.
8230825.
8211848.
8185905.
8153331.
8114503.
8069834.
8019760.
7964731.
7905206.
7841642.
7774488.
7704182.
7631143.
7555770.
7478440.
7399503.
7319286.
7238088.
7156184.

APPENDIX

457

Table C-2.-Permament set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary)-Continued

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.
27000.
28000.
29000.
30000.
31000.

.00004619
.00006826
.00008940
.00010977
.00012958
.00014901
.00016823
.00018745
.00020683
.00022657
.00024684
.00026785
.00028976
.00031276
.00033705
.00036280
.00039020
.00041943
.00045068
.00048413
.00051997
.00055839
.00059956
.00064367
.00069091
.00074147
.00079552
.00085325
.00091485
.00098050
.00105038

Calculated at 18 percent o$ ultimate strength.

9069999.
9108929.
9143072..
9172274.
9196403.
9215362.
9229082.
9237528.
9240698.
9238620.
9231356.
9218997.
9201662.
9179498.
9152671.
9121373.
9085809.
9046200.
9002779.
8955785.
8905464.
8852064.
8795831.
8737012.
8675847.
8612572.
8547413.
8480591.
8412314.
8342782.

458

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN

MANUAL

Table C-2.-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary&-Continued

AND

Code
word
TERN
RUCDY
RAIL
ORTOLAN
BLUE JAY
BUNT I NG
B I TTERN
D I PPER
BOBOL I NK
NUTHATCH
LAPW I NG

Size,
AWG 01
kcmil
795.0
900.0
954.0
1,033.5
1,113.0

1,192.5
1,272.0
1,351.5
1,431.0
1,510.5
1.590.0

1O-year
creel.9

7 STFF

Tension,
lb

.00057764
.00056147
.00056215
.00055394
.00055325
.00055490
.00055412
.00055343
.00055282
.00054804
eOOO54776

Stress,
lb/in2

Permanent
set

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.

.00007248
.00012961
.00017972
.00022409
.00026402
.00030081
.00033576
.00037017
.00040532
.00044251
.00048305
.00052822
.00057932
.00063765
.00070450
.00078118
.00086897
.00096917
.00108308
.00121199
.00135721
.00152002
.00170172

1 Calculated at 18percent of ultimate

strength.

3978.
4392.

4662.
4986.
5364.
5760.
6138.
6516.
6894.
7218.
7598.

Final
modulus,
lb/in2
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.
9350000.

Initial
modulus,
lb/in2
6094514.
6230875.
6356725.
6469544.
6566978.
6647001.
6708064.
6749205.
6770117.
6771136.
6753185.
6717665.
6666327.
6601128.
6524109.
6437290.
6342586.
6241760.
6136388.
6027851.
5917333.
5805834.

APPENDIX

459

Table C-2.-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (US. customary&-Continued

Size,
AWG or
kcmil

Code
word
CONDOR
CANARY
CARDINAL
CURLEW

795.0
900.0
954.0
1.033.5

1O-year
creep
.00046434
.00046390
.00046369
.00046347

5076.
5742.
6084.
6588.

9734000.
9734000.
9734000.
9734000.

Stress,
lb/in

Permanent
set

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.

.00005753
.00010350
.00014543
.00018402
.00021994
.00025388
.00028652
.00031856
.00035066
.00038352
.00041782
.00045425
.00049348
.00053621
.00058311
.00063487
.00069218
.00075571
.00082615
.00090420
.00099052
.00108580
.00119074
.00130600
.00143228
.00157026

14000.

15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.

Calculatedat

percentofultimate

strength.

Final
modulus,
lb/in2

Tension,
lb

1
Initial
modulus,
lb/in2
6725040.
6818757.
6904585.
6981488.
7048526.
7104893.
7149946.
7183242.
7204543.
7213835.
7211311.

7197364.
7172554.
7137584.
7093261.
7040465.
6980111.
6913128.
6840425.
6762878.
6681315.
6596501.
6509140.
6419866.
6329243.

460

TRANSMISSION

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

Table C-2.-Permanent

set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary&Continued

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.
25000.
26000.
27000.

.00002892
.00006013
.0000894 1
.00011729
.00014431
.00017099
.00019788
.00022551
.00025441
.00028512
.00031817
.00035409
.00039342
.00043669
.00048444
.00053719
.00059549
.00065987
.00073086
.00080900
.00089482
.00098885
.00109163
.00120369
.00132557
.00145779
.00160090

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate strength.

7685036.
7742948.
7790922.
7828437.
7855119.
7870755.
7875301.
7868880.
7851773.
7824407.
7787332.
7741200.
7686737.
7624723.
7555962.
7481264.
7401427.
7317221.
7229375.
7138573.
7045445.
6950565.
6854451.
6757566.
6660319.
6563070.

APPENDIX

461

Table C-2.-Permanent set, creep, and initial and final

modulus values (U.S. customary&Continued

1000.
2000.
3000.
4000.
5000.
6000.
7000.
8000.
9000.
10000.
11000.
12000.
13000.
14000.
15000.
16000.
17000.
18000.
19000.
20000.
21000.
22000.
23000.
24000.

0.00000000
.00003350
.00006531
.00009538
.00012455
.00015366
.00018356
.00021507
.00024904
.00028631
.00032772
.00037411
.00042632
.00048519
.00055156
.00062627
.00071016
.00080407
.00090885
.00102532
.00115433
.00129672
.00145333
.00162500

Calculated at 18 percent of ultimate strength.

7267970.
7337414.
7392798.
7433244.
7458197.
7467449.
7461150.
7439784.
7404137.
7355238.
7294302.
7222659.
7141699.
7052811.
6957345.
6856575.
6751677.
6643716.
6533641.
6422281.
6310355.
6198473.
6087152.

Table C-3.-Conductor

Code
word
TURKEY
SWAN
SWANATE
SPARROW
SPARATE
ROBIN
RAVEN
QUAIL
PIGEON
PENGU I N
GROUSE
PETREL
M I NORCA
LEGHORN
GUINEA
DOTTEREL
DORK I NG
COCH I N
OWL
WAXWI NG
PARTR I DGE
OSTR I CH
MERLIN
LINNET
ORIOLE
CH I CKADEE
BRANT
IBIS

Size,
mm2
13.28
21.13
21..13
33 864
33.64
42.41
53.46
67.44
85.02
107.22
40.54
51.58
56.14
68.20
80.57
89.64
96.68
107.07
135.19
135.19
135.19
152.01
170.45
170.45
170.45
201.41
201.41
201.41

Does not include NEW constant.

Stranding!
Xameter,
hminum,
mm
steel
6/
6/
7/
6/
7/
6/
6/
6/
6/
6/
8/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
6/
18/
26/
26/
18/
26/
30/
18/
24/
26/

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1
7
7
1
7
7
1
7
7

5.03
6.35
6.53
8.03
8.26
9.02
10.11
11.35
12.75
14.30
9.32
11.71
12.22
13.46
14.63
15.42
16.03
16.84
16.08
15.47
16.31
17.27
17.37
18.31
18.82
18.87
19.61
19.89

and overhead ground wire data (metric)

Area,
mm2
15.5
24.7
26.5
39.2
42.1
49.5
62.4
78.6
99.2
125.1
54.6
81.7
88.9
108.0
127.5
141.9
153.1
169.5
152.8
142.6
157.2
176.8
179.9
198.2
210.3
212.6
227.5
234.2

Ultimate
strength,
N
5293
4715
10497
12677
16191
15791
19483
23619
29447
37142
23130
46261
50264
60495
71171
76953
83181
126328
43058
30603
50264
56492
38610
62719
76953
44215
64943
72505

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per C
.0000189
.0000189
.0000176
.0000189
.0000176
.0000189
.0000189
.0000189
.0000189
.0000189
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000153
.0000194
.0000211
.0000189
.0000189
.0000211
.0000189
.0000178
.0000211
.0000194
.0000189

Force,
N/m
.5268
.8377
.9778
1.3324
1.5572
1.6812
2.1190
2.6721
3.3697
4.2483
2.1745
3.7083
4.0367
4.9036
5.7909
6.4417
6.9511
7.6983
4.9970
4.2235
5.3603
6.0229
5.3312
6.7570
7.6924
6.2987
7.4735
7.9814

I. 192-kPa Resultant,
force ,
wind,
N/m
N/m
.963
1.216
1.250
1.537
1.581
1.727
1.936
2.174
2.442
2.739
1.785
2.243
2.340
2.578
2.802
2.953
3.070
3.225
3.079
2.963
3.123
3.308
3.327
3.507
3.605
3.614
3.755
3.809

1.0979
1.4767
1.5872
2.0343
2.2191
2.4102
2.8703
3.4451
4.1616
5.0546
2.8135
4.3337
4.6658
5.5401
6.4332
7.0863
7.5987
8.3466
5.8696
5.1589
6.2038
6.8715
6.2843
7.6131
8.4951
7.2621
8.3641
8.8437

Table C-3 .-Conductor

Code
word
LARK
PEL I CAN
FLICKER
HAWK
HEN
OSPREY
PARAKEET
DO.VE
EAGLE
PEACOCK
SQUAB
TEAL
KINGBIRD
ROOK
GROSBEAK
EGRET
SWIFT
FLAMINGO
STARLING
REDW I NG
CUCKOO
DRAKE
MALLARD
COOT
TERN
CONDOR
RUDDY

Size,
mm2
201.41
241.70
241.70
241.70
241.70
281.98
281.98
281.98
281.98
306.55
306.55
306.55
322.26
322.26
322.26
322.26
322.26
331.33
337.46
362.54
362.54
402.83
402.83
402.83
402.83
402.83
402.83
456.03

l Does not include NESC constant.

Stranding!
luminum,
steel

Diameter,
mm

30/ 7
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/ 7
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/ 7
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
36/ 1
18/ 3
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
36/ 1
45/ 7
54/ 7
45/ 7

20.47
20.68
21.49
21.79
22.43
22.33
23.22
23.55
24.21
24.21
24.54
25.25
23.88
24.82
25.15
25.88
23.62
24.21
25.40
26.70
27.46
27.74
28.14
28.96
26.42
27.00
27.76
28.73

and .overhead ground wire data (metric&Continued

Area,
mm2
248.4
255.1
273.0
281.0
298.1
297.7
318.6
327.9
347.8
346.3
356.5
376.5
340.1
364.1
374.8
395.7
331.2
343.3
381.5
421.6
445.2
455.0
468.5
494.7
413.9
430.7
455.0
487.4

Ultimate
strength,
N
90298
52488
76509
86739
105867
60940
88074
100529
123659
96081
108091
133446
69836
97860
112094
140118
61385
65833
105422
126328
153907
124104
14011.8
170810
74729
98305
125439
108536

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per C
.0000178
.0000211
.0000194
.0000189
.0000178
.0000211
.0000194
.0000189
.0000178
.0000194
.0000189
.0000207
.0000211
.0000194
.0000189
.0000207
.0000220
.0000218
.0000194
.0000189
.0000207
.0000194
.0000189
.0000207
.0000220
.0000207
.0000193
.0000207

Force,
N/m
9.0891
7.5596
8.9680
9.5882
10.9016
8.8147
10.4638
11.1789
12.7259
11.3832
12.1567
13.7183
10.0844
11.9524
12.7697
14.4188
9.3941
9.8684
12.5362
14.3750
16.2138
14.9442
15.9657
18.0235
11.7437
13.0761
14.9442
14.8128

3.192-kPa
wind,
N/m
3.921
3.960
4.115
4.174
4.295
4.276
4.446
4.510
4.636
4.636
4.699
4.835
4.573
4.753
4.816
4.957
4.524
4.636
4.865
5.113
5.259
5.312
5.390
5.546
5.059
5.171
5.317
5.502

Resultant
force ,
N/m
9.8987
8.5339
9.8672
10.4573
11.7174
9.7971
11.3693
12.0542
13.5440
12.2911
13.0334
14.5455
11.0727
12.8627
13.6476
15.2471
10.4267
10.9031
13.4469
15.2571
17.0453
15.8602
16.8510
18.8574
12.7871
14.0615
15.8619
15.8016

Table C-3.-Conductor

Code
word
CANARY
CATB I RD
RAIL
CARDINAL
ORTOLAN
CURLEW
BLUEJAY
FINCH
BUNT I NG
GRACKLE
BITTERN
PHEASANT
D I PPER
MART I N
BOBOLINK
PLOVER
NUTHATCH
PARROT
LAPW I NG
FALCON
CHUKAR
BLUEBIRD
KIWI
THRASHER
JOREE

Size,
mm*
456.03
483.39
483.39
483.39
523.67
523.67
563.96
563.96
604.24
604.24
644.52
644.52
684.81
684.81
725.09
725.09
765.37
765.37
805.65
805.65
901.93
.030.63
.092.45
.098.02
.165.41
.171.49
274.35
552.53

Does not include NESC constant.

Stranding
1Xameter,
Juminum I
mm
steel
541 7
361 1
451 7
541 7
451 7
541 7
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
451 7
54/19
84/19
72/ 7
84/19
721 7
96/19
76/19
76/19
84/19

29.51
28.96
29.59
30.38
30.81
31.65
31.98
32.84
33.07
33.99
34.16
35.10
35.20
36.17
36.25
37.21
37.24
38.25
38.15
39.24
40.69
42.70
44.75
44.12
47.17
45.77
47.75
53.37

and overhead ground wire data (metric&Continued

Area,
mm*
515.2
496.9
516.8
546.1
559.9
591.5
603.0
635.4
645.8
680.6
689.0
726.5
732.3
771.6
775.5
816.8
818.1
862.6
861.3
907.7
975.5
1075.4
1181.3
1145.8
1313.5
1235.1
1343.6
1679.2

Ultimate
strength,
N
141897
88074
115208
150349
123215
162804
132556
173924
142342
186379
151683
193941
161024
20595 1
170366
218406
178372
229971
187714
242426
226858
208175
268226
221520
355856
252212
274453
381210

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per C
.0000193
.0000220
.0000207
.0000193
.0000207
.0000193
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000194
.0000207
.0000216
.0000207
.0000216
.0000194
.0000211
.0000211
.0000207

Force,
N/m
16.9143
14.0977
15.6884
17.9359
17.0019
19.4245
18.3153
20.8839
19.6142
22.3724
20.9277
23.8610
22.2119
25.3496
23.5400
26.8528
24.8388
28.3414
26.1523
29.8299
30.2677
31.5520
36.6453
33.6098
43.3147
36.8642
40.1186
52.1002

0.192-kPa
wind,
N/m

Resultant
force ,

5.653
5.546
5.667
5.818
5.901
6.061
6.125
6.290
6.334
6.509
6.543
6.723
6.742
6.927
6.942
7.127
7.132
7.326
7.307
7.516
7.793
8.177
8.571
8.450
9.034
8.766
9.146
10.221

17.8339
15.1493
16.6807
18.8560
17.9968
20.3482
19.3122
21.8105
20.6115
23.3000
21.9266
24.7900
23.2127
26.2791
24.5422
27.7824
25.8423
29.2729
27.1538
30.7622
31.2549
32.5945
37.6344
34.6557
44.2467
37.8921
41.1478
53.0933

N/m

Table C-3.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire data (metric)-Continued

Diameter,
mm

Wire type
and size

STEEL
3.525
3.525
II.113
II.113
12.7
12.7

HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
HIGH
EXTRA HIGH
HIGH
EXTRA HIGH

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm

STRENGTH
STRENGTH
STRENGTH
STRENGTH
STRENGTH
STRENGTH

9.14
9.14
11.05
11.05
12.57
12.57

Area,
mm2

Ultimate
strength,
N

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per C

Force,
N/m

0.192~kpa
wind,
N/m

Resultant
force ,
N/m

STRAND OVERHEAD GROUND WIRE (7-WIRE)

51.1
51.1
74.6
74.6
96.6
96.6

48040
68502
64498
92522
83626
119656

.0000115
.0000115
.0000115
.0000115
.0000115
.0000115

3.9841
3.9841
5.8230
5.8230
7.5450
7.5450

ALUMOWELD STRAND OVERHEAD GROUND WIRE

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

8M
10M
12.5M
14M
16M
18M
20M
25M
NO. 12
NO. 11
NO. 10
NO.
9
NO.
8
NO.
7
NO.
6
NO.
5

AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG

Does not include NESC constant.

6.91
7.77
8.71
9.22
9.80
10.59
11.28
13.18
6.15
6.91
7.77
8.71
9.78
11 .oo
12.34
13.87

29.4
36.9
46.1
51.9
58.1
68.5
77.7
106.1
23.2
29.2
36.8
46.5
58.6
73.9
93.1
117.4

35585
44482
55602
62274
71171
80067
88964
111205
28028
35340
44570
56180
70859
84782
101107
120234

.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130
.0000130

1.9118
2.4080
3.0355
3.3858
3.8236
4.4657
5.0641
6.9321
1.5119
1.9060
2.4036
3.0297
3.8207
4.8160
6.0754
7.6603

1.323
1.489
1.669
1.766
1.878
2.029
2.160
2.525
1.177
1.323
1.489
1.669
1.873
2.106
2.364
2.656

2.3250
2.8310
3.4639
3.8186
4.2598
4.9049
5.5055
7.3776
1.9162
2.3202
2.8272
3.4588
4.2550
5.2565
6.5192
8.1077

Table C-4.-Conductor

Code
word
URKEY
iWAN
;WANATE
iPARROW
;PARATE
lOBIN
!AVEN
!UAlL
I GEON
ENGU I N
iROUSE
ETREL
I I NORCA
.EGHORN
iU I NEA
IOTTEREL
lORK I NG
:OCHI N
IWL
AXW I NG
ARTR I DGE
lSTR I CH
IERLIN
I NNET
#RlOLE
HICKADEE
RANT
BIS

Size,
AWG
or
kcmil
6
4
4
2
2
1
l/O
2/o
3/o
4/o
80.0
101.8
110.8
134.6
159.0
176.9
190.8
211.3
266.8
266.8
266.8
300.0
336.4
336.4
336.4
397.5
397.5
397.5

Does not include NESC constant.

Stranding
duminum
steel
6/
6/
7/
6/
7/
6/
6/
6/
6/
6/
8/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
12/
6/
18/
26/
26/
18/
26/
30/
18/
24/
26/

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1
7
7
1
7
7
1
7
7

Diameter:
in
198
: 250
.257
.316
.325
.355
.398
.447
.502
.563
.367
.461
.481
.530
.576
.607
.631
.663
.633
.609
.642
.680
.684
.721
.741
.743
.772
.783

and overhead ground wire data (U.S. customary)

Area,
in2
.0240
.0383
.0411
.0608
.0653
.0767
.0967
.1219
.1538
.1939
.0847
.1266
.1378
.1674
1977
: 2200
.2373
.2628
.2368
.2211
.2436
.2740
.2789
.3072
.3259
.3295
.3527
.3630

Ultimate
strength,
lb

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per OF

Weight,
lb/ft

4-lb/ft2
wind,
lb/ft

Resultant
weight,
lb/ft

1,190
1,860
2,360
2,850
3,640
3,550
4,380
5,310
6,620
8,350
5,200
10,400
11,300
13,600
16,000
17,300
18,700
28,400
9,680
6,880
11,300
12,700
8,680
14,100
17,300
9,940
14,600
16,300

.0000105
.0000105
.0000098
.0000105
.0000098
.0000105
.0000105
.0000105
.0000105
.0000105
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000085
.0000108
.0000117
.0000105
.0000105
.0000117
.0000105
.0000099
.0000117
.0000108
.0000105

.03610
.05740
.06700
.09130
10670
: 11520
.14520
18310
: 23090
.29110
14900
: 25410
.27660
.33600
.39680
.44140
.47630
.52750
.34240
.28940
.36730
.41270
.36530
.46300
.52710
.43160
.51210
.54690

.06600
.08333
.08567
.10533
.10833
.11833
.13267
.14900
.16733
18767
: 12233
.15367
.16033
.17667
19200
: 20233
.21033
.22100
.21100
.20300
21400
: 22667
.22800
.24033
.24700
.24767
.25733
.26100

.07523
.10119
.10876
.13939
.15206
.16515
19668
: 23606
.28516
.34635
19279
: 29695
.31971
.37961
.44081
.48556
.52067
.57192
.40219
.35350
.42509
.47085
.43061
.52166
.58210
.49761
.57312
.60599

Table C-4.-Conductor

Code
word
LARK
PEL I CAN
FLICKER
HAWK
HEN
OSPREY
PARAKEET
DOVE
EAGLE
PEACOCK
SQUAB
TEAL
KINGBIRD
ROOK
GROSBEAK
EGRET
SWIFT
FLAMINGO
STARLING
REDW I NG
CUCKOO
DRAKE
MALLARD
COOT
TERN
CONDOR
RUDDY

Size,
AWG
or
kcmil
397.5
477.0
477.0
477.0
477.0
556.5
556.5
556.5
556.5
605.0
605.0
605.0
636.0
636.0
636.0
636.0
636.0
653.9
666.0
715.5
715.5
795.0
795.0
795.0
795.0
795.0
795.0
900.0

Does not include NESC constant.

Stranding
.luminum
steel
30/ 7
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/ 7
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/ 7
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
18/ 1
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
36/ 1
18/ 3
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
24/ 7
26/ 7
30/19
36/ 1
45/ 7
54/ 7
45/ 7

and overhead ground wire data (U.S. customary&Continued

Diameter ,
in

Area,
in2

.806

.3850
.3954
.4232
.4356
.4620

.814
.846
.858
.883
.879
.914
.927
.953
.953
.966
.994
.940
.977
.990
1.019
.930
.953
1 .ooo
1.051
1.081
1.092
1.108
1.140
1.040
1.063
1.093
1.131

.4614
.4938
.5083
.5391
.5368
.5526
.5835
.5272
.5643
.5809
.6134
.5133
.5321
.5914
.6535
.6901
.7053
7261
: 7668
.6416
.6676
.7053
.7555

Ultimate
strength,
lb
20,300
11,800
17,200
19,500
23,800
13,700
19,800
22,600
27,800
21,600
24,300
30,000
15,700
22 ) 000
25,200
31,500
13,800
14,800
23,700
28,400
34,600
27,900
31,500
38,400
16,800
22) 100
28,200
24,400

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per OF
.0000099
.0000117
.0000108
.0000105
.0000099
.0000117
.0000108
.0000105
.0000099
.0000108
.0000105
.0000115
.0000117
.0000108
.0000105
.0000115
.0000122
.0000121
.0000108
.0000105
.0000115
.0000108
.0000105
.0000115
.0000122
.0000115
.0000107
.0000115

Weight,
lb/ft
.62280
.51800
.61450
.65700
74700
: 60400
.71700
76600
: 87200
.78000
.83300
.94000
.69100
.81900
.87500
.98800
.64370
.67620
.85900
.98500
1.11100
1.02400
1.09400
1.23500
.80470
.89600
1.02400
1.01500

4-lb/ft2
wind,
Ib/ft

Resultant
weight,
Ib/ft

.26867
.27133
.28200
.28600
.29433
.29300
.30467
.30900
.31767
.31767
.32200
.33133
.31333
.32567
.33000
.33967
.31000
.31767
.33333
.35033
.36033
.36400
.36933
.38000
.34667
.35433
.36433
.37700

.67828
.58476
.67612
.71655
.80290
.67132
.77904
.82598
.92806
.84221
.89307
.99669
.75872
.88137
.93516
1.04476
71446
: 74710
.92141
1.04545
1.16797
1.08677
1.15466
1.29214
.87620
.96352
1.08688
1.08275

Table @I.-Conductor

Code
word
CANARY
CATB I RD
RAIL
CARDINAL
ORTOLAN
CURLEW
BLUE JAY
FINCH
BUNT I NG
GRACKLE
B I TTERN
PHEASANT
D I PPER
MART I N
BOBOLINK
PLOVER
NUTHATCH
PARROT
LAPW I NG
FALCON
CHUKAR
BLUEBIRD
KIWI
THRASHER
JOREE

Size,
AWG
or
kcmil
900.0
954.0
954.0
954.0
1,033.5
1,033.5
1,113.0
1,113.0
1,192.5
1,192.5
1,272.0
1,272.0
1,351.5
1,351.5
1,431.0
1,431.0
1,510.5
1,510.5
1,590.o
1,590.o
1,780.O
2,034.o
2,156.0
2,167.O
2,300.O
2,312.0
2,515.0
3,064.O

Does not include NESC constant.

Stranding
.luminum,
steel
54/ 7
36/ 1
45/ 7
54/ 7
45/ 7
54/ 7
45/ 7
54/19
45/ 7
54/19
45/ 7
54/19
45/ 7
54/19
45/ 7
54/19
45/ 7
54119
45/ 7
54/19
84/19
721 7
84/19
72/ 7
96/19
76119
76/19
84/19

and overhead ground wire data (U.S. customary&Continued

Diameter.
in
1.162
1.140
1.165
1.196
1.213
1.246
1.259
1.293
1.302
1.338
1.345
1.382
1.386
1.424
1.427
1.465
1.466
1.506
1.502
1.545
1.602
1.681
1.762
1.737
1.857
1.802
1.880
2.101

Area,
in2
7985
: 7702
.8011
.8464
.8678
.9169
.9346
.9849
1 .OOlO
1.0550
1.0680
1.1260
1.1350
1.1960
1.2020
1.2660
1.2680
1.3370
1.3350
1.4070
1.5120
1.6669
1.8310
1.7760
2.0359
1.9144
2.0826
2.6028

Ultimate
strength,
lb

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per OF

31,900
19,800
25,900
33,800
27,700
36,600
29,800
39,100
32,000
41,900
34,100
43,600
36,200
46,300
38,300
49,100
40,100
51,700
42,200
54,500
51,000
46,800
60,300
49,800
80,000
56,700
61,700
85,700

.0000107
.0000122
.0000115
.0000107
.0000115
.0000107
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000108
.0000115
.0000120
.0000115
.0000120
.0000108
.0000117
.0000117
.0000115

Weight,
lb/ft

4-lb/ft2
wind,
lb/ft

Resultant
weight,
lb/ft

1.15900
.96600
1.07500
1.22900
1.16500
1.33100
1.25500
1.43100
1.34400
1.53300
1.43400
1.63500
1.52200
1.73700
1.61300
1.84000
1.70200
1.94200
1.79200
2.04400
2.07400
2.16200
2.51100
2.30300
2.96800
2.52600
2.74900
3.57000

.38733
.38000
.38833
.39867
.40433
.41533
.41967
.43100
.43400
.44600
.44833
.46067
.46200
.47467
.47567
148833
.48867
.50200
.50067
.51500
.53400
.56033
.58733
.57900
.61900
.60067
.62667
.70033

1.22201
1.03805
1.14299
1.29204
1.23317
1.39430
1.32331
1.49450
1.41234
1.59656
1.50245
1.69866
1.59057
1.80069
1.68167
1.90370
1.77076
2.00583
1.86063
2.10788
2.14164
2.23343
2.57878
2.37467
3.03186
2.59644
2.81952
3.63804

Table C-4.-Conductor

Wire type
and size

and overhead ground wire data (U.S. customary&Continued

Diameter,
in

Area,
in2

Ultimate
strength,
lb

Coeff. of
linear
expansion,
per OF

Weight,
lb/ft

4-lb/ft2
wind,
lb/ft

Resultant
weight ,l
lb/ft

STEEL STRAND OVERHEAD GROUND WIRE (7 WIRE)

3/8
3/8
7/16
7/16
l/2
i/2

HIGH STRENGTH
INCH
INCH EXTRA HIGH STRENGTH
INCH
HIGH STRENGTH
INCH EXTRA HIGH STRENGTH
INCH
HIGH STRENGTH
INCH EXTRA HIGH STRENGTH

.360
.360
.435
.435
.495
.495

.0792
.0792
.1156
.1156

1497
:1497

10,800
15,400
14,500
20,800
18,800
26.900

.0000064
.0000064
.0000064
.0000064
.0000064
.0000064

ALUMOWELD STRAND OVERHEAD GROUND WIRE

8M

10M
12.5M
14M

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

16M
18M
20M
25M
NO. 12
NO. 11
NO. 10
NO.
9
NO.
8
NO.
7
NO.
6
NO.
5

AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG

* Does not include NESC constant.

.272
.306
.343
.363
.386
.417
.444
.519
.242
.272
.306
.343
.385
.433
.486
.546

.0455
.0572
.0714
.oco5
.0901
.1062
.1204
1645
: 0359
.0453
.0571
.0720
.0908
.1145
.1443
.1820

8,000
10,000
12,500
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
6,301
7,945
10,020
12,630
15,930
19,060
22,730
27.030

.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072
.0000072

.27300
.27300
.39900
.39900
.51700
.51700

.12000
.12000
.14500
.14500
.16500
.16500

.29821
.29821
.42453
.42453
.54269
.54269

.13100
16500
:20800
.23200
.26200
.30600
.34700
.47500
.10360
.13060
16470
:20760
.26180
.33000
.41630
.52490

.09067

.10200
.11433
.12100
.12867
.13900
.14800
.17300
.08067
.09067
.10200
.11433
.12833
.14433
.16200
.18200

.15932
19398
:23735
.26166
.29189
.33609
.37724
.50552
.13130
.15899
19373
:23700
.29156
.36018
.44671
.55556

Table C-5.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (metric)

Code
word
TURKEY
SWAN
SWANATE
SPARROW
SPARATE
ROBIN
RAVEN
QUAIL
PIGEON
PENGU I N
GROUSE
PETREL
M I NORCA
LEGHORN
GUINEA
DOTTEREL
DORK I NG
COCH I N
OWL
WAXW I NG
PARTR I DGE
OSTR I CH
MERLIN
L I NNET
ORIOLE
CH I CKADEE
BRANT
IBIS

NATIONAL
LIGHT

Force
with no
ice
.5268
.8377
.9778

1.3324
1.5572
1.6812
2.1190
2.6721
3.3697
4.2483
2.1745
3.7083
4.0367
4.9036
5.7909
6.4417
6.9511
7.6983
4.9970
4.2235
5.3603
6.0229
5.3312
6.7570
7.6924
6.2987
7.4735
7.9814

Includes 0.7297 NESC constant.

* Includes 2.9188 NESC constant.
3 Includes 4.3782 NESC constant.

ELECTRICAL

SAFETY

LOADING

MEDIUM

0.43 1-kPa Resultant

wind
force

7orce with
6.35-mm
ice

2.1672
2.7364
2.8130
3.4588
3.5573
3.8856
4.3563
4.8926
5.4946
6.1623
4.0170
5.0458
5.2647
5.8011
6.3046
6.6439
6.9066
7.2568
6.9285
6.6658
7.0270
7.4429
7.4867
7.8917
8.1106
8.1325
8.4499
8.5703

2.5602
3.1070
3.2789
3.9013
4.1669
4.4271
5.0601
5.8356
6.7828
7.9382
4.9749
6.9353
7.3545
8.4437
9.5398
10.3314
10.9497
11.8421
9.0046
8.1222
9.4089
10.2439
9.5703

2.9600

3.5914
3.7078
4.4362
4.6129
4.9634
5.5740
6.3045
7.1753
8.2144
5.2975
6.9916
7.3639
8.3256
9.2902
9.9837
10.5286
11.3092
9.2721
8.6208
9.5678
10.3042
9.9205
11.1189
11.9080
11.0161
12.0104
12.4409

11.1641

12.1903
10.8057
12.1121

12.6699

CODE

LOADING

0.192-kPa
wind
3.3955

3.6485
3.6825
3.9695
4.0133
4.1593
4.3684
4.6068
4.8744
5.1711
4.2176
4.6749
4.7722
5.0106
5.2343
5.3851
5.5019
5.6576
5.5116
5.3949
5.5554
5.7403
5.7597
5.9397
6.0370
6.0467
6.1878
6.2413

1977

Resultant
force2
7.1713
7.7110
7.8495
8.4845
8.7041
8.9932
9.6037
10.3536
11.2714
12.3928
9.4409
11.2826
11.6859
12.7373
13.8003
14.5694
15.1730
16.0430
13.4763
12.6694
13.8453
14.6614
14.0886
15.5646
16.5220
15.3012
16.5199
17.0425

ALL VALUES

EDITION
HEAVY

Force witk
12.7-mm
ice
6.8629

7.6457
7.8494
8.7396
9.0460
9.4424
10.2705
11.2684
12.4653
13.8976
10.0446
12.4317
12.9416
14.2533
15.5581
16.4904
17.2176
18.2553
15.2817
14.2903
15.7267
16.7342
16.0788
17.8405
18.9575
17.5819
19.0200
19.6277

LOADING

0.192~kPa
wind
5.8278
6.0808
6.1148
6.4019
6.4456
6.5916
6.8008
7.0391
7.3067
7.6034
6.6500
7.1072
7.2045
7.4429
7.6667
7.8175
7.9342
8.0899
7.9439
7.8272
7.9877
8.1726
8.1920
8.3720
8.4693
8.4791
8.6201
8.6736

Resultant
force3
13.3816
14.1472
14.3283
15.2116
15.4857
15.8937
16.6962
17.6645
18.8271
20.2197
16.4246
18.6981
19.1900
20.4577
21.7227
22.6278
23.3360
24.3457
21.6013
20.6717
22.0172
23.0014
22.4236
24.0854
25.1415
23.8979
25.2604
25.8370

ARE IN NEWTONS PER METER.

Table C-S.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (metric&Continued

NATIONAL

Code
word
-LARK
PEL I CAN
FLICKER
HAWK
HEN
OSPREY
PARAKEET
DOVE
EAGLE
PEACOCK
SQUAB
TEAL
KINGBIRD
ROOK
GROSBEAK
EGRET
SWIFT
FLAM I NGO
STARLING
REDWING
CUCKOO
DRAKE
MALLARD
COOT
TERN
CONDOR
RUDDY

L I GHT

ELECTRICAL

SAFETY

LOADING

MEDIUM

LOADING

9.0891
7.5596
8.9680
9.5882
10.9016
8.8147
10.4638
11.1789
12.7259
11.3832
12.1567
13.7183
10.0844
11.9524
12.7697
14.4188
9.3941
9.8684
12.5362
14.3750
16.2138
14.9442
15.9657
18.0235
11.7437
13.0761
14.9442
14.8128

1 Includes 0.7297 NESC constant.

Includes 2.9188 NESC constant.
3 Includes 4.3782 NESC constant.

0.43 1-kPa
wind
8.8220
8.9096
9.2598
9.3912
9.6648
9.6210
10.0041
10.1464
10.4310
10.4310
LO. 5733
LO.8798
LO.2887
LO.6937
10.8360
11.1534
LO. 1792
10.4310
10.9454
11.5036
11.8320
11.9524
12.1275
12.4778
11.3832
11.6350
11.9633
12.3793

Resultant
force
13.3962
12.4142
13.6203
14.1509
15.2986
13.7782
15.2064
15.8266
17.1843
16.1694
16.8412
18.2385
15.1364
16.7676
17.4773
18.9588
14.5813
15.0890
17.3717
19.1409
20.8017
19.8657
20.7792
22.6509
17.0849
18.2328
19.8726
20.0342

1by;
.

;Nll
-

ice

13.8820
12.3888
13.9424
14.6171
16.0440
13.9389
15.7469
16.5210
18.1859
16.8433
17.6758
19.3644
15.4854
17.5214
18.3977
20.1784
14.7498
15.3285
18.2095
20.2798
22.2548
21.0351
22.1293
24.3323
17.5986
19.0355
21.0396
21.0808

0.192-kPa
wind

Resultant
force2

6.3532
6.3921
6.5478
6.6062
6.7278
6.7083
6.8786
6.9418
7.0683
7.0683
7.1316
7.2678
.7.0051
7.1851
7.2483
7.3894
6.9564
7.0683
7.2970
7.5450
7.6910
7.7445
7.8223
7.9780
7.4915
7.6034
7.7494
7.9342

18.185516.8594
18.3221
18.9594
20.3163
18.3879
20.1025
20.8389
22.4300
21.1851
21.9790
23.6021
19.9150
21.8562
22.6928
24.4076
19.2267
19.7984
22.5359
24.5567
26.4651
25.3342
26.3899
28.5256
22.0456
23.4166
25.3402
25.4432

ALLVALUES

EDITION
HEAVY

Force
with no
ice

1977

CODE

I Torte

LOADING

with
12.7-mm
ice

0.192~kPa Resultant
force3
wind

20.9442
19.4874
21.1861
21.9153
23.4557
21.3325
23.2993
24.1324
25.9154
24.5727
25.4642
27.2799
23.1558
25.3597
26.2950
28.2074
22.3748
23.0579
26.1523
28.4540
30.5652
29.3954
30.5622
32.9104
25.7229
27.2641
29.4045
29.6181

8.7855
8.8244
8.9801
9.0385
9.1601
9.1406
9.3109
9.3741
9.5006
9.5006
9.5639
9.7001
9.4374
9.6174
9.6806
9.8217
9.3887
9.5006
9.7293
9.9774
10.1233
10.1768
10.2546
10.4103
9.9239
10.0357
10.1817
10.3665

ARE IN

27.0904
25.7704
27.3889
28.0842
29.5591
27.5865
29.4690
30.2673
31.9801
30.7236
31.5791
33.3313
29.3833
31.5003
32.3985
34.2466
28.6429
29.3166
32.2816
34.5308
36.5762
35.4853
36.6149
38.8958
31.9490
33.4307
35.4955
35.7580

D
:
2
0
x
0

E7NTONS PER METER.

2

Table C-5.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (met&)-Continued

NATIONAL

Code
word
CANARY
CATB I RD
RAIL
CARDINAL
ORTOLAN
CURLEW
BLUEJAY
FINCH
BUNT I NG
GRACKLE
B I TTERN
PHEASANT
D I PPER
MART I N
BOBOL I NK
PLOVER
NUTHATCH
PARROT
LAPW I NG
FALCON
CHUKAR
BLUEBIRD
KIWI
THRASHER
JOREE

LIGHT

Force
with no
ice
16.9143
14.0977
15.6884
17.9359
17.9019
19.4245
18.3153
20.8839
19.6142
22.3724
20.9277
23.8610
22.2119
25.3496
23.5400
26.8528
24.8388
28.3414
26.1523
29.8299
30.2677
31.5520
36.6453
33.6098
13.3147
36.8642
10.1186
52.1002

Includes 0.7297 NESC constant.

Includes 2.9188 NESC constant.
3 Includes 4.3782 NESC constant.

SAFETY

ELECTRICAL

LOADING

MEDIUM

CODE
LOADING

0.43 1-kPa Resultant

wind
force

Force with
6.35-mm
ice

0.192-kPa
wind

12.7186
12.4778
12.7514
13.0907
13.2768
13.6380
13.7803
14.1524
14.2509
14.6450
14.7216
15.1266
15.1704
15.5863
15.6191
16.0350
16.0460
16.4838
16.4400
16.9107
17.5346
18.3993
19.2858
19.0122
20.3257
19.7237
20.5774
22.9963

23.3230
20.4065
22.1107
24.4989
23.6420
26.2144
25.1642
27.8871
26.6583
29.5799
28.1669
31.2682
29.6372
32.9474
31.1514
34.6367
32.6272
36.3113
34.1041
37.9769
38.6734
40.3162
45.7772
42.6282
52.8777
46.1776
49.7861
62.7707

8.0850
7.9780
8.0996
8.2504
8.3331
8.4936
8.5569
8.7223
8.7661
8.9412
8.9752
9.1552
9.1747
9.3596
9.3741
9.5590
9.5639
9.7585
9.7390
9.9482
10.2255
10.6098
11.0038
10.8822
11.4659
11.1984
11.5778
12.6529

21.8923
19.5563
20.9467
22.9347
22.3014
24.4638
23.6502
25.9572
24.9744
27.4692
26.3166
28.9815
27.6278
30.4876
28.9801
32.0058
30.3006
33.5161
31.6201
35.0196
35.7097
37.2545
42.1401
39.3442
48.5763
42.5387
45.8178
57.6794

1977

EDITION
HEAVY

LOADING

Resultant
force2

Force with
12.7-mm
ice

0.192-kPa
wind

Resultant
force3

27.6034
24.8294
26.4663
28.7696
27.9864
30.4748
29.4981
32.1381
30.9813
33.8205
32.4811
35.4997
33.9436
37.1698
35.4500
38.8503
36.9188
40.5185
38.3862
42.1770
42.9212
44.6077
49.9999
46.9140
57.0254
50.4348
54.0333
66.9520

32.0010
28.9847
30.8023
33.3312
32.5515
35.2736
34.2825
37.1597
35.9717
39.0567
37.6755
40.9447
39.3319
42.8145
41.0321
44.6899
42.6850
46.5506
44.3252
48.3932
49.3485
51.3498
57.1784
53.9159
64.7101
57.7604
61.7229
75.7106

10.5173
10.4103
10.5319
10.6827
10.7654
10.9260
10.9892
11.1546
11.1984
11.3735
11.4076
11.5876
11.6070
11.7919
11.8065
11.9913
11.9962
12.1908
12.1713
12.3805
12.6578
13.0421
13.4361
13.3145
13.8983
13.6307
14.0101
15.0852

38.0631
35.1756
36.9313
39.3794
38.6636
41.3052
40.3789
43.1759
42.0526
45.0572
43.7428
46.9310
45.3870
48.7869
47.0751
50.6489
48.7168
52.4986
50.3441
54.3300
55.3241
57.3584
63.1140
59.9138
70.5640
63.7251
67.6711
81.5770

ALL VALUES

ARE IN NEWTONS PER METER.

Table C-5.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (metric)-Continued

NATIONAL

Wire type
and size

0.43 l-kPa
wind

3.9841
3.9841

mm HS
mm EHS
mm HS
mm EHS
mm HS
mm EHS

5.8230
5.8230
7.5450
7.5450

3.9404
3.9404
4.7613
4.7613
5.4180
5.4180

Resultant
force

1.9118

8M
12.5M
14M
16M
18M
20M
25M
7 NO.
7 NO.
7 NO.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.

2.4080
3.0355
3.3858
3.8236
4.4657
5.0641

6.9321
1.5119
1.9060

12

11
10
9
8
7
6
5

2.4036
3.0297
3.8207
4.8160
6.0754
7.6603

1 Includes 0.7297 NESC constant.

Includes 2.9188 NESC constant.
3 Includes 4.3782 NESC constant.

2.9772
3.3493
3.7543
3.9732
4.2249
4.5642
4.8598
5.6807
2.6488
2.9772
3.3493
3.7543
4.2140
4.7394

5.3195
5.9762

FtT<zgh
* ice

STRAND

4.2678
4.8548
5.5576
5.9498
6.4279
7.1152
7.7484

9.6921
3.7796
4.2647
4.8522
5.5540

6.4179
7.4866
8.8048
.0.4454

GROUND

OVERHEAD

4.2810

4.. 9315
5.7270
6.1680
6.7102
7.4930

8.2139
10.4224
3.7450
4.2752

4.9271
5.7211
6.7028

7.9159
9.4159
11.2731

EDITION
HEAVY

0.192-kPa
wind

WIRE

4.3101
4.4609
4.5922
4.9571
3.6096

~~.~~~
ice

LOADING

0.192-kPa
wind

Resultant
force3

(7-WIRE)

11.7907
11.7907
14.3103
14.3103
16.5771
16.5771

6.6159
6.6159
6.9807
6.9807

8.6136
9.2190
9.9626
10.3799
10.8940
11.6392
12.3293
14.4599

8.9196
9.7244
10.6878
11.2196
11.8662
12.7897
13.6332
16.1820

6.1878
6.3532
6.5332
6.6305
6.7424
6.8932
7.0245
7.3894

8.1201
8.6092

8.2474

GROUND

3.7555
3.9209
4.1009
4.1982

3.7555
3.9209
4.1009
4.3052
4.5387
4.7965
5.0884

Resultant
force2

10.8625
10.8625
12.9422
12.9422
14.8693
14.8693

4.1836
4.1836
4.5484
4.5484
4.8403
4.8403
STRAND

1977

LOADING

OVERHEAD

6.3332
6.3332
8.2514
8.2514
10.0185
10.0185
ALUMOWELD

10M

CODE

MEDIUM

STEEL
I.525
I.525
I.11
I.11
12.7
12.7

SAFETY

LOADING

LIGHT

Force
with no
ice

ELECTRICAL

7.2726
7.2726

17.8982
17.8982
20.3004
20.3004
22.4804
22.4804

WIRE

9.2156
9.9579
10.8851
12.0436
13.4860
15.2871

8.9137
9.7200
10.6819
11.8542
13.2852
15.0258
17.1553

6.0419
6.1878
6.3532
6.5332
6.7375

6.9710
7.2288
7.5207

15.2339
15.9940
16.9046
17.4105
18.0261
18.9072
19.7146
22.1675
14.6018

15.2291
15.9903
16.8996
18.0133
19.3812
21.0524
23.1096

ALL VALUES ARE IN NEWTONS PER METER.

Table C-&-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (U.S. customary)

Code
word
TURKEY
SWAN
SWANATE
SPARROW
SPARATE
ROBIN
RAVEN
QUAIL
PIGEON
PENGU I N
GROUSE
PETREL
M I NORCA
LEGHORN
GUINEA
OOTTEREL
DORK I NG
COW I N
OWL
WAXWI NG
PARTR I DGE
OSTR I CH
MERLIN
L I NNET
ORIOLE
CH I CKADEE
BRANT
IBIS

NAT
LIGHT

IONAL

ELECTRICAL

LOADING

SAFETY
MEDIUM

Weight
with
no ice

9-lb/ft2
wind

Resultant
weight

Weight
with
l/4-in ice

.0361
.0574
.0670
.0913
.1067
.1152
.1452
1831
: 2309
.2911
1490
: 2541
.2766
.3360
.3968
.4414
.4763
.5275
.3424
.2894
.3673
.4127
.3653
.4630
.5271
.4316
.5121
15469

.1485
.1875
1928
: 2370
.2438
.2663
.2985
.3353
.3765
.4223
.2753
.3458
.3608
.3975
.4320
.4553
.4733
.4973
.4748
.4568
.4815
.5100
.5130
.5408
.5558
.5573
.5790
.5873

.2028
.2461
.2541
.3040
.3161
.3401
.3819
14320
.4917
.5629
.3630
.4791
.5046
.5705
.6366
.6841
.7214
.7749
.6353
.5907
.6556
.7061
.6798
.7619
.8160
17548
.8230
.8525

1754
: 2129
.2247
.2673
.2855
.3034
.3467
.3999
.4648
.5439
.3409
.4752
.5039
.5786
.6537
.7079
.7503
.8114
.6170
.5565
.6447
.7019
.6558
.7650
.8353
.7404
.8299
.8682

1 Includes 0.05 NESC constant.

Includes 0.20 NESC constant.
3 Includes 0.30 NEW constant.

1977

CODE

EDITION

T-

LOADING

4-lb/ft2
wind

Resultant
weight

.2327
.2500
.2523
.2720
.2750
.2850
.2993
.3157
.3340
.3543
.2890
.3203
.3270
.3433
.3587
.3690
.3770
.3877
.3777
.3697
.3807
.3933
.3947
.4070
.4137
.4143
.4240
.4277

.4914
.5284
.5379
.5814
.5964
.6162
.6581
.7094
.7723
.8492
.6469
.7731
.8007
.8728
.9456
.9983
1.0397
1.0993
.9234
.8681
.9487
1.0046
.9654
1.0665
1.1321
1.0485
1.1320
1.1678

HEAVY

Weight
with

l/2-in ice
.4703
.5239
.5379
.5989
.6199
.6470
.7038
.7721
.8541
.9523
.6883
.8518
.8868
.9767
1.0661
1.1300
1.1798
1.2509
1.0471
.9792
1.0776
1.1467
1.1017
1.2225
1.2990
1.2047
1.3033
I 1.3449

ALL VALUES

LOADING

4-lb/ft2
wind
.3993
.4167
.4190
.4387
.4417
.4517
.4660
.4823
.5007
.5210
.4557
.4870
.4937
.5100
.5253
.5357
.5437
.5543
.5443
.5363
.5473
.5600
.5613
.5737
.5803
.5810
.5907
.5943

ARE IB POUNDS

Resultant
weight3
.9169
.9694
.9818
1.0423
1.0611
1.0891
1.1441
1.2104
1.2901
1.3855
1.1254
1.2812
1.3149
1.4018
1.4885
1.5505
1.5990
1.6682
1.4802
1.4165
1.5087
1.5761
1.5365
1.6504
1.7227
1.6375
1.7309
1.7704

ER FOOT

Table C-k-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (U.S. customary)-Continued

Code
word
LARK
PEL I CAN
FLICKER
HAWK
HEN
OSPREY
PARAKEET
DOVE
EAGLE
PEACOCK
SQUAB
TEAL
KINGBIRD
ROOK
GROSBEAK
EGRET
SWIFT
FLAMINGO
STARLING
REDWI NG
CUCKOO
DRAKE
MALLARD
COOT
TERN
CONDOR
RUDDY

NATIONAL
LIGHT

Weight
with
no ice

.6228
.5180
.6145
.6570
.7470
.6040
.7170
.7660
.8720
.7800
.8330
.9400
.6910
.8190
.8750
.9880
.6437
.6762
.8590
.9850
1.1110
1.0240
1.0940
1.2350
.8047
.8960
1.0240
1.0150

Includes 0.05 NESC constant.

* Includes 0.20 NESC constant.
3 Includes 0.30 NESC constant.

ELECTRICAL

LOADING

9-lb/ft*
wind

Resultant
weight

.6045
.6105
.6345
.6435
.6623
.6593
.6855
.6953
.7148
.7148
.7245
.7455
.7050
.7328
.7425
.7643
.6975
.7148
.7500
.7883
.8108
.8190
.8310
.8550
.7800
.7973
.8198
.8483

.9179
.8506
.9333
.9696
1.0483
.9441
1.0420
1.0845
1.1775
1.1080
1.1540
1.2497
1.0372
1.1489
1.1976
1.2991
.9991
1.0339
1.1903
1.3116
1.4254
1.3612
1.4238
1.5521
1.1707
1.2493
1.3617
1.3728

SAFETY
MEDIUM

Weight
with
l/4-in ice
.9512
.8489
.9554
1.0016
1.0994
.9551
1.0790
1.1320
1.2461
1.1541
1.2112
1.3269
1.0611
1.2006
1.2606
1.3827
1.0107
1.0503
1.2478
1.3896
1.5249
1.4414
1.5163
1.6673
1.2059
1.3043
1.4417
1.4445

CODE
LOADING

4-lb/ft*
wind
.4353
.4380
.4487
.4527
.4610
.4597
.4713
.4757
.4843
.4843
.4887
.4980
.4800
.4923
.4967
.5063
.4767
.4843
.5000
.5170
.5270
.5307
.5360
.5467
.5133
.5210
.5310
.5437

1977

HEAVY

Resultant
weight*
1.2461
1.1552
1.2555
1.2991
1.3921
1.2600
1.3775
1.4279
1.5369
1.4516
1.5060
1.6173
1.3646
1.4976
1.5550
1.6725
1.3174
1.3566
1.5442
1.6827
1.8134
1.7359
1.8083
1.9546
1.5106
1.6045
1.7364
1.7434

ALL VALUES

EDITION

Weight
with
l/2-in ice
1.4351
1.3353
1.4517
1.5017
1.6072
1.4617
1.5965
1.6536
1.7758
1.6838
1.7449
1.8693
1.5867
1.7377
1.8018
1.9328
1.5332
1.5800
1.7920
1.9497
2.0944
2.0142
2.0942
2.2551
1.7626
1.8682
2.0148
2.0295

LOADING

4-lb/ft*
wind
.6020
.6047
.6153
.6193
.6277
.6263
.6380
.6423
.6510
.6510
.6553
.6647
.6467
.6590
.6633
.6730
.6433
.6510
.6667
.6837
.6937
.6973
.7027
.7133
.6800
.6877
.6977
.7103

Resultant
weight3
1.8563
1.7658
1.8767
1.9244
2.0254
1.8903
2.0193
2.0740
2.1913
2.1052
2.1639
2.2839
2.0134
2.1585
2.2200
2.3466
1.9627
2.0088
2.2120
2.3661
2.5063
2.4315
2.5089
2.6652
2.1892
2.2907
2.4322
2.4502

ARE IN POUNDS PER FOOT.

Table C-&-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading (U.S. customary)-Continued

Code
word
CANARY
CATB I RD
RAIL
CARDINAL
ORTOLAN
CURLEW
BLUEJAY
FINCH
BUNT I NG
GRACKLE
B I TTERN
PHEASANT
D I PPER
MART I N
BOBOLINK
PLOVER
NUTHATCH
PARROT
LAPW I NG
FALCON
CHUKAR
BLUEBIRD
KIWI
THRASHER
JOREE

NATIONAL
LIGHT

Weight
with
no ice

1.1590
.9660
1.0750
1.2290
1.1650
1.3310
1.2550
1.4310
1.3440
1.5330
1.4340
1.6350
1.5220
1.7370
1.6130
1.8400
1.7020
1.9420
1.7920
2.0440
2.0740
2.1620
2.5110
2.3030
2.9680
2.5260
2.7490
3.5700

Includes 0.05 NESC constant.

2 Includes 0.20 NESC constant.
3 Includes 0.30 NESC constant.

l-

LOADING

9-lb/ft2
wind
.8715
.8550
.8738
.8970
.9098
.9345
.9443
.9698
.9765
1.0035
1.0088
1.0365
1.0395
1.0680
1.0703
1.0988
1.0995
1.1295
1.1265
1.1588
1.2015
1.2608
1.3215
1.3028
1.3928
1.3515
1.4100
1.5758

SAFETY

ELECTRICAL

Resultant
weight l
1.5001
1.3400
1.4353
1.5715
1.5281
1.6763
1.6206
1.7786
1.7113
1.8822
1.8033
1.9859
1.8931
2.0891
1.9858
2.1931
2.0763
2.2966
2.1667
2.3996
2.4469
2.5527
2.8875
2.6959
3.3285
2.9148
3.1395
3.9523

MEDIUM

Weight
with
l/4-in ice
1.5981
1.3983
1.5151
1.6787
1.6200
1.7963
1.7243
1.9109
1.8267
2.0269
1.9300
2.1426
2.0308
2.2576.
2.1345
2.3734
2.2357
2.4881
2.3369
2.6022
2.6500
2.7625
3.1367
2.9210
3.6233
3.1642
3.4114
4.3012

1977

CODE

l-

LOADING

4-lb/ft2
wind
.5540
.5467
.5550
.5653
.5710
.5820
.5863.
.5977
.6007
.6127
.6150
.6273
.6287
.6413
.6423
.6550
.6553
.6687
.6673
.6817
.7007
.7270
.7540
.7457
.7857
.7673
.7933
.8670

Resultant
weight2
1.8914
1.7014
1.8135
1.9713
1.9177
2.0882
2.0213
2.2022
2.1229
2.3174
2.2257
2.4325
2.3259
2.5469
2.4291
2.6621
2.5297
2.7764
2.6303
2.8900
2.9410
3.0566
3.4261
3.2146
3.9075
3.4559
3.7025
4.5877

ALL VALUES

EDITION
HEAVY

LOADING

Weight
with
l/2-in ice

4-lb/ft2
wind

Resultatlt
weight

2.1928
1.9861
2.1106
2.2839
2.2305
2.4170
2.3491
2.5462
2.4648
2.6762
2.5816
2.8056
2.6951
2.9337
2.8116
3.0622
2.9249
3.1897
3.0372
3.3160
3.3814
3.5186
3.9180
3.6944
4.4341
3.9578
4.2294
5.1878

.7207
.7133
97217
.7320
.7377
.7487
.7530
.7643
.7673
.7793
.7817
.7940
.7953
.8080
.8090
.8217
.8220
.8353
.8340
-8483
.8673
.8937
.9207
.9123
.9523
.9340
.9600
1.0337

2.6082
2.4103
2.5306
2.6983
2.6493
2.8303
2.7668
2.9585
2.8815
3.0874
2.9973
3.2158
3.1100
3.3430
3.2257
3.4706
3.3382
3.5973
3.4497
3.7228
3.7909
3.9303
4.3247
4.1054
4.8352
4.3666
4.6369
5.5898

ARE IN POUNDS PER FOOT.

Table Cd.-Conductor

and overhead ground wire values for NESC

light, medium, and heavy loading f U.S. customary&Continued

I
Wire type
and size

NATIONAL
I. I GHT

Weight
with
no ice

ELECTRICAL
MEDIUM

LOADING

9-lb/ft2
wind

Resultant
weight l
STEEL

3/8
3/8
/I6
46
l/2
y/2

INCH
INCH
INCH
INCH
INCH
INCH

HS
EHS
HS
EHS
HS
EHS

.2730
.2730
.3990
.3990
.5170
.5170

.2700
.2700
.3263
.3263

.3713
.3713

.1310

8M

16M
18M
20M
25M
7 NO.
7 NO.
7 NO.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.
7N0.

12

11
10
9
8
7
6
5

1650
: 2080
.2320
.2620
.3060
.3470
.4750
.1036
.1306
1647
: 2076
.2618
.3300
.4163
.5249

Includes 0.05 NESC constant.

2 Includes 0.20 NESC constant.
3 Includes 0.30 NESC constant.

.2040
.2295
.2573
.2723
.2895

.3128
.3330
.3893
1815
: 2040
.2295
.2573
.2888
.3248
.3645
.4095

Weight
with
l/4-in ice

STRAND

.2924
.3327
.3808

.4077
.4405
.4875
.5309
.6641
.2590
.2922
.3325
.3806
.4398
.5130
.6033
.7157

1977

CODE
LOADING

4-lb/ft2
wind

OVERHEAD

.4340
.4340
.5654
.5654
.6865
.6865
ALUMOWELD

10M
12.5M
14M

SAFETY

GROUND

HEAVY

Resultant
weight
WIRE

.3117
.3117
.3317
.3317
OVERHEAD

.2933
.3379
.3924
.4226
.4598

.5134
.5628
.7142
.2566
.2929
.3376
.3920
.4593
.5424
.6452
.7725

.2573
.2687
.2810
.2877
.2953
.3057
.3147
.3397
.2473
.2573
.2687

.2810
.2950
.3110
.3287
.3487

Weight
with
l/2-in ice

4-lb/ft2
wind

Resultant
weight

.8079
.8079
99806
.9806

.4533
.4533
.4783
.4783
.4983
.4983

1.2264
1.2264
1.3910
1.3910
1.5404
1.5404

.4240
.4353
.4477
.4543
.4620
.4723

1.0439
1.0959
1.1583
1.1930
1.2352
1 h2956
1.3509
1.5190
1.0005
1.0435
1.0957
1.1580
1.2343
1.3280
1.4425
1.5835

1.1359
1.1359

GROUND

LOADING

(7-WIRE)

.2867
.2867

STRAND

EDITION

WIRE
.5902

.6317
.6827
.7113
.7465
.7975
.8448
.9908
.5564
.5899
.6315
.6823
.7459
.8252
.9241
1.0475

ALL VALUES

.6112
.6663
.7323
.7688
.8131
.8764
.9342
1.1088
.5651
.6108
.6660
.7319
.8123
.9103
1.0296
1.1755

.4813
.5063
.4140
.4240
.4353
.4477
.4617
.4777
.4953
.5153

ARE IN POUNDS PER FOOT.

<<Index
ACSR conductors
creep, 9, 13, 26. 442, 452
data tables, 462, 466
ice and wind load, 27, 470, 474
initial and final modulus,
13, 15, 26, 442, 452
loading conditions,
2, 26, 128
loading constants,
27
loading tables, 470, 474
permanent
set, 14, 26, 442, 45?
sags and tensions (see Sags and tensions)
stress-strain
curves, 10
Adjacent
spans
distance between low points of, 128
maximum
sum of, 128
Air gap, 103. 112
flashover
values, 423, 424
Aluminum
conductor
tables, 462
Alumoweld
strand
data tables, 465. 469
ice and wind load, 27, 473, 477
initial and final modulus,
13, 26, 419
loading conditions,
2, 26
loading constants,
27
loading tables, 473, 477
permanent
set, 419
sags and tensions (see Sags and tensions)
stress-strain
curves, 14
Angle
insulator
swing, 105, 112, 123, 129, 133, 142
maximum
line deflection,
128
of bias lines for single insulator
string limit, 168
of bias lines on structure
limitation
chart, 152
of line deflection
scale, 141 (wood),
151 (steel)
of protection,
108
of sideswing,
51, 127
ANSI.
2, 213
moment
of resistance for wood poles, 348
Armor
rods, 282
Aaiiutb
chart, 342

Barometric
pressure, 426
Basic impulse insulation
level,
Broken conductor,
56
sags and tensions, 29
thesis, 307
unbalanced
condition,
67
Building
clearances,
274

104

California
safety code (see Safety codes)
Carroll,
J. S., 284
catenary
curve. 14, 17, 22, 25, 28
charts
azimuth,
342

pyiw.

127

structure
limitation,
127
Circumference
tables for wood
Class of poles, 156
by pole lengths, 273
Clayton,
J. M.. 111
Clearance
patterns.
103, 111
construction
of, 121

poles,

351

Clearances
air-gap,
103, 109, 112
at conductor
transposition,
7
between conductors,
51
climbing,
2
conductor
to building,
274
conductor
to ground,
34, 38, 266
conductor
to guy, 130, 131 (Calif.)
conductor
to steel structure,
112
conductor
to wood structure,
129, 131 (Calif.)
crossings, 273
curves for spotting,
266
midspan,
110
models for, 6
NESC, 34
patterns,
103, 111
right-of-way,
274
Codes (see Safety codes)
Concentrated
loads, 29, 99
Conductor
broken,
29, 56, 307
clearance
patterns,
103, 111
clearances
(see Clearances)
creep, 9, 13, 26, 442, 452
data tables, 430, 442, 452, 462, 466, 470, 474
effect of temperature
change, 30
elastic limit, 13
electrical
conductivity,
9
elongation,
10
galloping,
50, 284
ice and wind load, 27, 470, 474
lightning
protection,
103
loading conditions
(see Loading
conditions)
loading constants,
27
mechanical
strength,
9
modulus of elasticity,
13
proportional
limit, 13
sags and tensions (see Sags and tensions)
sag template,
32
selection
of, 9
stress-strain
curves, 10
ultimate
tensile strength,
13
uplift, 268
vibration,
282
working
limit, 13
yield strength,
13
Cone of protection,
108
Construction
single wood-pole,
4
type of, 4, 128
Copperweld
sag charts, 29
Corona,
284
loss, 9
with armor rods, 282
Cost estimates, 2
Creep, 9, 442, 452
defdtion,
13
in final loading condition,
26
Crossings, 273

Dancing
conductors
(see Galloping
Data summary
form. 23
Davison,
A. E., 50

479

conductors)

480

TRANSMISSION

Den Hat-tog, J. P., 50

Density, 426, 427
Department
of Energy,
iii
Design instructions,
21
Design tensions (conductor),
128
Distance between low points, 128
Double-circuit
steel structures.
6
Douglas fir pole circumferences,
351
Drawings
guying chart, 209
plan and profile, 32, 266
project,
4
sag template,
32, 266
standard,
4
steel structure
limitation
chart, 147
wood structure
limitation
chart, 205

clearance
to conductor,
130,
in poor hearing soil, 274

Factor of safety
California,
13 1
insulation
withstand,
105
steel construction,
127
wood construction,
129
Farr. Holland
H., iii
Field data, 1
Final loading condition,
26
Final modulus of elasticity,
13, 26, 442, 452
Flashover,
103
characteristics
of insulators
and air gaps, 423
critical
impulse, 120
lightning,
107
60-He wet, 120
surge,
104
switching
values of air gaps, 424
Flattop
construction,
4
Footing
resistance,
103, 111
surge resistance,
111
Fortescue,
C. L., 106

GUYS
calculations

for,

169

131 (Calif.)

H-frame
wood-pole
structures,
4
guying,
169
maximum
design tensions, 128
maximum
low-point
distance.
153
maximum
sum of adjacent
spans, 156,
stresses, 213

Effective
span, 8
Ehrenburg,
D. O., 40
Elastic limit, 13
Electrical
conductivity,
9
Ellipses,
130, 184
Elongation,
10, 26
Engineers
cost estimate, 2
Equations
(survey),
300

Galloping
conductors,
50
half- and full-sag ellipses, 130
vibrations,
284
Grading
the transmission
line, 268
Graphic
method for sag-tension
calculations,
Ground
clearances,
34, 38
on side slopes, 273
Ground
resistivity.
111, 344
Guying chart. 127
eonstrnction
of. 186

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

30

162

Ice loading,
27, 470, 474
Impulse insulation
level (value), 104, 112, 423
Inclined
spans, 38
sags and tensions, 28
stringing,
292
Initial
loading condition,
26
Initial
modulus of elasticity,
13, 26, 442, 452
Insulation,
103
air-gap,
103, 112, 423
basic impulse level, 104
safety factors, 106
selection tables, 107
withstand,
105
Insulator
effect, 77
extra units, 106
factor of safety, 128
flashover
characteristics,
423
impulse insulation
value, 104, 112. 423
offset, 292
sideswing,
51, 268
strength
requirement
for steel structures,
135
swing angle, 105. 112, 129, 131, 133, 142
vertical
force, 141
Isoceraunic
level. 103

Kientz,

H. J., iii

Land sections, 340, 341

Level spans
sags and tensions, 28
Lightning
direct-stroke
theory,
106
impulse voltages, 103
protection,
103, 106
Line deflection
angle, 128
near a substation,
274
resultant
force, 169
Loading
conditions,
2, 128
ACSR, 27
California,
3, 27, 130
final, 26
for galloping,
50
full load, 132
initial.
26
NESC. 9.26
overhead
ground wire, 28
Loading
constants,
27

INDEX
Locating
structures
(see Structure
Long-span
construction,
7
Losses
corona, 284

Martin,
J. S., 29
Martins
Sag Calculating
Tables,
Mass per volume (wood species),
Metric conversions,
431
Midspan
clearances,
110
Models for clearances,
6
Modulus
of elasticity,
13, 26
Mohr, R. D., iii
Moment
of resistance
ANSI standard,
348
formula,
343
USBR standard,
345

spotting)

29
427

NESC, 2.93
clearances,
34, 273
loading conditions,
27, 132
Nomenclature
steel structures,
5, 133
wood-pole
structures,
4, 149
Normal
span, 7

Oscillations
(see Galloping
conductors)
Outages
lightning,
111
Overhead
ground wires, 108
data tables, 462, 466, 470, 474
loading conditions,
3, 27
midspan clearances,
110
Overvoltage6
causes, 105
liihtuing,
103
power frequency,
103
switching
surges, 103

Parabola.
14, 25, 28
Peek, F. W., 284
Permanent
set, 10, 26
definition,
13
values for ACSR, 442, 452
values for Alumoweld
strand, 419
values for steel strand, 420
Peterson,
W. S., 284
Pole circumferences
Douglas fir, 351
southern
yellow pine, 351
western red cedar, 385
Pole ground wire. 128
Power frequency
operating
voltages, 103
causes of overvoltages,
105
Power loss. 284
Pressure due to wind, 429
Priest, F. F.. iii, 99
Proportional
limit, 13

Protection
lightning,
103
Proximity
effect, 104

Relative
air density, 426
Relative
mass density (wood), 427
Resistance
maximum
moment
of, 343
Resistivity,
111, 344
Restriking,
104
Right-of-way,
274
Rockwell,
M. M., 284
Ruling span
definition,
8
for stringing,
292

Safety codes, 2, 28
California,
2, 26, 35, 130, 273
NESC, 2,26,
132, 273, 275
Safety factor (see Factor of safety)
Sags and tensions, 25, 29
calculation
form, 33
calculations
for, 30, 38
catenary
versus parabola,
14, 25, 28
Copperweld
charts, 30
Ehrenburgs
method.
40
inclined
spans, 28, 38, 292
initial
and final loading conditions,
26
insulator
effect on, 29, 77
level spans, 28
loading conditions,
2, 27
loading constants,
27
Martins
tables, 29
maximum
tensions, 3, 27
spans adjacent
to a broken conductor,
29, 56
spans with concentrated
loads, 29, 99
stringing,
292
temperature
for loading
conditions,
3, 27
Sag template,
32
broken conductor,
67
for structure
spotting,
266
inclined
span, 38
Scale factors for structure
limitation
charts
line deflection
angle, 141 (steel), 151 (wood)
low point, 140 (steel), 149 (wood)
sum of adjacent
spans, 141 (steel), 152 (wood)
Section numbering,
340
Selection
of
conductor,
9
ruling span, 8
type of construction,
4
Sheaves
for stringing,
292
Shield angle, 103, 108
Sideswing,
51, 268
angle, 105, 112, 129, 131, 133, 142
SI metric, 431
Single-circuit
steel structure,
5, 133
Single span limits on structures,
183
Single wood-pole
structure,
4
Southern
yellow pine
pole circumferences,
351

481

482

TRANSMISSION

Spacing
between conductors,
51
SpaDS
adjacent
to broken conductor,
29, 56
effective,
8
inclined,
28, 38
level, 28
maximum
permissable,
51
normal,
7
~lins,
8
substation
approach,
273
with concentrated
loads, 29, 99
with unbalanced
loads, 29, 67
Standards
for preparing
structure
limitation
chart, 127
Station equations,
300
Steel strand, 7-wire
data tables, 465. 469
ice and wind load. 27,473,477
initial and foal modulus,
13, 26, 422
loading conditions,
2, 26
loading constants,
27
loading tables, 473, 477
permanent
set, 420
sags and tensions (see Sags and tensions)
stress-strain
mtrves, 14
Steel structures
(see Structures)
Strength
basis for calculation,
128
determining
low-point
distance,
153
determining
span length,
183
determiniq
sum of adjacent
spans, 156, 162
limitation
of single insulator
string, 166
requirements
of insulator
string, 135 (steel)
Stresses
conductor,
10
voltage,
103, 112
wood-pole
structures,
213
Stress-strain
curves, 10, 15
Stringing,
25
sag data, 292
Stroke current,
103
Structure
limitation
chart, 127
angle of bias lines, 142 (steel), 152 (wood)
angle of bias lines for insulators,
168
basis for strength
calculations,
128
clearance
patterns,
111
conductor
calcuhxtions,
135 (steel), 150 (wood)
conductor
clearances,
129, 131 (Cahf.)
construction
of, 145 (steel), 185 (wood)
data required
for construction
of, 132 (steel), 146 (wood)
effect of hold downs, 156
full-load
conditions,
132
guying, 169, 176, 179, 182
insulator
swing angles, 142 (steel)
insulator
swing limits, 129, 131
insulator
vertical
force, 141 (steel), 150 (wood)
line deflection
angle scale, 141 (steel), 151 (wood)
loading conditions,
3, 128
low-point
distance,
153
low-point
scale, 140 (steel), 149 (wood)
maximum
design tensions, 128
safety factors, 128, 131
single span limits, 183
standards
to follow, 127

LINE DESIGN MANUAL

strength of insulators,
105 (wood),
135 (steel)
structure
design, 130 (Cahf.)
sum of adjacent
spans, 156, 162, 164
sum of adjacent
spans scale, 141 (steel), 152 (wood)
wind force on pole, 156
Structures
adjacent
to substation.
273
basic types of, 4
double-circuit
steel, 6
for special conditions,
4, 6
functional
classes of. 4
gr0miing
of, 111
H-frame
wood-pole,
4, 149
insulation
for, 103
liihtning
protection,
103
single-circuit
steel, 5. 133
single wood-pole,
4
spotting,
266
stresses in wood-pole,
213
Structure
spotting,
29, 266
sag template,
32
uplift,
268
Substations,
29, 273
Summary
form, 23
Sum of adjacent
spans, 128 (steel), 156, 162 (wood)
Survey equations,
300
Suspension
clamp, 292
Suspension
insulator
string
flashover
characteristics,
423
switching
surges, 103
Switchyards
(see Substations)

Taps, 29, 99
Temperature
coefficients
of expansion,
428
for loading conditions,
3, 27
Template
(see Sag template)
Tensile testing, 10
Tension
(see also Sags and tensions)
calculation
of, 29
conductor,
3, 25
maximum
design. 128, 130
overhead
ground wire, 28
Tie-downs,
29, 99
Township,
340
Transmission
lie
data summary
form, 23
equations,
300
grading the line, 268
Transpositions,
6
Triangular
construction,
4
Types of construction
double-circuit
steel, 6
H-frame
wood-pole,
4
selection of, 4
single-circuit
steel, 5
single wood-pole,
4

ultimate
tensile strength,
defhtion,
13
Uplift (upstrain).
268

422,

462,

466

INDEX
USBR standards
augle of protection,
110
clearance
patterns,
111
conductor
and overhead
ground wire design criteria,
3
conductor
clearance
to buildiugs,
275
conductor
clearance
to guy wire, 130, 131 (Calif.)
conductor
clearance
to structure,
129, 131 (Calif.)
wowings,
273
ellipses, 50
factors of safety for wood construction,
129, 131 (Calif.)
full-load
conditions.
132
insulation
coordination,
105
insulator
swing limitations,
129 (wood)
maximum
moment of resistance
for wood poles, 345
structure
limitation
chart, 127
structures
and spans near substations,
273

Vibration
dampers, 282
Voltagc
stress, 112
lightning
impulse,
103, 105
power frequency,
103, 105
switching
surge. 103

Wave shape, 103

Western Area Power Administration,
iii
Western red cedar
pole circumferences,
385
Wind
force on ~004 pole, i56
loadiug on conductor,
3
pressure on projected
area, 429
Wiieauckas,
G. R., 29, 56, 307
Wood-pole
structures
basis for strcugth
calculation,
128
classes of poles, 156, 273

483

climbii
clearance,
2
conductor
calculations,
149
conductor
clearance
to guy wire, 130, 131 (Calif.)
conductor
clearance
to structure,
129, 131 (Calif.)
designations
and types, 149
effect of hold downs, 156
full-load
conditions,
133
guying, 169;171,
176, 179, 182
H-frame,
4, 128, 149
insulator
string strength,
166
insulator
swing limits, 129, 131
insulator
vertical
force, 150
loading conditions,
3, 128
low-point
distance,
153
mass per volume of wood, 427
moment of resistance,
343
pole circumferences,
351, 385
relative
mass density of wood, 427
safety factors, 129, 131 (Calif.)
single, 4
single span limits, 183
stresses in, 213
structure
limitation
chart, 146, 185
sum of adjacent
spans, 156, 162, 164
tensions (design),
128
type of construction,
128
wind force on pole, 156
Wood species
mass and density of, 427
Working
limit, 13

X-braces,

Yield strength,
13
Young,
F. S., 111